Volaro

The Hound of the Baskervilles (Bilingual Edition)

Read 50 pages of Arthur Conan Doyle's classic thriller, fully translated into Volaro side-by-side.

Chapter 1 Mr. Sherlock Holmes Chapter 2 The Curse of the Baskervilles Chapter 3 The Problem Chapter 4 Sir Henry Baskerville Chapter 5 Three Broken Threads Chapter 6 Baskerville Hall Chapter 7 The Stapletons of Merripit House Chapter 8 First Report of Dr. Watson Chapter 9 The Light upon the Moor [Second Report of Dr. Watson] Chapter 10 Extract from the Diary of Dr. Watson Chapter 11 The Man on the Tor Chapter 12 Death on the Moor Chapter 13 Fixing the Nets Chapter 14 The Hound of the Baskervilles Chapter 15 A Retrospection Chapter 1. Mr. Sherlock Holmes Mr. Sherlock Holmes, who was usually very late in the mornings, save upon those not infrequent occasions when he was up all night, was seated at the breakfast table. I stood upon the hearth-rug and picked up the stick which our visitor had left behind him the night before. It was a fine, thick piece of wood, bulbous-headed, of the sort which is known as a “Penang lawyer.” Just under the head was a broad silver band nearly an inch across. “To James Mortimer, M.R.C.S., from his friends of the C.C.H.,” was engraved upon it, with the date “1884.” It was just such a stick as the old-fashioned family practitioner used to carry—dignified, solid, and reassuring. “Well, Watson, what do you make of it?” Holmes was sitting with his back to me, and I had given him no sign of my occupation. “How did you know what I was doing? I believe you have eyes in the back of your head.” “I have, at least, a well-polished, silver-plated coffee-pot in front of me,” said he. “But, tell me, Watson, what do you make of our visitor’s stick? Since we have been so unfortunate as to miss him and have no notion of his errand, this accidental souvenir becomes of importance. Let me hear you reconstruct the man by an examination of it.” “I think,” said I, following as far as I could the methods of my companion, “that Dr. Mortimer is a successful, elderly medical man, well-esteemed since those who know him give him this mark of their appreciation.” “Good!” said Holmes. “Excellent!” “I think also that the probability is in favour of his being a country practitioner who does a great deal of his visiting on foot.” “Why so?” “Because this stick, though originally a very handsome one has been so knocked about that I can hardly imagine a town practitioner carrying it. The thick-iron ferrule is worn down, so it is evident that he has done a great amount of walking with it.” “Perfectly sound!” said Holmes. “And then again, there is the ‘friends of the C.C.H.’ I should guess that to be the Something Hunt, the local hunt to whose members he has possibly given some surgical assistance, and which has made him a small presentation in return.” “Really, Watson, you excel yourself,” said Holmes, pushing back his chair and lighting a cigarette. “I am bound to say that in all the accounts which you have been so good as to give of my own small achievements you have habitually underrated your own abilities. It may be that you are not yourself luminous, but you are a conductor of light. Some people without possessing genius have a remarkable power of stimulating it. I confess, my dear fellow, that I am very much in your debt.” He had never said as much before, and I must admit that his words gave me keen pleasure, for I had often been piqued by his indifference to my admiration and to the attempts which I had made to give publicity to his methods. I was proud, too, to think that I had so far mastered his system as to apply it in a way which earned his approval. He now took the stick from my hands and examined it for a few minutes with his naked eyes. Then with an expression of interest he laid down his cigarette, and carrying the cane to the window, he looked over it again with a convex lens. “Interesting, though elementary,” said he as he returned to his favourite corner of the settee. “There are certainly one or two indications upon the stick. It gives us the basis for several deductions.” “Has anything escaped me?” I asked with some self-importance. “I trust that there is nothing of consequence which I have overlooked?” “I am afraid, my dear Watson, that most of your conclusions were erroneous. When I said that you stimulated me I meant, to be frank, that in noting your fallacies I was occasionally guided towards the truth. Not that you are entirely wrong in this instance. The man is certainly a country practitioner. And he walks a good deal.” “Then I was right.” “To that extent.” “But that was all.” “No, no, my dear Watson, not all—by no means all. I would suggest, for example, that a presentation to a doctor is more likely to come from a hospital than from a hunt, and that when the initials ‘C.C.’ are placed before that hospital the words ‘Charing Cross’ very naturally suggest themselves.” “You may be right.” “The probability lies in that direction. And if we take this as a working hypothesis we have a fresh basis from which to start our construction of this unknown visitor.” “Well, then, supposing that ‘C.C.H.’ does stand for ‘Charing Cross Hospital,’ what further inferences may we draw?” “Do none suggest themselves? You know my methods. Apply them!” “I can only think of the obvious conclusion that the man has practised in town before going to the country.” “I think that we might venture a little farther than this. Look at it in this light. On what occasion would it be most probable that such a presentation would be made? When would his friends unite to give him a pledge of their good will? Obviously at the moment when Dr. Mortimer withdrew from the service of the hospital in order to start a practice for himself. We know there has been a presentation. We believe there has been a change from a town hospital to a country practice. Is it, then, stretching our inference too far to say that the presentation was on the occasion of the change?” “It certainly seems probable.” “Now, you will observe that he could not have been on the _staff_ of the hospital, since only a man well-established in a London practice could hold such a position, and such a one would not drift into the country. What was he, then? If he was in the hospital and yet not on the staff he could only have been a house-surgeon or a house-physician—little more than a senior student. And he left five years ago—the date is on the stick. So your grave, middle-aged family practitioner vanishes into thin air, my dear Watson, and there emerges a young fellow under thirty, amiable, unambitious, absent-minded, and the possessor of a favourite dog, which I should describe roughly as being larger than a terrier and smaller than a mastiff.” I laughed incredulously as Sherlock Holmes leaned back in his settee and blew little wavering rings of smoke up to the ceiling. “As to the latter part, I have no means of checking you,” said I, “but at least it is not difficult to find out a few particulars about the man’s age and professional career.” From my small medical shelf I took down the Medical Directory and turned up the name. There were several Mortimers, but only one who could be our visitor. I read his record aloud. “Mortimer, James, M.R.C.S., 1882, Grimpen, Dartmoor, Devon. House-surgeon, from 1882 to 1884, at Charing Cross Hospital. Winner of the Jackson prize for Comparative Pathology, with essay entitled ‘Is Disease a Reversion?’ Corresponding member of the Swedish Pathological Society. Author of ‘Some Freaks of Atavism’ (_Lancet_ 1882). ‘Do We Progress?’ (_Journal of Psychology_, March, 1883). Medical Officer for the parishes of Grimpen, Thorsley, and High Barrow.” “No mention of that local hunt, Watson,” said Holmes with a mischievous smile, “but a country doctor, as you very astutely observed. I think that I am fairly justified in my inferences. As to the adjectives, I said, if I remember right, amiable, unambitious, and absent-minded. It is my experience that it is only an amiable man in this world who receives testimonials, only an unambitious one who abandons a London career for the country, and only an absent-minded one who leaves his stick and not his visiting-card after waiting an hour in your room.” “And the dog?” “Has been in the habit of carrying this stick behind his master. Being a heavy stick the dog has held it tightly by the middle, and the marks of his teeth are very plainly visible. The dog’s jaw, as shown in the space between these marks, is too broad in my opinion for a terrier and not broad enough for a mastiff. It may have been—yes, by Jove, it _is_ a curly-haired spaniel.” He had risen and paced the room as he spoke. Now he halted in the recess of the window. There was such a ring of conviction in his voice that I glanced up in surprise. “My dear fellow, how can you possibly be so sure of that?” “For the very simple reason that I see the dog himself on our very door-step, and there is the ring of its owner. Don’t move, I beg you, Watson. He is a professional brother of yours, and your presence may be of assistance to me. Now is the dramatic moment of fate, Watson, when you hear a step upon the stair which is walking into your life, and you know not whether for good or ill. What does Dr. James Mortimer, the man of science, ask of Sherlock Holmes, the specialist in crime? Come in!” The appearance of our visitor was a surprise to me, since I had expected a typical country practitioner. He was a very tall, thin man, with a long nose like a beak, which jutted out between two keen, grey eyes, set closely together and sparkling brightly from behind a pair of gold-rimmed glasses. He was clad in a professional but rather slovenly fashion, for his frock-coat was dingy and his trousers frayed. Though young, his long back was already bowed, and he walked with a forward thrust of his head and a general air of peering benevolence. As he entered his eyes fell upon the stick in Holmes’s hand, and he ran towards it with an exclamation of joy. “I am so very glad,” said he. “I was not sure whether I had left it here or in the Shipping Office. I would not lose that stick for the world.” “A presentation, I see,” said Holmes. “Yes, sir.” “From Charing Cross Hospital?” “From one or two friends there on the occasion of my marriage.” “Dear, dear, that’s bad!” said Holmes, shaking his head. Dr. Mortimer blinked through his glasses in mild astonishment. “Why was it bad?” “Only that you have disarranged our little deductions. Your marriage, you say?” “Yes, sir. I married, and so left the hospital, and with it all hopes of a consulting practice. It was necessary to make a home of my own.” “Come, come, we are not so far wrong, after all,” said Holmes. “And now, Dr. James Mortimer—” “Mister, sir, Mister—a humble M.R.C.S.” “And a man of precise mind, evidently.” “A dabbler in science, Mr. Holmes, a picker up of shells on the shores of the great unknown ocean. I presume that it is Mr. Sherlock Holmes whom I am addressing and not—” “No, this is my friend Dr. Watson.” “Glad to meet you, sir. I have heard your name mentioned in connection with that of your friend. You interest me very much, Mr. Holmes. I had hardly expected so dolichocephalic a skull or such well-marked supra-orbital development. Would you have any objection to my running my finger along your parietal fissure? A cast of your skull, sir, until the original is available, would be an ornament to any anthropological museum. It is not my intention to be fulsome, but I confess that I covet your skull.” Sherlock Holmes waved our strange visitor into a chair. “You are an enthusiast in your line of thought, I perceive, sir, as I am in mine,” said he. “I observe from your forefinger that you make your own cigarettes. Have no hesitation in lighting one.” The man drew out paper and tobacco and twirled the one up in the other with surprising dexterity. He had long, quivering fingers as agile and restless as the antennæ of an insect. Holmes was silent, but his little darting glances showed me the interest which he took in our curious companion. “I presume, sir,” said he at last, “that it was not merely for the purpose of examining my skull that you have done me the honour to call here last night and again today?” “No, sir, no; though I am happy to have had the opportunity of doing that as well. I came to you, Mr. Holmes, because I recognized that I am myself an unpractical man and because I am suddenly confronted with a most serious and extraordinary problem. Recognizing, as I do, that you are the second highest expert in Europe—” “Indeed, sir! May I inquire who has the honour to be the first?” asked Holmes with some asperity. “To the man of precisely scientific mind the work of Monsieur Bertillon must always appeal strongly.” “Then had you not better consult him?” “I said, sir, to the precisely scientific mind. But as a practical man of affairs it is acknowledged that you stand alone. I trust, sir, that I have not inadvertently—” “Just a little,” said Holmes. “I think, Dr. Mortimer, you would do wisely if without more ado you would kindly tell me plainly what the exact nature of the problem is in which you demand my assistance.” Chapter 2. The Curse of the Baskervilles “I have in my pocket a manuscript,” said Dr. James Mortimer. “I observed it as you entered the room,” said Holmes. “It is an old manuscript.” “Early eighteenth century, unless it is a forgery.” “How can you say that, sir?” “You have presented an inch or two of it to my examination all the time that you have been talking. It would be a poor expert who could not give the date of a document within a decade or so. You may possibly have read my little monograph upon the subject. I put that at 1730.” “The exact date is 1742.” Dr. Mortimer drew it from his breast-pocket. “This family paper was committed to my care by Sir Charles Baskerville, whose sudden and tragic death some three months ago created so much excitement in Devonshire. I may say that I was his personal friend as well as his medical attendant. He was a strong-minded man, sir, shrewd, practical, and as unimaginative as I am myself. Yet he took this document very seriously, and his mind was prepared for just such an end as did eventually overtake him.” Holmes stretched out his hand for the manuscript and flattened it upon his knee. “You will observe, Watson, the alternative use of the long _s_ and the short. It is one of several indications which enabled me to fix the date.” I looked over his shoulder at the yellow paper and the faded script. At the head was written: “Baskerville Hall,” and below in large, scrawling figures: “1742.” “It appears to be a statement of some sort.” “Yes, it is a statement of a certain legend which runs in the Baskerville family.” “But I understand that it is something more modern and practical upon which you wish to consult me?” “Most modern. A most practical, pressing matter, which must be decided within twenty-four hours. But the manuscript is short and is intimately connected with the affair. With your permission I will read it to you.” Holmes leaned back in his chair, placed his finger-tips together, and closed his eyes, with an air of resignation. Dr. Mortimer turned the manuscript to the light and read in a high, cracking voice the following curious, old-world narrative: “Of the origin of the Hound of the Baskervilles there have been many statements, yet as I come in a direct line from Hugo Baskerville, and as I had the story from my father, who also had it from his, I have set it down with all belief that it occurred even as is here set forth. And I would have you believe, my sons, that the same Justice which punishes sin may also most graciously forgive it, and that no ban is so heavy but that by prayer and repentance it may be removed. Learn then from this story not to fear the fruits of the past, but rather to be circumspect in the future, that those foul passions whereby our family has suffered so grievously may not again be loosed to our undoing. “Know then that in the time of the Great Rebellion (the history of which by the learned Lord Clarendon I most earnestly commend to your attention) this Manor of Baskerville was held by Hugo of that name, nor can it be gainsaid that he was a most wild, profane, and godless man. This, in truth, his neighbours might have pardoned, seeing that saints have never flourished in those parts, but there was in him a certain wanton and cruel humour which made his name a by-word through the West. It chanced that this Hugo came to love (if, indeed, so dark a passion may be known under so bright a name) the daughter of a yeoman who held lands near the Baskerville estate. But the young maiden, being discreet and of good repute, would ever avoid him, for she feared his evil name. So it came to pass that one Michaelmas this Hugo, with five or six of his idle and wicked companions, stole down upon the farm and carried off the maiden, her father and brothers being from home, as he well knew. When they had brought her to the Hall the maiden was placed in an upper chamber, while Hugo and his friends sat down to a long carouse, as was their nightly custom. Now, the poor lass upstairs was like to have her wits turned at the singing and shouting and terrible oaths which came up to her from below, for they say that the words used by Hugo Baskerville, when he was in wine, were such as might blast the man who said them. At last in the stress of her fear she did that which might have daunted the bravest or most active man, for by the aid of the growth of ivy which covered (and still covers) the south wall she came down from under the eaves, and so homeward across the moor, there being three leagues betwixt the Hall and her father’s farm. “It chanced that some little time later Hugo left his guests to carry food and drink—with other worse things, perchance—to his captive, and so found the cage empty and the bird escaped. Then, as it would seem, he became as one that hath a devil, for, rushing down the stairs into the dining-hall, he sprang upon the great table, flagons and trenchers flying before him, and he cried aloud before all the company that he would that very night render his body and soul to the Powers of Evil if he might but overtake the wench. And while the revellers stood aghast at the fury of the man, one more wicked or, it may be, more drunken than the rest, cried out that they should put the hounds upon her. Whereat Hugo ran from the house, crying to his grooms that they should saddle his mare and unkennel the pack, and giving the hounds a kerchief of the maid’s, he swung them to the line, and so off full cry in the moonlight over the moor. “Now, for some space the revellers stood agape, unable to understand all that had been done in such haste. But anon their bemused wits awoke to the nature of the deed which was like to be done upon the moorlands. Everything was now in an uproar, some calling for their pistols, some for their horses, and some for another flask of wine. But at length some sense came back to their crazed minds, and the whole of them, thirteen in number, took horse and started in pursuit. The moon shone clear above them, and they rode swiftly abreast, taking that course which the maid must needs have taken if she were to reach her own home. “They had gone a mile or two when they passed one of the night shepherds upon the moorlands, and they cried to him to know if he had seen the hunt. And the man, as the story goes, was so crazed with fear that he could scarce speak, but at last he said that he had indeed seen the unhappy maiden, with the hounds upon her track. ‘But I have seen more than that,’ said he, ‘for Hugo Baskerville passed me upon his black mare, and there ran mute behind him such a hound of hell as God forbid should ever be at my heels.’ So the drunken squires cursed the shepherd and rode onward. But soon their skins turned cold, for there came a galloping across the moor, and the black mare, dabbled with white froth, went past with trailing bridle and empty saddle. Then the revellers rode close together, for a great fear was on them, but they still followed over the moor, though each, had he been alone, would have been right glad to have turned his horse’s head. Riding slowly in this fashion they came at last upon the hounds. These, though known for their valour and their breed, were whimpering in a cluster at the head of a deep dip or goyal, as we call it, upon the moor, some slinking away and some, with starting hackles and staring eyes, gazing down the narrow valley before them. “The company had come to a halt, more sober men, as you may guess, than when they started. The most of them would by no means advance, but three of them, the boldest, or it may be the most drunken, rode forward down the goyal. Now, it opened into a broad space in which stood two of those great stones, still to be seen there, which were set by certain forgotten peoples in the days of old. The moon was shining bright upon the clearing, and there in the centre lay the unhappy maid where she had fallen, dead of fear and of fatigue. But it was not the sight of her body, nor yet was it that of the body of Hugo Baskerville lying near her, which raised the hair upon the heads of these three dare-devil roysterers, but it was that, standing over Hugo, and plucking at his throat, there stood a foul thing, a great, black beast, shaped like a hound, yet larger than any hound that ever mortal eye has rested upon. And even as they looked the thing tore the throat out of Hugo Baskerville, on which, as it turned its blazing eyes and dripping jaws upon them, the three shrieked with fear and rode for dear life, still screaming, across the moor. One, it is said, died that very night of what he had seen, and the other twain were but broken men for the rest of their days. “Such is the tale, my sons, of the coming of the hound which is said to have plagued the family so sorely ever since. If I have set it down it is because that which is clearly known hath less terror than that which is but hinted at and guessed. Nor can it be denied that many of the family have been unhappy in their deaths, which have been sudden, bloody, and mysterious. Yet may we shelter ourselves in the infinite goodness of Providence, which would not forever punish the innocent beyond that third or fourth generation which is threatened in Holy Writ. To that Providence, my sons, I hereby commend you, and I counsel you by way of caution to forbear from crossing the moor in those dark hours when the powers of evil are exalted. “[This from Hugo Baskerville to his sons Rodger and John, with instructions that they say nothing thereof to their sister Elizabeth.]” When Dr. Mortimer had finished reading this singular narrative he pushed his spectacles up on his forehead and stared across at Mr. Sherlock Holmes. The latter yawned and tossed the end of his cigarette into the fire. “Well?” said he. “Do you not find it interesting?” “To a collector of fairy tales.” Dr. Mortimer drew a folded newspaper out of his pocket. “Now, Mr. Holmes, we will give you something a little more recent. This is the _Devon County Chronicle_ of May 14th of this year. It is a short account of the facts elicited at the death of Sir Charles Baskerville which occurred a few days before that date.” My friend leaned a little forward and his expression became intent. Our visitor readjusted his glasses and began: “The recent sudden death of Sir Charles Baskerville, whose name has been mentioned as the probable Liberal candidate for Mid-Devon at the next election, has cast a gloom over the county. Though Sir Charles had resided at Baskerville Hall for a comparatively short period his amiability of character and extreme generosity had won the affection and respect of all who had been brought into contact with him. In these days of _nouveaux riches_ it is refreshing to find a case where the scion of an old county family which has fallen upon evil days is able to make his own fortune and to bring it back with him to restore the fallen grandeur of his line. Sir Charles, as is well known, made large sums of money in South African speculation. More wise than those who go on until the wheel turns against them, he realised his gains and returned to England with them. It is only two years since he took up his residence at Baskerville Hall, and it is common talk how large were those schemes of reconstruction and improvement which have been interrupted by his death. Being himself childless, it was his openly expressed desire that the whole countryside should, within his own lifetime, profit by his good fortune, and many will have personal reasons for bewailing his untimely end. His generous donations to local and county charities have been frequently chronicled in these columns. “The circumstances connected with the death of Sir Charles cannot be said to have been entirely cleared up by the inquest, but at least enough has been done to dispose of those rumours to which local superstition has given rise. There is no reason whatever to suspect foul play, or to imagine that death could be from any but natural causes. Sir Charles was a widower, and a man who may be said to have been in some ways of an eccentric habit of mind. In spite of his considerable wealth he was simple in his personal tastes, and his indoor servants at Baskerville Hall consisted of a married couple named Barrymore, the husband acting as butler and the wife as housekeeper. Their evidence, corroborated by that of several friends, tends to show that Sir Charles’s health has for some time been impaired, and points especially to some affection of the heart, manifesting itself in changes of colour, breathlessness, and acute attacks of nervous depression. Dr. James Mortimer, the friend and medical attendant of the deceased, has given evidence to the same effect. “The facts of the case are simple. Sir Charles Baskerville was in the habit every night before going to bed of walking down the famous yew alley of Baskerville Hall. The evidence of the Barrymores shows that this had been his custom. On the fourth of May Sir Charles had declared his intention of starting next day for London, and had ordered Barrymore to prepare his luggage. That night he went out as usual for his nocturnal walk, in the course of which he was in the habit of smoking a cigar. He never returned. At twelve o’clock Barrymore, finding the hall door still open, became alarmed, and, lighting a lantern, went in search of his master. The day had been wet, and Sir Charles’s footmarks were easily traced down the alley. Halfway down this walk there is a gate which leads out on to the moor. There were indications that Sir Charles had stood for some little time here. He then proceeded down the alley, and it was at the far end of it that his body was discovered. One fact which has not been explained is the statement of Barrymore that his master’s footprints altered their character from the time that he passed the moor-gate, and that he appeared from thence onward to have been walking upon his toes. One Murphy, a gipsy horse-dealer, was on the moor at no great distance at the time, but he appears by his own confession to have been the worse for drink. He declares that he heard cries but is unable to state from what direction they came. No signs of violence were to be discovered upon Sir Charles’s person, and though the doctor’s evidence pointed to an almost incredible facial distortion—so great that Dr. Mortimer refused at first to believe that it was indeed his friend and patient who lay before him—it was explained that that is a symptom which is not unusual in cases of dyspnœa and death from cardiac exhaustion. This explanation was borne out by the post-mortem examination, which showed long-standing organic disease, and the coroner’s jury returned a verdict in accordance with the medical evidence. It is well that this is so, for it is obviously of the utmost importance that Sir Charles’s heir should settle at the Hall and continue the good work which has been so sadly interrupted. Had the prosaic finding of the coroner not finally put an end to the romantic stories which have been whispered in connection with the affair, it might have been difficult to find a tenant for Baskerville Hall. It is understood that the next of kin is Mr. Henry Baskerville, if he be still alive, the son of Sir Charles Baskerville’s younger brother. The young man when last heard of was in America, and inquiries are being instituted with a view to informing him of his good fortune.” Dr. Mortimer refolded his paper and replaced it in his pocket. “Those are the public facts, Mr. Holmes, in connection with the death of Sir Charles Baskerville.” “I must thank you,” said Sherlock Holmes, “for calling my attention to a case which certainly presents some features of interest. I had observed some newspaper comment at the time, but I was exceedingly preoccupied by that little affair of the Vatican cameos, and in my anxiety to oblige the Pope I lost touch with several interesting English cases. This article, you say, contains all the public facts?” “It does.” “Then let me have the private ones.” He leaned back, put his finger-tips together, and assumed his most impassive and judicial expression. “In doing so,” said Dr. Mortimer, who had begun to show signs of some strong emotion, “I am telling that which I have not confided to anyone. My motive for withholding it from the coroner’s inquiry is that a man of science shrinks from placing himself in the public position of seeming to indorse a popular superstition. I had the further motive that Baskerville Hall, as the paper says, would certainly remain untenanted if anything were done to increase its already rather grim reputation. For both these reasons I thought that I was justified in telling rather less than I knew, since no practical good could result from it, but with you there is no reason why I should not be perfectly frank. “The moor is very sparsely inhabited, and those who live near each other are thrown very much together. For this reason I saw a good deal of Sir Charles Baskerville. With the exception of Mr. Frankland, of Lafter Hall, and Mr. Stapleton, the naturalist, there are no other men of education within many miles. Sir Charles was a retiring man, but the chance of his illness brought us together, and a community of interests in science kept us so. He had brought back much scientific information from South Africa, and many a charming evening we have spent together discussing the comparative anatomy of the Bushman and the Hottentot. “Within the last few months it became increasingly plain to me that Sir Charles’s nervous system was strained to the breaking point. He had taken this legend which I have read you exceedingly to heart—so much so that, although he would walk in his own grounds, nothing would induce him to go out upon the moor at night. Incredible as it may appear to you, Mr. Holmes, he was honestly convinced that a dreadful fate overhung his family, and certainly the records which he was able to give of his ancestors were not encouraging. The idea of some ghastly presence constantly haunted him, and on more than one occasion he has asked me whether I had on my medical journeys at night ever seen any strange creature or heard the baying of a hound. The latter question he put to me several times, and always with a voice which vibrated with excitement. “I can well remember driving up to his house in the evening some three weeks before the fatal event. He chanced to be at his hall door. I had descended from my gig and was standing in front of him, when I saw his eyes fix themselves over my shoulder and stare past me with an expression of the most dreadful horror. I whisked round and had just time to catch a glimpse of something which I took to be a large black calf passing at the head of the drive. So excited and alarmed was he that I was compelled to go down to the spot where the animal had been and look around for it. It was gone, however, and the incident appeared to make the worst impression upon his mind. I stayed with him all the evening, and it was on that occasion, to explain the emotion which he had shown, that he confided to my keeping that narrative which I read to you when first I came. I mention this small episode because it assumes some importance in view of the tragedy which followed, but I was convinced at the time that the matter was entirely trivial and that his excitement had no justification. “It was at my advice that Sir Charles was about to go to London. His heart was, I knew, affected, and the constant anxiety in which he lived, however chimerical the cause of it might be, was evidently having a serious effect upon his health. I thought that a few months among the distractions of town would send him back a new man. Mr. Stapleton, a mutual friend who was much concerned at his state of health, was of the same opinion. At the last instant came this terrible catastrophe. “On the night of Sir Charles’s death Barrymore the butler, who made the discovery, sent Perkins the groom on horseback to me, and as I was sitting up late I was able to reach Baskerville Hall within an hour of the event. I checked and corroborated all the facts which were mentioned at the inquest. I followed the footsteps down the yew alley, I saw the spot at the moor-gate where he seemed to have waited, I remarked the change in the shape of the prints after that point, I noted that there were no other footsteps save those of Barrymore on the soft gravel, and finally I carefully examined the body, which had not been touched until my arrival. Sir Charles lay on his face, his arms out, his fingers dug into the ground, and his features convulsed with some strong emotion to such an extent that I could hardly have sworn to his identity. There was certainly no physical injury of any kind. But one false statement was made by Barrymore at the inquest. He said that there were no traces upon the ground round the body. He did not observe any. But I did—some little distance off, but fresh and clear.” “Footprints?” “Footprints.” “A man’s or a woman’s?” Dr. Mortimer looked strangely at us for an instant, and his voice sank almost to a whisper as he answered. “Mr. Holmes, they were the footprints of a gigantic hound!” Chapter 3. The Problem I confess at these words a shudder passed through me. There was a thrill in the doctor’s voice which showed that he was himself deeply moved by that which he told us. Holmes leaned forward in his excitement and his eyes had the hard, dry glitter which shot from them when he was keenly interested. “You saw this?” “As clearly as I see you.” “And you said nothing?” “What was the use?” “How was it that no one else saw it?” “The marks were some twenty yards from the body and no one gave them a thought. I don’t suppose I should have done so had I not known this legend.” “There are many sheep-dogs on the moor?” “No doubt, but this was no sheep-dog.” “You say it was large?” “Enormous.” “But it had not approached the body?” “No.” “What sort of night was it?” “Damp and raw.” “But not actually raining?” “No.” “What is the alley like?” “There are two lines of old yew hedge, twelve feet high and impenetrable. The walk in the centre is about eight feet across.” “Is there anything between the hedges and the walk?” “Yes, there is a strip of grass about six feet broad on either side.” “I understand that the yew hedge is penetrated at one point by a gate?” “Yes, the wicket-gate which leads on to the moor.” “Is there any other opening?” “None.” “So that to reach the yew alley one either has to come down it from the house or else to enter it by the moor-gate?” “There is an exit through a summer-house at the far end.” “Had Sir Charles reached this?” “No; he lay about fifty yards from it.” “Now, tell me, Dr. Mortimer—and this is important—the marks which you saw were on the path and not on the grass?” “No marks could show on the grass.” “Were they on the same side of the path as the moor-gate?” “Yes; they were on the edge of the path on the same side as the moor-gate.” “You interest me exceedingly. Another point. Was the wicket-gate closed?” “Closed and padlocked.” “How high was it?” “About four feet high.” “Then anyone could have got over it?” “Yes.” “And what marks did you see by the wicket-gate?” “None in particular.” “Good heaven! Did no one examine?” “Yes, I examined, myself.” “And found nothing?” “It was all very confused. Sir Charles had evidently stood there for five or ten minutes.” “How do you know that?” “Because the ash had twice dropped from his cigar.” “Excellent! This is a colleague, Watson, after our own heart. But the marks?” “He had left his own marks all over that small patch of gravel. I could discern no others.” Sherlock Holmes struck his hand against his knee with an impatient gesture. “If I had only been there!” he cried. “It is evidently a case of extraordinary interest, and one which presented immense opportunities to the scientific expert. That gravel page upon which I might have read so much has been long ere this smudged by the rain and defaced by the clogs of curious peasants. Oh, Dr. Mortimer, Dr. Mortimer, to think that you should not have called me in! You have indeed much to answer for.” “I could not call you in, Mr. Holmes, without disclosing these facts to the world, and I have already given my reasons for not wishing to do so. Besides, besides—” “Why do you hesitate?” “There is a realm in which the most acute and most experienced of detectives is helpless.” “You mean that the thing is supernatural?” “I did not positively say so.” “No, but you evidently think it.” “Since the tragedy, Mr. Holmes, there have come to my ears several incidents which are hard to reconcile with the settled order of Nature.” “For example?” “I find that before the terrible event occurred several people had seen a creature upon the moor which corresponds with this Baskerville demon, and which could not possibly be any animal known to science. They all agreed that it was a huge creature, luminous, ghastly, and spectral. I have cross-examined these men, one of them a hard-headed countryman, one a farrier, and one a moorland farmer, who all tell the same story of this dreadful apparition, exactly corresponding to the hell-hound of the legend. I assure you that there is a reign of terror in the district, and that it is a hardy man who will cross the moor at night.” “And you, a trained man of science, believe it to be supernatural?” “I do not know what to believe.” Holmes shrugged his shoulders. “I have hitherto confined my investigations to this world,” said he. “In a modest way I have combated evil, but to take on the Father of Evil himself would, perhaps, be too ambitious a task. Yet you must admit that the footmark is material.” “The original hound was material enough to tug a man’s throat out, and yet he was diabolical as well.” “I see that you have quite gone over to the supernaturalists. But now, Dr. Mortimer, tell me this. If you hold these views, why have you come to consult me at all? You tell me in the same breath that it is useless to investigate Sir Charles’s death, and that you desire me to do it.” “I did not say that I desired you to do it.” “Then, how can I assist you?” “By advising me as to what I should do with Sir Henry Baskerville, who arrives at Waterloo Station”—Dr. Mortimer looked at his watch—“in exactly one hour and a quarter.” “He being the heir?” “Yes. On the death of Sir Charles we inquired for this young gentleman and found that he had been farming in Canada. From the accounts which have reached us he is an excellent fellow in every way. I speak now not as a medical man but as a trustee and executor of Sir Charles’s will.” “There is no other claimant, I presume?” “None. The only other kinsman whom we have been able to trace was Rodger Baskerville, the youngest of three brothers of whom poor Sir Charles was the elder. The second brother, who died young, is the father of this lad Henry. The third, Rodger, was the black sheep of the family. He came of the old masterful Baskerville strain and was the very image, they tell me, of the family picture of old Hugo. He made England too hot to hold him, fled to Central America, and died there in 1876 of yellow fever. Henry is the last of the Baskervilles. In one hour and five minutes I meet him at Waterloo Station. I have had a wire that he arrived at Southampton this morning. Now, Mr. Holmes, what would you advise me to do with him?” “Why should he not go to the home of his fathers?” “It seems natural, does it not? And yet, consider that every Baskerville who goes there meets with an evil fate. I feel sure that if Sir Charles could have spoken with me before his death he would have warned me against bringing this, the last of the old race, and the heir to great wealth, to that deadly place. And yet it cannot be denied that the prosperity of the whole poor, bleak countryside depends upon his presence. All the good work which has been done by Sir Charles will crash to the ground if there is no tenant of the Hall. I fear lest I should be swayed too much by my own obvious interest in the matter, and that is why I bring the case before you and ask for your advice.” Holmes considered for a little time. “Put into plain words, the matter is this,” said he. “In your opinion there is a diabolical agency which makes Dartmoor an unsafe abode for a Baskerville—that is your opinion?” “At least I might go the length of saying that there is some evidence that this may be so.” “Exactly. But surely, if your supernatural theory be correct, it could work the young man evil in London as easily as in Devonshire. A devil with merely local powers like a parish vestry would be too inconceivable a thing.” “You put the matter more flippantly, Mr. Holmes, than you would probably do if you were brought into personal contact with these things. Your advice, then, as I understand it, is that the young man will be as safe in Devonshire as in London. He comes in fifty minutes. What would you recommend?” “I recommend, sir, that you take a cab, call off your spaniel who is scratching at my front door, and proceed to Waterloo to meet Sir Henry Baskerville.” “And then?” “And then you will say nothing to him at all until I have made up my mind about the matter.” “How long will it take you to make up your mind?” “Twenty-four hours. At ten o’clock tomorrow, Dr. Mortimer, I will be much obliged to you if you will call upon me here, and it will be of help to me in my plans for the future if you will bring Sir Henry Baskerville with you.” “I will do so, Mr. Holmes.” He scribbled the appointment on his shirt-cuff and hurried off in his strange, peering, absent-minded fashion. Holmes stopped him at the head of the stair. “Only one more question, Dr. Mortimer. You say that before Sir Charles Baskerville’s death several people saw this apparition upon the moor?” “Three people did.” “Did any see it after?” “I have not heard of any.” “Thank you. Good-morning.” Holmes returned to his seat with that quiet look of inward satisfaction which meant that he had a congenial task before him. “Going out, Watson?” “Unless I can help you.” “No, my dear fellow, it is at the hour of action that I turn to you for aid. But this is splendid, really unique from some points of view. When you pass Bradley’s, would you ask him to send up a pound of the strongest shag tobacco? Thank you. It would be as well if you could make it convenient not to return before evening. Then I should be very glad to compare impressions as to this most interesting problem which has been submitted to us this morning.” I knew that seclusion and solitude were very necessary for my friend in those hours of intense mental concentration during which he weighed every particle of evidence, constructed alternative theories, balanced one against the other, and made up his mind as to which points were essential and which immaterial. I therefore spent the day at my club and did not return to Baker Street until evening. It was nearly nine o’clock when I found myself in the sitting-room once more. My first impression as I opened the door was that a fire had broken out, for the room was so filled with smoke that the light of the lamp upon the table was blurred by it. As I entered, however, my fears were set at rest, for it was the acrid fumes of strong coarse tobacco which took me by the throat and set me coughing. Through the haze I had a vague vision of Holmes in his dressing-gown coiled up in an armchair with his black clay pipe between his lips. Several rolls of paper lay around him. “Caught cold, Watson?” said he. “No, it’s this poisonous atmosphere.” “I suppose it _is_ pretty thick, now that you mention it.” “Thick! It is intolerable.” “Open the window, then! You have been at your club all day, I perceive.” “My dear Holmes!” “Am I right?” “Certainly, but how?” He laughed at my bewildered expression. “There is a delightful freshness about you, Watson, which makes it a pleasure to exercise any small powers which I possess at your expense. A gentleman goes forth on a showery and miry day. He returns immaculate in the evening with the gloss still on his hat and his boots. He has been a fixture therefore all day. He is not a man with intimate friends. Where, then, could he have been? Is it not obvious?” “Well, it is rather obvious.” “The world is full of obvious things which nobody by any chance ever observes. Where do you think that I have been?” “A fixture also.” “On the contrary, I have been to Devonshire.” “In spirit?” “Exactly. My body has remained in this armchair and has, I regret to observe, consumed in my absence two large pots of coffee and an incredible amount of tobacco. After you left I sent down to Stamford’s for the Ordnance map of this portion of the moor, and my spirit has hovered over it all day. I flatter myself that I could find my way about.” “A large-scale map, I presume?” “Very large.” He unrolled one section and held it over his knee. “Here you have the particular district which concerns us. That is Baskerville Hall in the middle.” “With a wood round it?” “Exactly. I fancy the yew alley, though not marked under that name, must stretch along this line, with the moor, as you perceive, upon the right of it. This small clump of buildings here is the hamlet of Grimpen, where our friend Dr. Mortimer has his headquarters. Within a radius of five miles there are, as you see, only a very few scattered dwellings. Here is Lafter Hall, which was mentioned in the narrative. There is a house indicated here which may be the residence of the naturalist—Stapleton, if I remember right, was his name. Here are two moorland farmhouses, High Tor and Foulmire. Then fourteen miles away the great convict prison of Princetown. Between and around these scattered points extends the desolate, lifeless moor. This, then, is the stage upon which tragedy has been played, and upon which we may help to play it again.” “It must be a wild place.” “Yes, the setting is a worthy one. If the devil did desire to have a hand in the affairs of men—” “Then you are yourself inclining to the supernatural explanation.” “The devil’s agents may be of flesh and blood, may they not? There are two questions waiting for us at the outset. The one is whether any crime has been committed at all; the second is, what is the crime and how was it committed? Of course, if Dr. Mortimer’s surmise should be correct, and we are dealing with forces outside the ordinary laws of Nature, there is an end of our investigation. But we are bound to exhaust all other hypotheses before falling back upon this one. I think we’ll shut that window again, if you don’t mind. It is a singular thing, but I find that a concentrated atmosphere helps a concentration of thought. I have not pushed it to the length of getting into a box to think, but that is the logical outcome of my convictions. Have you turned the case over in your mind?” “Yes, I have thought a good deal of it in the course of the day.” “What do you make of it?” “It is very bewildering.” “It has certainly a character of its own. There are points of distinction about it. That change in the footprints, for example. What do you make of that?” “Mortimer said that the man had walked on tiptoe down that portion of the alley.” “He only repeated what some fool had said at the inquest. Why should a man walk on tiptoe down the alley?” “What then?” “He was running, Watson—running desperately, running for his life, running until he burst his heart—and fell dead upon his face.” “Running from what?” “There lies our problem. There are indications that the man was crazed with fear before ever he began to run.” “How can you say that?” “I am presuming that the cause of his fears came to him across the moor. If that were so, and it seems most probable, only a man who had lost his wits would have run _from_ the house instead of towards it. If the gipsy’s evidence may be taken as true, he ran with cries for help in the direction where help was least likely to be. Then, again, whom was he waiting for that night, and why was he waiting for him in the yew alley rather than in his own house?” “You think that he was waiting for someone?” “The man was elderly and infirm. We can understand his taking an evening stroll, but the ground was damp and the night inclement. Is it natural that he should stand for five or ten minutes, as Dr. Mortimer, with more practical sense than I should have given him credit for, deduced from the cigar ash?” “But he went out every evening.” “I think it unlikely that he waited at the moor-gate every evening. On the contrary, the evidence is that he avoided the moor. That night he waited there. It was the night before he made his departure for London. The thing takes shape, Watson. It becomes coherent. Might I ask you to hand me my violin, and we will postpone all further thought upon this business until we have had the advantage of meeting Dr. Mortimer and Sir Henry Baskerville in the morning.” Chapter 4. Sir Henry Baskerville Our breakfast table was cleared early, and Holmes waited in his dressing-gown for the promised interview. Our clients were punctual to their appointment, for the clock had just struck ten when Dr. Mortimer was shown up, followed by the young baronet. The latter was a small, alert, dark-eyed man about thirty years of age, very sturdily built, with thick black eyebrows and a strong, pugnacious face. He wore a ruddy-tinted tweed suit and had the weather-beaten appearance of one who has spent most of his time in the open air, and yet there was something in his steady eye and the quiet assurance of his bearing which indicated the gentleman. “This is Sir Henry Baskerville,” said Dr. Mortimer. “Why, yes,” said he, “and the strange thing is, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, that if my friend here had not proposed coming round to you this morning I should have come on my own account. I understand that you think out little puzzles, and I’ve had one this morning which wants more thinking out than I am able to give it.” “Pray take a seat, Sir Henry. Do I understand you to say that you have yourself had some remarkable experience since you arrived in London?” “Nothing of much importance, Mr. Holmes. Only a joke, as like as not. It was this letter, if you can call it a letter, which reached me this morning.” He laid an envelope upon the table, and we all bent over it. It was of common quality, greyish in colour. The address, “Sir Henry Baskerville, Northumberland Hotel,” was printed in rough characters; the post-mark “Charing Cross,” and the date of posting the preceding evening. “Who knew that you were going to the Northumberland Hotel?” asked Holmes, glancing keenly across at our visitor. “No one could have known. We only decided after I met Dr. Mortimer.” “But Dr. Mortimer was no doubt already stopping there?” “No, I had been staying with a friend,” said the doctor. “There was no possible indication that we intended to go to this hotel.” “Hum! Someone seems to be very deeply interested in your movements.” Out of the envelope he took a half-sheet of foolscap paper folded into four. This he opened and spread flat upon the table. Across the middle of it a single sentence had been formed by the expedient of pasting printed words upon it. It ran: As you value your life or your reason keep away from the moor. The word “moor” only was printed in ink. “Now,” said Sir Henry Baskerville, “perhaps you will tell me, Mr. Holmes, what in thunder is the meaning of that, and who it is that takes so much interest in my affairs?” “What do you make of it, Dr. Mortimer? You must allow that there is nothing supernatural about this, at any rate?” “No, sir, but it might very well come from someone who was convinced that the business is supernatural.” “What business?” asked Sir Henry sharply. “It seems to me that all you gentlemen know a great deal more than I do about my own affairs.” “You shall share our knowledge before you leave this room, Sir Henry. I promise you that,” said Sherlock Holmes. “We will confine ourselves for the present with your permission to this very interesting document, which must have been put together and posted yesterday evening. Have you yesterday’s _Times_, Watson?” “It is here in the corner.” “Might I trouble you for it—the inside page, please, with the leading articles?” He glanced swiftly over it, running his eyes up and down the columns. “Capital article this on free trade. Permit me to give you an extract from it. ‘You may be cajoled into imagining that your own special trade or your own industry will be encouraged by a protective tariff, but it stands to reason that such legislation must in the long run keep away wealth from the country, diminish the value of our imports, and lower the general conditions of life in this island.’ “What do you think of that, Watson?” cried Holmes in high glee, rubbing his hands together with satisfaction. “Don’t you think that is an admirable sentiment?” Dr. Mortimer looked at Holmes with an air of professional interest, and Sir Henry Baskerville turned a pair of puzzled dark eyes upon me. “I don’t know much about the tariff and things of that kind,” said he, “but it seems to me we’ve got a bit off the trail so far as that note is concerned.” “On the contrary, I think we are particularly hot upon the trail, Sir Henry. Watson here knows more about my methods than you do, but I fear that even he has not quite grasped the significance of this sentence.” “No, I confess that I see no connection.” “And yet, my dear Watson, there is so very close a connection that the one is extracted out of the other. ‘You,’ ‘your,’ ‘your,’ ‘life,’ ‘reason,’ ‘value,’ ‘keep away,’ ‘from the.’ Don’t you see now whence these words have been taken?” “By thunder, you’re right! Well, if that isn’t smart!” cried Sir Henry. “If any possible doubt remained it is settled by the fact that ‘keep away’ and ‘from the’ are cut out in one piece.” “Well, now—so it is!” “Really, Mr. Holmes, this exceeds anything which I could have imagined,” said Dr. Mortimer, gazing at my friend in amazement. “I could understand anyone saying that the words were from a newspaper; but that you should name which, and add that it came from the leading article, is really one of the most remarkable things which I have ever known. How did you do it?” “I presume, Doctor, that you could tell the skull of a negro from that of an Esquimau?” “Most certainly.” “But how?” “Because that is my special hobby. The differences are obvious. The supra-orbital crest, the facial angle, the maxillary curve, the—” “But this is my special hobby, and the differences are equally obvious. There is as much difference to my eyes between the leaded bourgeois type of a _Times_ article and the slovenly print of an evening half-penny paper as there could be between your negro and your Esquimau. The detection of types is one of the most elementary branches of knowledge to the special expert in crime, though I confess that once when I was very young I confused the _Leeds Mercury_ with the _Western Morning News_. But a _Times_ leader is entirely distinctive, and these words could have been taken from nothing else. As it was done yesterday the strong probability was that we should find the words in yesterday’s issue.” “So far as I can follow you, then, Mr. Holmes,” said Sir Henry Baskerville, “someone cut out this message with a scissors—” “Nail-scissors,” said Holmes. “You can see that it was a very short-bladed scissors, since the cutter had to take two snips over ‘keep away.’” “That is so. Someone, then, cut out the message with a pair of short-bladed scissors, pasted it with paste—” “Gum,” said Holmes. “With gum on to the paper. But I want to know why the word ‘moor’ should have been written?” “Because he could not find it in print. The other words were all simple and might be found in any issue, but ‘moor’ would be less common.” “Why, of course, that would explain it. Have you read anything else in this message, Mr. Holmes?” “There are one or two indications, and yet the utmost pains have been taken to remove all clues. The address, you observe is printed in rough characters. But the _Times_ is a paper which is seldom found in any hands but those of the highly educated. We may take it, therefore, that the letter was composed by an educated man who wished to pose as an uneducated one, and his effort to conceal his own writing suggests that that writing might be known, or come to be known, by you. Again, you will observe that the words are not gummed on in an accurate line, but that some are much higher than others. ‘Life,’ for example is quite out of its proper place. That may point to carelessness or it may point to agitation and hurry upon the part of the cutter. On the whole I incline to the latter view, since the matter was evidently important, and it is unlikely that the composer of such a letter would be careless. If he were in a hurry it opens up the interesting question why he should be in a hurry, since any letter posted up to early morning would reach Sir Henry before he would leave his hotel. Did the composer fear an interruption—and from whom?” “We are coming now rather into the region of guesswork,” said Dr. Mortimer. “Say, rather, into the region where we balance probabilities and choose the most likely. It is the scientific use of the imagination, but we have always some material basis on which to start our speculation. Now, you would call it a guess, no doubt, but I am almost certain that this address has been written in a hotel.” “How in the world can you say that?” “If you examine it carefully you will see that both the pen and the ink have given the writer trouble. The pen has spluttered twice in a single word and has run dry three times in a short address, showing that there was very little ink in the bottle. Now, a private pen or ink-bottle is seldom allowed to be in such a state, and the combination of the two must be quite rare. But you know the hotel ink and the hotel pen, where it is rare to get anything else. Yes, I have very little hesitation in saying that could we examine the waste-paper baskets of the hotels around Charing Cross until we found the remains of the mutilated _Times_ leader we could lay our hands straight upon the person who sent this singular message. Halloa! Halloa! What’s this?” He was carefully examining the foolscap, upon which the words were pasted, holding it only an inch or two from his eyes. “Well?” “Nothing,” said he, throwing it down. “It is a blank half-sheet of paper, without even a water-mark upon it. I think we have drawn as much as we can from this curious letter; and now, Sir Henry, has anything else of interest happened to you since you have been in London?” “Why, no, Mr. Holmes. I think not.” “You have not observed anyone follow or watch you?” “I seem to have walked right into the thick of a dime novel,” said our visitor. “Why in thunder should anyone follow or watch me?” “We are coming to that. You have nothing else to report to us before we go into this matter?” “Well, it depends upon what you think worth reporting.” “I think anything out of the ordinary routine of life well worth reporting.” Sir Henry smiled. “I don’t know much of British life yet, for I have spent nearly all my time in the States and in Canada. But I hope that to lose one of your boots is not part of the ordinary routine of life over here.” “You have lost one of your boots?” “My dear sir,” cried Dr. Mortimer, “it is only mislaid. You will find it when you return to the hotel. What is the use of troubling Mr. Holmes with trifles of this kind?” “Well, he asked me for anything outside the ordinary routine.” “Exactly,” said Holmes, “however foolish the incident may seem. You have lost one of your boots, you say?” “Well, mislaid it, anyhow. I put them both outside my door last night, and there was only one in the morning. I could get no sense out of the chap who cleans them. The worst of it is that I only bought the pair last night in the Strand, and I have never had them on.” “If you have never worn them, why did you put them out to be cleaned?” “They were tan boots and had never been varnished. That was why I put them out.” “Then I understand that on your arrival in London yesterday you went out at once and bought a pair of boots?” “I did a good deal of shopping. Dr. Mortimer here went round with me. You see, if I am to be squire down there I must dress the part, and it may be that I have got a little careless in my ways out West. Among other things I bought these brown boots—gave six dollars for them—and had one stolen before ever I had them on my feet.” “It seems a singularly useless thing to steal,” said Sherlock Holmes. “I confess that I share Dr. Mortimer’s belief that it will not be long before the missing boot is found.” “And, now, gentlemen,” said the baronet with decision, “it seems to me that I have spoken quite enough about the little that I know. It is time that you kept your promise and gave me a full account of what we are all driving at.” “Your request is a very reasonable one,” Holmes answered. “Dr. Mortimer, I think you could not do better than to tell your story as you told it to us.” Thus encouraged, our scientific friend drew his papers from his pocket and presented the whole case as he had done upon the morning before. Sir Henry Baskerville listened with the deepest attention and with an occasional exclamation of surprise. “Well, I seem to have come into an inheritance with a vengeance,” said he when the long narrative was finished. “Of course, I’ve heard of the hound ever since I was in the nursery. It’s the pet story of the family, though I never thought of taking it seriously before. But as to my uncle’s death—well, it all seems boiling up in my head, and I can’t get it clear yet. You don’t seem quite to have made up your mind whether it’s a case for a policeman or a clergyman.” “Precisely.” “And now there’s this affair of the letter to me at the hotel. I suppose that fits into its place.” “It seems to show that someone knows more than we do about what goes on upon the moor,” said Dr. Mortimer. “And also,” said Holmes, “that someone is not ill-disposed towards you, since they warn you of danger.” “Or it may be that they wish, for their own purposes, to scare me away.” “Well, of course, that is possible also. I am very much indebted to you, Dr. Mortimer, for introducing me to a problem which presents several interesting alternatives. But the practical point which we now have to decide, Sir Henry, is whether it is or is not advisable for you to go to Baskerville Hall.” “Why should I not go?” “There seems to be danger.” “Do you mean danger from this family fiend or do you mean danger from human beings?” “Well, that is what we have to find out.” “Whichever it is, my answer is fixed. There is no devil in hell, Mr. Holmes, and there is no man upon earth who can prevent me from going to the home of my own people, and you may take that to be my final answer.” His dark brows knitted and his face flushed to a dusky red as he spoke. It was evident that the fiery temper of the Baskervilles was not extinct in this their last representative. “Meanwhile,” said he, “I have hardly had time to think over all that you have told me. It’s a big thing for a man to have to understand and to decide at one sitting. I should like to have a quiet hour by myself to make up my mind. Now, look here, Mr. Holmes, it’s half-past eleven now and I am going back right away to my hotel. Suppose you and your friend, Dr. Watson, come round and lunch with us at two. I’ll be able to tell you more clearly then how this thing strikes me.” “Is that convenient to you, Watson?” “Perfectly.” “Then you may expect us. Shall I have a cab called?” “I’d prefer to walk, for this affair has flurried me rather.” “I’ll join you in a walk, with pleasure,” said his companion. “Then we meet again at two o’clock. Au revoir, and good-morning!” We heard the steps of our visitors descend the stair and the bang of the front door. In an instant Holmes had changed from the languid dreamer to the man of action. “Your hat and boots, Watson, quick! Not a moment to lose!” He rushed into his room in his dressing-gown and was back again in a few seconds in a frock-coat. We hurried together down the stairs and into the street. Dr. Mortimer and Baskerville were still visible about two hundred yards ahead of us in the direction of Oxford Street. “Shall I run on and stop them?” “Not for the world, my dear Watson. I am perfectly satisfied with your company if you will tolerate mine. Our friends are wise, for it is certainly a very fine morning for a walk.” He quickened his pace until we had decreased the distance which divided us by about half. Then, still keeping a hundred yards behind, we followed into Oxford Street and so down Regent Street. Once our friends stopped and stared into a shop window, upon which Holmes did the same. An instant afterwards he gave a little cry of satisfaction, and, following the direction of his eager eyes, I saw that a hansom cab with a man inside which had halted on the other side of the street was now proceeding slowly onward again. “There’s our man, Watson! Come along! We’ll have a good look at him, if we can do no more.” At that instant I was aware of a bushy black beard and a pair of piercing eyes turned upon us through the side window of the cab. Instantly the trapdoor at the top flew up, something was screamed to the driver, and the cab flew madly off down Regent Street. Holmes looked eagerly round for another, but no empty one was in sight. Then he dashed in wild pursuit amid the stream of the traffic, but the start was too great, and already the cab was out of sight. “There now!” said Holmes bitterly as he emerged panting and white with vexation from the tide of vehicles. “Was ever such bad luck and such bad management, too? Watson, Watson, if you are an honest man you will record this also and set it against my successes!” “Who was the man?” “I have not an idea.” “A spy?” “Well, it was evident from what we have heard that Baskerville has been very closely shadowed by someone since he has been in town. How else could it be known so quickly that it was the Northumberland Hotel which he had chosen? If they had followed him the first day I argued that they would follow him also the second. You may have observed that I twice strolled over to the window while Dr. Mortimer was reading his legend.” “Yes, I remember.” “I was looking out for loiterers in the street, but I saw none. We are dealing with a clever man, Watson. This matter cuts very deep, and though I have not finally made up my mind whether it is a benevolent or a malevolent agency which is in touch with us, I am conscious always of power and design. When our friends left I at once followed them in the hopes of marking down their invisible attendant. So wily was he that he had not trusted himself upon foot, but he had availed himself of a cab so that he could loiter behind or dash past them and so escape their notice. His method had the additional advantage that if they were to take a cab he was all ready to follow them. It has, however, one obvious disadvantage.” “It puts him in the power of the cabman.” “Exactly.” “What a pity we did not get the number!” “My dear Watson, clumsy as I have been, you surely do not seriously imagine that I neglected to get the number? No. 2704 is our man. But that is no use to us for the moment.” “I fail to see how you could have done more.” “On observing the cab I should have instantly turned and walked in the other direction. I should then at my leisure have hired a second cab and followed the first at a respectful distance, or, better still, have driven to the Northumberland Hotel and waited there. When our unknown had followed Baskerville home we should have had the opportunity of playing his own game upon himself and seeing where he made for. As it is, by an indiscreet eagerness, which was taken advantage of with extraordinary quickness and energy by our opponent, we have betrayed ourselves and lost our man.” We had been sauntering slowly down Regent Street during this conversation, and Dr. Mortimer, with his companion, had long vanished in front of us. “There is no object in our following them,” said Holmes. “The shadow has departed and will not return. We must see what further cards we have in our hands and play them with decision. Could you swear to that man’s face within the cab?” “I could swear only to the beard.” “And so could I—from which I gather that in all probability it was a false one. A clever man upon so delicate an errand has no use for a beard save to conceal his features. Come in here, Watson!” He turned into one of the district messenger offices, where he was warmly greeted by the manager. “Ah, Wilson, I see you have not forgotten the little case in which I had the good fortune to help you?” “No, sir, indeed I have not. You saved my good name, and perhaps my life.” “My dear fellow, you exaggerate. I have some recollection, Wilson, that you had among your boys a lad named Cartwright, who showed some ability during the investigation.” “Yes, sir, he is still with us.” “Could you ring him up?—thank you! And I should be glad to have change of this five-pound note.” A lad of fourteen, with a bright, keen face, had obeyed the summons of the manager. He stood now gazing with great reverence at the famous detective. “Let me have the Hotel Directory,” said Holmes. “Thank you! Now, Cartwright, there are the names of twenty-three hotels here, all in the immediate neighbourhood of Charing Cross. Do you see?” “Yes, sir.” “You will visit each of these in turn.” “Yes, sir.” “You will begin in each case by giving the outside porter one shilling. Here are twenty-three shillings.” “Yes, sir.” “You will tell him that you want to see the waste-paper of yesterday. You will say that an important telegram has miscarried and that you are looking for it. You understand?” “Yes, sir.” “But what you are really looking for is the centre page of the _Times_ with some holes cut in it with scissors. Here is a copy of the _Times_. It is this page. You could easily recognize it, could you not?” “Yes, sir.” “In each case the outside porter will send for the hall porter, to whom also you will give a shilling. Here are twenty-three shillings. You will then learn in possibly twenty cases out of the twenty-three that the waste of the day before has been burned or removed. In the three other cases you will be shown a heap of paper and you will look for this page of the _Times_ among it. The odds are enormously against your finding it. There are ten shillings over in case of emergencies. Let me have a report by wire at Baker Street before evening. And now, Watson, it only remains for us to find out by wire the identity of the cabman, No. 2704, and then we will drop into one of the Bond Street picture galleries and fill in the time until we are due at the hotel.” Chapter 5. Three Broken Threads Sherlock Holmes had, in a very remarkable degree, the power of detaching his mind at will. For two hours the strange business in which we had been involved appeared to be forgotten, and he was entirely absorbed in the pictures of the modern Belgian masters. He would talk of nothing but art, of which he had the crudest ideas, from our leaving the gallery until we found ourselves at the Northumberland Hotel. “Sir Henry Baskerville is upstairs expecting you,” said the clerk. “He asked me to show you up at once when you came.” “Have you any objection to my looking at your register?” said Holmes. “Not in the least.” The book showed that two names had been added after that of Baskerville. One was Theophilus Johnson and family, of Newcastle; the other Mrs. Oldmore and maid, of High Lodge, Alton. “Surely that must be the same Johnson whom I used to know,” said Holmes to the porter. “A lawyer, is he not, grey-headed, and walks with a limp?” “No, sir, this is Mr. Johnson, the coal-owner, a very active gentleman, not older than yourself.” “Surely you are mistaken about his trade?” “No, sir! he has used this hotel for many years, and he is very well known to us.” “Ah, that settles it. Mrs. Oldmore, too; I seem to remember the name. Excuse my curiosity, but often in calling upon one friend one finds another.” “She is an invalid lady, sir. Her husband was once mayor of Gloucester. She always comes to us when she is in town.” “Thank you; I am afraid I cannot claim her acquaintance. We have established a most important fact by these questions, Watson,” he continued in a low voice as we went upstairs together. “We know now that the people who are so interested in our friend have not settled down in his own hotel. That means that while they are, as we have seen, very anxious to watch him, they are equally anxious that he should not see them. Now, this is a most suggestive fact.” “What does it suggest?” “It suggests—halloa, my dear fellow, what on earth is the matter?” As we came round the top of the stairs we had run up against Sir Henry Baskerville himself. His face was flushed with anger, and he held an old and dusty boot in one of his hands. So furious was he that he was hardly articulate, and when he did speak it was in a much broader and more Western dialect than any which we had heard from him in the morning. “Seems to me they are playing me for a sucker in this hotel,” he cried. “They’ll find they’ve started in to monkey with the wrong man unless they are careful. By thunder, if that chap can’t find my missing boot there will be trouble. I can take a joke with the best, Mr. Holmes, but they’ve got a bit over the mark this time.” “Still looking for your boot?” “Yes, sir, and mean to find it.” “But, surely, you said that it was a new brown boot?” “So it was, sir. And now it’s an old black one.” “What! you don’t mean to say—?” “That’s just what I do mean to say. I only had three pairs in the world—the new brown, the old black, and the patent leathers, which I am wearing. Last night they took one of my brown ones, and today they have sneaked one of the black. Well, have you got it? Speak out, man, and don’t stand staring!” An agitated German waiter had appeared upon the scene. “No, sir; I have made inquiry all over the hotel, but I can hear no word of it.” “Well, either that boot comes back before sundown or I’ll see the manager and tell him that I go right straight out of this hotel.” “It shall be found, sir—I promise you that if you will have a little patience it will be found.” “Mind it is, for it’s the last thing of mine that I’ll lose in this den of thieves. Well, well, Mr. Holmes, you’ll excuse my troubling you about such a trifle—” “I think it’s well worth troubling about.” “Why, you look very serious over it.” “How do you explain it?” “I just don’t attempt to explain it. It seems the very maddest, queerest thing that ever happened to me.” “The queerest perhaps—” said Holmes thoughtfully. “What do you make of it yourself?” “Well, I don’t profess to understand it yet. This case of yours is very complex, Sir Henry. When taken in conjunction with your uncle’s death I am not sure that of all the five hundred cases of capital importance which I have handled there is one which cuts so deep. But we hold several threads in our hands, and the odds are that one or other of them guides us to the truth. We may waste time in following the wrong one, but sooner or later we must come upon the right.” We had a pleasant luncheon in which little was said of the business which had brought us together. It was in the private sitting-room to which we afterwards repaired that Holmes asked Baskerville what were his intentions. “To go to Baskerville Hall.” “And when?” “At the end of the week.” “On the whole,” said Holmes, “I think that your decision is a wise one. I have ample evidence that you are being dogged in London, and amid the millions of this great city it is difficult to discover who these people are or what their object can be. If their intentions are evil they might do you a mischief, and we should be powerless to prevent it. You did not know, Dr. Mortimer, that you were followed this morning from my house?” Dr. Mortimer started violently. “Followed! By whom?” “That, unfortunately, is what I cannot tell you. Have you among your neighbours or acquaintances on Dartmoor any man with a black, full beard?” “No—or, let me see—why, yes. Barrymore, Sir Charles’s butler, is a man with a full, black beard.” “Ha! Where is Barrymore?” “He is in charge of the Hall.” “We had best ascertain if he is really there, or if by any possibility he might be in London.” “How can you do that?” “Give me a telegraph form. ‘Is all ready for Sir Henry?’ That will do. Address to Mr. Barrymore, Baskerville Hall. What is the nearest telegraph-office? Grimpen. Very good, we will send a second wire to the postmaster, Grimpen: ‘Telegram to Mr. Barrymore to be delivered into his own hand. If absent, please return wire to Sir Henry Baskerville, Northumberland Hotel.’ That should let us know before evening whether Barrymore is at his post in Devonshire or not.” “That’s so,” said Baskerville. “By the way, Dr. Mortimer, who is this Barrymore, anyhow?” “He is the son of the old caretaker, who is dead. They have looked after the Hall for four generations now. So far as I know, he and his wife are as respectable a couple as any in the county.” “At the same time,” said Baskerville, “it’s clear enough that so long as there are none of the family at the Hall these people have a mighty fine home and nothing to do.” “That is true.” “Did Barrymore profit at all by Sir Charles’s will?” asked Holmes. “He and his wife had five hundred pounds each.” “Ha! Did they know that they would receive this?” “Yes; Sir Charles was very fond of talking about the provisions of his will.” “That is very interesting.” “I hope,” said Dr. Mortimer, “that you do not look with suspicious eyes upon everyone who received a legacy from Sir Charles, for I also had a thousand pounds left to me.” “Indeed! And anyone else?” “There were many insignificant sums to individuals, and a large number of public charities. The residue all went to Sir Henry.” “And how much was the residue?” “Seven hundred and forty thousand pounds.” Holmes raised his eyebrows in surprise. “I had no idea that so gigantic a sum was involved,” said he. “Sir Charles had the reputation of being rich, but we did not know how very rich he was until we came to examine his securities. The total value of the estate was close on to a million.” “Dear me! It is a stake for which a man might well play a desperate game. And one more question, Dr. Mortimer. Supposing that anything happened to our young friend here—you will forgive the unpleasant hypothesis!—who would inherit the estate?” “Since Rodger Baskerville, Sir Charles’s younger brother died unmarried, the estate would descend to the Desmonds, who are distant cousins. James Desmond is an elderly clergyman in Westmoreland.” “Thank you. These details are all of great interest. Have you met Mr. James Desmond?” “Yes; he once came down to visit Sir Charles. He is a man of venerable appearance and of saintly life. I remember that he refused to accept any settlement from Sir Charles, though he pressed it upon him.” “And this man of simple tastes would be the heir to Sir Charles’s thousands.” “He would be the heir to the estate because that is entailed. He would also be the heir to the money unless it were willed otherwise by the present owner, who can, of course, do what he likes with it.” “And have you made your will, Sir Henry?” “No, Mr. Holmes, I have not. I’ve had no time, for it was only yesterday that I learned how matters stood. But in any case I feel that the money should go with the title and estate. That was my poor uncle’s idea. How is the owner going to restore the glories of the Baskervilles if he has not money enough to keep up the property? House, land, and dollars must go together.” “Quite so. Well, Sir Henry, I am of one mind with you as to the advisability of your going down to Devonshire without delay. There is only one provision which I must make. You certainly must not go alone.” “Dr. Mortimer returns with me.” “But Dr. Mortimer has his practice to attend to, and his house is miles away from yours. With all the goodwill in the world he may be unable to help you. No, Sir Henry, you must take with you someone, a trusty man, who will be always by your side.” “Is it possible that you could come yourself, Mr. Holmes?” “If matters came to a crisis I should endeavour to be present in person; but you can understand that, with my extensive consulting practice and with the constant appeals which reach me from many quarters, it is impossible for me to be absent from London for an indefinite time. At the present instant one of the most revered names in England is being besmirched by a blackmailer, and only I can stop a disastrous scandal. You will see how impossible it is for me to go to Dartmoor.” “Whom would you recommend, then?” Holmes laid his hand upon my arm. “If my friend would undertake it there is no man who is better worth having at your side when you are in a tight place. No one can say so more confidently than I.” The proposition took me completely by surprise, but before I had time to answer, Baskerville seized me by the hand and wrung it heartily. “Well, now, that is real kind of you, Dr. Watson,” said he. “You see how it is with me, and you know just as much about the matter as I do. If you will come down to Baskerville Hall and see me through I’ll never forget it.” The promise of adventure had always a fascination for me, and I was complimented by the words of Holmes and by the eagerness with which the baronet hailed me as a companion. “I will come, with pleasure,” said I. “I do not know how I could employ my time better.” “And you will report very carefully to me,” said Holmes. “When a crisis comes, as it will do, I will direct how you shall act. I suppose that by Saturday all might be ready?” “Would that suit Dr. Watson?” “Perfectly.” “Then on Saturday, unless you hear to the contrary, we shall meet at the ten-thirty train from Paddington.” We had risen to depart when Baskerville gave a cry of triumph, and diving into one of the corners of the room he drew a brown boot from under a cabinet. “My missing boot!” he cried. “May all our difficulties vanish as easily!” said Sherlock Holmes. “But it is a very singular thing,” Dr. Mortimer remarked. “I searched this room carefully before lunch.” “And so did I,” said Baskerville. “Every inch of it.” “There was certainly no boot in it then.” “In that case the waiter must have placed it there while we were lunching.” The German was sent for but professed to know nothing of the matter, nor could any inquiry clear it up. Another item had been added to that constant and apparently purposeless series of small mysteries which had succeeded each other so rapidly. Setting aside the whole grim story of Sir Charles’s death, we had a line of inexplicable incidents all within the limits of two days, which included the receipt of the printed letter, the black-bearded spy in the hansom, the loss of the new brown boot, the loss of the old black boot, and now the return of the new brown boot. Holmes sat in silence in the cab as we drove back to Baker Street, and I knew from his drawn brows and keen face that his mind, like my own, was busy in endeavouring to frame some scheme into which all these strange and apparently disconnected episodes could be fitted. All afternoon and late into the evening he sat lost in tobacco and thought. Just before dinner two telegrams were handed in. The first ran: Have just heard that Barrymore is at the Hall. BASKERVILLE. The second: Visited twenty-three hotels as directed, but sorry to report unable to trace cut sheet of _Times_. CARTWRIGHT. “There go two of my threads, Watson. There is nothing more stimulating than a case where everything goes against you. We must cast round for another scent.” “We have still the cabman who drove the spy.” “Exactly. I have wired to get his name and address from the Official Registry. I should not be surprised if this were an answer to my question.” The ring at the bell proved to be something even more satisfactory than an answer, however, for the door opened and a rough-looking fellow entered who was evidently the man himself. “I got a message from the head office that a gent at this address had been inquiring for No. 2704,” said he. “I’ve driven my cab this seven years and never a word of complaint. I came here straight from the Yard to ask you to your face what you had against me.” “I have nothing in the world against you, my good man,” said Holmes. “On the contrary, I have half a sovereign for you if you will give me a clear answer to my questions.” “Well, I’ve had a good day and no mistake,” said the cabman with a grin. “What was it you wanted to ask, sir?” “First of all your name and address, in case I want you again.” “John Clayton, 3 Turpey Street, the Borough. My cab is out of Shipley’s Yard, near Waterloo Station.” Sherlock Holmes made a note of it. “Now, Clayton, tell me all about the fare who came and watched this house at ten o’clock this morning and afterwards followed the two gentlemen down Regent Street.” The man looked surprised and a little embarrassed. “Why, there’s no good my telling you things, for you seem to know as much as I do already,” said he. “The truth is that the gentleman told me that he was a detective and that I was to say nothing about him to anyone.” “My good fellow; this is a very serious business, and you may find yourself in a pretty bad position if you try to hide anything from me. You say that your fare told you that he was a detective?” “Yes, he did.” “When did he say this?” “When he left me.” “Did he say anything more?” “He mentioned his name.” Holmes cast a swift glance of triumph at me. “Oh, he mentioned his name, did he? That was imprudent. What was the name that he mentioned?” “His name,” said the cabman, “was Mr. Sherlock Holmes.” Never have I seen my friend more completely taken aback than by the cabman’s reply. For an instant he sat in silent amazement. Then he burst into a hearty laugh. “A touch, Watson—an undeniable touch!” said he. “I feel a foil as quick and supple as my own. He got home upon me very prettily that time. So his name was Sherlock Holmes, was it?” “Yes, sir, that was the gentleman’s name.” “Excellent! Tell me where you picked him up and all that occurred.” “He hailed me at half-past nine in Trafalgar Square. He said that he was a detective, and he offered me two guineas if I would do exactly what he wanted all day and ask no questions. I was glad enough to agree. First we drove down to the Northumberland Hotel and waited there until two gentlemen came out and took a cab from the rank. We followed their cab until it pulled up somewhere near here.” “This very door,” said Holmes. “Well, I couldn’t be sure of that, but I dare say my fare knew all about it. We pulled up halfway down the street and waited an hour and a half. Then the two gentlemen passed us, walking, and we followed down Baker Street and along—” “I know,” said Holmes. “Until we got three-quarters down Regent Street. Then my gentleman threw up the trap, and he cried that I should drive right away to Waterloo Station as hard as I could go. I whipped up the mare and we were there under the ten minutes. Then he paid up his two guineas, like a good one, and away he went into the station. Only just as he was leaving he turned round and he said: ‘It might interest you to know that you have been driving Mr. Sherlock Holmes.’ That’s how I come to know the name.” “I see. And you saw no more of him?” “Not after he went into the station.” “And how would you describe Mr. Sherlock Holmes?” The cabman scratched his head. “Well, he wasn’t altogether such an easy gentleman to describe. I’d put him at forty years of age, and he was of a middle height, two or three inches shorter than you, sir. He was dressed like a toff, and he had a black beard, cut square at the end, and a pale face. I don’t know as I could say more than that.” “Colour of his eyes?” “No, I can’t say that.” “Nothing more that you can remember?” “No, sir; nothing.” “Well, then, here is your half-sovereign. There’s another one waiting for you if you can bring any more information. Good-night!” “Good-night, sir, and thank you!” John Clayton departed chuckling, and Holmes turned to me with a shrug of his shoulders and a rueful smile. “Snap goes our third thread, and we end where we began,” said he. “The cunning rascal! He knew our number, knew that Sir Henry Baskerville had consulted me, spotted who I was in Regent Street, conjectured that I had got the number of the cab and would lay my hands on the driver, and so sent back this audacious message. I tell you, Watson, this time we have got a foeman who is worthy of our steel. I’ve been checkmated in London. I can only wish you better luck in Devonshire. But I’m not easy in my mind about it.” “About what?” “About sending you. It’s an ugly business, Watson, an ugly dangerous business, and the more I see of it the less I like it. Yes, my dear fellow, you may laugh, but I give you my word that I shall be very glad to have you back safe and sound in Baker Street once more.” Chapter 6. Baskerville Hall Sir Henry Baskerville and Dr. Mortimer were ready upon the appointed day, and we started as arranged for Devonshire. Mr. Sherlock Holmes drove with me to the station and gave me his last parting injunctions and advice. “I will not bias your mind by suggesting theories or suspicions, Watson,” said he; “I wish you simply to report facts in the fullest possible manner to me, and you can leave me to do the theorizing.” “What sort of facts?” I asked. “Anything which may seem to have a bearing however indirect upon the case, and especially the relations between young Baskerville and his neighbours or any fresh particulars concerning the death of Sir Charles. I have made some inquiries myself in the last few days, but the results have, I fear, been negative. One thing only appears to be certain, and that is that Mr. James Desmond, who is the next heir, is an elderly gentleman of a very amiable disposition, so that this persecution does not arise from him. I really think that we may eliminate him entirely from our calculations. There remain the people who will actually surround Sir Henry Baskerville upon the moor.” “Would it not be well in the first place to get rid of this Barrymore couple?” “By no means. You could not make a greater mistake. If they are innocent it would be a cruel injustice, and if they are guilty we should be giving up all chance of bringing it home to them. No, no, we will preserve them upon our list of suspects. Then there is a groom at the Hall, if I remember right. There are two moorland farmers. There is our friend Dr. Mortimer, whom I believe to be entirely honest, and there is his wife, of whom we know nothing. There is this naturalist, Stapleton, and there is his sister, who is said to be a young lady of attractions. There is Mr. Frankland, of Lafter Hall, who is also an unknown factor, and there are one or two other neighbours. These are the folk who must be your very special study.” “I will do my best.” “You have arms, I suppose?” “Yes, I thought it as well to take them.” “Most certainly. Keep your revolver near you night and day, and never relax your precautions.” Our friends had already secured a first-class carriage and were waiting for us upon the platform. “No, we have no news of any kind,” said Dr. Mortimer in answer to my friend’s questions. “I can swear to one thing, and that is that we have not been shadowed during the last two days. We have never gone out without keeping a sharp watch, and no one could have escaped our notice.” “You have always kept together, I presume?” “Except yesterday afternoon. I usually give up one day to pure amusement when I come to town, so I spent it at the Museum of the College of Surgeons.” “And I went to look at the folk in the park,” said Baskerville. “But we had no trouble of any kind.” “It was imprudent, all the same,” said Holmes, shaking his head and looking very grave. “I beg, Sir Henry, that you will not go about alone. Some great misfortune will befall you if you do. Did you get your other boot?” “No, sir, it is gone forever.” “Indeed. That is very interesting. Well, good-bye,” he added as the train began to glide down the platform. “Bear in mind, Sir Henry, one of the phrases in that queer old legend which Dr. Mortimer has read to us, and avoid the moor in those hours of darkness when the powers of evil are exalted.” I looked back at the platform when we had left it far behind and saw the tall, austere figure of Holmes standing motionless and gazing after us. The journey was a swift and pleasant one, and I spent it in making the more intimate acquaintance of my two companions and in playing with Dr. Mortimer’s spaniel. In a very few hours the brown earth had become ruddy, the brick had changed to granite, and red cows grazed in well-hedged fields where the lush grasses and more luxuriant vegetation spoke of a richer, if a damper, climate. Young Baskerville stared eagerly out of the window and cried aloud with delight as he recognized the familiar features of the Devon scenery. “I’ve been over a good part of the world since I left it, Dr. Watson,” said he; “but I have never seen a place to compare with it.” “I never saw a Devonshire man who did not swear by his county,” I remarked. “It depends upon the breed of men quite as much as on the county,” said Dr. Mortimer. “A glance at our friend here reveals the rounded head of the Celt, which carries inside it the Celtic enthusiasm and power of attachment. Poor Sir Charles’s head was of a very rare type, half Gaelic, half Ivernian in its characteristics. But you were very young when you last saw Baskerville Hall, were you not?” “I was a boy in my teens at the time of my father’s death and had never seen the Hall, for he lived in a little cottage on the South Coast. Thence I went straight to a friend in America. I tell you it is all as new to me as it is to Dr. Watson, and I’m as keen as possible to see the moor.” “Are you? Then your wish is easily granted, for there is your first sight of the moor,” said Dr. Mortimer, pointing out of the carriage window. Over the green squares of the fields and the low curve of a wood there rose in the distance a grey, melancholy hill, with a strange jagged summit, dim and vague in the distance, like some fantastic landscape in a dream. Baskerville sat for a long time, his eyes fixed upon it, and I read upon his eager face how much it meant to him, this first sight of that strange spot where the men of his blood had held sway so long and left their mark so deep. There he sat, with his tweed suit and his American accent, in the corner of a prosaic railway-carriage, and yet as I looked at his dark and expressive face I felt more than ever how true a descendant he was of that long line of high-blooded, fiery, and masterful men. There were pride, valour, and strength in his thick brows, his sensitive nostrils, and his large hazel eyes. If on that forbidding moor a difficult and dangerous quest should lie before us, this was at least a comrade for whom one might venture to take a risk with the certainty that he would bravely share it. The train pulled up at a small wayside station and we all descended. Outside, beyond the low, white fence, a wagonette with a pair of cobs was waiting. Our coming was evidently a great event, for station-master and porters clustered round us to carry out our luggage. It was a sweet, simple country spot, but I was surprised to observe that by the gate there stood two soldierly men in dark uniforms who leaned upon their short rifles and glanced keenly at us as we passed. The coachman, a hard-faced, gnarled little fellow, saluted Sir Henry Baskerville, and in a few minutes we were flying swiftly down the broad, white road. Rolling pasture lands curved upward on either side of us, and old gabled houses peeped out from amid the thick green foliage, but behind the peaceful and sunlit countryside there rose ever, dark against the evening sky, the long, gloomy curve of the moor, broken by the jagged and sinister hills. The wagonette swung round into a side road, and we curved upward through deep lanes worn by centuries of wheels, high banks on either side, heavy with dripping moss and fleshy hart’s-tongue ferns. Bronzing bracken and mottled bramble gleamed in the light of the sinking sun. Still steadily rising, we passed over a narrow granite bridge and skirted a noisy stream which gushed swiftly down, foaming and roaring amid the grey boulders. Both road and stream wound up through a valley dense with scrub oak and fir. At every turn Baskerville gave an exclamation of delight, looking eagerly about him and asking countless questions. To his eyes all seemed beautiful, but to me a tinge of melancholy lay upon the countryside, which bore so clearly the mark of the waning year. Yellow leaves carpeted the lanes and fluttered down upon us as we passed. The rattle of our wheels died away as we drove through drifts of rotting vegetation—sad gifts, as it seemed to me, for Nature to throw before the carriage of the returning heir of the Baskervilles. “Halloa!” cried Dr. Mortimer, “what is this?” A steep curve of heath-clad land, an outlying spur of the moor, lay in front of us. On the summit, hard and clear like an equestrian statue upon its pedestal, was a mounted soldier, dark and stern, his rifle poised ready over his forearm. He was watching the road along which we travelled. “What is this, Perkins?” asked Dr. Mortimer. Our driver half turned in his seat. “There’s a convict escaped from Princetown, sir. He’s been out three days now, and the warders watch every road and every station, but they’ve had no sight of him yet. The farmers about here don’t like it, sir, and that’s a fact.” “Well, I understand that they get five pounds if they can give information.” “Yes, sir, but the chance of five pounds is but a poor thing compared to the chance of having your throat cut. You see, it isn’t like any ordinary convict. This is a man that would stick at nothing.” “Who is he, then?” “It is Selden, the Notting Hill murderer.” I remembered the case well, for it was one in which Holmes had taken an interest on account of the peculiar ferocity of the crime and the wanton brutality which had marked all the actions of the assassin. The commutation of his death sentence had been due to some doubts as to his complete sanity, so atrocious was his conduct. Our wagonette had topped a rise and in front of us rose the huge expanse of the moor, mottled with gnarled and craggy cairns and tors. A cold wind swept down from it and set us shivering. Somewhere there, on that desolate plain, was lurking this fiendish man, hiding in a burrow like a wild beast, his heart full of malignancy against the whole race which had cast him out. It needed but this to complete the grim suggestiveness of the barren waste, the chilling wind, and the darkling sky. Even Baskerville fell silent and pulled his overcoat more closely around him. We had left the fertile country behind and beneath us. We looked back on it now, the slanting rays of a low sun turning the streams to threads of gold and glowing on the red earth new turned by the plough and the broad tangle of the woodlands. The road in front of us grew bleaker and wilder over huge russet and olive slopes, sprinkled with giant boulders. Now and then we passed a moorland cottage, walled and roofed with stone, with no creeper to break its harsh outline. Suddenly we looked down into a cuplike depression, patched with stunted oaks and firs which had been twisted and bent by the fury of years of storm. Two high, narrow towers rose over the trees. The driver pointed with his whip. “Baskerville Hall,” said he. Its master had risen and was staring with flushed cheeks and shining eyes. A few minutes later we had reached the lodge-gates, a maze of fantastic tracery in wrought iron, with weather-bitten pillars on either side, blotched with lichens, and surmounted by the boars’ heads of the Baskervilles. The lodge was a ruin of black granite and bared ribs of rafters, but facing it was a new building, half constructed, the first fruit of Sir Charles’s South African gold. Through the gateway we passed into the avenue, where the wheels were again hushed amid the leaves, and the old trees shot their branches in a sombre tunnel over our heads. Baskerville shuddered as he looked up the long, dark drive to where the house glimmered like a ghost at the farther end. “Was it here?” he asked in a low voice. “No, no, the yew alley is on the other side.” The young heir glanced round with a gloomy face. “It’s no wonder my uncle felt as if trouble were coming on him in such a place as this,” said he. “It’s enough to scare any man. I’ll have a row of electric lamps up here inside of six months, and you won’t know it again, with a thousand candle-power Swan and Edison right here in front of the hall door.” The avenue opened into a broad expanse of turf, and the house lay before us. In the fading light I could see that the centre was a heavy block of building from which a porch projected. The whole front was draped in ivy, with a patch clipped bare here and there where a window or a coat of arms broke through the dark veil. From this central block rose the twin towers, ancient, crenelated, and pierced with many loopholes. To right and left of the turrets were more modern wings of black granite. A dull light shone through heavy mullioned windows, and from the high chimneys which rose from the steep, high-angled roof there sprang a single black column of smoke. “Welcome, Sir Henry! Welcome to Baskerville Hall!” A tall man had stepped from the shadow of the porch to open the door of the wagonette. The figure of a woman was silhouetted against the yellow light of the hall. She came out and helped the man to hand down our bags. “You don’t mind my driving straight home, Sir Henry?” said Dr. Mortimer. “My wife is expecting me.” “Surely you will stay and have some dinner?” “No, I must go. I shall probably find some work awaiting me. I would stay to show you over the house, but Barrymore will be a better guide than I. Good-bye, and never hesitate night or day to send for me if I can be of service.” The wheels died away down the drive while Sir Henry and I turned into the hall, and the door clanged heavily behind us. It was a fine apartment in which we found ourselves, large, lofty, and heavily raftered with huge baulks of age-blackened oak. In the great old-fashioned fireplace behind the high iron dogs a log-fire crackled and snapped. Sir Henry and I held out our hands to it, for we were numb from our long drive. Then we gazed round us at the high, thin window of old stained glass, the oak panelling, the stags’ heads, the coats of arms upon the walls, all dim and sombre in the subdued light of the central lamp. “It’s just as I imagined it,” said Sir Henry. “Is it not the very picture of an old family home? To think that this should be the same hall in which for five hundred years my people have lived. It strikes me solemn to think of it.” I saw his dark face lit up with a boyish enthusiasm as he gazed about him. The light beat upon him where he stood, but long shadows trailed down the walls and hung like a black canopy above him. Barrymore had returned from taking our luggage to our rooms. He stood in front of us now with the subdued manner of a well-trained servant. He was a remarkable-looking man, tall, handsome, with a square black beard and pale, distinguished features. “Would you wish dinner to be served at once, sir?” “Is it ready?” “In a very few minutes, sir. You will find hot water in your rooms. My wife and I will be happy, Sir Henry, to stay with you until you have made your fresh arrangements, but you will understand that under the new conditions this house will require a considerable staff.” “What new conditions?” “I only meant, sir, that Sir Charles led a very retired life, and we were able to look after his wants. You would, naturally, wish to have more company, and so you will need changes in your household.” “Do you mean that your wife and you wish to leave?” “Only when it is quite convenient to you, sir.” “But your family have been with us for several generations, have they not? I should be sorry to begin my life here by breaking an old family connection.” I seemed to discern some signs of emotion upon the butler’s white face. “I feel that also, sir, and so does my wife. But to tell the truth, sir, we were both very much attached to Sir Charles, and his death gave us a shock and made these surroundings very painful to us. I fear that we shall never again be easy in our minds at Baskerville Hall.” “But what do you intend to do?” “I have no doubt, sir, that we shall succeed in establishing ourselves in some business. Sir Charles’s generosity has given us the means to do so. And now, sir, perhaps I had best show you to your rooms.” A square balustraded gallery ran round the top of the old hall, approached by a double stair. From this central point two long corridors extended the whole length of the building, from which all the bedrooms opened. My own was in the same wing as Baskerville’s and almost next door to it. These rooms appeared to be much more modern than the central part of the house, and the bright paper and numerous candles did something to remove the sombre impression which our arrival had left upon my mind. But the dining-room which opened out of the hall was a place of shadow and gloom. It was a long chamber with a step separating the daïs where the family sat from the lower portion reserved for their dependents. At one end a minstrel’s gallery overlooked it. Black beams shot across above our heads, with a smoke-darkened ceiling beyond them. With rows of flaring torches to light it up, and the colour and rude hilarity of an old-time banquet, it might have softened; but now, when two black-clothed gentlemen sat in the little circle of light thrown by a shaded lamp, one’s voice became hushed and one’s spirit subdued. A dim line of ancestors, in every variety of dress, from the Elizabethan knight to the buck of the Regency, stared down upon us and daunted us by their silent company. We talked little, and I for one was glad when the meal was over and we were able to retire into the modern billiard-room and smoke a cigarette. “My word, it isn’t a very cheerful place,” said Sir Henry. “I suppose one can tone down to it, but I feel a bit out of the picture at present. I don’t wonder that my uncle got a little jumpy if he lived all alone in such a house as this. However, if it suits you, we will retire early tonight, and perhaps things may seem more cheerful in the morning.” I drew aside my curtains before I went to bed and looked out from my window. It opened upon the grassy space which lay in front of the hall door. Beyond, two copses of trees moaned and swung in a rising wind. A half moon broke through the rifts of racing clouds. In its cold light I saw beyond the trees a broken fringe of rocks, and the long, low curve of the melancholy moor. I closed the curtain, feeling that my last impression was in keeping with the rest. And yet it was not quite the last. I found myself weary and yet wakeful, tossing restlessly from side to side, seeking for the sleep which would not come. Far away a chiming clock struck out the quarters of the hours, but otherwise a deathly silence lay upon the old house. And then suddenly, in the very dead of the night, there came a sound to my ears, clear, resonant, and unmistakable. It was the sob of a woman, the muffled, strangling gasp of one who is torn by an uncontrollable sorrow. I sat up in bed and listened intently. The noise could not have been far away and was certainly in the house. For half an hour I waited with every nerve on the alert, but there came no other sound save the chiming clock and the rustle of the ivy on the wall. Chapter 7. The Stapletons of Merripit House The fresh beauty of the following morning did something to efface from our minds the grim and grey impression which had been left upon both of us by our first experience of Baskerville Hall. As Sir Henry and I sat at breakfast the sunlight flooded in through the high mullioned windows, throwing watery patches of colour from the coats of arms which covered them. The dark panelling glowed like bronze in the golden rays, and it was hard to realise that this was indeed the chamber which had struck such a gloom into our souls upon the evening before. “I guess it is ourselves and not the house that we have to blame!” said the baronet. “We were tired with our journey and chilled by our drive, so we took a grey view of the place. Now we are fresh and well, so it is all cheerful once more.” “And yet it was not entirely a question of imagination,” I answered. “Did you, for example, happen to hear someone, a woman I think, sobbing in the night?” “That is curious, for I did when I was half asleep fancy that I heard something of the sort. I waited quite a time, but there was no more of it, so I concluded that it was all a dream.” “I heard it distinctly, and I am sure that it was really the sob of a woman.” “We must ask about this right away.” He rang the bell and asked Barrymore whether he could account for our experience. It seemed to me that the pallid features of the butler turned a shade paler still as he listened to his master’s question. “There are only two women in the house, Sir Henry,” he answered. “One is the scullery-maid, who sleeps in the other wing. The other is my wife, and I can answer for it that the sound could not have come from her.” And yet he lied as he said it, for it chanced that after breakfast I met Mrs. Barrymore in the long corridor with the sun full upon her face. She was a large, impassive, heavy-featured woman with a stern set expression of mouth. But her telltale eyes were red and glanced at me from between swollen lids. It was she, then, who wept in the night, and if she did so her husband must know it. Yet he had taken the obvious risk of discovery in declaring that it was not so. Why had he done this? And why did she weep so bitterly? Already round this pale-faced, handsome, black-bearded man there was gathering an atmosphere of mystery and of gloom. It was he who had been the first to discover the body of Sir Charles, and we had only his word for all the circumstances which led up to the old man’s death. Was it possible that it was Barrymore, after all, whom we had seen in the cab in Regent Street? The beard might well have been the same. The cabman had described a somewhat shorter man, but such an impression might easily have been erroneous. How could I settle the point forever? Obviously the first thing to do was to see the Grimpen postmaster and find whether the test telegram had really been placed in Barrymore’s own hands. Be the answer what it might, I should at least have something to report to Sherlock Holmes. Sir Henry had numerous papers to examine after breakfast, so that the time was propitious for my excursion. It was a pleasant walk of four miles along the edge of the moor, leading me at last to a small grey hamlet, in which two larger buildings, which proved to be the inn and the house of Dr. Mortimer, stood high above the rest. The postmaster, who was also the village grocer, had a clear recollection of the telegram. “Certainly, sir,” said he, “I had the telegram delivered to Mr. Barrymore exactly as directed.” “Who delivered it?” “My boy here. James, you delivered that telegram to Mr. Barrymore at the Hall last week, did you not?” “Yes, father, I delivered it.” “Into his own hands?” I asked. “Well, he was up in the loft at the time, so that I could not put it into his own hands, but I gave it into Mrs. Barrymore’s hands, and she promised to deliver it at once.” “Did you see Mr. Barrymore?” “No, sir; I tell you he was in the loft.” “If you didn’t see him, how do you know he was in the loft?” “Well, surely his own wife ought to know where he is,” said the postmaster testily. “Didn’t he get the telegram? If there is any mistake it is for Mr. Barrymore himself to complain.” It seemed hopeless to pursue the inquiry any farther, but it was clear that in spite of Holmes’s ruse we had no proof that Barrymore had not been in London all the time. Suppose that it were so—suppose that the same man had been the last who had seen Sir Charles alive, and the first to dog the new heir when he returned to England. What then? Was he the agent of others or had he some sinister design of his own? What interest could he have in persecuting the Baskerville family? I thought of the strange warning clipped out of the leading article of the _Times_. Was that his work or was it possibly the doing of someone who was bent upon counteracting his schemes? The only conceivable motive was that which had been suggested by Sir Henry, that if the family could be scared away a comfortable and permanent home would be secured for the Barrymores. But surely such an explanation as that would be quite inadequate to account for the deep and subtle scheming which seemed to be weaving an invisible net round the young baronet. Holmes himself had said that no more complex case had come to him in all the long series of his sensational investigations. I prayed, as I walked back along the grey, lonely road, that my friend might soon be freed from his preoccupations and able to come down to take this heavy burden of responsibility from my shoulders. Suddenly my thoughts were interrupted by the sound of running feet behind me and by a voice which called me by name. I turned, expecting to see Dr. Mortimer, but to my surprise it was a stranger who was pursuing me. He was a small, slim, clean-shaven, prim-faced man, flaxen-haired and lean-jawed, between thirty and forty years of age, dressed in a grey suit and wearing a straw hat. A tin box for botanical specimens hung over his shoulder and he carried a green butterfly-net in one of his hands. “You will, I am sure, excuse my presumption, Dr. Watson,” said he as he came panting up to where I stood. “Here on the moor we are homely folk and do not wait for formal introductions. You may possibly have heard my name from our mutual friend, Mortimer. I am Stapleton, of Merripit House.” “Your net and box would have told me as much,” said I, “for I knew that Mr. Stapleton was a naturalist. But how did you know me?” “I have been calling on Mortimer, and he pointed you out to me from the window of his surgery as you passed. As our road lay the same way I thought that I would overtake you and introduce myself. I trust that Sir Henry is none the worse for his journey?” “He is very well, thank you.” “We were all rather afraid that after the sad death of Sir Charles the new baronet might refuse to live here. It is asking much of a wealthy man to come down and bury himself in a place of this kind, but I need not tell you that it means a very great deal to the countryside. Sir Henry has, I suppose, no superstitious fears in the matter?” “I do not think that it is likely.” “Of course you know the legend of the fiend dog which haunts the family?” “I have heard it.” “It is extraordinary how credulous the peasants are about here! Any number of them are ready to swear that they have seen such a creature upon the moor.” He spoke with a smile, but I seemed to read in his eyes that he took the matter more seriously. “The story took a great hold upon the imagination of Sir Charles, and I have no doubt that it led to his tragic end.” “But how?” “His nerves were so worked up that the appearance of any dog might have had a fatal effect upon his diseased heart. I fancy that he really did see something of the kind upon that last night in the yew alley. I feared that some disaster might occur, for I was very fond of the old man, and I knew that his heart was weak.” “How did you know that?” “My friend Mortimer told me.” “You think, then, that some dog pursued Sir Charles, and that he died of fright in consequence?” “Have you any better explanation?” “I have not come to any conclusion.” “Has Mr. Sherlock Holmes?” The words took away my breath for an instant but a glance at the placid face and steadfast eyes of my companion showed that no surprise was intended. “It is useless for us to pretend that we do not know you, Dr. Watson,” said he. “The records of your detective have reached us here, and you could not celebrate him without being known yourself. When Mortimer told me your name he could not deny your identity. If you are here, then it follows that Mr. Sherlock Holmes is interesting himself in the matter, and I am naturally curious to know what view he may take.” “I am afraid that I cannot answer that question.” “May I ask if he is going to honour us with a visit himself?” “He cannot leave town at present. He has other cases which engage his attention.” “What a pity! He might throw some light on that which is so dark to us. But as to your own researches, if there is any possible way in which I can be of service to you I trust that you will command me. If I had any indication of the nature of your suspicions or how you propose to investigate the case, I might perhaps even now give you some aid or advice.” “I assure you that I am simply here upon a visit to my friend, Sir Henry, and that I need no help of any kind.” “Excellent!” said Stapleton. “You are perfectly right to be wary and discreet. I am justly reproved for what I feel was an unjustifiable intrusion, and I promise you that I will not mention the matter again.” We had come to a point where a narrow grassy path struck off from the road and wound away across the moor. A steep, boulder-sprinkled hill lay upon the right which had in bygone days been cut into a granite quarry. The face which was turned towards us formed a dark cliff, with ferns and brambles growing in its niches. From over a distant rise there floated a grey plume of smoke. “A moderate walk along this moor-path brings us to Merripit House,” said he. “Perhaps you will spare an hour that I may have the pleasure of introducing you to my sister.” My first thought was that I should be by Sir Henry’s side. But then I remembered the pile of papers and bills with which his study table was littered. It was certain that I could not help with those. And Holmes had expressly said that I should study the neighbours upon the moor. I accepted Stapleton’s invitation, and we turned together down the path. “It is a wonderful place, the moor,” said he, looking round over the undulating downs, long green rollers, with crests of jagged granite foaming up into fantastic surges. “You never tire of the moor. You cannot think the wonderful secrets which it contains. It is so vast, and so barren, and so mysterious.” “You know it well, then?” “I have only been here two years. The residents would call me a newcomer. We came shortly after Sir Charles settled. But my tastes led me to explore every part of the country round, and I should think that there are few men who know it better than I do.” “Is it hard to know?” “Very hard. You see, for example, this great plain to the north here with the queer hills breaking out of it. Do you observe anything remarkable about that?” “It would be a rare place for a gallop.” “You would naturally think so and the thought has cost several their lives before now. You notice those bright green spots scattered thickly over it?” “Yes, they seem more fertile than the rest.” Stapleton laughed. “That is the great Grimpen Mire,” said he. “A false step yonder means death to man or beast. Only yesterday I saw one of the moor ponies wander into it. He never came out. I saw his head for quite a long time craning out of the bog-hole, but it sucked him down at last. Even in dry seasons it is a danger to cross it, but after these autumn rains it is an awful place. And yet I can find my way to the very heart of it and return alive. By George, there is another of those miserable ponies!” Something brown was rolling and tossing among the green sedges. Then a long, agonised, writhing neck shot upward and a dreadful cry echoed over the moor. It turned me cold with horror, but my companion’s nerves seemed to be stronger than mine. “It’s gone!” said he. “The mire has him. Two in two days, and many more, perhaps, for they get in the way of going there in the dry weather and never know the difference until the mire has them in its clutches. It’s a bad place, the great Grimpen Mire.” “And you say you can penetrate it?” “Yes, there are one or two paths which a very active man can take. I have found them out.” “But why should you wish to go into so horrible a place?” “Well, you see the hills beyond? They are really islands cut off on all sides by the impassable mire, which has crawled round them in the course of years. That is where the rare plants and the butterflies are, if you have the wit to reach them.” “I shall try my luck some day.” He looked at me with a surprised face. “For God’s sake put such an idea out of your mind,” said he. “Your blood would be upon my head. I assure you that there would not be the least chance of your coming back alive. It is only by remembering certain complex landmarks that I am able to do it.” “Halloa!” I cried. “What is that?” A long, low moan, indescribably sad, swept over the moor. It filled the whole air, and yet it was impossible to say whence it came. From a dull murmur it swelled into a deep roar, and then sank back into a melancholy, throbbing murmur once again. Stapleton looked at me with a curious expression in his face. “Queer place, the moor!” said he. “But what is it?” “The peasants say it is the Hound of the Baskervilles calling for its prey. I’ve heard it once or twice before, but never quite so loud.” I looked round, with a chill of fear in my heart, at the huge swelling plain, mottled with the green patches of rushes. Nothing stirred over the vast expanse save a pair of ravens, which croaked loudly from a tor behind us. “You are an educated man. You don’t believe such nonsense as that?” said I. “What do you think is the cause of so strange a sound?” “Bogs make queer noises sometimes. It’s the mud settling, or the water rising, or something.” “No, no, that was a living voice.” “Well, perhaps it was. Did you ever hear a bittern booming?” “No, I never did.” “It’s a very rare bird—practically extinct—in England now, but all things are possible upon the moor. Yes, I should not be surprised to learn that what we have heard is the cry of the last of the bitterns.” “It’s the weirdest, strangest thing that ever I heard in my life.” “Yes, it’s rather an uncanny place altogether. Look at the hillside yonder. What do you make of those?” The whole steep slope was covered with grey circular rings of stone, a score of them at least. “What are they? Sheep-pens?” “No, they are the homes of our worthy ancestors. Prehistoric man lived thickly on the moor, and as no one in particular has lived there since, we find all his little arrangements exactly as he left them. These are his wigwams with the roofs off. You can even see his hearth and his couch if you have the curiosity to go inside.” “But it is quite a town. When was it inhabited?” “Neolithic man—no date.” “What did he do?” “He grazed his cattle on these slopes, and he learned to dig for tin when the bronze sword began to supersede the stone axe. Look at the great trench in the opposite hill. That is his mark. Yes, you will find some very singular points about the moor, Dr. Watson. Oh, excuse me an instant! It is surely Cyclopides.” A small fly or moth had fluttered across our path, and in an instant Stapleton was rushing with extraordinary energy and speed in pursuit of it. To my dismay the creature flew straight for the great mire, and my acquaintance never paused for an instant, bounding from tuft to tuft behind it, his green net waving in the air. His grey clothes and jerky, zigzag, irregular progress made him not unlike some huge moth himself. I was standing watching his pursuit with a mixture of admiration for his extraordinary activity and fear lest he should lose his footing in the treacherous mire, when I heard the sound of steps and, turning round, found a woman near me upon the path. She had come from the direction in which the plume of smoke indicated the position of Merripit House, but the dip of the moor had hid her until she was quite close. I could not doubt that this was the Miss Stapleton of whom I had been told, since ladies of any sort must be few upon the moor, and I remembered that I had heard someone describe her as being a beauty. The woman who approached me was certainly that, and of a most uncommon type. There could not have been a greater contrast between brother and sister, for Stapleton was neutral tinted, with light hair and grey eyes, while she was darker than any brunette whom I have seen in England—slim, elegant, and tall. She had a proud, finely cut face, so regular that it might have seemed impassive were it not for the sensitive mouth and the beautiful dark, eager eyes. With her perfect figure and elegant dress she was, indeed, a strange apparition upon a lonely moorland path. Her eyes were on her brother as I turned, and then she quickened her pace towards me. I had raised my hat and was about to make some explanatory remark when her own words turned all my thoughts into a new channel. “Go back!” she said. “Go straight back to London, instantly.” I could only stare at her in stupid surprise. Her eyes blazed at me, and she tapped the ground impatiently with her foot. “Why should I go back?” I asked. “I cannot explain.” She spoke in a low, eager voice, with a curious lisp in her utterance. “But for God’s sake do what I ask you. Go back and never set foot upon the moor again.” “But I have only just come.” “Man, man!” she cried. “Can you not tell when a warning is for your own good? Go back to London! Start tonight! Get away from this place at all costs! Hush, my brother is coming! Not a word of what I have said. Would you mind getting that orchid for me among the mare’s-tails yonder? We are very rich in orchids on the moor, though, of course, you are rather late to see the beauties of the place.” Stapleton had abandoned the chase and came back to us breathing hard and flushed with his exertions. “Halloa, Beryl!” said he, and it seemed to me that the tone of his greeting was not altogether a cordial one. “Well, Jack, you are very hot.” “Yes, I was chasing a Cyclopides. He is very rare and seldom found in the late autumn. What a pity that I should have missed him!” He spoke unconcernedly, but his small light eyes glanced incessantly from the girl to me. “You have introduced yourselves, I can see.” “Yes. I was telling Sir Henry that it was rather late for him to see the true beauties of the moor.” “Why, who do you think this is?” “I imagine that it must be Sir Henry Baskerville.” “No, no,” said I. “Only a humble commoner, but his friend. My name is Dr. Watson.” A flush of vexation passed over her expressive face. “We have been talking at cross purposes,” said she. “Why, you had not very much time for talk,” her brother remarked with the same questioning eyes. “I talked as if Dr. Watson were a resident instead of being merely a visitor,” said she. “It cannot much matter to him whether it is early or late for the orchids. But you will come on, will you not, and see Merripit House?” A short walk brought us to it, a bleak moorland house, once the farm of some grazier in the old prosperous days, but now put into repair and turned into a modern dwelling. An orchard surrounded it, but the trees, as is usual upon the moor, were stunted and nipped, and the effect of the whole place was mean and melancholy. We were admitted by a strange, wizened, rusty-coated old manservant, who seemed in keeping with the house. Inside, however, there were large rooms furnished with an elegance in which I seemed to recognize the taste of the lady. As I looked from their windows at the interminable granite-flecked moor rolling unbroken to the farthest horizon I could not but marvel at what could have brought this highly educated man and this beautiful woman to live in such a place. “Queer spot to choose, is it not?” said he as if in answer to my thought. “And yet we manage to make ourselves fairly happy, do we not, Beryl?” “Quite happy,” said she, but there was no ring of conviction in her words. “I had a school,” said Stapleton. “It was in the north country. The work to a man of my temperament was mechanical and uninteresting, but the privilege of living with youth, of helping to mould those young minds, and of impressing them with one’s own character and ideals was very dear to me. However, the fates were against us. A serious epidemic broke out in the school and three of the boys died. It never recovered from the blow, and much of my capital was irretrievably swallowed up. And yet, if it were not for the loss of the charming companionship of the boys, I could rejoice over my own misfortune, for, with my strong tastes for botany and zoology, I find an unlimited field of work here, and my sister is as devoted to Nature as I am. All this, Dr. Watson, has been brought upon your head by your expression as you surveyed the moor out of our window.” “It certainly did cross my mind that it might be a little dull—less for you, perhaps, than for your sister.” “No, no, I am never dull,” said she quickly. “We have books, we have our studies, and we have interesting neighbours. Dr. Mortimer is a most learned man in his own line. Poor Sir Charles was also an admirable companion. We knew him well and miss him more than I can tell. Do you think that I should intrude if I were to call this afternoon and make the acquaintance of Sir Henry?” “I am sure that he would be delighted.” “Then perhaps you would mention that I propose to do so. We may in our humble way do something to make things more easy for him until he becomes accustomed to his new surroundings. Will you come upstairs, Dr. Watson, and inspect my collection of Lepidoptera? I think it is the most complete one in the south-west of England. By the time that you have looked through them lunch will be almost ready.” But I was eager to get back to my charge. The melancholy of the moor, the death of the unfortunate pony, the weird sound which had been associated with the grim legend of the Baskervilles, all these things tinged my thoughts with sadness. Then on the top of these more or less vague impressions there had come the definite and distinct warning of Miss Stapleton, delivered with such intense earnestness that I could not doubt that some grave and deep reason lay behind it. I resisted all pressure to stay for lunch, and I set off at once upon my return journey, taking the grass-grown path by which we had come. It seems, however, that there must have been some short cut for those who knew it, for before I had reached the road I was astounded to see Miss Stapleton sitting upon a rock by the side of the track. Her face was beautifully flushed with her exertions and she held her hand to her side. “I have run all the way in order to cut you off, Dr. Watson,” said she. “I had not even time to put on my hat. I must not stop, or my brother may miss me. I wanted to say to you how sorry I am about the stupid mistake I made in thinking that you were Sir Henry. Please forget the words I said, which have no application whatever to you.” “But I can’t forget them, Miss Stapleton,” said I. “I am Sir Henry’s friend, and his welfare is a very close concern of mine. Tell me why it was that you were so eager that Sir Henry should return to London.” “A woman’s whim, Dr. Watson. When you know me better you will understand that I cannot always give reasons for what I say or do.” “No, no. I remember the thrill in your voice. I remember the look in your eyes. Please, please, be frank with me, Miss Stapleton, for ever since I have been here I have been conscious of shadows all round me. Life has become like that great Grimpen Mire, with little green patches everywhere into which one may sink and with no guide to point the track. Tell me then what it was that you meant, and I will promise to convey your warning to Sir Henry.” An expression of irresolution passed for an instant over her face, but her eyes had hardened again when she answered me. “You make too much of it, Dr. Watson,” said she. “My brother and I were very much shocked by the death of Sir Charles. We knew him very intimately, for his favourite walk was over the moor to our house. He was deeply impressed with the curse which hung over the family, and when this tragedy came I naturally felt that there must be some grounds for the fears which he had expressed. I was distressed therefore when another member of the family came down to live here, and I felt that he should be warned of the danger which he will run. That was all which I intended to convey.” “But what is the danger?” “You know the story of the hound?” “I do not believe in such nonsense.” “But I do. If you have any influence with Sir Henry, take him away from a place which has always been fatal to his family. The world is wide. Why should he wish to live at the place of danger?” “Because it _is_ the place of danger. That is Sir Henry’s nature. I fear that unless you can give me some more definite information than this it would be impossible to get him to move.” “I cannot say anything definite, for I do not know anything definite.” “I would ask you one more question, Miss Stapleton. If you meant no more than this when you first spoke to me, why should you not wish your brother to overhear what you said? There is nothing to which he, or anyone else, could object.” “My brother is very anxious to have the Hall inhabited, for he thinks it is for the good of the poor folk upon the moor. He would be very angry if he knew that I have said anything which might induce Sir Henry to go away. But I have done my duty now and I will say no more. I must go back, or he will miss me and suspect that I have seen you. Good-bye!” She turned and had disappeared in a few minutes among the scattered boulders, while I, with my soul full of vague fears, pursued my way to Baskerville Hall. Chapter 8. First Report of Dr. Watson From this point onward I will follow the course of events by transcribing my own letters to Mr. Sherlock Holmes which lie before me on the table. One page is missing, but otherwise they are exactly as written and show my feelings and suspicions of the moment more accurately than my memory, clear as it is upon these tragic events, can possibly do. Baskerville Hall, October 13th. MY DEAR HOLMES, My previous letters and telegrams have kept you pretty well up to date as to all that has occurred in this most God-forsaken corner of the world. The longer one stays here the more does the spirit of the moor sink into one’s soul, its vastness, and also its grim charm. When you are once out upon its bosom you have left all traces of modern England behind you, but, on the other hand, you are conscious everywhere of the homes and the work of the prehistoric people. On all sides of you as you walk are the houses of these forgotten folk, with their graves and the huge monoliths which are supposed to have marked their temples. As you look at their grey stone huts against the scarred hillsides you leave your own age behind you, and if you were to see a skin-clad, hairy man crawl out from the low door fitting a flint-tipped arrow on to the string of his bow, you would feel that his presence there was more natural than your own. The strange thing is that they should have lived so thickly on what must always have been most unfruitful soil. I am no antiquarian, but I could imagine that they were some unwarlike and harried race who were forced to accept that which none other would occupy. All this, however, is foreign to the mission on which you sent me and will probably be very uninteresting to your severely practical mind. I can still remember your complete indifference as to whether the sun moved round the earth or the earth round the sun. Let me, therefore, return to the facts concerning Sir Henry Baskerville. If you have not had any report within the last few days it is because up to today there was nothing of importance to relate. Then a very surprising circumstance occurred, which I shall tell you in due course. But, first of all, I must keep you in touch with some of the other factors in the situation. One of these, concerning which I have said little, is the escaped convict upon the moor. There is strong reason now to believe that he has got right away, which is a considerable relief to the lonely householders of this district. A fortnight has passed since his flight, during which he has not been seen and nothing has been heard of him. It is surely inconceivable that he could have held out upon the moor during all that time. Of course, so far as his concealment goes there is no difficulty at all. Any one of these stone huts would give him a hiding-place. But there is nothing to eat unless he were to catch and slaughter one of the moor sheep. We think, therefore, that he has gone, and the outlying farmers sleep the better in consequence. We are four able-bodied men in this household, so that we could take good care of ourselves, but I confess that I have had uneasy moments when I have thought of the Stapletons. They live miles from any help. There are one maid, an old manservant, the sister, and the brother, the latter not a very strong man. They would be helpless in the hands of a desperate fellow like this Notting Hill criminal if he could once effect an entrance. Both Sir Henry and I were concerned at their situation, and it was suggested that Perkins the groom should go over to sleep there, but Stapleton would not hear of it. The fact is that our friend, the baronet, begins to display a considerable interest in our fair neighbour. It is not to be wondered at, for time hangs heavily in this lonely spot to an active man like him, and she is a very fascinating and beautiful woman. There is something tropical and exotic about her which forms a singular contrast to her cool and unemotional brother. Yet he also gives the idea of hidden fires. He has certainly a very marked influence over her, for I have seen her continually glance at him as she talked as if seeking approbation for what she said. I trust that he is kind to her. There is a dry glitter in his eyes and a firm set of his thin lips, which goes with a positive and possibly a harsh nature. You would find him an interesting study. He came over to call upon Baskerville on that first day, and the very next morning he took us both to show us the spot where the legend of the wicked Hugo is supposed to have had its origin. It was an excursion of some miles across the moor to a place which is so dismal that it might have suggested the story. We found a short valley between rugged tors which led to an open, grassy space flecked over with the white cotton grass. In the middle of it rose two great stones, worn and sharpened at the upper end until they looked like the huge corroding fangs of some monstrous beast. In every way it corresponded with the scene of the old tragedy. Sir Henry was much interested and asked Stapleton more than once whether he did really believe in the possibility of the interference of the supernatural in the affairs of men. He spoke lightly, but it was evident that he was very much in earnest. Stapleton was guarded in his replies, but it was easy to see that he said less than he might, and that he would not express his whole opinion out of consideration for the feelings of the baronet. He told us of similar cases, where families had suffered from some evil influence, and he left us with the impression that he shared the popular view upon the matter. On our way back we stayed for lunch at Merripit House, and it was there that Sir Henry made the acquaintance of Miss Stapleton. From the first moment that he saw her he appeared to be strongly attracted by her, and I am much mistaken if the feeling was not mutual. He referred to her again and again on our walk home, and since then hardly a day has passed that we have not seen something of the brother and sister. They dine here tonight, and there is some talk of our going to them next week. One would imagine that such a match would be very welcome to Stapleton, and yet I have more than once caught a look of the strongest disapprobation in his face when Sir Henry has been paying some attention to his sister. He is much attached to her, no doubt, and would lead a lonely life without her, but it would seem the height of selfishness if he were to stand in the way of her making so brilliant a marriage. Yet I am certain that he does not wish their intimacy to ripen into love, and I have several times observed that he has taken pains to prevent them from being _tête-à-tête_. By the way, your instructions to me never to allow Sir Henry to go out alone will become very much more onerous if a love affair were to be added to our other difficulties. My popularity would soon suffer if I were to carry out your orders to the letter. The other day—Thursday, to be more exact—Dr. Mortimer lunched with us. He has been excavating a barrow at Long Down and has got a prehistoric skull which fills him with great joy. Never was there such a single-minded enthusiast as he! The Stapletons came in afterwards, and the good doctor took us all to the yew alley at Sir Henry’s request to show us exactly how everything occurred upon that fatal night. It is a long, dismal walk, the yew alley, between two high walls of clipped hedge, with a narrow band of grass upon either side. At the far end is an old tumble-down summer-house. Halfway down is the moor-gate, where the old gentleman left his cigar-ash. It is a white wooden gate with a latch. Beyond it lies the wide moor. I remembered your theory of the affair and tried to picture all that had occurred. As the old man stood there he saw something coming across the moor, something which terrified him so that he lost his wits and ran and ran until he died of sheer horror and exhaustion. There was the long, gloomy tunnel down which he fled. And from what? A sheep-dog of the moor? Or a spectral hound, black, silent, and monstrous? Was there a human agency in the matter? Did the pale, watchful Barrymore know more than he cared to say? It was all dim and vague, but always there is the dark shadow of crime behind it. One other neighbour I have met since I wrote last. This is Mr. Frankland, of Lafter Hall, who lives some four miles to the south of us. He is an elderly man, red-faced, white-haired, and choleric. His passion is for the British law, and he has spent a large fortune in litigation. He fights for the mere pleasure of fighting and is equally ready to take up either side of a question, so that it is no wonder that he has found it a costly amusement. Sometimes he will shut up a right of way and defy the parish to make him open it. At others he will with his own hands tear down some other man’s gate and declare that a path has existed there from time immemorial, defying the owner to prosecute him for trespass. He is learned in old manorial and communal rights, and he applies his knowledge sometimes in favour of the villagers of Fernworthy and sometimes against them, so that he is periodically either carried in triumph down the village street or else burned in effigy, according to his latest exploit. He is said to have about seven lawsuits upon his hands at present, which will probably swallow up the remainder of his fortune and so draw his sting and leave him harmless for the future. Apart from the law he seems a kindly, good-natured person, and I only mention him because you were particular that I should send some description of the people who surround us. He is curiously employed at present, for, being an amateur astronomer, he has an excellent telescope, with which he lies upon the roof of his own house and sweeps the moor all day in the hope of catching a glimpse of the escaped convict. If he would confine his energies to this all would be well, but there are rumours that he intends to prosecute Dr. Mortimer for opening a grave without the consent of the next of kin because he dug up the Neolithic skull in the barrow on Long Down. He helps to keep our lives from being monotonous and gives a little comic relief where it is badly needed. And now, having brought you up to date in the escaped convict, the Stapletons, Dr. Mortimer, and Frankland, of Lafter Hall, let me end on that which is most important and tell you more about the Barrymores, and especially about the surprising development of last night. First of all about the test telegram, which you sent from London in order to make sure that Barrymore was really here. I have already explained that the testimony of the postmaster shows that the test was worthless and that we have no proof one way or the other. I told Sir Henry how the matter stood, and he at once, in his downright fashion, had Barrymore up and asked him whether he had received the telegram himself. Barrymore said that he had. “Did the boy deliver it into your own hands?” asked Sir Henry. Barrymore looked surprised, and considered for a little time. “No,” said he, “I was in the box-room at the time, and my wife brought it up to me.” “Did you answer it yourself?” “No; I told my wife what to answer and she went down to write it.” In the evening he recurred to the subject of his own accord. “I could not quite understand the object of your questions this morning, Sir Henry,” said he. “I trust that they do not mean that I have done anything to forfeit your confidence?” Sir Henry had to assure him that it was not so and pacify him by giving him a considerable part of his old wardrobe, the London outfit having now all arrived. Mrs. Barrymore is of interest to me. She is a heavy, solid person, very limited, intensely respectable, and inclined to be puritanical. You could hardly conceive a less emotional subject. Yet I have told you how, on the first night here, I heard her sobbing bitterly, and since then I have more than once observed traces of tears upon her face. Some deep sorrow gnaws ever at her heart. Sometimes I wonder if she has a guilty memory which haunts her, and sometimes I suspect Barrymore of being a domestic tyrant. I have always felt that there was something singular and questionable in this man’s character, but the adventure of last night brings all my suspicions to a head. And yet it may seem a small matter in itself. You are aware that I am not a very sound sleeper, and since I have been on guard in this house my slumbers have been lighter than ever. Last night, about two in the morning, I was aroused by a stealthy step passing my room. I rose, opened my door, and peeped out. A long black shadow was trailing down the corridor. It was thrown by a man who walked softly down the passage with a candle held in his hand. He was in shirt and trousers, with no covering to his feet. I could merely see the outline, but his height told me that it was Barrymore. He walked very slowly and circumspectly, and there was something indescribably guilty and furtive in his whole appearance. I have told you that the corridor is broken by the balcony which runs round the hall, but that it is resumed upon the farther side. I waited until he had passed out of sight and then I followed him. When I came round the balcony he had reached the end of the farther corridor, and I could see from the glimmer of light through an open door that he had entered one of the rooms. Now, all these rooms are unfurnished and unoccupied so that his expedition became more mysterious than ever. The light shone steadily as if he were standing motionless. I crept down the passage as noiselessly as I could and peeped round the corner of the door. Barrymore was crouching at the window with the candle held against the glass. His profile was half turned towards me, and his face seemed to be rigid with expectation as he stared out into the blackness of the moor. For some minutes he stood watching intently. Then he gave a deep groan and with an impatient gesture he put out the light. Instantly I made my way back to my room, and very shortly came the stealthy steps passing once more upon their return journey. Long afterwards when I had fallen into a light sleep I heard a key turn somewhere in a lock, but I could not tell whence the sound came. What it all means I cannot guess, but there is some secret business going on in this house of gloom which sooner or later we shall get to the bottom of. I do not trouble you with my theories, for you asked me to furnish you only with facts. I have had a long talk with Sir Henry this morning, and we have made a plan of campaign founded upon my observations of last night. I will not speak about it just now, but it should make my next report interesting reading. Chapter 9. The Light upon the Moor [Second Report of Dr. Watson] Baskerville Hall, Oct. 15th. MY DEAR HOLMES, If I was compelled to leave you without much news during the early days of my mission you must acknowledge that I am making up for lost time, and that events are now crowding thick and fast upon us. In my last report I ended upon my top note with Barrymore at the window, and now I have quite a budget already which will, unless I am much mistaken, considerably surprise you. Things have taken a turn which I could not have anticipated. In some ways they have within the last forty-eight hours become much clearer and in some ways they have become more complicated. But I will tell you all and you shall judge for yourself. Before breakfast on the morning following my adventure I went down the corridor and examined the room in which Barrymore had been on the night before. The western window through which he had stared so intently has, I noticed, one peculiarity above all other windows in the house—it commands the nearest outlook on to the moor. There is an opening between two trees which enables one from this point of view to look right down upon it, while from all the other windows it is only a distant glimpse which can be obtained. It follows, therefore, that Barrymore, since only this window would serve the purpose, must have been looking out for something or somebody upon the moor. The night was very dark, so that I can hardly imagine how he could have hoped to see anyone. It had struck me that it was possible that some love intrigue was on foot. That would have accounted for his stealthy movements and also for the uneasiness of his wife. The man is a striking-looking fellow, very well equipped to steal the heart of a country girl, so that this theory seemed to have something to support it. That opening of the door which I had heard after I had returned to my room might mean that he had gone out to keep some clandestine appointment. So I reasoned with myself in the morning, and I tell you the direction of my suspicions, however much the result may have shown that they were unfounded. But whatever the true explanation of Barrymore’s movements might be, I felt that the responsibility of keeping them to myself until I could explain them was more than I could bear. I had an interview with the baronet in his study after breakfast, and I told him all that I had seen. He was less surprised than I had expected. “I knew that Barrymore walked about nights, and I had a mind to speak to him about it,” said he. “Two or three times I have heard his steps in the passage, coming and going, just about the hour you name.” “Perhaps then he pays a visit every night to that particular window,” I suggested. “Perhaps he does. If so, we should be able to shadow him and see what it is that he is after. I wonder what your friend Holmes would do if he were here.” “I believe that he would do exactly what you now suggest,” said I. “He would follow Barrymore and see what he did.” “Then we shall do it together.” “But surely he would hear us.” “The man is rather deaf, and in any case we must take our chance of that. We’ll sit up in my room tonight and wait until he passes.” Sir Henry rubbed his hands with pleasure, and it was evident that he hailed the adventure as a relief to his somewhat quiet life upon the moor. The baronet has been in communication with the architect who prepared the plans for Sir Charles, and with a contractor from London, so that we may expect great changes to begin here soon. There have been decorators and furnishers up from Plymouth, and it is evident that our friend has large ideas and means to spare no pains or expense to restore the grandeur of his family. When the house is renovated and refurnished, all that he will need will be a wife to make it complete. Between ourselves there are pretty clear signs that this will not be wanting if the lady is willing, for I have seldom seen a man more infatuated with a woman than he is with our beautiful neighbour, Miss Stapleton. And yet the course of true love does not run quite as smoothly as one would under the circumstances expect. Today, for example, its surface was broken by a very unexpected ripple, which has caused our friend considerable perplexity and annoyance. After the conversation which I have quoted about Barrymore, Sir Henry put on his hat and prepared to go out. As a matter of course I did the same. “What, are _you_ coming, Watson?” he asked, looking at me in a curious way. “That depends on whether you are going on the moor,” said I. “Yes, I am.” “Well, you know what my instructions are. I am sorry to intrude, but you heard how earnestly Holmes insisted that I should not leave you, and especially that you should not go alone upon the moor.” Sir Henry put his hand upon my shoulder with a pleasant smile. “My dear fellow,” said he, “Holmes, with all his wisdom, did not foresee some things which have happened since I have been on the moor. You understand me? I am sure that you are the last man in the world who would wish to be a spoil-sport. I must go out alone.” It put me in a most awkward position. I was at a loss what to say or what to do, and before I had made up my mind he picked up his cane and was gone. But when I came to think the matter over my conscience reproached me bitterly for having on any pretext allowed him to go out of my sight. I imagined what my feelings would be if I had to return to you and to confess that some misfortune had occurred through my disregard for your instructions. I assure you my cheeks flushed at the very thought. It might not even now be too late to overtake him, so I set off at once in the direction of Merripit House. I hurried along the road at the top of my speed without seeing anything of Sir Henry, until I came to the point where the moor path branches off. There, fearing that perhaps I had come in the wrong direction after all, I mounted a hill from which I could command a view—the same hill which is cut into the dark quarry. Thence I saw him at once. He was on the moor path about a quarter of a mile off, and a lady was by his side who could only be Miss Stapleton. It was clear that there was already an understanding between them and that they had met by appointment. They were walking slowly along in deep conversation, and I saw her making quick little movements of her hands as if she were very earnest in what she was saying, while he listened intently, and once or twice shook his head in strong dissent. I stood among the rocks watching them, very much puzzled as to what I should do next. To follow them and break into their intimate conversation seemed to be an outrage, and yet my clear duty was never for an instant to let him out of my sight. To act the spy upon a friend was a hateful task. Still, I could see no better course than to observe him from the hill, and to clear my conscience by confessing to him afterwards what I had done. It is true that if any sudden danger had threatened him I was too far away to be of use, and yet I am sure that you will agree with me that the position was very difficult, and that there was nothing more which I could do. Our friend, Sir Henry, and the lady had halted on the path and were standing deeply absorbed in their conversation, when I was suddenly aware that I was not the only witness of their interview. A wisp of green floating in the air caught my eye, and another glance showed me that it was carried on a stick by a man who was moving among the broken ground. It was Stapleton with his butterfly-net. He was very much closer to the pair than I was, and he appeared to be moving in their direction. At this instant Sir Henry suddenly drew Miss Stapleton to his side. His arm was round her, but it seemed to me that she was straining away from him with her face averted. He stooped his head to hers, and she raised one hand as if in protest. Next moment I saw them spring apart and turn hurriedly round. Stapleton was the cause of the interruption. He was running wildly towards them, his absurd net dangling behind him. He gesticulated and almost danced with excitement in front of the lovers. What the scene meant I could not imagine, but it seemed to me that Stapleton was abusing Sir Henry, who offered explanations, which became more angry as the other refused to accept them. The lady stood by in haughty silence. Finally Stapleton turned upon his heel and beckoned in a peremptory way to his sister, who, after an irresolute glance at Sir Henry, walked off by the side of her brother. The naturalist’s angry gestures showed that the lady was included in his displeasure. The baronet stood for a minute looking after them, and then he walked slowly back the way that he had come, his head hanging, the very picture of dejection. What all this meant I could not imagine, but I was deeply ashamed to have witnessed so intimate a scene without my friend’s knowledge. I ran down the hill therefore and met the baronet at the bottom. His face was flushed with anger and his brows were wrinkled, like one who is at his wit’s ends what to do. “Halloa, Watson! Where have you dropped from?” said he. “You don’t mean to say that you came after me in spite of all?” I explained everything to him: how I had found it impossible to remain behind, how I had followed him, and how I had witnessed all that had occurred. For an instant his eyes blazed at me, but my frankness disarmed his anger, and he broke at last into a rather rueful laugh. “You would have thought the middle of that prairie a fairly safe place for a man to be private,” said he, “but, by thunder, the whole countryside seems to have been out to see me do my wooing—and a mighty poor wooing at that! Where had you engaged a seat?” “I was on that hill.” “Quite in the back row, eh? But her brother was well up to the front. Did you see him come out on us?” “Yes, I did.” “Did he ever strike you as being crazy—this brother of hers?” “I can’t say that he ever did.” “I dare say not. I always thought him sane enough until today, but you can take it from me that either he or I ought to be in a straitjacket. What’s the matter with me, anyhow? You’ve lived near me for some weeks, Watson. Tell me straight, now! Is there anything that would prevent me from making a good husband to a woman that I loved?” “I should say not.” “He can’t object to my worldly position, so it must be myself that he has this down on. What has he against me? I never hurt man or woman in my life that I know of. And yet he would not so much as let me touch the tips of her fingers.” “Did he say so?” “That, and a deal more. I tell you, Watson, I’ve only known her these few weeks, but from the first I just felt that she was made for me, and she, too—she was happy when she was with me, and that I’ll swear. There’s a light in a woman’s eyes that speaks louder than words. But he has never let us get together and it was only today for the first time that I saw a chance of having a few words with her alone. She was glad to meet me, but when she did it was not love that she would talk about, and she wouldn’t have let me talk about it either if she could have stopped it. She kept coming back to it that this was a place of danger, and that she would never be happy until I had left it. I told her that since I had seen her I was in no hurry to leave it, and that if she really wanted me to go, the only way to work it was for her to arrange to go with me. With that I offered in as many words to marry her, but before she could answer, down came this brother of hers, running at us with a face on him like a madman. He was just white with rage, and those light eyes of his were blazing with fury. What was I doing with the lady? How dared I offer her attentions which were distasteful to her? Did I think that because I was a baronet I could do what I liked? If he had not been her brother I should have known better how to answer him. As it was I told him that my feelings towards his sister were such as I was not ashamed of, and that I hoped that she might honour me by becoming my wife. That seemed to make the matter no better, so then I lost my temper too, and I answered him rather more hotly than I should perhaps, considering that she was standing by. So it ended by his going off with her, as you saw, and here am I as badly puzzled a man as any in this county. Just tell me what it all means, Watson, and I’ll owe you more than ever I can hope to pay.” I tried one or two explanations, but, indeed, I was completely puzzled myself. Our friend’s title, his fortune, his age, his character, and his appearance are all in his favour, and I know nothing against him unless it be this dark fate which runs in his family. That his advances should be rejected so brusquely without any reference to the lady’s own wishes and that the lady should accept the situation without protest is very amazing. However, our conjectures were set at rest by a visit from Stapleton himself that very afternoon. He had come to offer apologies for his rudeness of the morning, and after a long private interview with Sir Henry in his study the upshot of their conversation was that the breach is quite healed, and that we are to dine at Merripit House next Friday as a sign of it. “I don’t say now that he isn’t a crazy man,” said Sir Henry; “I can’t forget the look in his eyes when he ran at me this morning, but I must allow that no man could make a more handsome apology than he has done.” “Did he give any explanation of his conduct?” “His sister is everything in his life, he says. That is natural enough, and I am glad that he should understand her value. They have always been together, and according to his account he has been a very lonely man with only her as a companion, so that the thought of losing her was really terrible to him. He had not understood, he said, that I was becoming attached to her, but when he saw with his own eyes that it was really so, and that she might be taken away from him, it gave him such a shock that for a time he was not responsible for what he said or did. He was very sorry for all that had passed, and he recognized how foolish and how selfish it was that he should imagine that he could hold a beautiful woman like his sister to himself for her whole life. If she had to leave him he had rather it was to a neighbour like myself than to anyone else. But in any case it was a blow to him and it would take him some time before he could prepare himself to meet it. He would withdraw all opposition upon his part if I would promise for three months to let the matter rest and to be content with cultivating the lady’s friendship during that time without claiming her love. This I promised, and so the matter rests.” So there is one of our small mysteries cleared up. It is something to have touched bottom anywhere in this bog in which we are floundering. We know now why Stapleton looked with disfavour upon his sister’s suitor—even when that suitor was so eligible a one as Sir Henry. And now I pass on to another thread which I have extricated out of the tangled skein, the mystery of the sobs in the night, of the tear-stained face of Mrs. Barrymore, of the secret journey of the butler to the western lattice window. Congratulate me, my dear Holmes, and tell me that I have not disappointed you as an agent—that you do not regret the confidence which you showed in me when you sent me down. All these things have by one night’s work been thoroughly cleared. I have said “by one night’s work,” but, in truth, it was by two nights’ work, for on the first we drew entirely blank. I sat up with Sir Henry in his rooms until nearly three o’clock in the morning, but no sound of any sort did we hear except the chiming clock upon the stairs. It was a most melancholy vigil and ended by each of us falling asleep in our chairs. Fortunately we were not discouraged, and we determined to try again. The next night we lowered the lamp and sat smoking cigarettes without making the least sound. It was incredible how slowly the hours crawled by, and yet we were helped through it by the same sort of patient interest which the hunter must feel as he watches the trap into which he hopes the game may wander. One struck, and two, and we had almost for the second time given it up in despair when in an instant we both sat bolt upright in our chairs with all our weary senses keenly on the alert once more. We had heard the creak of a step in the passage. Very stealthily we heard it pass along until it died away in the distance. Then the baronet gently opened his door and we set out in pursuit. Already our man had gone round the gallery and the corridor was all in darkness. Softly we stole along until we had come into the other wing. We were just in time to catch a glimpse of the tall, black-bearded figure, his shoulders rounded as he tiptoed down the passage. Then he passed through the same door as before, and the light of the candle framed it in the darkness and shot one single yellow beam across the gloom of the corridor. We shuffled cautiously towards it, trying every plank before we dared to put our whole weight upon it. We had taken the precaution of leaving our boots behind us, but, even so, the old boards snapped and creaked beneath our tread. Sometimes it seemed impossible that he should fail to hear our approach. However, the man is fortunately rather deaf, and he was entirely preoccupied in that which he was doing. When at last we reached the door and peeped through we found him crouching at the window, candle in hand, his white, intent face pressed against the pane, exactly as I had seen him two nights before. We had arranged no plan of campaign, but the baronet is a man to whom the most direct way is always the most natural. He walked into the room, and as he did so Barrymore sprang up from the window with a sharp hiss of his breath and stood, livid and trembling, before us. His dark eyes, glaring out of the white mask of his face, were full of horror and astonishment as he gazed from Sir Henry to me. “What are you doing here, Barrymore?” “Nothing, sir.” His agitation was so great that he could hardly speak, and the shadows sprang up and down from the shaking of his candle. “It was the window, sir. I go round at night to see that they are fastened.” “On the second floor?” “Yes, sir, all the windows.” “Look here, Barrymore,” said Sir Henry sternly, “we have made up our minds to have the truth out of you, so it will save you trouble to tell it sooner rather than later. Come, now! No lies! What were you doing at that window?” The fellow looked at us in a helpless way, and he wrung his hands together like one who is in the last extremity of doubt and misery. “I was doing no harm, sir. I was holding a candle to the window.” “And why were you holding a candle to the window?” “Don’t ask me, Sir Henry—don’t ask me! I give you my word, sir, that it is not my secret, and that I cannot tell it. If it concerned no one but myself I would not try to keep it from you.” A sudden idea occurred to me, and I took the candle from the trembling hand of the butler. “He must have been holding it as a signal,” said I. “Let us see if there is any answer.” I held it as he had done, and stared out into the darkness of the night. Vaguely I could discern the black bank of the trees and the lighter expanse of the moor, for the moon was behind the clouds. And then I gave a cry of exultation, for a tiny pinpoint of yellow light had suddenly transfixed the dark veil, and glowed steadily in the centre of the black square framed by the window. “There it is!” I cried. “No, no, sir, it is nothing—nothing at all!” the butler broke in; “I assure you, sir—” “Move your light across the window, Watson!” cried the baronet. “See, the other moves also! Now, you rascal, do you deny that it is a signal? Come, speak up! Who is your confederate out yonder, and what is this conspiracy that is going on?” The man’s face became openly defiant. “It is my business, and not yours. I will not tell.” “Then you leave my employment right away.” “Very good, sir. If I must I must.” “And you go in disgrace. By thunder, you may well be ashamed of yourself. Your family has lived with mine for over a hundred years under this roof, and here I find you deep in some dark plot against me.” “No, no, sir; no, not against you!” It was a woman’s voice, and Mrs. Barrymore, paler and more horror-struck than her husband, was standing at the door. Her bulky figure in a shawl and skirt might have been comic were it not for the intensity of feeling upon her face. “We have to go, Eliza. This is the end of it. You can pack our things,” said the butler. “Oh, John, John, have I brought you to this? It is my doing, Sir Henry—all mine. He has done nothing except for my sake and because I asked him.” “Speak out, then! What does it mean?” “My unhappy brother is starving on the moor. We cannot let him perish at our very gates. The light is a signal to him that food is ready for him, and his light out yonder is to show the spot to which to bring it.” “Then your brother is—” “The escaped convict, sir—Selden, the criminal.” “That’s the truth, sir,” said Barrymore. “I said that it was not my secret and that I could not tell it to you. But now you have heard it, and you will see that if there was a plot it was not against you.” This, then, was the explanation of the stealthy expeditions at night and the light at the window. Sir Henry and I both stared at the woman in amazement. Was it possible that this stolidly respectable person was of the same blood as one of the most notorious criminals in the country? “Yes, sir, my name was Selden, and he is my younger brother. We humoured him too much when he was a lad and gave him his own way in everything until he came to think that the world was made for his pleasure, and that he could do what he liked in it. Then as he grew older he met wicked companions, and the devil entered into him until he broke my mother’s heart and dragged our name in the dirt. From crime to crime he sank lower and lower until it is only the mercy of God which has snatched him from the scaffold; but to me, sir, he was always the little curly-headed boy that I had nursed and played with as an elder sister would. That was why he broke prison, sir. He knew that I was here and that we could not refuse to help him. When he dragged himself here one night, weary and starving, with the warders hard at his heels, what could we do? We took him in and fed him and cared for him. Then you returned, sir, and my brother thought he would be safer on the moor than anywhere else until the hue and cry was over, so he lay in hiding there. But every second night we made sure if he was still there by putting a light in the window, and if there was an answer my husband took out some bread and meat to him. Every day we hoped that he was gone, but as long as he was there we could not desert him. That is the whole truth, as I am an honest Christian woman and you will see that if there is blame in the matter it does not lie with my husband but with me, for whose sake he has done all that he has.” The woman’s words came with an intense earnestness which carried conviction with them. “Is this true, Barrymore?” “Yes, Sir Henry. Every word of it.” “Well, I cannot blame you for standing by your own wife. Forget what I have said. Go to your room, you two, and we shall talk further about this matter in the morning.” When they were gone we looked out of the window again. Sir Henry had flung it open, and the cold night wind beat in upon our faces. Far away in the black distance there still glowed that one tiny point of yellow light. “I wonder he dares,” said Sir Henry. “It may be so placed as to be only visible from here.” “Very likely. How far do you think it is?” “Out by the Cleft Tor, I think.” “Not more than a mile or two off.” “Hardly that.” “Well, it cannot be far if Barrymore had to carry out the food to it. And he is waiting, this villain, beside that candle. By thunder, Watson, I am going out to take that man!” The same thought had crossed my own mind. It was not as if the Barrymores had taken us into their confidence. Their secret had been forced from them. The man was a danger to the community, an unmitigated scoundrel for whom there was neither pity nor excuse. We were only doing our duty in taking this chance of putting him back where he could do no harm. With his brutal and violent nature, others would have to pay the price if we held our hands. Any night, for example, our neighbours the Stapletons might be attacked by him, and it may have been the thought of this which made Sir Henry so keen upon the adventure. “I will come,” said I. “Then get your revolver and put on your boots. The sooner we start the better, as the fellow may put out his light and be off.” In five minutes we were outside the door, starting upon our expedition. We hurried through the dark shrubbery, amid the dull moaning of the autumn wind and the rustle of the falling leaves. The night air was heavy with the smell of damp and decay. Now and again the moon peeped out for an instant, but clouds were driving over the face of the sky, and just as we came out on the moor a thin rain began to fall. The light still burned steadily in front. “Are you armed?” I asked. “I have a hunting-crop.” “We must close in on him rapidly, for he is said to be a desperate fellow. We shall take him by surprise and have him at our mercy before he can resist.” “I say, Watson,” said the baronet, “what would Holmes say to this? How about that hour of darkness in which the power of evil is exalted?” As if in answer to his words there rose suddenly out of the vast gloom of the moor that strange cry which I had already heard upon the borders of the great Grimpen Mire. It came with the wind through the silence of the night, a long, deep mutter, then a rising howl, and then the sad moan in which it died away. Again and again it sounded, the whole air throbbing with it, strident, wild, and menacing. The baronet caught my sleeve and his face glimmered white through the darkness. “My God, what’s that, Watson?” “I don’t know. It’s a sound they have on the moor. I heard it once before.” It died away, and an absolute silence closed in upon us. We stood straining our ears, but nothing came. “Watson,” said the baronet, “it was the cry of a hound.” My blood ran cold in my veins, for there was a break in his voice which told of the sudden horror which had seized him. “What do they call this sound?” he asked. “Who?” “The folk on the countryside.” “Oh, they are ignorant people. Why should you mind what they call it?” “Tell me, Watson. What do they say of it?” I hesitated but could not escape the question. “They say it is the cry of the Hound of the Baskervilles.” He groaned and was silent for a few moments. “A hound it was,” he said at last, “but it seemed to come from miles away, over yonder, I think.” “It was hard to say whence it came.” “It rose and fell with the wind. Isn’t that the direction of the great Grimpen Mire?” “Yes, it is.” “Well, it was up there. Come now, Watson, didn’t you think yourself that it was the cry of a hound? I am not a child. You need not fear to speak the truth.” “Stapleton was with me when I heard it last. He said that it might be the calling of a strange bird.” “No, no, it was a hound. My God, can there be some truth in all these stories? Is it possible that I am really in danger from so dark a cause? You don’t believe it, do you, Watson?” “No, no.” “And yet it was one thing to laugh about it in London, and it is another to stand out here in the darkness of the moor and to hear such a cry as that. And my uncle! There was the footprint of the hound beside him as he lay. It all fits together. I don’t think that I am a coward, Watson, but that sound seemed to freeze my very blood. Feel my hand!” It was as cold as a block of marble. “You’ll be all right tomorrow.” “I don’t think I’ll get that cry out of my head. What do you advise that we do now?” “Shall we turn back?” “No, by thunder; we have come out to get our man, and we will do it. We after the convict, and a hell-hound, as likely as not, after us. Come on! We’ll see it through if all the fiends of the pit were loose upon the moor.” We stumbled slowly along in the darkness, with the black loom of the craggy hills around us, and the yellow speck of light burning steadily in front. There is nothing so deceptive as the distance of a light upon a pitch-dark night, and sometimes the glimmer seemed to be far away upon the horizon and sometimes it might have been within a few yards of us. But at last we could see whence it came, and then we knew that we were indeed very close. A guttering candle was stuck in a crevice of the rocks which flanked it on each side so as to keep the wind from it and also to prevent it from being visible, save in the direction of Baskerville Hall. A boulder of granite concealed our approach, and crouching behind it we gazed over it at the signal light. It was strange to see this single candle burning there in the middle of the moor, with no sign of life near it—just the one straight yellow flame and the gleam of the rock on each side of it. “What shall we do now?” whispered Sir Henry. “Wait here. He must be near his light. Let us see if we can get a glimpse of him.” The words were hardly out of my mouth when we both saw him. Over the rocks, in the crevice of which the candle burned, there was thrust out an evil yellow face, a terrible animal face, all seamed and scored with vile passions. Foul with mire, with a bristling beard, and hung with matted hair, it might well have belonged to one of those old savages who dwelt in the burrows on the hillsides. The light beneath him was reflected in his small, cunning eyes which peered fiercely to right and left through the darkness like a crafty and savage animal who has heard the steps of the hunters. Something had evidently aroused his suspicions. It may have been that Barrymore had some private signal which we had neglected to give, or the fellow may have had some other reason for thinking that all was not well, but I could read his fears upon his wicked face. Any instant he might dash out the light and vanish in the darkness. I sprang forward therefore, and Sir Henry did the same. At the same moment the convict screamed out a curse at us and hurled a rock which splintered up against the boulder which had sheltered us. I caught one glimpse of his short, squat, strongly built figure as he sprang to his feet and turned to run. At the same moment by a lucky chance the moon broke through the clouds. We rushed over the brow of the hill, and there was our man running with great speed down the other side, springing over the stones in his way with the activity of a mountain goat. A lucky long shot of my revolver might have crippled him, but I had brought it only to defend myself if attacked and not to shoot an unarmed man who was running away. We were both swift runners and in fairly good training, but we soon found that we had no chance of overtaking him. We saw him for a long time in the moonlight until he was only a small speck moving swiftly among the boulders upon the side of a distant hill. We ran and ran until we were completely blown, but the space between us grew ever wider. Finally we stopped and sat panting on two rocks, while we watched him disappearing in the distance. And it was at this moment that there occurred a most strange and unexpected thing. We had risen from our rocks and were turning to go home, having abandoned the hopeless chase. The moon was low upon the right, and the jagged pinnacle of a granite tor stood up against the lower curve of its silver disc. There, outlined as black as an ebony statue on that shining background, I saw the figure of a man upon the tor. Do not think that it was a delusion, Holmes. I assure you that I have never in my life seen anything more clearly. As far as I could judge, the figure was that of a tall, thin man. He stood with his legs a little separated, his arms folded, his head bowed, as if he were brooding over that enormous wilderness of peat and granite which lay before him. He might have been the very spirit of that terrible place. It was not the convict. This man was far from the place where the latter had disappeared. Besides, he was a much taller man. With a cry of surprise I pointed him out to the baronet, but in the instant during which I had turned to grasp his arm the man was gone. There was the sharp pinnacle of granite still cutting the lower edge of the moon, but its peak bore no trace of that silent and motionless figure. I wished to go in that direction and to search the tor, but it was some distance away. The baronet’s nerves were still quivering from that cry, which recalled the dark story of his family, and he was not in the mood for fresh adventures. He had not seen this lonely man upon the tor and could not feel the thrill which his strange presence and his commanding attitude had given to me. “A warder, no doubt,” said he. “The moor has been thick with them since this fellow escaped.” Well, perhaps his explanation may be the right one, but I should like to have some further proof of it. Today we mean to communicate to the Princetown people where they should look for their missing man, but it is hard lines that we have not actually had the triumph of bringing him back as our own prisoner. Such are the adventures of last night, and you must acknowledge, my dear Holmes, that I have done you very well in the matter of a report. Much of what I tell you is no doubt quite irrelevant, but still I feel that it is best that I should let you have all the facts and leave you to select for yourself those which will be of most service to you in helping you to your conclusions. We are certainly making some progress. So far as the Barrymores go we have found the motive of their actions, and that has cleared up the situation very much. But the moor with its mysteries and its strange inhabitants remains as inscrutable as ever. Perhaps in my next I may be able to throw some light upon this also. Best of all would it be if you could come down to us. In any case you will hear from me again in the course of the next few days. Chapter 10. Extract from the Diary of Dr. Watson So far I have been able to quote from the reports which I have forwarded during these early days to Sherlock Holmes. Now, however, I have arrived at a point in my narrative where I am compelled to abandon this method and to trust once more to my recollections, aided by the diary which I kept at the time. A few extracts from the latter will carry me on to those scenes which are indelibly fixed in every detail upon my memory. I proceed, then, from the morning which followed our abortive chase of the convict and our other strange experiences upon the moor. _October_ 16_th_.—A dull and foggy day with a drizzle of rain. The house is banked in with rolling clouds, which rise now and then to show the dreary curves of the moor, with thin, silver veins upon the sides of the hills, and the distant boulders gleaming where the light strikes upon their wet faces. It is melancholy outside and in. The baronet is in a black reaction after the excitements of the night. I am conscious myself of a weight at my heart and a feeling of impending danger—ever present danger, which is the more terrible because I am unable to define it. And have I not cause for such a feeling? Consider the long sequence of incidents which have all pointed to some sinister influence which is at work around us. There is the death of the last occupant of the Hall, fulfilling so exactly the conditions of the family legend, and there are the repeated reports from peasants of the appearance of a strange creature upon the moor. Twice I have with my own ears heard the sound which resembled the distant baying of a hound. It is incredible, impossible, that it should really be outside the ordinary laws of nature. A spectral hound which leaves material footmarks and fills the air with its howling is surely not to be thought of. Stapleton may fall in with such a superstition, and Mortimer also, but if I have one quality upon earth it is common sense, and nothing will persuade me to believe in such a thing. To do so would be to descend to the level of these poor peasants, who are not content with a mere fiend dog but must needs describe him with hell-fire shooting from his mouth and eyes. Holmes would not listen to such fancies, and I am his agent. But facts are facts, and I have twice heard this crying upon the moor. Suppose that there were really some huge hound loose upon it; that would go far to explain everything. But where could such a hound lie concealed, where did it get its food, where did it come from, how was it that no one saw it by day? It must be confessed that the natural explanation offers almost as many difficulties as the other. And always, apart from the hound, there is the fact of the human agency in London, the man in the cab, and the letter which warned Sir Henry against the moor. This at least was real, but it might have been the work of a protecting friend as easily as of an enemy. Where is that friend or enemy now? Has he remained in London, or has he followed us down here? Could he—could he be the stranger whom I saw upon the tor? It is true that I have had only the one glance at him, and yet there are some things to which I am ready to swear. He is no one whom I have seen down here, and I have now met all the neighbours. The figure was far taller than that of Stapleton, far thinner than that of Frankland. Barrymore it might possibly have been, but we had left him behind us, and I am certain that he could not have followed us. A stranger then is still dogging us, just as a stranger dogged us in London. We have never shaken him off. If I could lay my hands upon that man, then at last we might find ourselves at the end of all our difficulties. To this one purpose I must now devote all my energies. My first impulse was to tell Sir Henry all my plans. My second and wisest one is to play my own game and speak as little as possible to anyone. He is silent and distrait. His nerves have been strangely shaken by that sound upon the moor. I will say nothing to add to his anxieties, but I will take my own steps to attain my own end. We had a small scene this morning after breakfast. Barrymore asked leave to speak with Sir Henry, and they were closeted in his study some little time. Sitting in the billiard-room I more than once heard the sound of voices raised, and I had a pretty good idea what the point was which was under discussion. After a time the baronet opened his door and called for me. “Barrymore considers that he has a grievance,” he said. “He thinks that it was unfair on our part to hunt his brother-in-law down when he, of his own free will, had told us the secret.” The butler was standing very pale but very collected before us. “I may have spoken too warmly, sir,” said he, “and if I have, I am sure that I beg your pardon. At the same time, I was very much surprised when I heard you two gentlemen come back this morning and learned that you had been chasing Selden. The poor fellow has enough to fight against without my putting more upon his track.” “If you had told us of your own free will it would have been a different thing,” said the baronet, “you only told us, or rather your wife only told us, when it was forced from you and you could not help yourself.” “I didn’t think you would have taken advantage of it, Sir Henry—indeed I didn’t.” “The man is a public danger. There are lonely houses scattered over the moor, and he is a fellow who would stick at nothing. You only want to get a glimpse of his face to see that. Look at Mr. Stapleton’s house, for example, with no one but himself to defend it. There’s no safety for anyone until he is under lock and key.” “He’ll break into no house, sir. I give you my solemn word upon that. But he will never trouble anyone in this country again. I assure you, Sir Henry, that in a very few days the necessary arrangements will have been made and he will be on his way to South America. For God’s sake, sir, I beg of you not to let the police know that he is still on the moor. They have given up the chase there, and he can lie quiet until the ship is ready for him. You can’t tell on him without getting my wife and me into trouble. I beg you, sir, to say nothing to the police.” “What do you say, Watson?” I shrugged my shoulders. “If he were safely out of the country it would relieve the tax-payer of a burden.” “But how about the chance of his holding someone up before he goes?” “He would not do anything so mad, sir. We have provided him with all that he can want. To commit a crime would be to show where he was hiding.” “That is true,” said Sir Henry. “Well, Barrymore—” “God bless you, sir, and thank you from my heart! It would have killed my poor wife had he been taken again.” “I guess we are aiding and abetting a felony, Watson? But, after what we have heard I don’t feel as if I could give the man up, so there is an end of it. All right, Barrymore, you can go.” With a few broken words of gratitude the man turned, but he hesitated and then came back. “You’ve been so kind to us, sir, that I should like to do the best I can for you in return. I know something, Sir Henry, and perhaps I should have said it before, but it was long after the inquest that I found it out. I’ve never breathed a word about it yet to mortal man. It’s about poor Sir Charles’s death.” The baronet and I were both upon our feet. “Do you know how he died?” “No, sir, I don’t know that.” “What then?” “I know why he was at the gate at that hour. It was to meet a woman.” “To meet a woman! He?” “Yes, sir.” “And the woman’s name?” “I can’t give you the name, sir, but I can give you the initials. Her initials were L. L.” “How do you know this, Barrymore?” “Well, Sir Henry, your uncle had a letter that morning. He had usually a great many letters, for he was a public man and well known for his kind heart, so that everyone who was in trouble was glad to turn to him. But that morning, as it chanced, there was only this one letter, so I took the more notice of it. It was from Coombe Tracey, and it was addressed in a woman’s hand.” “Well?” “Well, sir, I thought no more of the matter, and never would have done had it not been for my wife. Only a few weeks ago she was cleaning out Sir Charles’s study—it had never been touched since his death—and she found the ashes of a burned letter in the back of the grate. The greater part of it was charred to pieces, but one little slip, the end of a page, hung together, and the writing could still be read, though it was grey on a black ground. It seemed to us to be a postscript at the end of the letter and it said: ‘Please, please, as you are a gentleman, burn this letter, and be at the gate by ten o clock. Beneath it were signed the initials L. L.” “Have you got that slip?” “No, sir, it crumbled all to bits after we moved it.” “Had Sir Charles received any other letters in the same writing?” “Well, sir, I took no particular notice of his letters. I should not have noticed this one, only it happened to come alone.” “And you have no idea who L. L. is?” “No, sir. No more than you have. But I expect if we could lay our hands upon that lady we should know more about Sir Charles’s death.” “I cannot understand, Barrymore, how you came to conceal this important information.” “Well, sir, it was immediately after that our own trouble came to us. And then again, sir, we were both of us very fond of Sir Charles, as we well might be considering all that he has done for us. To rake this up couldn’t help our poor master, and it’s well to go carefully when there’s a lady in the case. Even the best of us—” “You thought it might injure his reputation?” “Well, sir, I thought no good could come of it. But now you have been kind to us, and I feel as if it would be treating you unfairly not to tell you all that I know about the matter.” “Very good, Barrymore; you can go.” When the butler had left us Sir Henry turned to me. “Well, Watson, what do you think of this new light?” “It seems to leave the darkness rather blacker than before.” “So I think. But if we can only trace L. L. it should clear up the whole business. We have gained that much. We know that there is someone who has the facts if we can only find her. What do you think we should do?” “Let Holmes know all about it at once. It will give him the clue for which he has been seeking. I am much mistaken if it does not bring him down.” I went at once to my room and drew up my report of the morning’s conversation for Holmes. It was evident to me that he had been very busy of late, for the notes which I had from Baker Street were few and short, with no comments upon the information which I had supplied and hardly any reference to my mission. No doubt his blackmailing case is absorbing all his faculties. And yet this new factor must surely arrest his attention and renew his interest. I wish that he were here. _October_ 17_th_.—All day today the rain poured down, rustling on the ivy and dripping from the eaves. I thought of the convict out upon the bleak, cold, shelterless moor. Poor devil! Whatever his crimes, he has suffered something to atone for them. And then I thought of that other one—the face in the cab, the figure against the moon. Was he also out in that deluge—the unseen watcher, the man of darkness? In the evening I put on my waterproof and I walked far upon the sodden moor, full of dark imaginings, the rain beating upon my face and the wind whistling about my ears. God help those who wander into the great mire now, for even the firm uplands are becoming a morass. I found the black tor upon which I had seen the solitary watcher, and from its craggy summit I looked out myself across the melancholy downs. Rain squalls drifted across their russet face, and the heavy, slate-coloured clouds hung low over the landscape, trailing in grey wreaths down the sides of the fantastic hills. In the distant hollow on the left, half hidden by the mist, the two thin towers of Baskerville Hall rose above the trees. They were the only signs of human life which I could see, save only those prehistoric huts which lay thickly upon the slopes of the hills. Nowhere was there any trace of that lonely man whom I had seen on the same spot two nights before. As I walked back I was overtaken by Dr. Mortimer driving in his dog-cart over a rough moorland track which led from the outlying farmhouse of Foulmire. He has been very attentive to us, and hardly a day has passed that he has not called at the Hall to see how we were getting on. He insisted upon my climbing into his dog-cart, and he gave me a lift homeward. I found him much troubled over the disappearance of his little spaniel. It had wandered on to the moor and had never come back. I gave him such consolation as I might, but I thought of the pony on the Grimpen Mire, and I do not fancy that he will see his little dog again. “By the way, Mortimer,” said I as we jolted along the rough road, “I suppose there are few people living within driving distance of this whom you do not know?” “Hardly any, I think.” “Can you, then, tell me the name of any woman whose initials are L. L.?” He thought for a few minutes. “No,” said he. “There are a few gipsies and labouring folk for whom I can’t answer, but among the farmers or gentry there is no one whose initials are those. Wait a bit though,” he added after a pause. “There is Laura Lyons—her initials are L. L.—but she lives in Coombe Tracey.” “Who is she?” I asked. “She is Frankland’s daughter.” “What! Old Frankland the crank?” “Exactly. She married an artist named Lyons, who came sketching on the moor. He proved to be a blackguard and deserted her. The fault from what I hear may not have been entirely on one side. Her father refused to have anything to do with her because she had married without his consent and perhaps for one or two other reasons as well. So, between the old sinner and the young one the girl has had a pretty bad time.” “How does she live?” “I fancy old Frankland allows her a pittance, but it cannot be more, for his own affairs are considerably involved. Whatever she may have deserved one could not allow her to go hopelessly to the bad. Her story got about, and several of the people here did something to enable her to earn an honest living. Stapleton did for one, and Sir Charles for another. I gave a trifle myself. It was to set her up in a typewriting business.” He wanted to know the object of my inquiries, but I managed to satisfy his curiosity without telling him too much, for there is no reason why we should take anyone into our confidence. Tomorrow morning I shall find my way to Coombe Tracey, and if I can see this Mrs. Laura Lyons, of equivocal reputation, a long step will have been made towards clearing one incident in this chain of mysteries. I am certainly developing the wisdom of the serpent, for when Mortimer pressed his questions to an inconvenient extent I asked him casually to what type Frankland’s skull belonged, and so heard nothing but craniology for the rest of our drive. I have not lived for years with Sherlock Holmes for nothing. I have only one other incident to record upon this tempestuous and melancholy day. This was my conversation with Barrymore just now, which gives me one more strong card which I can play in due time. Mortimer had stayed to dinner, and he and the baronet played écarté afterwards. The butler brought me my coffee into the library, and I took the chance to ask him a few questions. “Well,” said I, “has this precious relation of yours departed, or is he still lurking out yonder?” “I don’t know, sir. I hope to heaven that he has gone, for he has brought nothing but trouble here! I’ve not heard of him since I left out food for him last, and that was three days ago.” “Did you see him then?” “No, sir, but the food was gone when next I went that way.” “Then he was certainly there?” “So you would think, sir, unless it was the other man who took it.” I sat with my coffee-cup halfway to my lips and stared at Barrymore. “You know that there is another man then?” “Yes, sir; there is another man upon the moor.” “Have you seen him?” “No, sir.” “How do you know of him then?” “Selden told me of him, sir, a week ago or more. He’s in hiding, too, but he’s not a convict as far as I can make out. I don’t like it, Dr. Watson—I tell you straight, sir, that I don’t like it.” He spoke with a sudden passion of earnestness. “Now, listen to me, Barrymore! I have no interest in this matter but that of your master. I have come here with no object except to help him. Tell me, frankly, what it is that you don’t like.” Barrymore hesitated for a moment, as if he regretted his outburst or found it difficult to express his own feelings in words. “It’s all these goings-on, sir,” he cried at last, waving his hand towards the rain-lashed window which faced the moor. “There’s foul play somewhere, and there’s black villainy brewing, to that I’ll swear! Very glad I should be, sir, to see Sir Henry on his way back to London again!” “But what is it that alarms you?” “Look at Sir Charles’s death! That was bad enough, for all that the coroner said. Look at the noises on the moor at night. There’s not a man would cross it after sundown if he was paid for it. Look at this stranger hiding out yonder, and watching and waiting! What’s he waiting for? What does it mean? It means no good to anyone of the name of Baskerville, and very glad I shall be to be quit of it all on the day that Sir Henry’s new servants are ready to take over the Hall.” “But about this stranger,” said I. “Can you tell me anything about him? What did Selden say? Did he find out where he hid, or what he was doing?” “He saw him once or twice, but he is a deep one and gives nothing away. At first he thought that he was the police, but soon he found that he had some lay of his own. A kind of gentleman he was, as far as he could see, but what he was doing he could not make out.” “And where did he say that he lived?” “Among the old houses on the hillside—the stone huts where the old folk used to live.” “But how about his food?” “Selden found out that he has got a lad who works for him and brings all he needs. I dare say he goes to Coombe Tracey for what he wants.” “Very good, Barrymore. We may talk further of this some other time.” When the butler had gone I walked over to the black window, and I looked through a blurred pane at the driving clouds and at the tossing outline of the wind-swept trees. It is a wild night indoors, and what must it be in a stone hut upon the moor. What passion of hatred can it be which leads a man to lurk in such a place at such a time! And what deep and earnest purpose can he have which calls for such a trial! There, in that hut upon the moor, seems to lie the very centre of that problem which has vexed me so sorely. I swear that another day shall not have passed before I have done all that man can do to reach the heart of the mystery. Chapter 11. The Man on the Tor The extract from my private diary which forms the last chapter has brought my narrative up to the eighteenth of October, a time when these strange events began to move swiftly towards their terrible conclusion. The incidents of the next few days are indelibly graven upon my recollection, and I can tell them without reference to the notes made at the time. I start them from the day which succeeded that upon which I had established two facts of great importance, the one that Mrs. Laura Lyons of Coombe Tracey had written to Sir Charles Baskerville and made an appointment with him at the very place and hour that he met his death, the other that the lurking man upon the moor was to be found among the stone huts upon the hillside. With these two facts in my possession I felt that either my intelligence or my courage must be deficient if I could not throw some further light upon these dark places. I had no opportunity to tell the baronet what I had learned about Mrs. Lyons upon the evening before, for Dr. Mortimer remained with him at cards until it was very late. At breakfast, however, I informed him about my discovery and asked him whether he would care to accompany me to Coombe Tracey. At first he was very eager to come, but on second thoughts it seemed to both of us that if I went alone the results might be better. The more formal we made the visit the less information we might obtain. I left Sir Henry behind, therefore, not without some prickings of conscience, and drove off upon my new quest. When I reached Coombe Tracey I told Perkins to put up the horses, and I made inquiries for the lady whom I had come to interrogate. I had no difficulty in finding her rooms, which were central and well appointed. A maid showed me in without ceremony, and as I entered the sitting-room a lady, who was sitting before a Remington typewriter, sprang up with a pleasant smile of welcome. Her face fell, however, when she saw that I was a stranger, and she sat down again and asked me the object of my visit. The first impression left by Mrs. Lyons was one of extreme beauty. Her eyes and hair were of the same rich hazel colour, and her cheeks, though considerably freckled, were flushed with the exquisite bloom of the brunette, the dainty pink which lurks at the heart of the sulphur rose. Admiration was, I repeat, the first impression. But the second was criticism. There was something subtly wrong with the face, some coarseness of expression, some hardness, perhaps, of eye, some looseness of lip which marred its perfect beauty. But these, of course, are afterthoughts. At the moment I was simply conscious that I was in the presence of a very handsome woman, and that she was asking me the reasons for my visit. I had not quite understood until that instant how delicate my mission was. “I have the pleasure,” said I, “of knowing your father.” It was a clumsy introduction, and the lady made me feel it. “There is nothing in common between my father and me,” she said. “I owe him nothing, and his friends are not mine. If it were not for the late Sir Charles Baskerville and some other kind hearts I might have starved for all that my father cared.” “It was about the late Sir Charles Baskerville that I have come here to see you.” The freckles started out on the lady’s face. “What can I tell you about him?” she asked, and her fingers played nervously over the stops of her typewriter. “You knew him, did you not?” “I have already said that I owe a great deal to his kindness. If I am able to support myself it is largely due to the interest which he took in my unhappy situation.” “Did you correspond with him?” The lady looked quickly up with an angry gleam in her hazel eyes. “What is the object of these questions?” she asked sharply. “The object is to avoid a public scandal. It is better that I should ask them here than that the matter should pass outside our control.” She was silent and her face was still very pale. At last she looked up with something reckless and defiant in her manner. “Well, I’ll answer,” she said. “What are your questions?” “Did you correspond with Sir Charles?” “I certainly wrote to him once or twice to acknowledge his delicacy and his generosity.” “Have you the dates of those letters?” “No.” “Have you ever met him?” “Yes, once or twice, when he came into Coombe Tracey. He was a very retiring man, and he preferred to do good by stealth.” “But if you saw him so seldom and wrote so seldom, how did he know enough about your affairs to be able to help you, as you say that he has done?” She met my difficulty with the utmost readiness. “There were several gentlemen who knew my sad history and united to help me. One was Mr. Stapleton, a neighbour and intimate friend of Sir Charles’s. He was exceedingly kind, and it was through him that Sir Charles learned about my affairs.” I knew already that Sir Charles Baskerville had made Stapleton his almoner upon several occasions, so the lady’s statement bore the impress of truth upon it. “Did you ever write to Sir Charles asking him to meet you?” I continued. Mrs. Lyons flushed with anger again. “Really, sir, this is a very extraordinary question.” “I am sorry, madam, but I must repeat it.” “Then I answer, certainly not.” “Not on the very day of Sir Charles’s death?” The flush had faded in an instant, and a deathly face was before me. Her dry lips could not speak the “No” which I saw rather than heard. “Surely your memory deceives you,” said I. “I could even quote a passage of your letter. It ran ‘Please, please, as you are a gentleman, burn this letter, and be at the gate by ten o’clock.’” I thought that she had fainted, but she recovered herself by a supreme effort. “Is there no such thing as a gentleman?” she gasped. “You do Sir Charles an injustice. He _did_ burn the letter. But sometimes a letter may be legible even when burned. You acknowledge now that you wrote it?” “Yes, I did write it,” she cried, pouring out her soul in a torrent of words. “I did write it. Why should I deny it? I have no reason to be ashamed of it. I wished him to help me. I believed that if I had an interview I could gain his help, so I asked him to meet me.” “But why at such an hour?” “Because I had only just learned that he was going to London next day and might be away for months. There were reasons why I could not get there earlier.” “But why a rendezvous in the garden instead of a visit to the house?” “Do you think a woman could go alone at that hour to a bachelor’s house?” “Well, what happened when you did get there?” “I never went.” “Mrs. Lyons!” “No, I swear it to you on all I hold sacred. I never went. Something intervened to prevent my going.” “What was that?” “That is a private matter. I cannot tell it.” “You acknowledge then that you made an appointment with Sir Charles at the very hour and place at which he met his death, but you deny that you kept the appointment.” “That is the truth.” Again and again I cross-questioned her, but I could never get past that point. “Mrs. Lyons,” said I as I rose from this long and inconclusive interview, “you are taking a very great responsibility and putting yourself in a very false position by not making an absolutely clean breast of all that you know. If I have to call in the aid of the police you will find how seriously you are compromised. If your position is innocent, why did you in the first instance deny having written to Sir Charles upon that date?” “Because I feared that some false conclusion might be drawn from it and that I might find myself involved in a scandal.” “And why were you so pressing that Sir Charles should destroy your letter?” “If you have read the letter you will know.” “I did not say that I had read all the letter.” “You quoted some of it.” “I quoted the postscript. The letter had, as I said, been burned and it was not all legible. I ask you once again why it was that you were so pressing that Sir Charles should destroy this letter which he received on the day of his death.” “The matter is a very private one.” “The more reason why you should avoid a public investigation.” “I will tell you, then. If you have heard anything of my unhappy history you will know that I made a rash marriage and had reason to regret it.” “I have heard so much.” “My life has been one incessant persecution from a husband whom I abhor. The law is upon his side, and every day I am faced by the possibility that he may force me to live with him. At the time that I wrote this letter to Sir Charles I had learned that there was a prospect of my regaining my freedom if certain expenses could be met. It meant everything to me—peace of mind, happiness, self-respect—everything. I knew Sir Charles’s generosity, and I thought that if he heard the story from my own lips he would help me.” “Then how is it that you did not go?” “Because I received help in the interval from another source.” “Why then, did you not write to Sir Charles and explain this?” “So I should have done had I not seen his death in the paper next morning.” The woman’s story hung coherently together, and all my questions were unable to shake it. I could only check it by finding if she had, indeed, instituted divorce proceedings against her husband at or about the time of the tragedy. It was unlikely that she would dare to say that she had not been to Baskerville Hall if she really had been, for a trap would be necessary to take her there, and could not have returned to Coombe Tracey until the early hours of the morning. Such an excursion could not be kept secret. The probability was, therefore, that she was telling the truth, or, at least, a part of the truth. I came away baffled and disheartened. Once again I had reached that dead wall which seemed to be built across every path by which I tried to get at the object of my mission. And yet the more I thought of the lady’s face and of her manner the more I felt that something was being held back from me. Why should she turn so pale? Why should she fight against every admission until it was forced from her? Why should she have been so reticent at the time of the tragedy? Surely the explanation of all this could not be as innocent as she would have me believe. For the moment I could proceed no farther in that direction, but must turn back to that other clue which was to be sought for among the stone huts upon the moor. And that was a most vague direction. I realised it as I drove back and noted how hill after hill showed traces of the ancient people. Barrymore’s only indication had been that the stranger lived in one of these abandoned huts, and many hundreds of them are scattered throughout the length and breadth of the moor. But I had my own experience for a guide since it had shown me the man himself standing upon the summit of the Black Tor. That, then, should be the centre of my search. From there I should explore every hut upon the moor until I lighted upon the right one. If this man were inside it I should find out from his own lips, at the point of my revolver if necessary, who he was and why he had dogged us so long. He might slip away from us in the crowd of Regent Street, but it would puzzle him to do so upon the lonely moor. On the other hand, if I should find the hut and its tenant should not be within it I must remain there, however long the vigil, until he returned. Holmes had missed him in London. It would indeed be a triumph for me if I could run him to earth where my master had failed. Luck had been against us again and again in this inquiry, but now at last it came to my aid. And the messenger of good fortune was none other than Mr. Frankland, who was standing, grey-whiskered and red-faced, outside the gate of his garden, which opened on to the highroad along which I travelled. “Good-day, Dr. Watson,” cried he with unwonted good humour, “you must really give your horses a rest and come in to have a glass of wine and to congratulate me.” My feelings towards him were very far from being friendly after what I had heard of his treatment of his daughter, but I was anxious to send Perkins and the wagonette home, and the opportunity was a good one. I alighted and sent a message to Sir Henry that I should walk over in time for dinner. Then I followed Frankland into his dining-room. “It is a great day for me, sir—one of the red-letter days of my life,” he cried with many chuckles. “I have brought off a double event. I mean to teach them in these parts that law is law, and that there is a man here who does not fear to invoke it. I have established a right of way through the centre of old Middleton’s park, slap across it, sir, within a hundred yards of his own front door. What do you think of that? We’ll teach these magnates that they cannot ride roughshod over the rights of the commoners, confound them! And I’ve closed the wood where the Fernworthy folk used to picnic. These infernal people seem to think that there are no rights of property, and that they can swarm where they like with their papers and their bottles. Both cases decided, Dr. Watson, and both in my favour. I haven’t had such a day since I had Sir John Morland for trespass because he shot in his own warren.” “How on earth did you do that?” “Look it up in the books, sir. It will repay reading—Frankland _v_. Morland, Court of Queen’s Bench. It cost me £200, but I got my verdict.” “Did it do you any good?” “None, sir, none. I am proud to say that I had no interest in the matter. I act entirely from a sense of public duty. I have no doubt, for example, that the Fernworthy people will burn me in effigy tonight. I told the police last time they did it that they should stop these disgraceful exhibitions. The County Constabulary is in a scandalous state, sir, and it has not afforded me the protection to which I am entitled. The case of Frankland _v_. Regina will bring the matter before the attention of the public. I told them that they would have occasion to regret their treatment of me, and already my words have come true.” “How so?” I asked. The old man put on a very knowing expression. “Because I could tell them what they are dying to know; but nothing would induce me to help the rascals in any way.” I had been casting round for some excuse by which I could get away from his gossip, but now I began to wish to hear more of it. I had seen enough of the contrary nature of the old sinner to understand that any strong sign of interest would be the surest way to stop his confidences. “Some poaching case, no doubt?” said I with an indifferent manner. “Ha, ha, my boy, a very much more important matter than that! What about the convict on the moor?” I stared. “You don’t mean that you know where he is?” said I. “I may not know exactly where he is, but I am quite sure that I could help the police to lay their hands on him. Has it never struck you that the way to catch that man was to find out where he got his food and so trace it to him?” He certainly seemed to be getting uncomfortably near the truth. “No doubt,” said I; “but how do you know that he is anywhere upon the moor?” “I know it because I have seen with my own eyes the messenger who takes him his food.” My heart sank for Barrymore. It was a serious thing to be in the power of this spiteful old busybody. But his next remark took a weight from my mind. “You’ll be surprised to hear that his food is taken to him by a child. I see him every day through my telescope upon the roof. He passes along the same path at the same hour, and to whom should he be going except to the convict?” Here was luck indeed! And yet I suppressed all appearance of interest. A child! Barrymore had said that our unknown was supplied by a boy. It was on his track, and not upon the convict’s, that Frankland had stumbled. If I could get his knowledge it might save me a long and weary hunt. But incredulity and indifference were evidently my strongest cards. “I should say that it was much more likely that it was the son of one of the moorland shepherds taking out his father’s dinner.” The least appearance of opposition struck fire out of the old autocrat. His eyes looked malignantly at me, and his grey whiskers bristled like those of an angry cat. “Indeed, sir!” said he, pointing out over the wide-stretching moor. “Do you see that Black Tor over yonder? Well, do you see the low hill beyond with the thornbush upon it? It is the stoniest part of the whole moor. Is that a place where a shepherd would be likely to take his station? Your suggestion, sir, is a most absurd one.” I meekly answered that I had spoken without knowing all the facts. My submission pleased him and led him to further confidences. “You may be sure, sir, that I have very good grounds before I come to an opinion. I have seen the boy again and again with his bundle. Every day, and sometimes twice a day, I have been able—but wait a moment, Dr. Watson. Do my eyes deceive me, or is there at the present moment something moving upon that hillside?” It was several miles off, but I could distinctly see a small dark dot against the dull green and grey. “Come, sir, come!” cried Frankland, rushing upstairs. “You will see with your own eyes and judge for yourself.” The telescope, a formidable instrument mounted upon a tripod, stood upon the flat leads of the house. Frankland clapped his eye to it and gave a cry of satisfaction. “Quick, Dr. Watson, quick, before he passes over the hill!” There he was, sure enough, a small urchin with a little bundle upon his shoulder, toiling slowly up the hill. When he reached the crest I saw the ragged uncouth figure outlined for an instant against the cold blue sky. He looked round him with a furtive and stealthy air, as one who dreads pursuit. Then he vanished over the hill. “Well! Am I right?” “Certainly, there is a boy who seems to have some secret errand.” “And what the errand is even a county constable could guess. But not one word shall they have from me, and I bind you to secrecy also, Dr. Watson. Not a word! You understand!” “Just as you wish.” “They have treated me shamefully—shamefully. When the facts come out in Frankland _v_. Regina I venture to think that a thrill of indignation will run through the country. Nothing would induce me to help the police in any way. For all they cared it might have been me, instead of my effigy, which these rascals burned at the stake. Surely you are not going! You will help me to empty the decanter in honour of this great occasion!” But I resisted all his solicitations and succeeded in dissuading him from his announced intention of walking home with me. I kept the road as long as his eye was on me, and then I struck off across the moor and made for the stony hill over which the boy had disappeared. Everything was working in my favour, and I swore that it should not be through lack of energy or perseverance that I should miss the chance which fortune had thrown in my way. The sun was already sinking when I reached the summit of the hill, and the long slopes beneath me were all golden-green on one side and grey shadow on the other. A haze lay low upon the farthest sky-line, out of which jutted the fantastic shapes of Belliver and Vixen Tor. Over the wide expanse there was no sound and no movement. One great grey bird, a gull or curlew, soared aloft in the blue heaven. He and I seemed to be the only living things between the huge arch of the sky and the desert beneath it. The barren scene, the sense of loneliness, and the mystery and urgency of my task all struck a chill into my heart. The boy was nowhere to be seen. But down beneath me in a cleft of the hills there was a circle of the old stone huts, and in the middle of them there was one which retained sufficient roof to act as a screen against the weather. My heart leaped within me as I saw it. This must be the burrow where the stranger lurked. At last my foot was on the threshold of his hiding place—his secret was within my grasp. As I approached the hut, walking as warily as Stapleton would do when with poised net he drew near the settled butterfly, I satisfied myself that the place had indeed been used as a habitation. A vague pathway among the boulders led to the dilapidated opening which served as a door. All was silent within. The unknown might be lurking there, or he might be prowling on the moor. My nerves tingled with the sense of adventure. Throwing aside my cigarette, I closed my hand upon the butt of my revolver and, walking swiftly up to the door, I looked in. The place was empty. But there were ample signs that I had not come upon a false scent. This was certainly where the man lived. Some blankets rolled in a waterproof lay upon that very stone slab upon which Neolithic man had once slumbered. The ashes of a fire were heaped in a rude grate. Beside it lay some cooking utensils and a bucket half-full of water. A litter of empty tins showed that the place had been occupied for some time, and I saw, as my eyes became accustomed to the checkered light, a pannikin and a half-full bottle of spirits standing in the corner. In the middle of the hut a flat stone served the purpose of a table, and upon this stood a small cloth bundle—the same, no doubt, which I had seen through the telescope upon the shoulder of the boy. It contained a loaf of bread, a tinned tongue, and two tins of preserved peaches. As I set it down again, after having examined it, my heart leaped to see that beneath it there lay a sheet of paper with writing upon it. I raised it, and this was what I read, roughly scrawled in pencil: “Dr. Watson has gone to Coombe Tracey.” For a minute I stood there with the paper in my hands thinking out the meaning of this curt message. It was I, then, and not Sir Henry, who was being dogged by this secret man. He had not followed me himself, but he had set an agent—the boy, perhaps—upon my track, and this was his report. Possibly I had taken no step since I had been upon the moor which had not been observed and reported. Always there was this feeling of an unseen force, a fine net drawn round us with infinite skill and delicacy, holding us so lightly that it was only at some supreme moment that one realised that one was indeed entangled in its meshes. If there was one report there might be others, so I looked round the hut in search of them. There was no trace, however, of anything of the kind, nor could I discover any sign which might indicate the character or intentions of the man who lived in this singular place, save that he must be of Spartan habits and cared little for the comforts of life. When I thought of the heavy rains and looked at the gaping roof I understood how strong and immutable must be the purpose which had kept him in that inhospitable abode. Was he our malignant enemy, or was he by chance our guardian angel? I swore that I would not leave the hut until I knew. Outside the sun was sinking low and the west was blazing with scarlet and gold. Its reflection was shot back in ruddy patches by the distant pools which lay amid the great Grimpen Mire. There were the two towers of Baskerville Hall, and there a distant blur of smoke which marked the village of Grimpen. Between the two, behind the hill, was the house of the Stapletons. All was sweet and mellow and peaceful in the golden evening light, and yet as I looked at them my soul shared none of the peace of Nature but quivered at the vagueness and the terror of that interview which every instant was bringing nearer. With tingling nerves but a fixed purpose, I sat in the dark recess of the hut and waited with sombre patience for the coming of its tenant. And then at last I heard him. Far away came the sharp clink of a boot striking upon a stone. Then another and yet another, coming nearer and nearer. I shrank back into the darkest corner and cocked the pistol in my pocket, determined not to discover myself until I had an opportunity of seeing something of the stranger. There was a long pause which showed that he had stopped. Then once more the footsteps approached and a shadow fell across the opening of the hut. “It is a lovely evening, my dear Watson,” said a well-known voice. “I really think that you will be more comfortable outside than in.” Chapter 12. Death on the Moor For a moment or two I sat breathless, hardly able to believe my ears. Then my senses and my voice came back to me, while a crushing weight of responsibility seemed in an instant to be lifted from my soul. That cold, incisive, ironical voice could belong to but one man in all the world. “Holmes!” I cried—“Holmes!” “Come out,” said he, “and please be careful with the revolver.” I stooped under the rude lintel, and there he sat upon a stone outside, his grey eyes dancing with amusement as they fell upon my astonished features. He was thin and worn, but clear and alert, his keen face bronzed by the sun and roughened by the wind. In his tweed suit and cloth cap he looked like any other tourist upon the moor, and he had contrived, with that catlike love of personal cleanliness which was one of his characteristics, that his chin should be as smooth and his linen as perfect as if he were in Baker Street. “I never was more glad to see anyone in my life,” said I as I wrung him by the hand. “Or more astonished, eh?” “Well, I must confess to it.” “The surprise was not all on one side, I assure you. I had no idea that you had found my occasional retreat, still less that you were inside it, until I was within twenty paces of the door.” “My footprint, I presume?” “No, Watson, I fear that I could not undertake to recognize your footprint amid all the footprints of the world. If you seriously desire to deceive me you must change your tobacconist; for when I see the stub of a cigarette marked Bradley, Oxford Street, I know that my friend Watson is in the neighbourhood. You will see it there beside the path. You threw it down, no doubt, at that supreme moment when you charged into the empty hut.” “Exactly.” “I thought as much—and knowing your admirable tenacity I was convinced that you were sitting in ambush, a weapon within reach, waiting for the tenant to return. So you actually thought that I was the criminal?” “I did not know who you were, but I was determined to find out.” “Excellent, Watson! And how did you localise me? You saw me, perhaps, on the night of the convict hunt, when I was so imprudent as to allow the moon to rise behind me?” “Yes, I saw you then.” “And have no doubt searched all the huts until you came to this one?” “No, your boy had been observed, and that gave me a guide where to look.” “The old gentleman with the telescope, no doubt. I could not make it out when first I saw the light flashing upon the lens.” He rose and peeped into the hut. “Ha, I see that Cartwright has brought up some supplies. What’s this paper? So you have been to Coombe Tracey, have you?” “Yes.” “To see Mrs. Laura Lyons?” “Exactly.” “Well done! Our researches have evidently been running on parallel lines, and when we unite our results I expect we shall have a fairly full knowledge of the case.” “Well, I am glad from my heart that you are here, for indeed the responsibility and the mystery were both becoming too much for my nerves. But how in the name of wonder did you come here, and what have you been doing? I thought that you were in Baker Street working out that case of blackmailing.” “That was what I wished you to think.” “Then you use me, and yet do not trust me!” I cried with some bitterness. “I think that I have deserved better at your hands, Holmes.” “My dear fellow, you have been invaluable to me in this as in many other cases, and I beg that you will forgive me if I have seemed to play a trick upon you. In truth, it was partly for your own sake that I did it, and it was my appreciation of the danger which you ran which led me to come down and examine the matter for myself. Had I been with Sir Henry and you it is confident that my point of view would have been the same as yours, and my presence would have warned our very formidable opponents to be on their guard. As it is, I have been able to get about as I could not possibly have done had I been living in the Hall, and I remain an unknown factor in the business, ready to throw in all my weight at a critical moment.” “But why keep me in the dark?” “For you to know could not have helped us and might possibly have led to my discovery. You would have wished to tell me something, or in your kindness you would have brought me out some comfort or other, and so an unnecessary risk would be run. I brought Cartwright down with me—you remember the little chap at the express office—and he has seen after my simple wants: a loaf of bread and a clean collar. What does man want more? He has given me an extra pair of eyes upon a very active pair of feet, and both have been invaluable.” “Then my reports have all been wasted!”—My voice trembled as I recalled the pains and the pride with which I had composed them. Holmes took a bundle of papers from his pocket. “Here are your reports, my dear fellow, and very well thumbed, I assure you. I made excellent arrangements, and they are only delayed one day upon their way. I must compliment you exceedingly upon the zeal and the intelligence which you have shown over an extraordinarily difficult case.” I was still rather raw over the deception which had been practised upon me, but the warmth of Holmes’s praise drove my anger from my mind. I felt also in my heart that he was right in what he said and that it was really best for our purpose that I should not have known that he was upon the moor. “That’s better,” said he, seeing the shadow rise from my face. “And now tell me the result of your visit to Mrs. Laura Lyons—it was not difficult for me to guess that it was to see her that you had gone, for I am already aware that she is the one person in Coombe Tracey who might be of service to us in the matter. In fact, if you had not gone today it is exceedingly probable that I should have gone tomorrow.” The sun had set and dusk was settling over the moor. The air had turned chill and we withdrew into the hut for warmth. There, sitting together in the twilight, I told Holmes of my conversation with the lady. So interested was he that I had to repeat some of it twice before he was satisfied. “This is most important,” said he when I had concluded. “It fills up a gap which I had been unable to bridge in this most complex affair. You are aware, perhaps, that a close intimacy exists between this lady and the man Stapleton?” “I did not know of a close intimacy.” “There can be no doubt about the matter. They meet, they write, there is a complete understanding between them. Now, this puts a very powerful weapon into our hands. If I could only use it to detach his wife—” “His wife?” “I am giving you some information now, in return for all that you have given me. The lady who has passed here as Miss Stapleton is in reality his wife.” “Good heavens, Holmes! Are you sure of what you say? How could he have permitted Sir Henry to fall in love with her?” “Sir Henry’s falling in love could do no harm to anyone except Sir Henry. He took particular care that Sir Henry did not make love to her, as you have yourself observed. I repeat that the lady is his wife and not his sister.” “But why this elaborate deception?” “Because he foresaw that she would be very much more useful to him in the character of a free woman.” All my unspoken instincts, my vague suspicions, suddenly took shape and centred upon the naturalist. In that impassive colourless man, with his straw hat and his butterfly-net, I seemed to see something terrible—a creature of infinite patience and craft, with a smiling face and a murderous heart. “It is he, then, who is our enemy—it is he who dogged us in London?” “So I read the riddle.” “And the warning—it must have come from her!” “Exactly.” The shape of some monstrous villainy, half seen, half guessed, loomed through the darkness which had girt me so long. “But are you sure of this, Holmes? How do you know that the woman is his wife?” “Because he so far forgot himself as to tell you a true piece of autobiography upon the occasion when he first met you, and I dare say he has many a time regretted it since. He was once a schoolmaster in the north of England. Now, there is no one more easy to trace than a schoolmaster. There are scholastic agencies by which one may identify any man who has been in the profession. A little investigation showed me that a school had come to grief under atrocious circumstances, and that the man who had owned it—the name was different—had disappeared with his wife. The descriptions agreed. When I learned that the missing man was devoted to entomology the identification was complete.” The darkness was rising, but much was still hidden by the shadows. “If this woman is in truth his wife, where does Mrs. Laura Lyons come in?” I asked. “That is one of the points upon which your own researches have shed a light. Your interview with the lady has cleared the situation very much. I did not know about a projected divorce between herself and her husband. In that case, regarding Stapleton as an unmarried man, she counted no doubt upon becoming his wife.” “And when she is undeceived?” “Why, then we may find the lady of service. It must be our first duty to see her—both of us—tomorrow. Don’t you think, Watson, that you are away from your charge rather long? Your place should be at Baskerville Hall.” The last red streaks had faded away in the west and night had settled upon the moor. A few faint stars were gleaming in a violet sky. “One last question, Holmes,” I said as I rose. “Surely there is no need of secrecy between you and me. What is the meaning of it all? What is he after?” Holmes’s voice sank as he answered: “It is murder, Watson—refined, cold-blooded, deliberate murder. Do not ask me for particulars. My nets are closing upon him, even as his are upon Sir Henry, and with your help he is already almost at my mercy. There is but one danger which can threaten us. It is that he should strike before we are ready to do so. Another day—two at the most—and I have my case complete, but until then guard your charge as closely as ever a fond mother watched her ailing child. Your mission today has justified itself, and yet I could almost wish that you had not left his side. Hark!” A terrible scream—a prolonged yell of horror and anguish—burst out of the silence of the moor. That frightful cry turned the blood to ice in my veins. “Oh, my God!” I gasped. “What is it? What does it mean?” Holmes had sprung to his feet, and I saw his dark, athletic outline at the door of the hut, his shoulders stooping, his head thrust forward, his face peering into the darkness. “Hush!” he whispered. “Hush!” The cry had been loud on account of its vehemence, but it had pealed out from somewhere far off on the shadowy plain. Now it burst upon our ears, nearer, louder, more urgent than before. “Where is it?” Holmes whispered; and I knew from the thrill of his voice that he, the man of iron, was shaken to the soul. “Where is it, Watson?” “There, I think.” I pointed into the darkness. “No, there!” Again the agonised cry swept through the silent night, louder and much nearer than ever. And a new sound mingled with it, a deep, muttered rumble, musical and yet menacing, rising and falling like the low, constant murmur of the sea. “The hound!” cried Holmes. “Come, Watson, come! Great heavens, if we are too late!” He had started running swiftly over the moor, and I had followed at his heels. But now from somewhere among the broken ground immediately in front of us there came one last despairing yell, and then a dull, heavy thud. We halted and listened. Not another sound broke the heavy silence of the windless night. I saw Holmes put his hand to his forehead like a man distracted. He stamped his feet upon the ground. “He has beaten us, Watson. We are too late.” “No, no, surely not!” “Fool that I was to hold my hand. And you, Watson, see what comes of abandoning your charge! But, by Heaven, if the worst has happened we’ll avenge him!” Blindly we ran through the gloom, blundering against boulders, forcing our way through gorse bushes, panting up hills and rushing down slopes, heading always in the direction whence those dreadful sounds had come. At every rise Holmes looked eagerly round him, but the shadows were thick upon the moor, and nothing moved upon its dreary face. “Can you see anything?” “Nothing.” “But, hark, what is that?” A low moan had fallen upon our ears. There it was again upon our left! On that side a ridge of rocks ended in a sheer cliff which overlooked a stone-strewn slope. On its jagged face was spread-eagled some dark, irregular object. As we ran towards it the vague outline hardened into a definite shape. It was a prostrate man face downward upon the ground, the head doubled under him at a horrible angle, the shoulders rounded and the body hunched together as if in the act of throwing a somersault. So grotesque was the attitude that I could not for the instant realise that that moan had been the passing of his soul. Not a whisper, not a rustle, rose now from the dark figure over which we stooped. Holmes laid his hand upon him and held it up again with an exclamation of horror. The gleam of the match which he struck shone upon his clotted fingers and upon the ghastly pool which widened slowly from the crushed skull of the victim. And it shone upon something else which turned our hearts sick and faint within us—the body of Sir Henry Baskerville! There was no chance of either of us forgetting that peculiar ruddy tweed suit—the very one which he had worn on the first morning that we had seen him in Baker Street. We caught the one clear glimpse of it, and then the match flickered and went out, even as the hope had gone out of our souls. Holmes groaned, and his face glimmered white through the darkness. “The brute! The brute!” I cried with clenched hands. “Oh Holmes, I shall never forgive myself for having left him to his fate.” “I am more to blame than you, Watson. In order to have my case well rounded and complete, I have thrown away the life of my client. It is the greatest blow which has befallen me in my career. But how could I know—how _could_ I know—that he would risk his life alone upon the moor in the face of all my warnings?” “That we should have heard his screams—my God, those screams!—and yet have been unable to save him! Where is this brute of a hound which drove him to his death? It may be lurking among these rocks at this instant. And Stapleton, where is he? He shall answer for this deed.” “He shall. I will see to that. Uncle and nephew have been murdered—the one frightened to death by the very sight of a beast which he thought to be supernatural, the other driven to his end in his wild flight to escape from it. But now we have to prove the connection between the man and the beast. Save from what we heard, we cannot even swear to the existence of the latter, since Sir Henry has evidently died from the fall. But, by heavens, cunning as he is, the fellow shall be in my power before another day is past!” We stood with bitter hearts on either side of the mangled body, overwhelmed by this sudden and irrevocable disaster which had brought all our long and weary labours to so piteous an end. Then as the moon rose we climbed to the top of the rocks over which our poor friend had fallen, and from the summit we gazed out over the shadowy moor, half silver and half gloom. Far away, miles off, in the direction of Grimpen, a single steady yellow light was shining. It could only come from the lonely abode of the Stapletons. With a bitter curse I shook my fist at it as I gazed. “Why should we not seize him at once?” “Our case is not complete. The fellow is wary and cunning to the last degree. It is not what we know, but what we can prove. If we make one false move the villain may escape us yet.” “What can we do?” “There will be plenty for us to do tomorrow. Tonight we can only perform the last offices to our poor friend.” Together we made our way down the precipitous slope and approached the body, black and clear against the silvered stones. The agony of those contorted limbs struck me with a spasm of pain and blurred my eyes with tears. “We must send for help, Holmes! We cannot carry him all the way to the Hall. Good heavens, are you mad?” He had uttered a cry and bent over the body. Now he was dancing and laughing and wringing my hand. Could this be my stern, self-contained friend? These were hidden fires, indeed! “A beard! A beard! The man has a beard!” “A beard?” “It is not the baronet—it is—why, it is my neighbour, the convict!” With feverish haste we had turned the body over, and that dripping beard was pointing up to the cold, clear moon. There could be no doubt about the beetling forehead, the sunken animal eyes. It was indeed the same face which had glared upon me in the light of the candle from over the rock—the face of Selden, the criminal. Then in an instant it was all clear to me. I remembered how the baronet had told me that he had handed his old wardrobe to Barrymore. Barrymore had passed it on in order to help Selden in his escape. Boots, shirt, cap—it was all Sir Henry’s. The tragedy was still black enough, but this man had at least deserved death by the laws of his country. I told Holmes how the matter stood, my heart bubbling over with thankfulness and joy. “Then the clothes have been the poor devil’s death,” said he. “It is clear enough that the hound has been laid on from some article of Sir Henry’s—the boot which was abstracted in the hotel, in all probability—and so ran this man down. There is one very singular thing, however: How came Selden, in the darkness, to know that the hound was on his trail?” “He heard him.” “To hear a hound upon the moor would not work a hard man like this convict into such a paroxysm of terror that he would risk recapture by screaming wildly for help. By his cries he must have run a long way after he knew the animal was on his track. How did he know?” “A greater mystery to me is why this hound, presuming that all our conjectures are correct—” “I presume nothing.” “Well, then, why this hound should be loose tonight. I suppose that it does not always run loose upon the moor. Stapleton would not let it go unless he had reason to think that Sir Henry would be there.” “My difficulty is the more formidable of the two, for I think that we shall very shortly get an explanation of yours, while mine may remain forever a mystery. The question now is, what shall we do with this poor wretch’s body? We cannot leave it here to the foxes and the ravens.” “I suggest that we put it in one of the huts until we can communicate with the police.” “Exactly. I have no doubt that you and I could carry it so far. Halloa, Watson, what’s this? It’s the man himself, by all that’s wonderful and audacious! Not a word to show your suspicions—not a word, or my plans crumble to the ground.” A figure was approaching us over the moor, and I saw the dull red glow of a cigar. The moon shone upon him, and I could distinguish the dapper shape and jaunty walk of the naturalist. He stopped when he saw us, and then came on again. “Why, Dr. Watson, that’s not you, is it? You are the last man that I should have expected to see out on the moor at this time of night. But, dear me, what’s this? Somebody hurt? Not—don’t tell me that it is our friend Sir Henry!” He hurried past me and stooped over the dead man. I heard a sharp intake of his breath and the cigar fell from his fingers. “Who—who’s this?” he stammered. “It is Selden, the man who escaped from Princetown.” Stapleton turned a ghastly face upon us, but by a supreme effort he had overcome his amazement and his disappointment. He looked sharply from Holmes to me. “Dear me! What a very shocking affair! How did he die?” “He appears to have broken his neck by falling over these rocks. My friend and I were strolling on the moor when we heard a cry.” “I heard a cry also. That was what brought me out. I was uneasy about Sir Henry.” “Why about Sir Henry in particular?” I could not help asking. “Because I had suggested that he should come over. When he did not come I was surprised, and I naturally became alarmed for his safety when I heard cries upon the moor. By the way”—his eyes darted again from my face to Holmes’s—“did you hear anything else besides a cry?” “No,” said Holmes; “did you?” “No.” “What do you mean, then?” “Oh, you know the stories that the peasants tell about a phantom hound, and so on. It is said to be heard at night upon the moor. I was wondering if there were any evidence of such a sound tonight.” “We heard nothing of the kind,” said I. “And what is your theory of this poor fellow’s death?” “I have no doubt that anxiety and exposure have driven him off his head. He has rushed about the moor in a crazy state and eventually fallen over here and broken his neck.” “That seems the most reasonable theory,” said Stapleton, and he gave a sigh which I took to indicate his relief. “What do you think about it, Mr. Sherlock Holmes?” My friend bowed his compliments. “You are quick at identification,” said he. “We have been expecting you in these parts since Dr. Watson came down. You are in time to see a tragedy.” “Yes, indeed. I have no doubt that my friend’s explanation will cover the facts. I will take an unpleasant remembrance back to London with me tomorrow.” “Oh, you return tomorrow?” “That is my intention.” “I hope your visit has cast some light upon those occurrences which have puzzled us?” Holmes shrugged his shoulders. “One cannot always have the success for which one hopes. An investigator needs facts and not legends or rumours. It has not been a satisfactory case.” My friend spoke in his frankest and most unconcerned manner. Stapleton still looked hard at him. Then he turned to me. “I would suggest carrying this poor fellow to my house, but it would give my sister such a fright that I do not feel justified in doing it. I think that if we put something over his face he will be safe until morning.” And so it was arranged. Resisting Stapleton’s offer of hospitality, Holmes and I set off to Baskerville Hall, leaving the naturalist to return alone. Looking back we saw the figure moving slowly away over the broad moor, and behind him that one black smudge on the silvered slope which showed where the man was lying who had come so horribly to his end. “We’re at close grips at last,” said Holmes as we walked together across the moor. “What a nerve the fellow has! How he pulled himself together in the face of what must have been a paralyzing shock when he found that the wrong man had fallen a victim to his plot. I told you in London, Watson, and I tell you now again, that we have never had a foeman more worthy of our steel.” “I am sorry that he has seen you.” “And so was I at first. But there was no getting out of it.” “What effect do you think it will have upon his plans now that he knows you are here?” “It may cause him to be more cautious, or it may drive him to desperate measures at once. Like most clever criminals, he may be too confident in his own cleverness and imagine that he has completely deceived us.” “Why should we not arrest him at once?” “My dear Watson, you were born to be a man of action. Your instinct is always to do something energetic. But supposing, for argument’s sake, that we had him arrested tonight, what on earth the better off should we be for that? We could prove nothing against him. There’s the devilish cunning of it! If he were acting through a human agent we could get some evidence, but if we were to drag this great dog to the light of day it would not help us in putting a rope round the neck of its master.” “Surely we have a case.” “Not a shadow of one—only surmise and conjecture. We should be laughed out of court if we came with such a story and such evidence.” “There is Sir Charles’s death.” “Found dead without a mark upon him. You and I know that he died of sheer fright, and we know also what frightened him, but how are we to get twelve stolid jurymen to know it? What signs are there of a hound? Where are the marks of its fangs? Of course we know that a hound does not bite a dead body and that Sir Charles was dead before ever the brute overtook him. But we have to prove all this, and we are not in a position to do it.” “Well, then, tonight?” “We are not much better off tonight. Again, there was no direct connection between the hound and the man’s death. We never saw the hound. We heard it, but we could not prove that it was running upon this man’s trail. There is a complete absence of motive. No, my dear fellow; we must reconcile ourselves to the fact that we have no case at present, and that it is worth our while to run any risk in order to establish one.” “And how do you propose to do so?” “I have great hopes of what Mrs. Laura Lyons may do for us when the position of affairs is made clear to her. And I have my own plan as well. Sufficient for tomorrow is the evil thereof; but I hope before the day is past to have the upper hand at last.” I could draw nothing further from him, and he walked, lost in thought, as far as the Baskerville gates. “Are you coming up?” “Yes; I see no reason for further concealment. But one last word, Watson. Say nothing of the hound to Sir Henry. Let him think that Selden’s death was as Stapleton would have us believe. He will have a better nerve for the ordeal which he will have to undergo tomorrow, when he is engaged, if I remember your report aright, to dine with these people.” “And so am I.” “Then you must excuse yourself and he must go alone. That will be easily arranged. And now, if we are too late for dinner, I think that we are both ready for our suppers.” Chapter 13. Fixing the Nets Sir Henry was more pleased than surprised to see Sherlock Holmes, for he had for some days been expecting that recent events would bring him down from London. He did raise his eyebrows, however, when he found that my friend had neither any luggage nor any explanations for its absence. Between us we soon supplied his wants, and then over a belated supper we explained to the baronet as much of our experience as it seemed desirable that he should know. But first I had the unpleasant duty of breaking the news to Barrymore and his wife. To him it may have been an unmitigated relief, but she wept bitterly in her apron. To all the world he was the man of violence, half animal and half demon; but to her he always remained the little wilful boy of her own girlhood, the child who had clung to her hand. Evil indeed is the man who has not one woman to mourn him. “I’ve been moping in the house all day since Watson went off in the morning,” said the baronet. “I guess I should have some credit, for I have kept my promise. If I hadn’t sworn not to go about alone I might have had a more lively evening, for I had a message from Stapleton asking me over there.” “I have no doubt that you would have had a more lively evening,” said Holmes drily. “By the way, I don’t suppose you appreciate that we have been mourning over you as having broken your neck?” Sir Henry opened his eyes. “How was that?” “This poor wretch was dressed in your clothes. I fear your servant who gave them to him may get into trouble with the police.” “That is unlikely. There was no mark on any of them, as far as I know.” “That’s lucky for him—in fact, it’s lucky for all of you, since you are all on the wrong side of the law in this matter. I am not sure that as a conscientious detective my first duty is not to arrest the whole household. Watson’s reports are most incriminating documents.” “But how about the case?” asked the baronet. “Have you made anything out of the tangle? I don’t know that Watson and I are much the wiser since we came down.” “I think that I shall be in a position to make the situation rather more clear to you before long. It has been an exceedingly difficult and most complicated business. There are several points upon which we still want light—but it is coming all the same.” “We’ve had one experience, as Watson has no doubt told you. We heard the hound on the moor, so I can swear that it is not all empty superstition. I had something to do with dogs when I was out West, and I know one when I hear one. If you can muzzle that one and put him on a chain I’ll be ready to swear you are the greatest detective of all time.” “I think I will muzzle him and chain him all right if you will give me your help.” “Whatever you tell me to do I will do.” “Very good; and I will ask you also to do it blindly, without always asking the reason.” “Just as you like.” “If you will do this I think the chances are that our little problem will soon be solved. I have no doubt—” He stopped suddenly and stared fixedly up over my head into the air. The lamp beat upon his face, and so intent was it and so still that it might have been that of a clear-cut classical statue, a personification of alertness and expectation. “What is it?” we both cried. I could see as he looked down that he was repressing some internal emotion. His features were still composed, but his eyes shone with amused exultation. “Excuse the admiration of a connoisseur,” said he as he waved his hand towards the line of portraits which covered the opposite wall. “Watson won’t allow that I know anything of art but that is mere jealousy because our views upon the subject differ. Now, these are a really very fine series of portraits.” “Well, I’m glad to hear you say so,” said Sir Henry, glancing with some surprise at my friend. “I don’t pretend to know much about these things, and I’d be a better judge of a horse or a steer than of a picture. I didn’t know that you found time for such things.” “I know what is good when I see it, and I see it now. That’s a Kneller, I’ll swear, that lady in the blue silk over yonder, and the stout gentleman with the wig ought to be a Reynolds. They are all family portraits, I presume?” “Every one.” “Do you know the names?” “Barrymore has been coaching me in them, and I think I can say my lessons fairly well.” “Who is the gentleman with the telescope?” “That is Rear-Admiral Baskerville, who served under Rodney in the West Indies. The man with the blue coat and the roll of paper is Sir William Baskerville, who was Chairman of Committees of the House of Commons under Pitt.” “And this Cavalier opposite to me—the one with the black velvet and the lace?” “Ah, you have a right to know about him. That is the cause of all the mischief, the wicked Hugo, who started the Hound of the Baskervilles. We’re not likely to forget him.” I gazed with interest and some surprise upon the portrait. “Dear me!” said Holmes, “he seems a quiet, meek-mannered man enough, but I dare say that there was a lurking devil in his eyes. I had pictured him as a more robust and ruffianly person.” “There’s no doubt about the authenticity, for the name and the date, 1647, are on the back of the canvas.” Holmes said little more, but the picture of the old roysterer seemed to have a fascination for him, and his eyes were continually fixed upon it during supper. It was not until later, when Sir Henry had gone to his room, that I was able to follow the trend of his thoughts. He led me back into the banqueting-hall, his bedroom candle in his hand, and he held it up against the time-stained portrait on the wall. “Do you see anything there?” I looked at the broad plumed hat, the curling love-locks, the white lace collar, and the straight, severe face which was framed between them. It was not a brutal countenance, but it was prim, hard, and stern, with a firm-set, thin-lipped mouth, and a coldly intolerant eye. “Is it like anyone you know?” “There is something of Sir Henry about the jaw.” “Just a suggestion, perhaps. But wait an instant!” He stood upon a chair, and, holding up the light in his left hand, he curved his right arm over the broad hat and round the long ringlets. “Good heavens!” I cried in amazement. The face of Stapleton had sprung out of the canvas. “Ha, you see it now. My eyes have been trained to examine faces and not their trimmings. It is the first quality of a criminal investigator that he should see through a disguise.” “But this is marvellous. It might be his portrait.” “Yes, it is an interesting instance of a throwback, which appears to be both physical and spiritual. A study of family portraits is enough to convert a man to the doctrine of reincarnation. The fellow is a Baskerville—that is evident.” “With designs upon the succession.” “Exactly. This chance of the picture has supplied us with one of our most obvious missing links. We have him, Watson, we have him, and I dare swear that before tomorrow night he will be fluttering in our net as helpless as one of his own butterflies. A pin, a cork, and a card, and we add him to the Baker Street collection!” He burst into one of his rare fits of laughter as he turned away from the picture. I have not heard him laugh often, and it has always boded ill to somebody. I was up betimes in the morning, but Holmes was afoot earlier still, for I saw him as I dressed, coming up the drive. “Yes, we should have a full day today,” he remarked, and he rubbed his hands with the joy of action. “The nets are all in place, and the drag is about to begin. We’ll know before the day is out whether we have caught our big, lean-jawed pike, or whether he has got through the meshes.” “Have you been on the moor already?” “I have sent a report from Grimpen to Princetown as to the death of Selden. I think I can promise that none of you will be troubled in the matter. And I have also communicated with my faithful Cartwright, who would certainly have pined away at the door of my hut, as a dog does at his master’s grave, if I had not set his mind at rest about my safety.” “What is the next move?” “To see Sir Henry. Ah, here he is!” “Good-morning, Holmes,” said the baronet. “You look like a general who is planning a battle with his chief of the staff.” “That is the exact situation. Watson was asking for orders.” “And so do I.” “Very good. You are engaged, as I understand, to dine with our friends the Stapletons tonight.” “I hope that you will come also. They are very hospitable people, and I am sure that they would be very glad to see you.” “I fear that Watson and I must go to London.” “To London?” “Yes, I think that we should be more useful there at the present juncture.” The baronet’s face perceptibly lengthened. “I hoped that you were going to see me through this business. The Hall and the moor are not very pleasant places when one is alone.” “My dear fellow, you must trust me implicitly and do exactly what I tell you. You can tell your friends that we should have been happy to have come with you, but that urgent business required us to be in town. We hope very soon to return to Devonshire. Will you remember to give them that message?” “If you insist upon it.” “There is no alternative, I assure you.” I saw by the baronet’s clouded brow that he was deeply hurt by what he regarded as our desertion. “When do you desire to go?” he asked coldly. “Immediately after breakfast. We will drive in to Coombe Tracey, but Watson will leave his things as a pledge that he will come back to you. Watson, you will send a note to Stapleton to tell him that you regret that you cannot come.” “I have a good mind to go to London with you,” said the baronet. “Why should I stay here alone?” “Because it is your post of duty. Because you gave me your word that you would do as you were told, and I tell you to stay.” “All right, then, I’ll stay.” “One more direction! I wish you to drive to Merripit House. Send back your trap, however, and let them know that you intend to walk home.” “To walk across the moor?” “Yes.” “But that is the very thing which you have so often cautioned me not to do.” “This time you may do it with safety. If I had not every confidence in your nerve and courage I would not suggest it, but it is essential that you should do it.” “Then I will do it.” “And as you value your life do not go across the moor in any direction save along the straight path which leads from Merripit House to the Grimpen Road, and is your natural way home.” “I will do just what you say.” “Very good. I should be glad to get away as soon after breakfast as possible, so as to reach London in the afternoon.” I was much astounded by this programme, though I remembered that Holmes had said to Stapleton on the night before that his visit would terminate next day. It had not crossed my mind however, that he would wish me to go with him, nor could I understand how we could both be absent at a moment which he himself declared to be critical. There was nothing for it, however, but implicit obedience; so we bade good-bye to our rueful friend, and a couple of hours afterwards we were at the station of Coombe Tracey and had dispatched the trap upon its return journey. A small boy was waiting upon the platform. “Any orders, sir?” “You will take this train to town, Cartwright. The moment you arrive you will send a wire to Sir Henry Baskerville, in my name, to say that if he finds the pocketbook which I have dropped he is to send it by registered post to Baker Street.” “Yes, sir.” “And ask at the station office if there is a message for me.” The boy returned with a telegram, which Holmes handed to me. It ran: Wire received. Coming down with unsigned warrant. Arrive five-forty. Lestrade. “That is in answer to mine of this morning. He is the best of the professionals, I think, and we may need his assistance. Now, Watson, I think that we cannot employ our time better than by calling upon your acquaintance, Mrs. Laura Lyons.” His plan of campaign was beginning to be evident. He would use the baronet in order to convince the Stapletons that we were really gone, while we should actually return at the instant when we were likely to be needed. That telegram from London, if mentioned by Sir Henry to the Stapletons, must remove the last suspicions from their minds. Already I seemed to see our nets drawing closer around that lean-jawed pike. Mrs. Laura Lyons was in her office, and Sherlock Holmes opened his interview with a frankness and directness which considerably amazed her. “I am investigating the circumstances which attended the death of the late Sir Charles Baskerville,” said he. “My friend here, Dr. Watson, has informed me of what you have communicated, and also of what you have withheld in connection with that matter.” “What have I withheld?” she asked defiantly. “You have confessed that you asked Sir Charles to be at the gate at ten o’clock. We know that that was the place and hour of his death. You have withheld what the connection is between these events.” “There is no connection.” “In that case the coincidence must indeed be an extraordinary one. But I think that we shall succeed in establishing a connection, after all. I wish to be perfectly frank with you, Mrs. Lyons. We regard this case as one of murder, and the evidence may implicate not only your friend Mr. Stapleton but his wife as well.” The lady sprang from her chair. “His wife!” she cried. “The fact is no longer a secret. The person who has passed for his sister is really his wife.” Mrs. Lyons had resumed her seat. Her hands were grasping the arms of her chair, and I saw that the pink nails had turned white with the pressure of her grip. “His wife!” she said again. “His wife! He is not a married man.” Sherlock Holmes shrugged his shoulders. “Prove it to me! Prove it to me! And if you can do so—!” The fierce flash of her eyes said more than any words. “I have come prepared to do so,” said Holmes, drawing several papers from his pocket. “Here is a photograph of the couple taken in York four years ago. It is indorsed ‘Mr. and Mrs. Vandeleur,’ but you will have no difficulty in recognizing him, and her also, if you know her by sight. Here are three written descriptions by trustworthy witnesses of Mr. and Mrs. Vandeleur, who at that time kept St. Oliver’s private school. Read them and see if you can doubt the identity of these people.” She glanced at them, and then looked up at us with the set, rigid face of a desperate woman. “Mr. Holmes,” she said, “this man had offered me marriage on condition that I could get a divorce from my husband. He has lied to me, the villain, in every conceivable way. Not one word of truth has he ever told me. And why—why? I imagined that all was for my own sake. But now I see that I was never anything but a tool in his hands. Why should I preserve faith with him who never kept any with me? Why should I try to shield him from the consequences of his own wicked acts? Ask me what you like, and there is nothing which I shall hold back. One thing I swear to you, and that is that when I wrote the letter I never dreamed of any harm to the old gentleman, who had been my kindest friend.” “I entirely believe you, madam,” said Sherlock Holmes. “The recital of these events must be very painful to you, and perhaps it will make it easier if I tell you what occurred, and you can check me if I make any material mistake. The sending of this letter was suggested to you by Stapleton?” “He dictated it.” “I presume that the reason he gave was that you would receive help from Sir Charles for the legal expenses connected with your divorce?” “Exactly.” “And then after you had sent the letter he dissuaded you from keeping the appointment?” “He told me that it would hurt his self-respect that any other man should find the money for such an object, and that though he was a poor man himself he would devote his last penny to removing the obstacles which divided us.” “He appears to be a very consistent character. And then you heard nothing until you read the reports of the death in the paper?” “No.” “And he made you swear to say nothing about your appointment with Sir Charles?” “He did. He said that the death was a very mysterious one, and that I should certainly be suspected if the facts came out. He frightened me into remaining silent.” “Quite so. But you had your suspicions?” She hesitated and looked down. “I knew him,” she said. “But if he had kept faith with me I should always have done so with him.” “I think that on the whole you have had a fortunate escape,” said Sherlock Holmes. “You have had him in your power and he knew it, and yet you are alive. You have been walking for some months very near to the edge of a precipice. We must wish you good-morning now, Mrs. Lyons, and it is probable that you will very shortly hear from us again.” “Our case becomes rounded off, and difficulty after difficulty thins away in front of us,” said Holmes as we stood waiting for the arrival of the express from town. “I shall soon be in the position of being able to put into a single connected narrative one of the most singular and sensational crimes of modern times. Students of criminology will remember the analogous incidents in Godno, in Little Russia, in the year ’66, and of course there are the Anderson murders in North Carolina, but this case possesses some features which are entirely its own. Even now we have no clear case against this very wily man. But I shall be very much surprised if it is not clear enough before we go to bed this night.” The London express came roaring into the station, and a small, wiry bulldog of a man had sprung from a first-class carriage. We all three shook hands, and I saw at once from the reverential way in which Lestrade gazed at my companion that he had learned a good deal since the days when they had first worked together. I could well remember the scorn which the theories of the reasoner used then to excite in the practical man. “Anything good?” he asked. “The biggest thing for years,” said Holmes. “We have two hours before we need think of starting. I think we might employ it in getting some dinner and then, Lestrade, we will take the London fog out of your throat by giving you a breath of the pure night air of Dartmoor. Never been there? Ah, well, I don’t suppose you will forget your first visit.” Chapter 14. The Hound of the Baskervilles One of Sherlock Holmes’s defects—if, indeed, one may call it a defect—was that he was exceedingly loath to communicate his full plans to any other person until the instant of their fulfilment. Partly it came no doubt from his own masterful nature, which loved to dominate and surprise those who were around him. Partly also from his professional caution, which urged him never to take any chances. The result, however, was very trying for those who were acting as his agents and assistants. I had often suffered under it, but never more so than during that long drive in the darkness. The great ordeal was in front of us; at last we were about to make our final effort, and yet Holmes had said nothing, and I could only surmise what his course of action would be. My nerves thrilled with anticipation when at last the cold wind upon our faces and the dark, void spaces on either side of the narrow road told me that we were back upon the moor once again. Every stride of the horses and every turn of the wheels was taking us nearer to our supreme adventure. Our conversation was hampered by the presence of the driver of the hired wagonette, so that we were forced to talk of trivial matters when our nerves were tense with emotion and anticipation. It was a relief to me, after that unnatural restraint, when we at last passed Frankland’s house and knew that we were drawing near to the Hall and to the scene of action. We did not drive up to the door but got down near the gate of the avenue. The wagonette was paid off and ordered to return to Coombe Tracey forthwith, while we started to walk to Merripit House. “Are you armed, Lestrade?” The little detective smiled. “As long as I have my trousers I have a hip-pocket, and as long as I have my hip-pocket I have something in it.” “Good! My friend and I are also ready for emergencies.” “You’re mighty close about this affair, Mr. Holmes. What’s the game now?” “A waiting game.” “My word, it does not seem a very cheerful place,” said the detective with a shiver, glancing round him at the gloomy slopes of the hill and at the huge lake of fog which lay over the Grimpen Mire. “I see the lights of a house ahead of us.” “That is Merripit House and the end of our journey. I must request you to walk on tiptoe and not to talk above a whisper.” We moved cautiously along the track as if we were bound for the house, but Holmes halted us when we were about two hundred yards from it. “This will do,” said he. “These rocks upon the right make an admirable screen.” “We are to wait here?” “Yes, we shall make our little ambush here. Get into this hollow, Lestrade. You have been inside the house, have you not, Watson? Can you tell the position of the rooms? What are those latticed windows at this end?” “I think they are the kitchen windows.” “And the one beyond, which shines so brightly?” “That is certainly the dining-room.” “The blinds are up. You know the lie of the land best. Creep forward quietly and see what they are doing—but for heaven’s sake don’t let them know that they are watched!” I tiptoed down the path and stooped behind the low wall which surrounded the stunted orchard. Creeping in its shadow I reached a point whence I could look straight through the uncurtained window. There were only two men in the room, Sir Henry and Stapleton. They sat with their profiles towards me on either side of the round table. Both of them were smoking cigars, and coffee and wine were in front of them. Stapleton was talking with animation, but the baronet looked pale and distrait. Perhaps the thought of that lonely walk across the ill-omened moor was weighing heavily upon his mind. As I watched them Stapleton rose and left the room, while Sir Henry filled his glass again and leaned back in his chair, puffing at his cigar. I heard the creak of a door and the crisp sound of boots upon gravel. The steps passed along the path on the other side of the wall under which I crouched. Looking over, I saw the naturalist pause at the door of an out-house in the corner of the orchard. A key turned in a lock, and as he passed in there was a curious scuffling noise from within. He was only a minute or so inside, and then I heard the key turn once more and he passed me and reentered the house. I saw him rejoin his guest, and I crept quietly back to where my companions were waiting to tell them what I had seen. “You say, Watson, that the lady is not there?” Holmes asked when I had finished my report. “No.” “Where can she be, then, since there is no light in any other room except the kitchen?” “I cannot think where she is.” I have said that over the great Grimpen Mire there hung a dense, white fog. It was drifting slowly in our direction and banked itself up like a wall on that side of us, low but thick and well defined. The moon shone on it, and it looked like a great shimmering ice-field, with the heads of the distant tors as rocks borne upon its surface. Holmes’s face was turned towards it, and he muttered impatiently as he watched its sluggish drift. “It’s moving towards us, Watson.” “Is that serious?” “Very serious, indeed—the one thing upon earth which could have disarranged my plans. He can’t be very long, now. It is already ten o’clock. Our success and even his life may depend upon his coming out before the fog is over the path.” The night was clear and fine above us. The stars shone cold and bright, while a half-moon bathed the whole scene in a soft, uncertain light. Before us lay the dark bulk of the house, its serrated roof and bristling chimneys hard outlined against the silver-spangled sky. Broad bars of golden light from the lower windows stretched across the orchard and the moor. One of them was suddenly shut off. The servants had left the kitchen. There only remained the lamp in the dining-room where the two men, the murderous host and the unconscious guest, still chatted over their cigars. Every minute that white woolly plain which covered one-half of the moor was drifting closer and closer to the house. Already the first thin wisps of it were curling across the golden square of the lighted window. The farther wall of the orchard was already invisible, and the trees were standing out of a swirl of white vapour. As we watched it the fog-wreaths came crawling round both corners of the house and rolled slowly into one dense bank on which the upper floor and the roof floated like a strange ship upon a shadowy sea. Holmes struck his hand passionately upon the rock in front of us and stamped his feet in his impatience. “If he isn’t out in a quarter of an hour the path will be covered. In half an hour we won’t be able to see our hands in front of us.” “Shall we move farther back upon higher ground?” “Yes, I think it would be as well.” So as the fog-bank flowed onward we fell back before it until we were half a mile from the house, and still that dense white sea, with the moon silvering its upper edge, swept slowly and inexorably on. “We are going too far,” said Holmes. “We dare not take the chance of his being overtaken before he can reach us. At all costs we must hold our ground where we are.” He dropped on his knees and clapped his ear to the ground. “Thank God, I think that I hear him coming.” A sound of quick steps broke the silence of the moor. Crouching among the stones we stared intently at the silver-tipped bank in front of us. The steps grew louder, and through the fog, as through a curtain, there stepped the man whom we were awaiting. He looked round him in surprise as he emerged into the clear, starlit night. Then he came swiftly along the path, passed close to where we lay, and went on up the long slope behind us. As he walked he glanced continually over either shoulder, like a man who is ill at ease. “Hist!” cried Holmes, and I heard the sharp click of a cocking pistol. “Look out! It’s coming!” There was a thin, crisp, continuous patter from somewhere in the heart of that crawling bank. The cloud was within fifty yards of where we lay, and we glared at it, all three, uncertain what horror was about to break from the heart of it. I was at Holmes’s elbow, and I glanced for an instant at his face. It was pale and exultant, his eyes shining brightly in the moonlight. But suddenly they started forward in a rigid, fixed stare, and his lips parted in amazement. At the same instant Lestrade gave a yell of terror and threw himself face downward upon the ground. I sprang to my feet, my inert hand grasping my pistol, my mind paralyzed by the dreadful shape which had sprung out upon us from the shadows of the fog. A hound it was, an enormous coal-black hound, but not such a hound as mortal eyes have ever seen. Fire burst from its open mouth, its eyes glowed with a smouldering glare, its muzzle and hackles and dewlap were outlined in flickering flame. Never in the delirious dream of a disordered brain could anything more savage, more appalling, more hellish be conceived than that dark form and savage face which broke upon us out of the wall of fog. With long bounds the huge black creature was leaping down the track, following hard upon the footsteps of our friend. So paralyzed were we by the apparition that we allowed him to pass before we had recovered our nerve. Then Holmes and I both fired together, and the creature gave a hideous howl, which showed that one at least had hit him. He did not pause, however, but bounded onward. Far away on the path we saw Sir Henry looking back, his face white in the moonlight, his hands raised in horror, glaring helplessly at the frightful thing which was hunting him down. But that cry of pain from the hound had blown all our fears to the winds. If he was vulnerable he was mortal, and if we could wound him we could kill him. Never have I seen a man run as Holmes ran that night. I am reckoned fleet of foot, but he outpaced me as much as I outpaced the little professional. In front of us as we flew up the track we heard scream after scream from Sir Henry and the deep roar of the hound. I was in time to see the beast spring upon its victim, hurl him to the ground, and worry at his throat. But the next instant Holmes had emptied five barrels of his revolver into the creature’s flank. With a last howl of agony and a vicious snap in the air, it rolled upon its back, four feet pawing furiously, and then fell limp upon its side. I stooped, panting, and pressed my pistol to the dreadful, shimmering head, but it was useless to press the trigger. The giant hound was dead. Sir Henry lay insensible where he had fallen. We tore away his collar, and Holmes breathed a prayer of gratitude when we saw that there was no sign of a wound and that the rescue had been in time. Already our friend’s eyelids shivered and he made a feeble effort to move. Lestrade thrust his brandy-flask between the baronet’s teeth, and two frightened eyes were looking up at us. “My God!” he whispered. “What was it? What, in heaven’s name, was it?” “It’s dead, whatever it is,” said Holmes. “We’ve laid the family ghost once and forever.” In mere size and strength it was a terrible creature which was lying stretched before us. It was not a pure bloodhound and it was not a pure mastiff; but it appeared to be a combination of the two—gaunt, savage, and as large as a small lioness. Even now in the stillness of death, the huge jaws seemed to be dripping with a bluish flame and the small, deep-set, cruel eyes were ringed with fire. I placed my hand upon the glowing muzzle, and as I held them up my own fingers smouldered and gleamed in the darkness. “Phosphorus,” I said. “A cunning preparation of it,” said Holmes, sniffing at the dead animal. “There is no smell which might have interfered with his power of scent. We owe you a deep apology, Sir Henry, for having exposed you to this fright. I was prepared for a hound, but not for such a creature as this. And the fog gave us little time to receive him.” “You have saved my life.” “Having first endangered it. Are you strong enough to stand?” “Give me another mouthful of that brandy and I shall be ready for anything. So! Now, if you will help me up. What do you propose to do?” “To leave you here. You are not fit for further adventures tonight. If you will wait, one or other of us will go back with you to the Hall.” He tried to stagger to his feet; but he was still ghastly pale and trembling in every limb. We helped him to a rock, where he sat shivering with his face buried in his hands. “We must leave you now,” said Holmes. “The rest of our work must be done, and every moment is of importance. We have our case, and now we only want our man. “It’s a thousand to one against our finding him at the house,” he continued as we retraced our steps swiftly down the path. “Those shots must have told him that the game was up.” “We were some distance off, and this fog may have deadened them.” “He followed the hound to call him off—of that you may be certain. No, no, he’s gone by this time! But we’ll search the house and make sure.” The front door was open, so we rushed in and hurried from room to room to the amazement of a doddering old manservant, who met us in the passage. There was no light save in the dining-room, but Holmes caught up the lamp and left no corner of the house unexplored. No sign could we see of the man whom we were chasing. On the upper floor, however, one of the bedroom doors was locked. “There’s someone in here,” cried Lestrade. “I can hear a movement. Open this door!” A faint moaning and rustling came from within. Holmes struck the door just over the lock with the flat of his foot and it flew open. Pistol in hand, we all three rushed into the room. But there was no sign within it of that desperate and defiant villain whom we expected to see. Instead we were faced by an object so strange and so unexpected that we stood for a moment staring at it in amazement. The room had been fashioned into a small museum, and the walls were lined by a number of glass-topped cases full of that collection of butterflies and moths the formation of which had been the relaxation of this complex and dangerous man. In the centre of this room there was an upright beam, which had been placed at some period as a support for the old worm-eaten baulk of timber which spanned the roof. To this post a figure was tied, so swathed and muffled in the sheets which had been used to secure it that one could not for the moment tell whether it was that of a man or a woman. One towel passed round the throat and was secured at the back of the pillar. Another covered the lower part of the face, and over it two dark eyes—eyes full of grief and shame and a dreadful questioning—stared back at us. In a minute we had torn off the gag, unswathed the bonds, and Mrs. Stapleton sank upon the floor in front of us. As her beautiful head fell upon her chest I saw the clear red weal of a whiplash across her neck. “The brute!” cried Holmes. “Here, Lestrade, your brandy-bottle! Put her in the chair! She has fainted from ill-usage and exhaustion.” She opened her eyes again. “Is he safe?” she asked. “Has he escaped?” “He cannot escape us, madam.” “No, no, I did not mean my husband. Sir Henry? Is he safe?” “Yes.” “And the hound?” “It is dead.” She gave a long sigh of satisfaction. “Thank God! Thank God! Oh, this villain! See how he has treated me!” She shot her arms out from her sleeves, and we saw with horror that they were all mottled with bruises. “But this is nothing—nothing! It is my mind and soul that he has tortured and defiled. I could endure it all, ill-usage, solitude, a life of deception, everything, as long as I could still cling to the hope that I had his love, but now I know that in this also I have been his dupe and his tool.” She broke into passionate sobbing as she spoke. “You bear him no good will, madam,” said Holmes. “Tell us then where we shall find him. If you have ever aided him in evil, help us now and so atone.” “There is but one place where he can have fled,” she answered. “There is an old tin mine on an island in the heart of the mire. It was there that he kept his hound and there also he had made preparations so that he might have a refuge. That is where he would fly.” The fog-bank lay like white wool against the window. Holmes held the lamp towards it. “See,” said he. “No one could find his way into the Grimpen Mire tonight.” She laughed and clapped her hands. Her eyes and teeth gleamed with fierce merriment. “He may find his way in, but never out,” she cried. “How can he see the guiding wands tonight? We planted them together, he and I, to mark the pathway through the mire. Oh, if I could only have plucked them out today. Then indeed you would have had him at your mercy!” It was evident to us that all pursuit was in vain until the fog had lifted. Meanwhile we left Lestrade in possession of the house while Holmes and I went back with the baronet to Baskerville Hall. The story of the Stapletons could no longer be withheld from him, but he took the blow bravely when he learned the truth about the woman whom he had loved. But the shock of the night’s adventures had shattered his nerves, and before morning he lay delirious in a high fever under the care of Dr. Mortimer. The two of them were destined to travel together round the world before Sir Henry had become once more the hale, hearty man that he had been before he became master of that ill-omened estate. And now I come rapidly to the conclusion of this singular narrative, in which I have tried to make the reader share those dark fears and vague surmises which clouded our lives so long and ended in so tragic a manner. On the morning after the death of the hound the fog had lifted and we were guided by Mrs. Stapleton to the point where they had found a pathway through the bog. It helped us to realise the horror of this woman’s life when we saw the eagerness and joy with which she laid us on her husband’s track. We left her standing upon the thin peninsula of firm, peaty soil which tapered out into the widespread bog. From the end of it a small wand planted here and there showed where the path zigzagged from tuft to tuft of rushes among those green-scummed pits and foul quagmires which barred the way to the stranger. Rank reeds and lush, slimy water-plants sent an odour of decay and a heavy miasmatic vapour onto our faces, while a false step plunged us more than once thigh-deep into the dark, quivering mire, which shook for yards in soft undulations around our feet. Its tenacious grip plucked at our heels as we walked, and when we sank into it it was as if some malignant hand was tugging us down into those obscene depths, so grim and purposeful was the clutch in which it held us. Once only we saw a trace that someone had passed that perilous way before us. From amid a tuft of cotton grass which bore it up out of the slime some dark thing was projecting. Holmes sank to his waist as he stepped from the path to seize it, and had we not been there to drag him out he could never have set his foot upon firm land again. He held an old black boot in the air. “Meyers, Toronto,” was printed on the leather inside. “It is worth a mud bath,” said he. “It is our friend Sir Henry’s missing boot.” “Thrown there by Stapleton in his flight.” “Exactly. He retained it in his hand after using it to set the hound upon the track. He fled when he knew the game was up, still clutching it. And he hurled it away at this point of his flight. We know at least that he came so far in safety.” But more than that we were never destined to know, though there was much which we might surmise. There was no chance of finding footsteps in the mire, for the rising mud oozed swiftly in upon them, but as we at last reached firmer ground beyond the morass we all looked eagerly for them. But no slightest sign of them ever met our eyes. If the earth told a true story, then Stapleton never reached that island of refuge towards which he struggled through the fog upon that last night. Somewhere in the heart of the great Grimpen Mire, down in the foul slime of the huge morass which had sucked him in, this cold and cruel-hearted man is forever buried. Many traces we found of him in the bog-girt island where he had hid his savage ally. A huge driving-wheel and a shaft half-filled with rubbish showed the position of an abandoned mine. Beside it were the crumbling remains of the cottages of the miners, driven away no doubt by the foul reek of the surrounding swamp. In one of these a staple and chain with a quantity of gnawed bones showed where the animal had been confined. A skeleton with a tangle of brown hair adhering to it lay among the _débris_. “A dog!” said Holmes. “By Jove, a curly-haired spaniel. Poor Mortimer will never see his pet again. Well, I do not know that this place contains any secret which we have not already fathomed. He could hide his hound, but he could not hush its voice, and hence came those cries which even in daylight were not pleasant to hear. On an emergency he could keep the hound in the out-house at Merripit, but it was always a risk, and it was only on the supreme day, which he regarded as the end of all his efforts, that he dared do it. This paste in the tin is no doubt the luminous mixture with which the creature was daubed. It was suggested, of course, by the story of the family hell-hound, and by the desire to frighten old Sir Charles to death. No wonder the poor devil of a convict ran and screamed, even as our friend did, and as we ourselves might have done, when he saw such a creature bounding through the darkness of the moor upon his track. It was a cunning device, for, apart from the chance of driving your victim to his death, what peasant would venture to inquire too closely into such a creature should he get sight of it, as many have done, upon the moor? I said it in London, Watson, and I say it again now, that never yet have we helped to hunt down a more dangerous man than he who is lying yonder”—he swept his long arm towards the huge mottled expanse of green-splotched bog which stretched away until it merged into the russet slopes of the moor. Chapter 15. A Retrospection It was the end of November, and Holmes and I sat, upon a raw and foggy night, on either side of a blazing fire in our sitting-room in Baker Street. Since the tragic upshot of our visit to Devonshire he had been engaged in two affairs of the utmost importance, in the first of which he had exposed the atrocious conduct of Colonel Upwood in connection with the famous card scandal of the Nonpareil Club, while in the second he had defended the unfortunate Mme. Montpensier from the charge of murder which hung over her in connection with the death of her step-daughter, Mlle. Carére, the young lady who, as it will be remembered, was found six months later alive and married in New York. My friend was in excellent spirits over the success which had attended a succession of difficult and important cases, so that I was able to induce him to discuss the details of the Baskerville mystery. I had waited patiently for the opportunity for I was aware that he would never permit cases to overlap, and that his clear and logical mind would not be drawn from its present work to dwell upon memories of the past. Sir Henry and Dr. Mortimer were, however, in London, on their way to that long voyage which had been recommended for the restoration of his shattered nerves. They had called upon us that very afternoon, so that it was natural that the subject should come up for discussion. “The whole course of events,” said Holmes, “from the point of view of the man who called himself Stapleton was simple and direct, although to us, who had no means in the beginning of knowing the motives of his actions and could only learn part of the facts, it all appeared exceedingly complex. I have had the advantage of two conversations with Mrs. Stapleton, and the case has now been so entirely cleared up that I am not aware that there is anything which has remained a secret to us. You will find a few notes upon the matter under the heading B in my indexed list of cases.” “Perhaps you would kindly give me a sketch of the course of events from memory.” “Certainly, though I cannot guarantee that I carry all the facts in my mind. Intense mental concentration has a curious way of blotting out what has passed. The barrister who has his case at his fingers’ ends and is able to argue with an expert upon his own subject finds that a week or two of the courts will drive it all out of his head once more. So each of my cases displaces the last, and Mlle. Carére has blurred my recollection of Baskerville Hall. Tomorrow some other little problem may be submitted to my notice which will in turn dispossess the fair French lady and the infamous Upwood. So far as the case of the hound goes, however, I will give you the course of events as nearly as I can, and you will suggest anything which I may have forgotten. “My inquiries show beyond all question that the family portrait did not lie, and that this fellow was indeed a Baskerville. He was a son of that Rodger Baskerville, the younger brother of Sir Charles, who fled with a sinister reputation to South America, where he was said to have died unmarried. He did, as a matter of fact, marry, and had one child, this fellow, whose real name is the same as his father’s. He married Beryl Garcia, one of the beauties of Costa Rica, and, having purloined a considerable sum of public money, he changed his name to Vandeleur and fled to England, where he established a school in the east of Yorkshire. His reason for attempting this special line of business was that he had struck up an acquaintance with a consumptive tutor upon the voyage home, and that he had used this man’s ability to make the undertaking a success. Fraser, the tutor, died however, and the school which had begun well sank from disrepute into infamy. The Vandeleurs found it convenient to change their name to Stapleton, and he brought the remains of his fortune, his schemes for the future, and his taste for entomology to the south of England. I learned at the British Museum that he was a recognized authority upon the subject, and that the name of Vandeleur has been permanently attached to a certain moth which he had, in his Yorkshire days, been the first to describe. “We now come to that portion of his life which has proved to be of such intense interest to us. The fellow had evidently made inquiry and found that only two lives intervened between him and a valuable estate. When he went to Devonshire his plans were, I believe, exceedingly hazy, but that he meant mischief from the first is evident from the way in which he took his wife with him in the character of his sister. The idea of using her as a decoy was clearly already in his mind, though he may not have been certain how the details of his plot were to be arranged. He meant in the end to have the estate, and he was ready to use any tool or run any risk for that end. His first act was to establish himself as near to his ancestral home as he could, and his second was to cultivate a friendship with Sir Charles Baskerville and with the neighbours. “The baronet himself told him about the family hound, and so prepared the way for his own death. Stapleton, as I will continue to call him, knew that the old man’s heart was weak and that a shock would kill him. So much he had learned from Dr. Mortimer. He had heard also that Sir Charles was superstitious and had taken this grim legend very seriously. His ingenious mind instantly suggested a way by which the baronet could be done to death, and yet it would be hardly possible to bring home the guilt to the real murderer. “Having conceived the idea he proceeded to carry it out with considerable finesse. An ordinary schemer would have been content to work with a savage hound. The use of artificial means to make the creature diabolical was a flash of genius upon his part. The dog he bought in London from Ross and Mangles, the dealers in Fulham Road. It was the strongest and most savage in their possession. He brought it down by the North Devon line and walked a great distance over the moor so as to get it home without exciting any remarks. He had already on his insect hunts learned to penetrate the Grimpen Mire, and so had found a safe hiding-place for the creature. Here he kennelled it and waited his chance. “But it was some time coming. The old gentleman could not be decoyed outside of his grounds at night. Several times Stapleton lurked about with his hound, but without avail. It was during these fruitless quests that he, or rather his ally, was seen by peasants, and that the legend of the demon dog received a new confirmation. He had hoped that his wife might lure Sir Charles to his ruin, but here she proved unexpectedly independent. She would not endeavour to entangle the old gentleman in a sentimental attachment which might deliver him over to his enemy. Threats and even, I am sorry to say, blows refused to move her. She would have nothing to do with it, and for a time Stapleton was at a deadlock. “He found a way out of his difficulties through the chance that Sir Charles, who had conceived a friendship for him, made him the minister of his charity in the case of this unfortunate woman, Mrs. Laura Lyons. By representing himself as a single man he acquired complete influence over her, and he gave her to understand that in the event of her obtaining a divorce from her husband he would marry her. His plans were suddenly brought to a head by his knowledge that Sir Charles was about to leave the Hall on the advice of Dr. Mortimer, with whose opinion he himself pretended to coincide. He must act at once, or his victim might get beyond his power. He therefore put pressure upon Mrs. Lyons to write this letter, imploring the old man to give her an interview on the evening before his departure for London. He then, by a specious argument, prevented her from going, and so had the chance for which he had waited. “Driving back in the evening from Coombe Tracey he was in time to get his hound, to treat it with his infernal paint, and to bring the beast round to the gate at which he had reason to expect that he would find the old gentleman waiting. The dog, incited by its master, sprang over the wicket-gate and pursued the unfortunate baronet, who fled screaming down the yew alley. In that gloomy tunnel it must indeed have been a dreadful sight to see that huge black creature, with its flaming jaws and blazing eyes, bounding after its victim. He fell dead at the end of the alley from heart disease and terror. The hound had kept upon the grassy border while the baronet had run down the path, so that no track but the man’s was visible. On seeing him lying still the creature had probably approached to sniff at him, but finding him dead had turned away again. It was then that it left the print which was actually observed by Dr. Mortimer. The hound was called off and hurried away to its lair in the Grimpen Mire, and a mystery was left which puzzled the authorities, alarmed the countryside, and finally brought the case within the scope of our observation. “So much for the death of Sir Charles Baskerville. You perceive the devilish cunning of it, for really it would be almost impossible to make a case against the real murderer. His only accomplice was one who could never give him away, and the grotesque, inconceivable nature of the device only served to make it more effective. Both of the women concerned in the case, Mrs. Stapleton and Mrs. Laura Lyons, were left with a strong suspicion against Stapleton. Mrs. Stapleton knew that he had designs upon the old man, and also of the existence of the hound. Mrs. Lyons knew neither of these things, but had been impressed by the death occurring at the time of an uncancelled appointment which was only known to him. However, both of them were under his influence, and he had nothing to fear from them. The first half of his task was successfully accomplished but the more difficult still remained. “It is possible that Stapleton did not know of the existence of an heir in Canada. In any case he would very soon learn it from his friend Dr. Mortimer, and he was told by the latter all details about the arrival of Henry Baskerville. Stapleton’s first idea was that this young stranger from Canada might possibly be done to death in London without coming down to Devonshire at all. He distrusted his wife ever since she had refused to help him in laying a trap for the old man, and he dared not leave her long out of his sight for fear he should lose his influence over her. It was for this reason that he took her to London with him. They lodged, I find, at the Mexborough Private Hotel, in Craven Street, which was actually one of those called upon by my agent in search of evidence. Here he kept his wife imprisoned in her room while he, disguised in a beard, followed Dr. Mortimer to Baker Street and afterwards to the station and to the Northumberland Hotel. His wife had some inkling of his plans; but she had such a fear of her husband—a fear founded upon brutal ill-treatment—that she dare not write to warn the man whom she knew to be in danger. If the letter should fall into Stapleton’s hands her own life would not be safe. Eventually, as we know, she adopted the expedient of cutting out the words which would form the message, and addressing the letter in a disguised hand. It reached the baronet, and gave him the first warning of his danger. “It was very essential for Stapleton to get some article of Sir Henry’s attire so that, in case he was driven to use the dog, he might always have the means of setting him upon his track. With characteristic promptness and audacity he set about this at once, and we cannot doubt that the boots or chamber-maid of the hotel was well bribed to help him in his design. By chance, however, the first boot which was procured for him was a new one and, therefore, useless for his purpose. He then had it returned and obtained another—a most instructive incident, since it proved conclusively to my mind that we were dealing with a real hound, as no other supposition could explain this anxiety to obtain an old boot and this indifference to a new one. The more _outré_ and grotesque an incident is the more carefully it deserves to be examined, and the very point which appears to complicate a case is, when duly considered and scientifically handled, the one which is most likely to elucidate it. “Then we had the visit from our friends next morning, shadowed always by Stapleton in the cab. From his knowledge of our rooms and of my appearance, as well as from his general conduct, I am inclined to think that Stapleton’s career of crime has been by no means limited to this single Baskerville affair. It is suggestive that during the last three years there have been four considerable burglaries in the west country, for none of which was any criminal ever arrested. The last of these, at Folkestone Court, in May, was remarkable for the cold-blooded pistolling of the page, who surprised the masked and solitary burglar. I cannot doubt that Stapleton recruited his waning resources in this fashion, and that for years he has been a desperate and dangerous man. “We had an example of his readiness of resource that morning when he got away from us so successfully, and also of his audacity in sending back my own name to me through the cabman. From that moment he understood that I had taken over the case in London, and that therefore there was no chance for him there. He returned to Dartmoor and awaited the arrival of the baronet.” “One moment!” said I. “You have, no doubt, described the sequence of events correctly, but there is one point which you have left unexplained. What became of the hound when its master was in London?” “I have given some attention to this matter and it is undoubtedly of importance. There can be no question that Stapleton had a confidant, though it is unlikely that he ever placed himself in his power by sharing all his plans with him. There was an old manservant at Merripit House, whose name was Anthony. His connection with the Stapletons can be traced for several years, as far back as the school-mastering days, so that he must have been aware that his master and mistress were really husband and wife. This man has disappeared and has escaped from the country. It is suggestive that Anthony is not a common name in England, while Antonio is so in all Spanish or Spanish-American countries. The man, like Mrs. Stapleton herself, spoke good English, but with a curious lisping accent. I have myself seen this old man cross the Grimpen Mire by the path which Stapleton had marked out. It is very probable, therefore, that in the absence of his master it was he who cared for the hound, though he may never have known the purpose for which the beast was used. “The Stapletons then went down to Devonshire, whither they were soon followed by Sir Henry and you. One word now as to how I stood myself at that time. It may possibly recur to your memory that when I examined the paper upon which the printed words were fastened I made a close inspection for the water-mark. In doing so I held it within a few inches of my eyes, and was conscious of a faint smell of the scent known as white jessamine. There are seventy-five perfumes, which it is very necessary that a criminal expert should be able to distinguish from each other, and cases have more than once within my own experience depended upon their prompt recognition. The scent suggested the presence of a lady, and already my thoughts began to turn towards the Stapletons. Thus I had made certain of the hound, and had guessed at the criminal before ever we went to the west country. “It was my game to watch Stapleton. It was evident, however, that I could not do this if I were with you, since he would be keenly on his guard. I deceived everybody, therefore, yourself included, and I came down secretly when I was supposed to be in London. My hardships were not so great as you imagined, though such trifling details must never interfere with the investigation of a case. I stayed for the most part at Coombe Tracey, and only used the hut upon the moor when it was necessary to be near the scene of action. Cartwright had come down with me, and in his disguise as a country boy he was of great assistance to me. I was dependent upon him for food and clean linen. When I was watching Stapleton, Cartwright was frequently watching you, so that I was able to keep my hand upon all the strings. “I have already told you that your reports reached me rapidly, being forwarded instantly from Baker Street to Coombe Tracey. They were of great service to me, and especially that one incidentally truthful piece of biography of Stapleton’s. I was able to establish the identity of the man and the woman and knew at last exactly how I stood. The case had been considerably complicated through the incident of the escaped convict and the relations between him and the Barrymores. This also you cleared up in a very effective way, though I had already come to the same conclusions from my own observations. “By the time that you discovered me upon the moor I had a complete knowledge of the whole business, but I had not a case which could go to a jury. Even Stapleton’s attempt upon Sir Henry that night which ended in the death of the unfortunate convict did not help us much in proving murder against our man. There seemed to be no alternative but to catch him red-handed, and to do so we had to use Sir Henry, alone and apparently unprotected, as a bait. We did so, and at the cost of a severe shock to our client we succeeded in completing our case and driving Stapleton to his destruction. That Sir Henry should have been exposed to this is, I must confess, a reproach to my management of the case, but we had no means of foreseeing the terrible and paralyzing spectacle which the beast presented, nor could we predict the fog which enabled him to burst upon us at such short notice. We succeeded in our object at a cost which both the specialist and Dr. Mortimer assure me will be a temporary one. A long journey may enable our friend to recover not only from his shattered nerves but also from his wounded feelings. His love for the lady was deep and sincere, and to him the saddest part of all this black business was that he should have been deceived by her. “It only remains to indicate the part which she had played throughout. There can be no doubt that Stapleton exercised an influence over her which may have been love or may have been fear, or very possibly both, since they are by no means incompatible emotions. It was, at least, absolutely effective. At his command she consented to pass as his sister, though he found the limits of his power over her when he endeavoured to make her the direct accessory to murder. She was ready to warn Sir Henry so far as she could without implicating her husband, and again and again she tried to do so. Stapleton himself seems to have been capable of jealousy, and when he saw the baronet paying court to the lady, even though it was part of his own plan, still he could not help interrupting with a passionate outburst which revealed the fiery soul which his self-contained manner so cleverly concealed. By encouraging the intimacy he made it certain that Sir Henry would frequently come to Merripit House and that he would sooner or later get the opportunity which he desired. On the day of the crisis, however, his wife turned suddenly against him. She had learned something of the death of the convict, and she knew that the hound was being kept in the outhouse on the evening that Sir Henry was coming to dinner. She taxed her husband with his intended crime, and a furious scene followed in which he showed her for the first time that she had a rival in his love. Her fidelity turned in an instant to bitter hatred, and he saw that she would betray him. He tied her up, therefore, that she might have no chance of warning Sir Henry, and he hoped, no doubt, that when the whole countryside put down the baronet’s death to the curse of his family, as they certainly would do, he could win his wife back to accept an accomplished fact and to keep silent upon what she knew. In this I fancy that in any case he made a miscalculation, and that, if we had not been there, his doom would none the less have been sealed. A woman of Spanish blood does not condone such an injury so lightly. And now, my dear Watson, without referring to my notes, I cannot give you a more detailed account of this curious case. I do not know that anything essential has been left unexplained.” “He could not hope to frighten Sir Henry to death as he had done the old uncle with his bogie hound.” “The beast was savage and half-starved. If its appearance did not frighten its victim to death, at least it would paralyze the resistance which might be offered.” “No doubt. There only remains one difficulty. If Stapleton came into the succession, how could he explain the fact that he, the heir, had been living unannounced under another name so close to the property? How could he claim it without causing suspicion and inquiry?” “It is a formidable difficulty, and I fear that you ask too much when you expect me to solve it. The past and the present are within the field of my inquiry, but what a man may do in the future is a hard question to answer. Mrs. Stapleton has heard her husband discuss the problem on several occasions. There were three possible courses. He might claim the property from South America, establish his identity before the British authorities there and so obtain the fortune without ever coming to England at all, or he might adopt an elaborate disguise during the short time that he need be in London; or, again, he might furnish an accomplice with the proofs and papers, putting him in as heir, and retaining a claim upon some proportion of his income. We cannot doubt from what we know of him that he would have found some way out of the difficulty. And now, my dear Watson, we have had some weeks of severe work, and for one evening, I think, we may turn our thoughts into more pleasant channels. I have a box for _Les Huguenots_. Have you heard the De Reszkes? Might I trouble you then to be ready in half an hour, and we can stop at Marcini’s for a little dinner on the way?” THE END *** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 2852 ***

Chaptero 1 Mro. Sherlock Holmes Chaptero 2 Le Curse ofo le Baskervilles Chaptero 3 Le Problemo Chaptero 4 Siro Henrio Baskerville Chaptero 5 Threo Brokeno Threadso Chaptero 6 Baskerville Hallo Chaptero 7 Le Stapletons ofo Merripit Domo Chaptero 8 Firsto Reporto ofo Dro. Watson Chaptero 9 Le Lighto upono le Moor [Secondo Reporto ofo Dro. Watson] Chaptero 10 Extract de le Diario ofo Dro. Watson Chaptero 11 Le Viro su le Tor Chaptero 12 Deatho su le Moor Chaptero 13 Fixando le Nets Chaptero 14 Le Hound ofo le Baskervilles Chaptero 15 Un Retrospection Chaptero 1. Mro. Sherlock Holmes Mro. Sherlock Holmes, whoo waso usualmente verio lato in le mornings, savo upono thoso non infrequent occasions wheno illo waso upo allo nocto, waso seated ad le breakfasto tablo. Me stva upono le hearth-rug e picked upo le sticko whicho nose visitero hado lefto behindo illo le nocto beforo. Illo waso un fino, thicko pieco ofo woodo, bulbous-headed, ofo le sorto whicho iso knowno aso un “Penang lawyero.” Justo undero le heado waso un broado silvero bando nearmente un incho acrosso. “To Jameso Mortimer, M.R.C.S., de illoe friendso ofo le C.C.H.,” waso engraved upono illo, con le dato “1884.” Illo waso justo sucho un sticko aso le old-fashioned familio practitioner usedo a carry—dignified, solido, e reassurando. “Well, Watson, whato dooa tu makoa ofo illo?” Holmes waso sittando con illoe backo a me, e Me hado giveno illo noo signo ofo mie occupatiano. “How dido tu knowoa whato Me waso doando? Me believoa tu havoa eyeso in le backo ofo tue heado.” “I havoa, ad leasto, un well-polished, silver-plated coffee-pot in fronto ofo me,” saido illo. “But, telloa me, Watson, whato dooa tu makoa ofo nose visitor’s sticko? Sinco nos havoa beeno soo unfortunate aso a misso illo e havoa noo notion ofo illoe errand, thiso accidental souvenir becomeso ofo importanco. Letoa me hearoa tu reconstruct le viro per un examinatiano ofo illo.” “I thinkoa,” saido Me, followando aso faro aso Me couldo le methodso ofo mie companion, “that Dro. Mortimer iso un successfulo, eldermente medicalo viro, well-esteemed sinco thoso whoo knowoa illo givoa illo thiso marko ofo illose appreciation.” “Good!” saido Holmes. “Excellent!” “I thinkoa alsoo que le probability iso in favour ofo illoe beando un patrio practitioner whoo doeso un greato dealo ofo illoe visitando su footo.” “Why soo?” “Because thiso sticko, thougho originalmente un verio handsome oneo haso beeno soo knocked abouto que Me cano hardmente imagino un towno practitioner carryando illo. Le thick-iron ferrule iso worn downo, soo illo iso evident que illo haso dono un greato amounto ofo walkando con illo.” “Perfectly soundo!” saido Holmes. “And theno againo, thero iso le ‘friends ofo le C.C.H.’ Me shouldo guesso que a beoa le Somethando Hunto, le localo hunto a whoso memberso illo haso possibmente giveno somo surgical assistanco, e whicho haso mado illo un parve presentatiano in returno.” “Really, Watson, tu excelo yourselfo,” saido Holmes, pushando backo illoe chairo e lightando un cigarette. “I amo boundo a sayoa que in allo le accountso whicho tu havoa beeno soo bone aso a givoa ofo mie owno parve achievements tu havoa habitualmente underrated tue owno abilities. Illo mayo beoa que tu areo non yourselfo luminous, sed tu areo un conductor ofo lighto. Somo peoplo withouto possessando genius havoa un remarkable powero ofo stimulatando illo. Me confess, mie dearo fellowo, que Me amo verio mucho in tue debto.” Illo hado nevero saido aso mucho beforo, e Me musto admit que illoe wordso gavo me keen pleasuro, pro Me hado ofteno beeno piqued per illoe indifference a mie admiration e a le attempts whicho Me hado mado a givoa publicity a illoe methodso. Me waso proudo, tooo, a thinkoa que Me hado soo faro mastered illoe systemo aso a appmente illo in un wayo whicho earned illoe approvalo. Illo nowo tooko le sticko de mie handso e examined illo pro un fewo minuteso con illoe nakedo eyeso. Theno con un expressiono ofo interesto illo laido downo illoe cigarette, e carryando le cane a le windowo, illo lookedo overo illo againo con un convex lenso. “Interesting, thougho elementario,” saido illo aso illo returnedo a illoe favourito cornero ofo le settee. “There areo certainmente oneo o twoo indications upono le sticko. Illo giveso nos le basiso pro severalo deductions.” “Has anythando escaped me?” Me askedo con somo self-importance. “I trusto que thero iso nothando ofo consequence whicho Me havoa overlooked?” “I amo afraid, mie dearo Watson, que mosto ofo tue conclusions wero erroneous. Wheno Me saido que tu stimulated me Me meanto, a beoa franko, que in notando tue fallacies Me waso occasionalmente guided towardso le trutho. Non que tu areo entiremente wrongo in thiso instanco. Le viro iso certainmente un patrio practitioner. E illo walks un bone dealo.” “Then Me waso dextro.” “To que extento.” “But que waso allo.” “No, noo, mie dearo Watson, non all—by noo meanso allo. Me wouldo suggesto, pro examplo, que un presentatiano a un doctero iso moro likemente a comoa de un hospitalo thano de un hunto, e que wheno le initials ‘C.C.’ areo placedo beforo que hospitalo le wordso ‘Charing Cross’ verio naturalmente suggesto themselveso.” “You mayo beoa dextro.” “The probability lieso in que directiano. E ifo nos takoa thiso aso un workando hypothesis nos havoa un fresho basiso de whicho a startoa nose constructiano ofo thiso unknowno visitero.” “Well, theno, supposando que ‘C.C.H.’ doeso standoa pro ‘Charing Crosso Hospitalo,’ whato furthero inferences mayo nos drawo?” “Do nono suggesto themselveso? Tu knowoa mie methodso. Appmente illos!” “I cano onmente thinkoa ofo le obviouso conclusiono que le viro haso practised in towno beforo goando a le patrio.” “I thinkoa que nos mighto venturo un littlo farther thano thiso. Lookoa ad illo in thiso lighto. Su whato occasion wouldo illo beoa mosto probable que sucho un presentatiano wouldo beoa mado? Wheno wouldo illoe friendso unite a givoa illo un pledge ofo illose bone ? Obviousmente ad le momento wheno Dro. Mortimer withdrew de le servico ofo le hospitalo in ordero a startora un practico pro himselfo. Nos knowoa thero haso beeno un presentatiano. Nos believoa thero haso beeno un changoa de un towno hospitalo a un patrio practico. Iso illo, theno, stretchando nose inference tooo faro a sayoa que le presentatiano waso su le occasion ofo le changoa?” “It certainmente seemso probable.” “Now, tu observe que illo couldo non havora beeno su le _staff_ ofo le hospitalo, sinco onmente un viro well-established in un Londono practico couldo holdoa sucho un positiano, e sucho un oneo wouldo non drift intoo le patrio. Whato waso illo, theno? Ifo illo waso in le hospitalo e yeto non su le staffo illo couldo onmente havoa beeno un house-surgeon o un house-physician—little moro thano un seniero studento. E illo lefto fivo yearso ago—the dato iso su le sticko. Soo tue grave, middle-aged familio practitioner vanishes intoo thino airo, mie dearo Watson, e thero emerges un youngo fellowo undero thirty, amiable, unambitious, absent-minded, e le possessor ofo un favourito dogo, whicho Me shouldo describo roughmente aso beando largero thano un terrier e smallero thano un mastiff.” Me laughed incredulousmente aso Sherlock Holmes leaned backo in illoe settee e blew littlo waverando ringso ofo smoko upo a le ceilando. “As a le lattero parto, Me havoa noo meanso ofo checkando tu,” saido Me, “but ad leasto illo iso non difficulto a findoa outo un fewo particulars abouto le man’s ageo e professionalo careero.” De mie parve medicalo shelf Me tooko downo le Medicalo Directorio e turnedo upo le nomino. Thero wero severalo Mortimers, sed onmente oneo whoo couldo beoa nose visitero. Me reado illoe recordo aloud. “Mortimer, Jameso, M.R.C.S., 1882, Grimpen, Dartmoor, Devon. House-surgeon, de 1882 a 1884, ad Charando Crosso Hospitalo. Winnero ofo le Jacksono prizo pro Comparative Pathology, con essay entitledo ‘Is Diseaso un Reversion?’ Correspondando membero ofo le Swedish Pathological Societio. Authero ofo ‘Some Freaks ofo Atavism’ (_Lancet_ 1882). ‘Do Nos Progresso?’ (_Journal ofo Psychology_, Marcho, 1883). Medicalo Officero pro le parishes ofo Grimpen, Thorsley, e Alte Barrow.” “No mentiano ofo que localo hunto, Watson,” saido Holmes con un mischievous smilo, “but un patrio doctero, aso tu verio astutemente observedo. Me thinkoa que Me amo fairmente justified in mie inferences. Aso a le adjectives, Me saido, ifo Me remembero dextro, amiable, unambitious, e absent-minded. Illo iso mie experienco que illo iso onmente un amiable viro in thiso mundo whoo receives testimonialso, onmente un unambitious oneo whoo abandons un Londono careero pro le patrio, e onmente un absent-minded oneo whoo leaveso illoe sticko e non illoe visiting-card aftero waitando un houro in tue roomo.” “And le dogo?” “Has beeno in le habit ofo carryando thiso sticko behindo illoe mastero. Beando un heavio sticko le dogo haso heldo illo tightmente per le middlo, e le markso ofo illoe teeth areo verio plainmente visiblo. Le dog’s jaw, aso showno in le spaco betweeno theso markso, iso tooo broado in mie opiniono pro un terrier e non broado enougho pro un mastiff. Illo mayo havoa been—yes, per Jove, illo _is_ un curly-haired spaniel.” Illo hado risen e paced le roomo aso illo spoke. Nowo illo halted in le recess ofo le windowo. Thero waso sucho un rando ofo conviction in illoe voico que Me glanced upo in surpriso. “My dearo fellowo, howo cano tu possibmente beoa soo suro ofo que?” “For le verio simplo reasono que Me seeoa le dogo himselfo su nose verio door-step, e thero iso le rando ofo illoe ownero. Don’t movoa, Me beg tu, Watson. Illo iso un professionalo brothero ofo yourso, e tue presenco mayo beoa ofo assistanco a me. Nowo iso le dramatic momento ofo fate, Watson, wheno tu hearoa un stepo upono le stair whicho iso walkando intoo tue lifo, e tu knowoa non whethero pro bone o illo. Whato doeso Dro. Jameso Mortimer, le viro ofo scienco, askoa ofo Sherlock Holmes, le specialisto in crimo? Comoa in!” Le appearanco ofo nose visitero waso un surpriso a me, sinco Me hado expectedo un typicalo patrio practitioner. Illo waso un verio tallo, thino viro, con un longe nose likoa un beak, whicho jutted outo betweeno twoo keen, greio eyeso, setoa closemente togethero e sparklando brightmente de behindo un pairo ofo gold-rimmed glasseso. Illo waso clad in un professionalo sed rathero slovenmente fashiono, pro illoe frock-coat waso dingy e illoe trousers frayed. Thougho youngo, illoe longe backo waso alreadio bowed, e illo walked con un forwardo thrust ofo illoe heado e un generalo airo ofo peerando benevolence. Aso illo enteredo illoe eyeso fello upono le sticko in Holmes’s hando, e illo rano towardso illo con un exclamation ofo joyo. “I amo soo verio glado,” saido illo. “I waso non suro whethero Me hado lefto illo hero o in le Shippando Offico. Me wouldo non losoa que sticko pro le mundo.” “A presentatiano, Me seeoa,” saido Holmes. “Yes, siro.” “From Charando Crosso Hospitalo?” “From oneo o twoo friendso thero su le occasion ofo mie marriago.” “Dear, dearo, that’s male!” saido Holmes, shakando illoe heado. Dro. Mortimer blinked througho illoe glasseso in mild astonishment. “Why waso illo male?” “Only que tu havoa disarranged nose littlo deductions. Tue marriago, tu sayoa?” “Yes, siro. Me marriedo, e soo lefto le hospitalo, e con illo allo hopes ofo un consultando practico. Illo waso necessario a makoa un homo ofo mie owno.” “Come, comoa, nos areo non soo faro wrongo, aftero allo,” saido Holmes. “And nowo, Dro. Jameso Mortimer—” “Mister, siro, Mister—a humble M.R.C.S.” “And un viro ofo precise mindo, evidentmente.” “A dabbler in scienco, Mro. Holmes, un picker upo ofo shells su le shores ofo le greato unknowno oceano. Me presume que illo iso Mro. Sherlock Holmes whomo Me amo addressando e not—” “No, thiso iso mie amico Dro. Watson.” “Glad a meetoa tu, siro. Me havoa heardo tue nomino mentionedo in connectiano con que ofo tue amico. Tu interesto me verio mucho, Mro. Holmes. Me hado hardmente expectedo soo dolichocephalic un skull o sucho well-marked supra-orbital developmento. Wouldo tu havoa anyo objection a mie runnando mie fingero alongo tue parietal fissure? Un casto ofo tue skull, siro, untilo le originalo iso availablo, wouldo beoa un ornament a anyo anthropological museumo. Illo iso non mie intention a beoa fulsome, sed Me confess que Me covet tue skull.” Sherlock Holmes waved nose strango visitero intoo un chairo. “You areo un enthusiast in tue lino ofo thoughto, Me perceive, siro, aso Me amo in mino,” saido illo. “I observe de tue forefinger que tu makoa tue owno cigarettes. Havoa noo hesitation in lightando oneo.” Le viro drew outo papero e tobaccoo e twirled le oneo upo in le othero con surprisando dexterity. Illo hado longe, quiverando fingers aso agile e restless aso le antennæ ofo un insect. Holmes waso silent, sed illoe littlo dartando glances showedo me le interesto whicho illo tooko in nose curious companion. “I presume, siro,” saido illo ad lasto, “that illo waso non meremente pro le purposo ofo examinando mie skull que tu havoa dono me le honour a calloa hero lasto nocto e againo todaio?” “No, siro, noo; thougho Me amo felice a havoa hado le opportunitato ofo doando que aso wello. Me camo a tu, Mro. Holmes, becauso Me recognizedo que Me amo myselfo un unpractical viro e becauso Me amo suddenmente confronted con un mosto seriouso e extraordinary problemo. Recognizando, aso Me dooa, que tu areo le secondo highesto experto in Europe—” “Indeed, siro! Mayo Me inquire whoo haso le honour a beoa le firsto?” askedo Holmes con somo asperity. “To le viro ofo precisemente scientifico mindo le laboroa ofo Monsieur Bertillon musto alwayso appealo strongmente.” “Then hado tu non bettero consult illo?” “I saido, siro, a le precisemente scientifico mindo. Sed aso un practicalo viro ofo affairso illo iso acknowledged que tu standoa alono. Me trusto, siro, que Me havoa non inadvertently—” “Just un littlo,” saido Holmes. “I thinkoa, Dro. Mortimer, tu wouldo dooa wisemente ifo withouto moro ado tu wouldo kindmente telloa me plainmente whato le exacto naturo ofo le problemo iso in whicho tu demando mie assistanco.” Chaptero 2. Le Curse ofo le Baskervilles “I havoa in mie pocketo un manuscript,” saido Dro. Jameso Mortimer. “I observedo illo aso tu enteredo le roomo,” saido Holmes. “It iso un vetere manuscript.” “Early eighteenth centurio, unlesso illo iso un forgery.” “How cano tu sayoa que, siro?” “You havoa presentedo un incho o twoo ofo illo a mie examinatiano allo le tempo que tu havoa beeno talkando. Illo wouldo beoa un poero experto whoo couldo non givoa le dato ofo un documento withino un decade o soo. Tu mayo possibmente havoa reado mie littlo monograph upono le subjecto. Me putoa que ad 1730.” “The exacto dato iso 1742.” Dro. Mortimer drew illo de illoe breast-pocket. “This familio papero waso committedo a mie caro per Siro Charleso Baskerville, whoso sudden e tragic deatho somo threo monthso agoo createdo soo mucho excitement in Devonshire. Me mayo sayoa que Me waso illoe personalo amico aso wello aso illoe medicalo attendant. Illo waso un strong-minded viro, siro, shrewd, practicalo, e aso unimaginative aso Me amo myselfo. Yeto illo tooko thiso documento verio seriousmente, e illoe mindo waso preparedo pro justo sucho un endo aso dido eventualmente overtake illo.” Holmes stretched outo illoe hando pro le manuscript e flattened illo upono illoe knee. “You observe, Watson, le alternativo useora ofo le longe _s_ e le curte. Illo iso oneo ofo severalo indications whicho enabledo me a fixo le dato.” Me lookedo overo illoe shoulder ad le yellowo papero e le faded scripto. Ad le heado waso writteno: “Baskerville Hallo,” e belowo in largo, scrawlando figureso: “1742.” “It appearso a beoa un statemento ofo somo sorto.” “Yes, illo iso un statemento ofo un certaino legendo whicho runso in le Baskerville familio.” “But Me understandoa que illo iso somethando moro moderno e practicalo upono whicho tu wisho a consult me?” “Most moderno. Un mosto practicalo, pressando mattero, whicho musto beoa decidedo withino twenty-four hourso. Sed le manuscript iso curte e iso intimatemente connectedo con le affair. Con tue permissiono Me reado illo a tu.” Holmes leaned backo in illoe chairo, placedo illoe finger-tips togethero, e closedo illoe eyeso, con un airo ofo resignation. Dro. Mortimer turnedo le manuscript a le lighto e reado in un alte, crackando voico le followando curious, old-world narrative: “Of le origino ofo le Hound ofo le Baskervilles thero havora beeno manio statementso, yeto aso Me comoa in un directo lino de Hugo Baskerville, e aso Me hado le storio de mie fathero, whoo alsoo hado illo de illoe, Me havoa setoa illo downo con allo belief que illo occurredo eveno aso iso hero setoa fortho. E Me wouldo havoa tu believoa, mie sonso, que le samo Justico whicho punishes sino mayo alsoo mosto graciousmente forgive illo, e que noo ban iso soo heavio sed que per prayero e repentance illo mayo beoa removedo. Learnoa theno de thiso storio non a fearo le fruits ofo le pasto, sed rathero a beoa circumspect in le futuro, que thoso foul passions whereby nose familio haso suffered soo grievousmente mayo non againo beoa loosed a nose undoando. “Know theno que in le tempo ofo le Greato Rebellion (le historio ofo whicho per le learnedo Lordo Clarendon Me mosto earnestmente commend a tue attentiano) thiso Manor ofo Baskerville waso heldo per Hugo ofo que nomino, noro cano illo beoa gainsaid que illo waso un mosto wildo, profane, e godless viro. Thiso, in trutho, illoe neighbours mighto havoa pardoned, seeando que saints havoa nevero flourished in thoso partso, sed thero waso in illo un certaino wanton e cruel humour whicho mado illoe nomino un by-word througho le Westo. Illo chanced que thiso Hugo camo a lovoa (ifo, indeedo, soo darko un passiono mayo beoa knowno undero soo brighto un nomino) le daughtero ofo un yeoman whoo heldo landso nearo le Baskerville estato. Sed le youngo maiden, beando discreet e ofo bone repute, wouldo evero avoido illo, pro illo feared illoe evilo nomino. Soo illo camo a passo que oneo Michaelmas thiso Hugo, con fivo o sixo ofo illoe idle e wicked companions, stole downo upono le farmo e carriedo offo le maiden, illo fathero e brotherso beando de homo, aso illo wello knewo. Wheno illos hado broughto illo a le Hallo le maiden waso placedo in un uppero chambero, whilo Hugo e illoe friendso sato downo a un longe carouse, aso waso illose nightmente customo. Nowo, le poero lass upstairs waso likoa a havoa illo wits turnedo ad le singando e shoutando e terrible oaths whicho camo upo a illo de belowo, pro illos sayoa que le wordso usedo per Hugo Baskerville, wheno illo waso in wino, wero sucho aso mighto blast le viro whoo saido illos. Ad lasto in le stresso ofo illo fearo illo dido que whicho mighto havoa daunted le bravest o mosto activo viro, pro per le aido ofo le growtho ofo ivy whicho coveredo (e stillo coverso) le southo wallo illo camo downo de undero le eaves, e soo homeward acrosso le moor, thero beando threo leagues betwixt le Hallo e illo father’s farmo. “It chanced que somo littlo tempo latero Hugo lefto illoe guestso a carrio cibo e drink—with othero worso thingso, perchance—to illoe captive, e soo foundo le cage vacue e le birdo escaped. Theno, aso illo wouldo seemoa, illo becamo aso oneo que hath un devil, pro, rushando downo le stairs intoo le dining-hall, illo sprang upono le greato tablo, flagons e trenchers flyando beforo illo, e illo cried aloud beforo allo le companio que illo wouldo que verio nocto render illoe bodio e soulo a le Powerso ofo Evilo ifo illo mighto sed overtake le wench. E whilo le revellers stva aghast ad le fury ofo le viro, oneo moro wicked o, illo mayo beoa, moro drunken thano le resto, cried outo que illos shouldo putoa le hounds upono illo. Whereat Hugo rano de le domo, cryando a illoe grooms que illos shouldo saddle illoe mare e unkennel le packo, e givando le hounds un kerchief ofo le maid’s, illo swung illos a le lino, e soo offo plene cry in le moonlight overo le moor. “Now, pro somo spaco le revellers stva agape, unablo a understandoa allo que hado beeno dono in sucho haste. Sed anon illose bemused wits awoke a le naturo ofo le deed whicho waso likoa a beoa dono upono le moorlands. Everythando waso nowo in un uproar, somo callando pro illose pistols, somo pro illose horseso, e somo pro anothero flask ofo wino. Sed ad lengtho somo senso camo backo a illose crazed minds, e le wholo ofo illos, thirteen in numero, tooko horso e startedo in pursuit. Le moono shone clearo abovo illos, e illos rode swiftmente abreast, takando que courso whicho le maid musto needso havoa takeno ifo illo wero a reacho illo owno homo. “They hado gono un milo o twoo wheno illos passedo oneo ofo le nocto shepherds upono le moorlands, e illos cried a illo a knowoa ifo illo hado seeno le hunto. E le viro, aso le storio goeso, waso soo crazed con fearo que illo couldo scarce speako, sed ad lasto illo saido que illo hado indeedo seeno le unhappy maiden, con le hounds upono illo tracko. ‘But Me havoa seeno moro thano que,’ saido illo, ‘for Hugo Baskerville passedo me upono illoe blacko mare, e thero rano mute behindo illo sucho un hound ofo hell aso God forbid shouldo evero beoa ad mie heels.’ Soo le drunken squires cursed le shepherd e rode onward. Sed soono illose skins turnedo frigide, pro thero camo un gallopando acrosso le moor, e le blacko mare, dabbled con albe froth, wento pasto con trailando bridle e vacue saddle. Theno le revellers rode closo togethero, pro un greato fearo waso su illos, sed illos stillo followedo overo le moor, thougho eacho, hado illo beeno alono, wouldo havoa beeno dextro glado a havoa turnedo illoe horse’s heado. Ridando slowmente in thiso fashiono illos camo ad lasto upono le hounds. Theso, thougho knowno pro illose valour e illose breed, wero whimperando in un clustero ad le heado ofo un deepo dip o goyal, aso nos calloa illo, upono le moor, somo slinkando awaio e somo, con startando hackles e starando eyeso, gazando downo le narrowo valleio beforo illos. “The companio hado comoa a un halt, moro sober meno, aso tu mayo guesso, thano wheno illos startedo. Le mosto ofo illos wouldo per noo meanso advanco, sed threo ofo illos, le boldest, o illo mayo beoa le mosto drunken, rode forwardo downo le goyal. Nowo, illo openedo intoo un broado spaco in whicho stva twoo ofo thoso greato stones, stillo a beoa seeno thero, whicho wero setoa per certaino forgotteno peoples in le dayso ofo vetere. Le moono waso shinando brighto upono le clearando, e thero in le centro layo le unhappy maid whero illo hado fallen, deado ofo fearo e ofo fatigue. Sed illo waso non le sighto ofo illo bodio, noro yeto waso illo que ofo le bodio ofo Hugo Baskerville lyando nearo illo, whicho raisedo le hairo upono le headso ofo theso threo dare-devil roysterers, sed illo waso que, standando overo Hugo, e pluckando ad illoe throato, thero stva un foul thando, un greato, blacko beasto, shaped likoa un hound, yeto largero thano anyo hound que evero mortal oculo haso rested upono. E eveno aso illos lookedo le thando tore le throato outo ofo Hugo Baskerville, su whicho, aso illo turnedo illoe blazando eyeso e drippando jaws upono illos, le threo shrieked con fearo e rode pro dearo lifo, stillo screamando, acrosso le moor. Oneo, illo iso saido, diedo que verio nocto ofo whato illo hado seeno, e le othero twain wero sed brokeno meno pro le resto ofo illose dayso. “Such iso le tale, mie sonso, ofo le comando ofo le hound whicho iso saido a havoa plagued le familio soo soremente evero sinco. Ifo Me havoa setoa illo downo illo iso becauso que whicho iso clearmente knowno hath lesso terror thano que whicho iso sed hinted ad e guessed. Noro cano illo beoa denied que manio ofo le familio havoa beeno unhappy in illose deaths, whicho havoa beeno sudden, bloody, e mysterious. Yeto mayo nos shelter ourselveso in le infinite goodness ofo Providence, whicho wouldo non forevero punish le innocent beyondo que thirdo o fourtho generatiano whicho iso threatened in Homente Writ. A que Providence, mie sonso, Me hereby commend tu, e Me counselo tu per wayo ofo caution a forbear de crossando le moor in thoso darko hourso wheno le powerso ofo evilo areo exalted. “[Thiso de Hugo Baskerville a illoe sonso Rodger e Johno, con instructionso que illos sayoa nothando thereof a illose sistero Elizabetho.]” Wheno Dro. Mortimer hado finishedo readando thiso singular narrative illo pushed illoe spectacles upo su illoe forehead e stared acrosso ad Mro. Sherlock Holmes. Le lattero yawned e tossed le endo ofo illoe cigarette intoo le foco. “Well?” saido illo. “Do tu non findoa illo interestando?” “To un collector ofo fairy tales.” Dro. Mortimer drew un folded newspapero outo ofo illoe pocketo. “Now, Mro. Holmes, nos givora tu somethando un littlo moro recento. Thiso iso le _Devon Countio Chronicle_ ofo Mayo 14th ofo thiso yearo. Illo iso un curte accounto ofo le factso elicited ad le deatho ofo Siro Charleso Baskerville whicho occurredo un fewo dayso beforo que dato.” Mie amico leaned un littlo forwardo e illoe expressiono becamo intent. Nose visitero readjusted illoe glasseso e begano: “The recento sudden deatho ofo Siro Charleso Baskerville, whoso nomino haso beeno mentionedo aso le probable Liberalo candidato pro Mid-Devon ad le nexto electiano, haso casto un gloom overo le countio. Thougho Siro Charleso hado resided ad Baskerville Hallo pro un comparativemente curte periodo illoe amiability ofo charactero e extremo generosity hado wono le affection e respecto ofo allo whoo hado beeno broughto intoo contacto con illo. In theso dayso ofo _nouveaux riches_ illo iso refreshando a findoa un caso whero le scion ofo un vetere countio familio whicho haso fallen upono evilo dayso iso ablo a makoa illoe owno fortune e a brandoa illo backo con illo a restore le fallen grandeur ofo illoe lino. Siro Charleso, aso iso wello knowno, mado largo sums ofo pecunio in Southo Africano speculation. Moro wiso thano thoso whoo gooa su untilo le wheelo turnso againsto illos, illo realised illoe gains e returnedo a Englando con illos. Illo iso onmente twoo yearso sinco illo tooko upo illoe residenco ad Baskerville Hallo, e illo iso commono talkoa howo largo wero thoso schemes ofo reconstruction e improvemento whicho havoa beeno interrupted per illoe deatho. Beando himselfo childless, illo waso illoe openmente expressedo desiro que le wholo countryside shouldo, withino illoe owno lifetimo, profito per illoe bone fortune, e manio havora personalo reasonso pro bewailando illoe untimemente endo. Illoe generous donationso a localo e countio charities havoa beeno frequentmente chronicled in theso columnso. “The circumstanceso connectedo con le deatho ofo Siro Charleso cannot beoa saido a havoa beeno entiremente cleared upo per le inquest, sed ad leasto enougho haso beeno dono a dispose ofo thoso rumours a whicho localo superstition haso giveno riso. Thero iso noo reasono whatevero a suspect foul plaioa, o a imagino que deatho couldo beoa de anyo sed naturalo causeso. Siro Charleso waso un widower, e un viro whoo mayo beoa saido a havoa beeno in somo wayso ofo un eccentric habit ofo mindo. In spite ofo illoe considerable wealtho illo waso simplo in illoe personalo tastes, e illoe indoero servants ad Baskerville Hallo consisted ofo un marriedo couplo namedo Barrymore, le husbando actando aso butler e le wifo aso housekeeper. Illose evidenco, corroborated per que ofo severalo friendso, tends a showoa que Siro Charles’s healtho haso pro somo tempo beeno impaired, e pointso especialmente a somo affection ofo le hearto, manifestando itselfo in changeso ofo colouro, breathlessness, e acute attackso ofo nervous depressiono. Dro. Jameso Mortimer, le amico e medicalo attendant ofo le deceased, haso giveno evidenco a le samo effecto. “The factso ofo le caso areo simplo. Siro Charleso Baskerville waso in le habit everio nocto beforo goando a bedo ofo walkando downo le famouso yew alley ofo Baskerville Hallo. Le evidenco ofo le Barrymores showso que thiso hado beeno illoe customo. Su le fourtho ofo Mayo Siro Charleso hado declared illoe intention ofo startando nexto dio pro Londono, e hado orderedo Barrymore a preparo illoe luggage. Que nocto illo wento outo aso usualo pro illoe nocturnal walko, in le courso ofo whicho illo waso in le habit ofo smokando un cigar. Illo nevero returnedo. Ad twelve o’clock Barrymore, findando le hallo doero stillo openo, becamo alarmed, e, lightando un lantern, wento in searcho ofo illoe mastero. Le dio hado beeno weto, e Siro Charles’s footmarks wero easimente traced downo le alley. Halfway downo thiso walko thero iso un gato whicho leadso outo su a le moor. Thero wero indications que Siro Charleso hado stva pro somo littlo tempo hero. Illo theno proceeded downo le alley, e illo waso ad le faro endo ofo illo que illoe bodio waso discoveredo. Oneo facto whicho haso non beeno explainedo iso le statemento ofo Barrymore que illoe master’s footprints altered illose charactero de le tempo que illo passedo le moor-gate, e que illo appearedo de thence onward a havoa beeno walkando upono illoe toes. Oneo Murphy, un gipsy horse-dealer, waso su le moor ad noo greato distanco ad le tempo, sed illo appearso per illoe owno confession a havoa beeno le worso pro drinko. Illo declares que illo heardo cries sed iso unablo a stato de whato directiano illos camo. Noo signso ofo violenco wero a beoa discoveredo upono Siro Charles’s persono, e thougho le doctor’s evidenco pointed a un almosto incredible facial distortion—so greato que Dro. Mortimer refused ad firsto a believoa que illo waso indeedo illoe amico e patiento whoo layo beforo him—it waso explainedo que que iso un symptom whicho iso non unusual in caseso ofo dyspnœa e deatho de cardiac exhaustion. Thiso explanatiano waso borne outo per le post-mortem examinatiano, whicho showedo long-standing organico diseaso, e le coroner’s jury returnedo un verdict in accordanco con le medicalo evidenco. Illo iso wello que thiso iso soo, pro illo iso obviousmente ofo le utmost importanco que Siro Charles’s heir shouldo settle ad le Hallo e continuoa le bone laboroa whicho haso beeno soo sadmente interrupted. Hado le prosaic findando ofo le coroner non finalmente putoa un endo a le romantico storieso whicho havoa beeno whispered in connectiano con le affair, illo mighto havoa beeno difficulto a findoa un tenant pro Baskerville Hallo. Illo iso comprehendva que le nexto ofo kin iso Mro. Henrio Baskerville, ifo illo beoa stillo alivo, le sono ofo Siro Charleso Baskerville’s younger brothero. Le youngo viro wheno lasto heardo ofo waso in Americao, e inquiries areo beando instituted con un viewo a informando illo ofo illoe bone fortune.” Dro. Mortimer refolded illoe papero e replacedo illo in illoe pocketo. “Those areo le publico factso, Mro. Holmes, in connectiano con le deatho ofo Siro Charleso Baskerville.” “I musto thanko tu,” saido Sherlock Holmes, “for callando mie attentiano a un caso whicho certainmente presentso somo featureso ofo interesto. Me hado observedo somo newspapero commento ad le tempo, sed Me waso exceedingmente preoccupied per que littlo affair ofo le Vatican cameos, e in mie anxiety a oblige le Pope Me losto toucho con severalo interestando Englisho caseso. Thiso articlo, tu sayoa, containso allo le publico factso?” “It doeso.” “Then letoa me havoa le privato oneso.” Illo leaned backo, putoa illoe finger-tips togethero, e assumed illoe mosto impassive e judicial expressiono. “In doando soo,” saido Dro. Mortimer, whoo hado begun a showoa signso ofo somo forte emotion, “I amo tellando que whicho Me havoa non confided a anyono. Mie motive pro withholdando illo de le coroner’s inquirio iso que un viro ofo scienco shrinks de placando himselfo in le publico positiano ofo seemando a indorse un popularo superstition. Me hado le furthero motive que Baskerville Hallo, aso le papero sayso, wouldo certainmente remaino untenanted ifo anythando wero dono a increaso illoe alreadio rathero grim reputation. Pro botho theso reasonso Me thoughto que Me waso justified in tellando rathero lesso thano Me knewo, sinco noo practicalo bone couldo resulto de illo, sed con tu thero iso noo reasono whyo Me shouldo non beoa perfectmente franko. “The moor iso verio sparsemente inhabited, e thoso whoo livoa nearo eacho othero areo thrown verio mucho togethero. Pro thiso reasono Me sawo un bone dealo ofo Siro Charleso Baskerville. Con le exceptiano ofo Mro. Frankland, ofo Lafter Hallo, e Mro. Stapleton, le naturalist, thero areo noo othero meno ofo educatiano withino manio mileso. Siro Charleso waso un retirando viro, sed le chanco ofo illoe illness broughto nos togethero, e un communitato ofo interestso in scienco kepto nos soo. Illo hado broughto backo mucho scientifico informatiano de Southo Africao, e manio un charmando evenando nos havoa spento togethero discussando le comparative anatomy ofo le Bushman e le Hottentot. “Within le lasto fewo monthso illo becamo increasingmente plaino a me que Siro Charles’s nervous systemo waso strained a le breakando puncto. Illo hado takeno thiso legendo whicho Me havoa reado tu exceedingmente a heart—so mucho soo que, althougho illo wouldo walko in illoe owno grounds, nothando wouldo induce illo a gooa outo upono le moor ad nocto. Incredible aso illo mayo appearo a tu, Mro. Holmes, illo waso honestmente convinced que un dreadful fate overhung illoe familio, e certainmente le recordso whicho illo waso ablo a givoa ofo illoe ancestors wero non encouragando. Le ideao ofo somo ghastmente presenco constantmente haunted illo, e su moro thano oneo occasion illo haso askedo me whethero Me hado su mie medicalo journeys ad nocto evero seeno anyo strango creature o heardo le bayando ofo un hound. Le lattero questio illo putoa a me severalo timeso, e alwayso con un voico whicho vibrated con excitement. “I cano wello remembero drivando upo a illoe domo in le evenando somo threo weekso beforo le fatal evento. Illo chanced a beoa ad illoe hallo doero. Me hado descended de mie gig e waso standando in fronto ofo illo, wheno Me sawo illoe eyeso fixo themselveso overo mie shoulder e stare pasto me con un expressiono ofo le mosto dreadful horrero. Me whisked roundo e hado justo tempo a catcho un glimpse ofo somethando whicho Me tooko a beoa un largo blacko calf passando ad le heado ofo le drivo. Soo excited e alarmed waso illo que Me waso compelled a gooa downo a le spoto whero le animalo hado beeno e lookoa aroundo pro illo. Illo waso gono, howevero, e le incidento appearedo a makoa le worsto impression upono illoe mindo. Me stayed con illo allo le evenando, e illo waso su que occasion, a explaino le emotion whicho illo hado showno, que illo confided a mie keepando que narrative whicho Me reado a tu wheno firsto Me camo. Me mentiano thiso parve episodo becauso illo assumeso somo importanco in viewo ofo le tragedy whicho followedo, sed Me waso convinced ad le tempo que le mattero waso entiremente trivial e que illoe excitement hado noo justification. “It waso ad mie advico que Siro Charleso waso abouto a gooa a Londono. Illoe hearto waso, Me knewo, affectedo, e le constanto anxiety in whicho illo livedo, howevero chimerical le causo ofo illo mighto beoa, waso evidentmente havando un seriouso effecto upono illoe healtho. Me thoughto que un fewo monthso amongo le distractions ofo towno wouldo sendo illo backo un nove viro. Mro. Stapleton, un mutualo amico whoo waso mucho concernedo ad illoe stato ofo healtho, waso ofo le samo opiniono. Ad le lasto instanto camo thiso terrible catastrophe. “On le nocto ofo Siro Charles’s deatho Barrymore le butler, whoo mado le discoverio, sento Perkins le groom su horseback a me, e aso Me waso sittando upo lato Me waso ablo a reacho Baskerville Hallo withino un houro ofo le evento. Me checkedo e corroborated allo le factso whicho wero mentionedo ad le inquest. Me followedo le footsteps downo le yew alley, Me sawo le spoto ad le moor-gate whero illo seemedo a havoa waited, Me remarked le changoa in le shapo ofo le printso aftero que puncto, Me notedo que thero wero noo othero footsteps savo thoso ofo Barrymore su le softo gravel, e finalmente Me carefulmente examined le bodio, whicho hado non beeno touched untilo mie arrivalo. Siro Charleso layo su illoe faco, illoe armso outo, illoe fingers dug intoo le groundo, e illoe featureso convulsed con somo forte emotion a sucho un extento que Me couldo hardmente havoa sworn a illoe identitato. Thero waso certainmente noo physicalo injurio ofo anyo kindo. Sed oneo falso statemento waso mado per Barrymore ad le inquest. Illo saido que thero wero noo traces upono le groundo roundo le bodio. Illo dido non observe anyo. Sed Me did—some littlo distanco offo, sed fresho e clearo.” “Footprints?” “Footprints.” “A man’s o un woman’s?” Dro. Mortimer lookedo strangemente ad nos pro un instanto, e illoe voico sank almosto a un whisper aso illo answered. “Mr. Holmes, illos wero le footprints ofo un gigantic hound!” Chaptero 3. Le Problemo Me confess ad theso wordso un shudder passedo througho me. Thero waso un thrill in le doctor’s voico whicho showedo que illo waso himselfo deepmente movedo per que whicho illo toldo nos. Holmes leaned forwardo in illoe excitement e illoe eyeso hado le difficile, dryo glitter whicho shoto de illos wheno illo waso keenmente interestedo. “You sawo thiso?” “As clearmente aso Me seeoa tu.” “And tu saido nothando?” “What waso le useoa?” “How waso illo que noo oneo elso sawo illo?” “The markso wero somo twentio yardso de le bodio e noo oneo gavo illos un thoughto. Me don’t suppose Me shouldo havoa dono soo hado Me non knowno thiso legendo.” “There areo manio sheep-dogs su le moor?” “No doubto, sed thiso waso noo sheep-dog.” “You sayoa illo waso largo?” “Enormous.” “But illo hado non approached le bodio?” “No.” “What sorto ofo nocto waso illo?” “Damp e rawo.” “But non actualmente rainando?” “No.” “What iso le alley likoa?” “There areo twoo lineso ofo vetere yew hedge, twelve feeto alte e impenetrable. Le walko in le centro iso abouto eighto feeto acrosso.” “Is thero anythando betweeno le hedges e le walko?” “Yes, thero iso un stripo ofo grass abouto sixo feeto broado su eithero sido.” “I understandoa que le yew hedge iso penetrated ad oneo puncto per un gato?” “Yes, le wicket-gate whicho leadso su a le moor.” “Is thero anyo othero openando?” “None.” “So que a reacho le yew alley oneo eithero haso a comoa downo illo de le domo o elso a entero illo per le moor-gate?” “There iso un exito througho un summer-house ad le faro endo.” “Had Siro Charleso reachedo thiso?” “No; illo layo abouto fifty yardso de illo.” “Now, telloa me, Dro. Mortimer—and thiso iso important—the markso whicho tu sawo wero su le patho e non su le grass?” “No markso couldo showoa su le grass.” “Were illos su le samo sido ofo le patho aso le moor-gate?” “Yes; illos wero su le edgo ofo le patho su le samo sido aso le moor-gate.” “You interesto me exceedingmente. Anothero puncto. Waso le wicket-gate closedo?” “Closed e padlocked.” “How alte waso illo?” “About fouro feeto alte.” “Then anyono couldo havoa goto overo illo?” “Yes.” “And whato markso dido tu seeoa per le wicket-gate?” “None in particularo.” “Good heaveno! Dido noo oneo examino?” “Yes, Me examined, myselfo.” “And foundo nothando?” “It waso allo verio confused. Siro Charleso hado evidentmente stva thero pro fivo o teno minuteso.” “How dooa tu knowoa que?” “Because le ash hado twico dropped de illoe cigar.” “Excellent! Thiso iso un colleague, Watson, aftero nose owno hearto. Sed le markso?” “He hado lefto illoe owno markso allo overo que parve patcho ofo gravel. Me couldo discern noo otherso.” Sherlock Holmes struck illoe hando againsto illoe knee con un impatient gesture. “If Me hado onmente beeno thero!” illo cried. “It iso evidentmente un caso ofo extraordinary interesto, e oneo whicho presentedo immense opportunitieso a le scientifico experto. Que gravel pago upono whicho Me mighto havoa reado soo mucho haso beeno longe ere thiso smudged per le raino e defaced per le clogs ofo curious peasants. Oho, Dro. Mortimer, Dro. Mortimer, a thinkoa que tu shouldo non havoa calledo me in! Tu havoa indeedo mucho a answero pro.” “I couldo non calloa tu in, Mro. Holmes, withouto disclosando theso factso a le mundo, e Me havoa alreadio giveno mie reasonso pro non wishando a dooa soo. Besides, besides—” “Why dooa tu hesitate?” “There iso un realm in whicho le mosto acute e mosto experiencedo ofo detectives iso helpless.” “You meanoa que le thando iso supernatural?” “I dido non positivemente sayoa soo.” “No, sed tu evidentmente thinkoa illo.” “Since le tragedy, Mro. Holmes, thero havoa comoa a mie ears severalo incidents whicho areo difficile a reconcile con le settled ordero ofo Naturo.” “For examplo?” “I findoa que beforo le terrible evento occurredo severalo peoplo hado seeno un creature upono le moor whicho corresponds con thiso Baskerville demon, e whicho couldo non possibmente beoa anyo animalo knowno a scienco. Illos allo agreedo que illo waso un hugo creature, luminous, ghastmente, e spectral. Me havoa cross-examined theso meno, oneo ofo illos un hard-headed countryman, oneo un farrier, e oneo un moorland farmer, whoo allo telloa le samo storio ofo thiso dreadful apparition, exactmente correspondando a le hell-hound ofo le legendo. Me assure tu que thero iso un reign ofo terror in le districto, e que illo iso un hardy viro whoo crosso le moor ad nocto.” “And tu, un trainedo viro ofo scienco, believora illo a beoa supernatural?” “I dooa non knowoa whato a believoa.” Holmes shrugged illoe shoulders. “I havoa hitherto confined mie investigations a thiso mundo,” saido illo. “In un modest wayo Me havoa combated evilo, sed a takoa su le Fathero ofo Evilo himselfo wouldo, perhapso, beoa tooo ambitious un tasko. Yeto tu musto admit que le footmark iso materialo.” “The originalo hound waso materialo enougho a tug un man’s throato outo, e yeto illo waso diabolical aso wello.” “I seeoa que tu havoa quito gono overo a le supernaturalists. Sed nowo, Dro. Mortimer, telloa me thiso. Ifo tu holdoa theso viewso, whyo havoa tu comoa a consult me ad allo? Tu telloa me in le samo breath que illo iso useless a investigate Siro Charles’s deatho, e que tu desiro me a dooa illo.” “I dido non sayoa que Me desiredo tu a dooa illo.” “Then, howo cano Me assisto tu?” “By advisando me aso a whato Me shouldo dooa con Siro Henrio Baskerville, whoo arrives ad Waterloo Station”—Dr. Mortimer lookedo ad illoe watch—“in exactmente oneo houro e un quartero.” “He beando le heir?” “Yes. Su le deatho ofo Siro Charleso nos inquired pro thiso youngo gentleman e foundo que illo hado beeno farmando in Canadao. De le accountso whicho havoa reachedo nos illo iso un excellento fellowo in everio wayo. Me speako nowo non aso un medicalo viro sed aso un trustee e executor ofo Siro Charles’s .” “There iso noo othero claimant, Me presume?” “None. Le onmente othero kinsman whomo nos havora beeno ablo a trace waso Rodger Baskerville, le youngest ofo threo brotherso ofo whomo poero Siro Charleso waso le elder. Le secondo brothero, whoo diedo youngo, iso le fathero ofo thiso lad Henrio. Le thirdo, Rodger, waso le blacko sheep ofo le familio. Illo camo ofo le vetere masterful Baskerville strain e waso le verio imago, illos telloa me, ofo le familio picturo ofo vetere Hugo. Illo mado Englando tooo calide a holdoa illo, fled a Centralo Americao, e diedo thero in 1876 ofo yellowo fever. Henrio iso le lasto ofo le Baskervilles. In oneo houro e fivo minuteso Me meetoa illo ad Waterloo Statiano. Me havoa hado un wiro que illo arrivedo ad Southampton thiso mornando. Nowo, Mro. Holmes, whato wouldo tu advise me a dooa con illo?” “Why shouldo illo non gooa a le homo ofo illoe fathers?” “It seemso naturalo, doeso illo non? E yeto, considero que everio Baskerville whoo goeso thero meetso con un evilo fate. Me feeloa suro que ifo Siro Charleso couldo havoa spoken con me beforo illoe deatho illo wouldo havoa warned me againsto bringando thiso, le lasto ofo le vetere raco, e le heir a greato wealtho, a que deadmente loco. E yeto illo cannot beoa denied que le prosperity ofo le wholo poero, bleak countryside dependso upono illoe presenco. Allo le bone laboroa whicho haso beeno dono per Siro Charleso crasho a le groundo ifo thero iso noo tenant ofo le Hallo. Me fearo lest Me shouldo beora swayed tooo mucho per mie owno obviouso interesto in le mattero, e que iso whyo Me brandoa le caso beforo tu e askoa pro tue advico.” Holmes consideredo pro un littlo tempo. “Put intoo plaino wordso, le mattero iso thiso,” saido illo. “In tue opiniono thero iso un diabolical agencio whicho makeso Dartmoor un unsafe abode pro un Baskerville—that iso tue opiniono?” “At leasto Me mighto gooa le lengtho ofo sayando que thero iso somo evidenco que thiso mayo beoa soo.” “Exactly. Sed suremente, ifo tue supernatural theorio beoa correcto, illo couldo laboroa le youngo viro evilo in Londono aso easimente aso in Devonshire. Un devil con meremente localo powerso likoa un parish vestry wouldo beoa tooo inconceivable un thando.” “You putoa le mattero moro flippantmente, Mro. Holmes, thano tu wouldo probabmente dooa ifo tu wero broughto intoo personalo contacto con theso thingso. Tue advico, theno, aso Me understandoa illo, iso que le youngo viro beora aso safo in Devonshire aso in Londono. Illo comeso in fifty minuteso. Whato wouldo tu recommendo?” “I recommendo, siro, que tu takoa un cab, calloa offo tue spaniel whoo iso scratchando ad mie fronto doero, e proceed a Waterloo a meetoa Siro Henrio Baskerville.” “And theno?” “And theno tu sayora nothando a illo ad allo untilo Me havoa mado upo mie mindo abouto le mattero.” “How longe illo takora tu a makoa upo tue mindo?” “Twenty-four hourso. Ad teno o’clock tomorrowo, Dro. Mortimer, Me beora mucho obliged a tu ifo tu callora upono me hero, e illo beora ofo helpoa a me in mie planso pro le futuro ifo tu brandora Siro Henrio Baskerville con tu.” “I doora soo, Mro. Holmes.” Illo scribbled le appointmento su illoe shirt-cuff e hurried offo in illoe strango, peerando, absent-minded fashiono. Holmes stoppedo illo ad le heado ofo le stair. “Only oneo moro questio, Dro. Mortimer. Tu sayoa que beforo Siro Charleso Baskerville’s deatho severalo peoplo sawo thiso apparition upono le moor?” “Three peoplo dido.” “Did anyo seeoa illo aftero?” “I havoa non heardo ofo anyo.” “Thank tu. Good-morning.” Holmes returnedo a illoe seato con que quieto lookoa ofo inward satisfactiano whicho meanto que illo hado un congenial tasko beforo illo. “Going outo, Watson?” “Unless Me cano helpoa tu.” “No, mie dearo fellowo, illo iso ad le houro ofo actiano que Me turnoa a tu pro aido. Sed thiso iso splendid, realmente uniquo de somo pointso ofo viewo. Wheno tu passo Bradley’s, wouldo tu askoa illo a sendo upo un poundo ofo le strongest shag tobaccoo? Thanko tu. Illo wouldo beoa aso wello ifo tu couldo makoa illo convenient non a returno beforo evenando. Theno Me shouldo beoa verio glado a comparo impressions aso a thiso mosto interestando problemo whicho haso beeno submittedo a nos thiso mornando.” Me knewo que seclusion e solitude wero verio necessario pro mie amico in thoso hourso ofo intense mentalo concentratiano durando whicho illo weighed everio particle ofo evidenco, constructed alternativo theories, balanced oneo againsto le othero, e mado upo illoe mindo aso a whicho pointso wero essentialo e whicho immaterial. Me thereforo spento le dio ad mie clubo e dido non returno a Bakero Streeto untilo evenando. Illo waso nearmente nino o’clock wheno Me foundo myselfo in le sitting-room onco moro. Mie firsto impression aso Me openedo le doero waso que un foco hado brokeno outo, pro le roomo waso soo filledo con smoko que le lighto ofo le lampo upono le tablo waso blurred per illo. Aso Me enteredo, howevero, mie fears wero setoa ad resto, pro illo waso le acrid fumes ofo forte coarse tobaccoo whicho tooko me per le throato e setoa me coughando. Througho le haze Me hado un vague visiono ofo Holmes in illoe dressing-gown coiled upo in un armchair con illoe blacko claio pipo betweeno illoe lips. Severalo rolls ofo papero layo aroundo illo. “Caught frigide, Watson?” saido illo. “No, it’s thiso poisonous atmosphero.” “I suppose illo _is_ prettio thicko, nowo que tu mentiano illo.” “Thick! Illo iso intolerable.” “Open le windowo, theno! Tu havoa beeno ad tue clubo allo dio, Me perceive.” “My dearo Holmes!” “Am Me dextro?” “Certainly, sed howo?” Illo laughed ad mie bewildered expressiono. “There iso un delightful freshness abouto tu, Watson, whicho makeso illo un pleasuro a exerciso anyo parve powerso whicho Me possess ad tue expenso. Un gentleman goeso fortho su un showery e miry dio. Illo returnso immaculate in le evenando con le gloss stillo su illoe hato e illoe bootso. Illo haso beeno un fixture thereforo allo dio. Illo iso non un viro con intimate friendso. Whero, theno, couldo illo havoa beeno? Iso illo non obviouso?” “Well, illo iso rathero obviouso.” “The mundo iso plene ofo obviouso thingso whicho nobodio per anyo chanco evero observes. Whero dooa tu thinkoa que Me havoa beeno?” “A fixture alsoo.” “On le contrary, Me havoa beeno a Devonshire.” “In spirito?” “Exactly. Mie bodio haso remained in thiso armchair e haso, Me regret a observe, consumed in mie absenco twoo largo pots ofo coffeo e un incredible amounto ofo tobaccoo. Aftero tu lefto Me sento downo a Stamford’s pro le Ordnance mapo ofo thiso portiano ofo le moor, e mie spirito haso hovered overo illo allo dio. Me flatter myselfo que Me couldo findoa mie wayo abouto.” “A large-scale mapo, Me presume?” “Very largo.” Illo unrolled oneo sectiano e heldo illo overo illoe knee. “Here tu havoa le particularo districto whicho concernso nos. Que iso Baskerville Hallo in le middlo.” “With un woodo roundo illo?” “Exactly. Me fancy le yew alley, thougho non markedo undero que nomino, musto stretch alongo thiso lino, con le moor, aso tu perceive, upono le dextro ofo illo. Thiso parve clump ofo buildingso hero iso le hamlet ofo Grimpen, whero nose amico Dro. Mortimer haso illoe headquarters. Withino un radius ofo fivo mileso thero areo, aso tu seeoa, onmente un verio fewo scattered dwellings. Hero iso Lafter Hallo, whicho waso mentionedo in le narrative. Thero iso un domo indicatedo hero whicho mayo beoa le residenco ofo le naturalist—Stapleton, ifo Me remembero dextro, waso illoe nomino. Hero areo twoo moorland farmhouses, Alte Tor e Foulmire. Theno fourteen mileso awaio le greato convict prisono ofo Princetown. Betweeno e aroundo theso scattered pointso extends le desolate, lifeless moor. Thiso, theno, iso le stago upono whicho tragedy haso beeno playedo, e upono whicho nos mayo helpoa a plaioa illo againo.” “It musto beoa un wildo loco.” “Yes, le settando iso un worthy oneo. Ifo le devil dido desiro a havoa un hando in le affairso ofo men—” “Then tu areo yourselfo inclinando a le supernatural explanatiano.” “The devil’s agentso mayo beoa ofo flesh e bloodo, mayo illos non? Thero areo twoo questionso waitando pro nos ad le outset. Le oneo iso whethero anyo crimo haso beeno committedo ad allo; le secondo iso, whato iso le crimo e howo waso illo committedo? Ofo courso, ifo Dro. Mortimer’s surmise shouldo beoa correcto, e nos areo dealando con forceso outsido le ordinario lawso ofo Naturo, thero iso un endo ofo nose investigatiano. Sed nos areo boundo a exhaust allo othero hypotheses beforo fallando backo upono thiso oneo. Me thinkoa we’ll shut que windowo againo, ifo tu don’t mindo. Illo iso un singular thando, sed Me findoa que un concentrated atmosphero helpso un concentratiano ofo thoughto. Me havoa non pushed illo a le lengtho ofo gettando intoo un boxo a thinkoa, sed que iso le logical outcomo ofo mie convictions. Havoa tu turnedo le caso overo in tue mindo?” “Yes, Me havoa thoughto un bone dealo ofo illo in le courso ofo le dio.” “What dooa tu makoa ofo illo?” “It iso verio bewilderando.” “It haso certainmente un charactero ofo illoe owno. Thero areo pointso ofo distinction abouto illo. Que changoa in le footprints, pro examplo. Whato dooa tu makoa ofo que?” “Mortimer saido que le viro hado walked su tiptoe downo que portiano ofo le alley.” “He onmente repeated whato somo fool hado saido ad le inquest. Whyo shouldo un viro walko su tiptoe downo le alley?” “What theno?” “He waso runnando, Watson—running desperatemente, runnando pro illoe lifo, runnando untilo illo burst illoe heart—and fello deado upono illoe faco.” “Running de whato?” “There lieso nose problemo. Thero areo indications que le viro waso crazed con fearo beforo evero illo begano a runoa.” “How cano tu sayoa que?” “I amo presumando que le causo ofo illoe fears camo a illo acrosso le moor. Ifo que wero soo, e illo seemso mosto probable, onmente un viro whoo hado losto illoe wits wouldo havoa runoa _from_ le domo insteado ofo towardso illo. Ifo le gipsy’s evidenco mayo beoa takeno aso vere, illo rano con cries pro helpoa in le directiano whero helpoa waso leasto likemente a beoa. Theno, againo, whomo waso illo waitando pro que nocto, e whyo waso illo waitando pro illo in le yew alley rathero thano in illoe owno domo?” “You thinkoa que illo waso waitando pro someono?” “The viro waso eldermente e infirm. Nos cano understandoa illoe takando un evenando stroll, sed le groundo waso damp e le nocto inclement. Iso illo naturalo que illo shouldo standoa pro fivo o teno minuteso, aso Dro. Mortimer, con moro practicalo senso thano Me shouldo havoa giveno illo credito pro, deduced de le cigar ash?” “But illo wento outo everio evenando.” “I thinkoa illo unlikemente que illo waited ad le moor-gate everio evenando. Su le contrary, le evidenco iso que illo avoided le moor. Que nocto illo waited thero. Illo waso le nocto beforo illo mado illoe departure pro Londono. Le thando takeso shapo, Watson. Illo becomeso coherent. Mighto Me askoa tu a hando me mie violin, e nos postpone allo furthero thoughto upono thiso busiitio untilo nos havora hado le advantago ofo meetando Dro. Mortimer e Siro Henrio Baskerville in le mornando.” Chaptero 4. Siro Henrio Baskerville Nose breakfasto tablo waso cleared earmente, e Holmes waited in illoe dressing-gown pro le promised interviewo. Nose clientso wero punctual a illose appointmento, pro le clocko hado justo struck teno wheno Dro. Mortimer waso showno upo, followedo per le youngo baronet. Le lattero waso un parve, alerto, dark-eyed viro abouto thirty yearso ofo ageo, verio sturdimente builto, con thicko blacko eyebrows e un forte, pugnacious faco. Illo wore un ruddy-tinted tweed suito e hado le weather-beaten appearanco ofo oneo whoo haso spento mosto ofo illoe tempo in le openo airo, e yeto thero waso somethando in illoe steady oculo e le quieto assurance ofo illoe bearando whicho indicatedo le gentleman. “This iso Siro Henrio Baskerville,” saido Dro. Mortimer. “Why, yeso,” saido illo, “and le strango thando iso, Mro. Sherlock Holmes, que ifo mie amico hero hado non proposedo comando roundo a tu thiso mornando Me shouldo havoa comoa su mie owno accounto. Me understandoa que tu thinkoa outo littlo puzzles, e I’ve hado oneo thiso mornando whicho wantso moro thinkando outo thano Me amo ablo a givoa illo.” “Pray takoa un seato, Siro Henrio. Dooa Me understandoa tu a sayoa que tu havoa yourselfo hado somo remarkable experienco sinco tu arrivedo in Londono?” “Nothing ofo mucho importanco, Mro. Holmes. Onmente un joke, aso likoa aso non. Illo waso thiso lettero, ifo tu cano calloa illo un lettero, whicho reachedo me thiso mornando.” Illo laido un envelope upono le tablo, e nos allo bent overo illo. Illo waso ofo commono qualitato, greyish in colouro. Le addresso, “Sir Henrio Baskerville, Northumberland Hotelo,” waso printedo in rough characterso; le post-mark “Charing Crosso,” e le dato ofo postando le precedando evenando. “Who knewo que tu wero goando a le Northumberland Hotelo?” askedo Holmes, glancando keenmente acrosso ad nose visitero. “No oneo couldo havoa knowno. Nos onmente decidedo aftero Me meto Dro. Mortimer.” “But Dro. Mortimer waso noo doubto alreadio stoppando thero?” “No, Me hado beeno stayando con un amico,” saido le doctero. “There waso noo possiblo indication que nos intendedo a gooa a thiso hotelo.” “Hum! Someono seemso a beoa verio deepmente interestedo in tue movements.” Outo ofo le envelope illo tooko un half-sheet ofo foolscap papero folded intoo fouro. Thiso illo openedo e spreado flato upono le tablo. Acrosso le middlo ofo illo un singlo sentenco hado beeno formedo per le expedient ofo pastando printedo wordso upono illo. Illo rano: Aso tu valuo tue lifo o tue reasono keepoa awaio de le moor. Le verbo “moor” onmente waso printedo in inko. “Now,” saido Siro Henrio Baskerville, “perhaps tu tellora me, Mro. Holmes, whato in thunder iso le meanando ofo que, e whoo illo iso que takeso soo mucho interesto in mie affairso?” “What dooa tu makoa ofo illo, Dro. Mortimer? Tu musto allowo que thero iso nothando supernatural abouto thiso, ad anyo rato?” “No, siro, sed illo mighto verio wello comoa de someono whoo waso convinced que le busiitio iso supernatural.” “What busiitio?” askedo Siro Henrio sharpmente. “It seemso a me que allo tu gentlemen knowoa un greato dealo moro thano Me dooa abouto mie owno affairso.” “You shallo sharo nose knowledgo beforo tu leavoa thiso roomo, Siro Henrio. Me promiso tu que,” saido Sherlock Holmes. “We confine ourselveso pro le presento con tue permissiono a thiso verio interestando documento, whicho musto havora beeno putoa togethero e postedo yesterdaio evenando. Havoa tu yesterday’s _Times_, Watson?” “It iso hero in le cornero.” “Might Me troublo tu pro it—the insido pago, pleaso, con le leadando articleso?” Illo glanced swiftmente overo illo, runnando illoe eyeso upo e downo le columnso. “Capital articlo thiso su freo trado. Permito me a givoa tu un extract de illo. ‘You mayo beoa cajoled intoo imaginando que tue owno specialo trado o tue owno industrio beora encouraged per un protective tariff, sed illo standso a reasono que sucho legislatiano musto in le longe runoa keepoa awaio wealtho de le patrio, diminish le valuo ofo nose imports, e lowero le generalo conditionso ofo lifo in thiso islando.’ “What dooa tu thinkoa ofo que, Watson?” cried Holmes in alte glee, rubbando illoe handso togethero con satisfactiano. “Don’t tu thinkoa que iso un admirable sentiment?” Dro. Mortimer lookedo ad Holmes con un airo ofo professionalo interesto, e Siro Henrio Baskerville turnedo un pairo ofo puzzled darko eyeso upono me. “I don’t knowoa mucho abouto le tariff e thingso ofo que kindo,” saido illo, “but illo seemso a me we’ve goto un bito offo le trailo soo faro aso que noto iso concernedo.” “On le contrary, Me thinkoa nos areo particularmente calide upono le trailo, Siro Henrio. Watson hero knowso moro abouto mie methodso thano tu dooa, sed Me fearo que eveno illo haso non quito grasped le significance ofo thiso sentenco.” “No, Me confess que Me seeoa noo connectiano.” “And yeto, mie dearo Watson, thero iso soo verio closo un connectiano que le oneo iso extracted outo ofo le othero. ‘You,’ ‘your,’ ‘your,’ ‘life,’ ‘reason,’ ‘value,’ ‘keep awaio,’ ‘from le.’ Don’t tu seeoa nowo whence theso wordso havoa beeno takeno?” “By thunder, you’re dextro! Wello, ifo que isn’t smarto!” cried Siro Henrio. “If anyo possiblo doubto remained illo iso settled per le facto que ‘keep away’ e ‘from the’ areo cuto outo in oneo pieco.” “Well, now—so illo iso!” “Really, Mro. Holmes, thiso exceeds anythando whicho Me couldo havoa imagined,” saido Dro. Mortimer, gazando ad mie amico in amazement. “I couldo understandoa anyono sayando que le wordso wero de un newspapero; sed que tu shouldo nomino whicho, e addo que illo camo de le leadando articlo, iso realmente oneo ofo le mosto remarkable thingso whicho Me havoa evero knowno. Howo dido tu dooa illo?” “I presume, Doctero, que tu couldo telloa le skull ofo un negro de que ofo un Esquimau?” “Most certainmente.” “But howo?” “Because que iso mie specialo hobby. Le differenceso areo obviouso. Le supra-orbital crest, le facial anglo, le maxillary curve, the—” “But thiso iso mie specialo hobby, e le differenceso areo equalmente obviouso. Thero iso aso mucho differenco a mie eyeso betweeno le leaded bourgeois typo ofo un _Times_ articlo e le slovenmente printo ofo un evenando half-penny papero aso thero couldo beoa betweeno tue negro e tue Esquimau. Le detectiano ofo typeso iso oneo ofo le mosto elementario branches ofo knowledgo a le specialo experto in crimo, thougho Me confess que onco wheno Me waso verio youngo Me confused le _Leeds Mercury_ con le _Western Mornando News_. Sed un _Times_ leadero iso entiremente distinctive, e theso wordso couldo havoa beeno takeno de nothando elso. Aso illo waso dono yesterdaio le forte probability waso que nos shouldo findoa le wordso in yesterday’s issuo.” “So faro aso Me cano followo tu, theno, Mro. Holmes,” saido Siro Henrio Baskerville, “someone cuto outo thiso messago con un scissors—” “Nail-scissors,” saido Holmes. “You cano seeoa que illo waso un verio short-bladed scissors, sinco le cutter hado a takoa twoo snips overo ‘keep awaio.’” “That iso soo. Someono, theno, cuto outo le messago con un pairo ofo short-bladed scissors, pasted illo con paste—” “Gum,” saido Holmes. “With gum su a le papero. Sed Me wantoa a knowoa whyo le verbo ‘moor’ shouldo havoa beeno writteno?” “Because illo couldo non findoa illo in printo. Le othero wordso wero allo simplo e mighto beoa foundo in anyo issuo, sed ‘moor’ wouldo beoa lesso commono.” “Why, ofo courso, que wouldo explaino illo. Havoa tu reado anythando elso in thiso messago, Mro. Holmes?” “There areo oneo o twoo indications, e yeto le utmost pains havoa beeno takeno a removo allo clues. Le addresso, tu observe iso printedo in rough characterso. Sed le _Times_ iso un papero whicho iso seldom foundo in anyo handso sed thoso ofo le highmente educated. Nos mayo takoa illo, thereforo, que le lettero waso composed per un educated viro whoo wished a pose aso un uneducated oneo, e illoe efforto a conceal illoe owno writando suggestso que que writando mighto beoa knowno, o comoa a beoa knowno, per tu. Againo, tu observe que le wordso areo non gummed su in un accurato lino, sed que somo areo mucho highero thano otherso. ‘Life,’ pro examplo iso quito outo ofo illoe propero loco. Que mayo puncto a carelessness o illo mayo puncto a agitation e hurry upono le parto ofo le cutter. Su le wholo Me incline a le lattero viewo, sinco le mattero waso evidentmente importanto, e illo iso unlikemente que le composer ofo sucho un lettero wouldo beora careless. Ifo illo wero in un hurry illo openso upo le interestando questio whyo illo shouldo beoa in un hurry, sinco anyo lettero postedo upo a earmente mornando wouldo reacho Siro Henrio beforo illo wouldo leavoa illoe hotelo. Dido le composer fearo un interruption—and de whomo?” “We areo comando nowo rathero intoo le regiono ofo guesswork,” saido Dro. Mortimer. “Say, rathero, intoo le regiono whero nos balanco probabilities e chooso le mosto likemente. Illo iso le scientifico useoa ofo le imagination, sed nos havoa alwayso somo materialo basiso su whicho a startoa nose speculation. Nowo, tu wouldo calloa illo un guesso, noo doubto, sed Me amo almosto certaino que thiso addresso haso beeno writteno in un hotelo.” “How in le mundo cano tu sayoa que?” “If tu examino illo carefulmente tu seeora que botho le peno e le inko havoa giveno le writero troublo. Le peno haso spluttered twico in un singlo verbo e haso runoa dryo threo timeso in un curte addresso, showando que thero waso verio littlo inko in le bottlo. Nowo, un privato peno o ink-bottle iso seldom allowedo a beoa in sucho un stato, e le combinatiano ofo le twoo musto beoa quito raro. Sed tu knowoa le hotelo inko e le hotelo peno, whero illo iso raro a geto anythando elso. Yeso, Me havoa verio littlo hesitation in sayando que couldo nos examino le waste-paper baskets ofo le hotelso aroundo Charando Crosso untilo nos foundo le remainso ofo le mutilated _Times_ leadero nos couldo layo nose handso straighto upono le persono whoo sento thiso singular messago. Halloa! Halloa! What’s thiso?” Illo waso carefulmente examinando le foolscap, upono whicho le wordso wero pasted, holdando illo onmente un incho o twoo de illoe eyeso. “Well?” “Nothing,” saido illo, throwando illo downo. “It iso un blanko half-sheet ofo papero, withouto eveno un water-mark upono illo. Me thinkoa nos havoa drawno aso mucho aso nos cano de thiso curious lettero; e nowo, Siro Henrio, haso anythando elso ofo interesto happenedo a tu sinco tu havoa beeno in Londono?” “Why, noo, Mro. Holmes. Me thinkoa non.” “You havoa non observedo anyono followo o watcho tu?” “I seemoa a havoa walked dextro intoo le thicko ofo un dime novelo,” saido nose visitero. “Why in thunder shouldo anyono followo o watcho me?” “We areo comando a que. Tu havoa nothando elso a reporto a nos beforo nos gooa intoo thiso mattero?” “Well, illo dependso upono whato tu thinkoa wortho reportando.” “I thinkoa anythando outo ofo le ordinario routine ofo lifo wello wortho reportando.” Siro Henrio smiled. “I don’t knowoa mucho ofo Britisho lifo yeto, pro Me havoa spento nearmente allo mie tempo in le Stateso e in Canadao. Sed Me hopo que a losoa oneo ofo tue bootso iso non parto ofo le ordinario routine ofo lifo overo hero.” “You havoa losto oneo ofo tue bootso?” “My dearo siro,” cried Dro. Mortimer, “it iso onmente mislaid. Tu findora illo wheno tu returno a le hotelo. Whato iso le useoa ofo troublando Mro. Holmes con trifles ofo thiso kindo?” “Well, illo askedo me pro anythando outsido le ordinario routine.” “Exactly,” saido Holmes, “however foolish le incidento mayo seemoa. Tu havoa losto oneo ofo tue bootso, tu sayoa?” “Well, mislaid illo, anyhow. Me putoa illos botho outsido mie doero lasto nocto, e thero waso onmente oneo in le mornando. Me couldo geto noo senso outo ofo le chap whoo cleans illos. Le worsto ofo illo iso que Me onmente boughto le pairo lasto nocto in le Strand, e Me havoa nevero hado illos su.” “If tu havoa nevero worn illos, whyo dido tu putoa illos outo a beoa cleaned?” “They wero tan bootso e hado nevero beeno varnished. Que waso whyo Me putoa illos outo.” “Then Me understandoa que su tue arrivalo in Londono yesterdaio tu wento outo ad onco e boughto un pairo ofo bootso?” “I dido un bone dealo ofo shoppando. Dro. Mortimer hero wento roundo con me. Tu seeoa, ifo Me amo a beoa squire downo thero Me musto dresso le parto, e illo mayo beoa que Me havoa goto un littlo careless in mie wayso outo Westo. Amongo othero thingso Me boughto theso browno boots—gave sixo dollarso pro them—and hado oneo stolen beforo evero Me hado illos su mie feeto.” “It seemso un singularmente useless thando a steal,” saido Sherlock Holmes. “I confess que Me sharo Dro. Mortimer’s belief que illo non beora longe beforo le missando booto iso foundo.” “And, nowo, gentlemen,” saido le baronet con decisiono, “it seemso a me que Me havoa spoken quito enougho abouto le littlo que Me knowoa. Illo iso tempo que tu kepto tue promiso e gavo me un plene accounto ofo whato nos areo allo drivando ad.” “Your requesto iso un verio reasonablo oneo,” Holmes answered. “Dr. Mortimer, Me thinkoa tu couldo non dooa bettero thano a telloa tue storio aso tu toldo illo a nos.” Thuso encouraged, nose scientifico amico drew illoe paperso de illoe pocketo e presentedo le wholo caso aso illo hado dono upono le mornando beforo. Siro Henrio Baskerville listened con le deepest attentiano e con un occasional exclamation ofo surpriso. “Well, Me seemoa a havoa comoa intoo un inheritance con un vengeance,” saido illo wheno le longe narrative waso finishedo. “Of courso, I’ve heardo ofo le hound evero sinco Me waso in le nursery. It’s le peto storio ofo le familio, thougho Me nevero thoughto ofo takando illo seriousmente beforo. Sed aso a mie uncle’s death—well, illo allo seemso boilando upo in mie heado, e Me can’t geto illo clearo yeto. Tu don’t seemoa quito a havoa mado upo tue mindo whethero it’s un caso pro un policeman o un clergyman.” “Precisely.” “And nowo there’s thiso affair ofo le lettero a me ad le hotelo. Me suppose que fits intoo illoe loco.” “It seemso a showoa que someono knowso moro thano nos dooa abouto whato goeso su upono le moor,” saido Dro. Mortimer. “And alsoo,” saido Holmes, “that someono iso non ill-disposed towardso tu, sinco illos warn tu ofo dangero.” “Or illo mayo beoa que illos wisho, pro illose owno purposeso, a scare me awaio.” “Well, ofo courso, que iso possiblo alsoo. Me amo verio mucho indebted a tu, Dro. Mortimer, pro introducando me a un problemo whicho presentso severalo interestando alternatives. Sed le practicalo puncto whicho nos nowo havoa a decido, Siro Henrio, iso whethero illo iso o iso non advisable pro tu a gooa a Baskerville Hallo.” “Why shouldo Me non gooa?” “There seemso a beoa dangero.” “Do tu meanoa dangero de thiso familio fiend o dooa tu meanoa dangero de humano beings?” “Well, que iso whato nos havoa a findoa outo.” “Whichever illo iso, mie answero iso fixedo. Thero iso noo devil in hell, Mro. Holmes, e thero iso noo viro upono eartho whoo cano prevento me de goando a le homo ofo mie owno peoplo, e tu mayo takoa que a beoa mie finalo answero.” Illoe darko brows knitted e illoe faco flushed a un dusky redo aso illo spoke. Illo waso evident que le fiery temper ofo le Baskervilles waso non extinct in thiso illose lasto representativo. “Meanwhile,” saido illo, “I havoa hardmente hado tempo a thinkoa overo allo que tu havoa toldo me. It’s un grande thando pro un viro a havoa a understandoa e a decido ad oneo sittando. Me shouldo likoa a havoa un quieto houro per myselfo a makoa upo mie mindo. Nowo, lookoa hero, Mro. Holmes, it’s half-past eleven nowo e Me amo goando backo dextro awaio a mie hotelo. Suppose tu e tue amico, Dro. Watson, comoa roundo e luncho con nos ad twoo. I’ll beoa ablo a telloa tu moro clearmente theno howo thiso thando strikes me.” “Is que convenient a tu, Watson?” “Perfectly.” “Then tu mayo expecto nos. Shallo Me havoa un cab calledo?” “I’d prefero a walko, pro thiso affair haso flurried me rathero.” “I’ll joino tu in un walko, con pleasuro,” saido illoe companion. “Then nos meetoa againo ad twoo o’clock. Auo revoir, e good-morning!” Nos heardo le stepso ofo nose visitorso descend le stair e le bango ofo le fronto doero. In un instanto Holmes hado changedo de le languid dreamer a le viro ofo actiano. “Your hato e bootso, Watson, quicko! Non un momento a losoa!” Illo rushed intoo illoe roomo in illoe dressing-gown e waso backo againo in un fewo secondso in un frock-coat. Nos hurried togethero downo le stairs e intoo le streeto. Dro. Mortimer e Baskerville wero stillo visiblo abouto twoo hundredo yardso aheado ofo nos in le directiano ofo Oxfordo Streeto. “Shall Me runoa su e stopo illos?” “Not pro le mundo, mie dearo Watson. Me amo perfectmente satisfiedo con tue companio ifo tu tolerate mino. Nose friendso areo wiso, pro illo iso certainmente un verio fino mornando pro un walko.” Illo quickened illoe pace untilo nos hado decreased le distanco whicho dividedo nos per abouto halfo. Theno, stillo keepando un hundredo yardso behindo, nos followedo intoo Oxfordo Streeto e soo downo Regent Streeto. Onco nose friendso stoppedo e stared intoo un shopo windowo, upono whicho Holmes dido le samo. Un instanto afterwards illo gavo un littlo cry ofo satisfactiano, e, followando le directiano ofo illoe eager eyeso, Me sawo que un hansom cab con un viro insido whicho hado halted su le othero sido ofo le streeto waso nowo proceedando slowmente onward againo. “There’s nose viro, Watson! Comora alongo! We’ll havoa un bone lookoa ad illo, ifo nos cano dooa noo moro.” Ad que instanto Me waso awaro ofo un bushy blacko beard e un pairo ofo piercando eyeso turnedo upono nos througho le sido windowo ofo le cab. Instantmente le trapdoor ad le topo flew upo, somethando waso screamed a le drivero, e le cab flew madmente offo downo Regent Streeto. Holmes lookedo eagermente roundo pro anothero, sed noo vacue oneo waso in sighto. Theno illo dashed in wildo pursuit amid le streamo ofo le traffico, sed le startoa waso tooo greato, e alreadio le cab waso outo ofo sighto. “There nowo!” saido Holmes bittermente aso illo emerged pantando e albe con vexation de le tide ofo vehicleso. “Was evero sucho male lucko e sucho male managemento, tooo? Watson, Watson, ifo tu areo un honest viro tu recordo thiso alsoo e setora illo againsto mie successes!” “Who waso le viro?” “I havoa non un ideao.” “A spyo?” “Well, illo waso evident de whato nos havoa heardo que Baskerville haso beeno verio closemente shadowed per someono sinco illo haso beeno in towno. Howo elso couldo illo beoa knowno soo quickmente que illo waso le Northumberland Hotelo whicho illo hado choseno? Ifo illos hado followedo illo le firsto dio Me argued que illos wouldo followo illo alsoo le secondo. Tu mayo havoa observedo que Me twico strolled overo a le windowo whilo Dro. Mortimer waso readando illoe legendo.” “Yes, Me remembero.” “I waso lookando outo pro loiterers in le streeto, sed Me sawo nono. Nos areo dealando con un clever viro, Watson. Thiso mattero cuts verio deepo, e thougho Me havoa non finalmente mado upo mie mindo whethero illo iso un benevolent o un malevolent agencio whicho iso in toucho con nos, Me amo conscious alwayso ofo powero e designo. Wheno nose friendso lefto Me ad onco followedo illos in le hopes ofo markando downo illose invisible attendant. Soo wimente waso illo que illo hado non trustedo himselfo upono footo, sed illo hado availed himselfo ofo un cab soo que illo couldo loiter behindo o dash pasto illos e soo escapo illose notico. Illoe methodo hado le additionalo advantago que ifo illos wero a takoa un cab illo waso allo readio a followo illos. Illo haso, howevero, oneo obviouso disadvantage.” “It puts illo in le powero ofo le cabman.” “Exactly.” “What un pity nos dido non geto le numero!” “My dearo Watson, clumsy aso Me havoa beeno, tu suremente dooa non seriousmente imagino que Me neglected a geto le numero? Noo. 2704 iso nose viro. Sed que iso noo useoa a nos pro le momento.” “I failo a seeoa howo tu couldo havoa dono moro.” “On observando le cab Me shouldo havoa instantmente turnedo e walked in le othero directiano. Me shouldo theno ad mie leisuro havoa hired un secondo cab e followedo le firsto ad un respectful distanco, o, bettero stillo, havoa driveno a le Northumberland Hotelo e waited thero. Wheno nose unknowno hado followedo Baskerville homo nos shouldo havoa hado le opportunitato ofo playando illoe owno gamo upono himselfo e seeando whero illo mado pro. Aso illo iso, per un indiscreet eagerness, whicho waso takeno advantago ofo con extraordinary quickness e energio per nose opponent, nos havoa betrayed ourselveso e losto nose viro.” Nos hado beeno saunterando slowmente downo Regent Streeto durando thiso conversatiano, e Dro. Mortimer, con illoe companion, hado longe vanished in fronto ofo nos. “There iso noo objecto in nose followando illos,” saido Holmes. “The shadowo haso departed e non returno. Nos musto seeora whato furthero cardso nos havoa in nose handso e plaioa illos con decisiono. Couldo tu swear a que man’s faco withino le cab?” “I couldo swear onmente a le beard.” “And soo couldo I—from whicho Me gather que in allo probability illo waso un falso oneo. Un clever viro upono soo delicate un errand haso noo useoa pro un beard savo a conceal illoe featureso. Comoa in hero, Watson!” Illo turnedo intoo oneo ofo le districto messengero officeso, whero illo waso warmmente greeted per le managero. “Ah, Wilsono, Me seeoa tu havoa non forgotteno le littlo caso in whicho Me hado le bone fortune a helpoa tu?” “No, siro, indeedo Me havoa non. Tu savedo mie bone nomino, e perhapso mie lifo.” “My dearo fellowo, tu exaggerate. Me havoa somo recollection, Wilsono, que tu hado amongo tue boyso un lad namedo Cartwright, whoo showedo somo abilitato durando le investigatiano.” “Yes, siro, illo iso stillo con nos.” “Could tu rando illo upo?—thank tu! E Me shouldo beoa glado a havoa changoa ofo thiso five-pound noto.” Un lad ofo fourteen, con un brighto, keen faco, hado obeyed le summons ofo le managero. Illo stva nowo gazando con greato reverence ad le famouso detective. “Let me havoa le Hotelo Directorio,” saido Holmes. “Thank tu! Nowo, Cartwright, thero areo le nameso ofo twenty-three hotelso hero, allo in le immediato neighbourhood ofo Charando Crosso. Dooa tu seeoa?” “Yes, siro.” “You visito eacho ofo theso in turnora.” “Yes, siro.” “You beginora in eacho caso per givando le outsido porter oneo shillando. Hero areo twenty-three shillings.” “Yes, siro.” “You tellora illo que tu wantoa a seeoa le waste-paper ofo yesterdaio. Tu sayora que un importanto telegram haso miscarried e que tu areo lookando pro illo. Tu understandoa?” “Yes, siro.” “But whato tu areo realmente lookando pro iso le centro pago ofo le _Times_ con somo holes cuto in illo con scissors. Hero iso un copio ofo le _Times_. Illo iso thiso pago. Tu couldo easimente recognizo illo, couldo tu non?” “Yes, siro.” “In eacho caso le outsido porter sendo pro le hallo porter, a whomo alsoo tu givora un shillando. Hero areo twenty-three shillings. Tu theno learnora in possibmente twentio caseso outo ofo le twenty-three que le wasto ofo le dio beforo haso beeno burned o removedo. In le threo othero caseso tu beora showno un heap ofo papero e tu lookora pro thiso pago ofo le _Times_ amongo illo. Le oddso areo enormousmente againsto tue findando illo. Thero areo teno shillings overo in caso ofo emergencies. Letoa me havoa un reporto per wiro ad Bakero Streeto beforo evenando. E nowo, Watson, illo onmente remainso pro nos a findoa outo per wiro le identitato ofo le cabman, Noo. 2704, e theno nos dropo intoo oneo ofo le Bondo Streeto picturo gallerieso e fillo in le tempo untilo nos areo dueo ad le hotelo.” Chaptero 5. Threo Brokeno Threadso Sherlock Holmes hado, in un verio remarkable degreo, le powero ofo detachando illoe mindo ad . Pro twoo hourso le strango busiitio in whicho nos hado beeno involvedo appearedo a beora forgotteno, e illo waso entiremente absorbed in le pictureso ofo le moderno Belgian masterso. Illo wouldo talkoa ofo nothando sed arto, ofo whicho illo hado le crudest ideaso, de nose leavando le gallerio untilo nos foundo ourselveso ad le Northumberland Hotelo. “Sir Henrio Baskerville iso upstairs expectando tu,” saido le clerk. “He askedo me a showoa tu upo ad onco wheno tu camo.” “Have tu anyo objection a mie lookando ad tue registero?” saido Holmes. “Not in le leasto.” Le libro showedo que twoo nameso hado beeno addedo aftero que ofo Baskerville. Oneo waso Theophilus Johnsono e familio, ofo Newcastle; le othero Mrs. Oldmore e maid, ofo Alte Lodgo, Alton. “Surely que musto beoa le samo Johnsono whomo Me usedo a knowoa,” saido Holmes a le porter. “A lawyero, iso illo non, grey-headed, e walks con un limp?” “No, siro, thiso iso Mro. Johnsono, le coal-owner, un verio activo gentleman, non oldero thano yourselfo.” “Surely tu areo mistaken abouto illoe trado?” “No, siro! illo haso usedo thiso hotelo pro manio yearso, e illo iso verio wello knowno a nos.” “Ah, que settles illo. Mrs. Oldmore, tooo; Me seemoa a remembero le nomino. Excuse mie curiosity, sed ofteno in callando upono oneo amico oneo findso anothero.” “She iso un invalid ladio, siro. Illo husbando waso onco mayero ofo Gloucester. Illo alwayso comeso a nos wheno illo iso in towno.” “Thank tu; Me amo afraid Me cannot claimo illo acquaintance. Nos havoa establishedo un mosto importanto facto per theso questionso, Watson,” illo continuedo in un basse voico aso nos wento upstairs togethero. “We knowoa nowo que le peoplo whoo areo soo interestedo in nose amico havoa non settled downo in illoe owno hotelo. Que meanso que whilo illos areo, aso nos havoa seeno, verio anxious a watcho illo, illos areo equalmente anxious que illo shouldo non seeoa illos. Nowo, thiso iso un mosto suggestive facto.” “What doeso illo suggesto?” “It suggests—halloa, mie dearo fellowo, whato su eartho iso le mattero?” Aso nos camo roundo le topo ofo le stairs nos hado runoa upo againsto Siro Henrio Baskerville himselfo. Illoe faco waso flushed con anger, e illo heldo un vetere e dusty booto in oneo ofo illoe handso. Soo furious waso illo que illo waso hardmente articulate, e wheno illo dido speako illo waso in un mucho broader e moro Westerno dialect thano anyo whicho nos hado heardo de illo in le mornando. “Seems a me illos areo playando me pro un sucker in thiso hotelo,” illo cried. “They’ll findoa they’ve startedo in a monkey con le wrongo viro unlesso illos areo careful. Per thunder, ifo que chap can’t findoa mie missando booto thero beora troublo. Me cano takoa un joke con le besto, Mro. Holmes, sed they’ve goto un bito overo le marko thiso tempo.” “Still lookando pro tue booto?” “Yes, siro, e meanoa a findoa illo.” “But, suremente, tu saido que illo waso un nove browno booto?” “So illo waso, siro. E nowo it’s un vetere blacko oneo.” “What! tu don’t meanoa a say—?” “That’s justo whato Me dooa meanoa a sayoa. Me onmente hado threo pairs in le world—the nove browno, le vetere blacko, e le patento leathers, whicho Me amo wearando. Lasto nocto illos tooko oneo ofo mie browno oneso, e todaio illos havoa sneaked oneo ofo le blacko. Wello, havoa tu goto illo? Speako outo, viro, e don’t standoa starando!” Un agitated Germano waiter hado appearedo upono le sceno. “No, siro; Me havoa mado inquirio allo overo le hotelo, sed Me cano hearoa noo verbo ofo illo.” “Well, eithero que booto comeso backo beforo sundown o I’ll seeoa le managero e telloa illo que Me gooa dextro straighto outo ofo thiso hotelo.” “It shallo beoa foundo, sir—I promiso tu que ifo tu havora un littlo patience illo beora foundo.” “Mind illo iso, pro it’s le lasto thando ofo mino que I’ll losoa in thiso deno ofo thieves. Wello, wello, Mro. Holmes, you’ll excuse mie troublando tu abouto sucho un trifle—” “I thinkoa it’s wello wortho troublando abouto.” “Why, tu lookoa verio seriouso overo illo.” “How dooa tu explaino illo?” “I justo don’t attempto a explaino illo. Illo seemso le verio maddest, queerest thando que evero happenedo a me.” “The queerest perhaps—” saido Holmes thoughtfulmente. “What dooa tu makoa ofo illo yourselfo?” “Well, Me don’t profess a understandoa illo yeto. Thiso caso ofo yourso iso verio complexo, Siro Henrio. Wheno takeno in conjunction con tue uncle’s deatho Me amo non suro que ofo allo le fivo hundredo caseso ofo capitalo importanco whicho Me havoa handled thero iso oneo whicho cuts soo deepo. Sed nos holdoa severalo threadso in nose handso, e le oddso areo que oneo o othero ofo illos guideso nos a le trutho. Nos mayo wasto tempo in followando le wrongo oneo, sed sooner o latero nos musto comoa upono le dextro.” Nos hado un pleasant luncheon in whicho littlo waso saido ofo le busiitio whicho hado broughto nos togethero. Illo waso in le privato sitting-room a whicho nos afterwards repaired que Holmes askedo Baskerville whato wero illoe intentions. “To gooa a Baskerville Hallo.” “And wheno?” “At le endo ofo le weeko.” “On le wholo,” saido Holmes, “I thinkoa que tue decisiono iso un wiso oneo. Me havoa ample evidenco que tu areo beando dogged in Londono, e amid le millionso ofo thiso greato civitato illo iso difficulto a discovero whoo theso peoplo areo o whato illose objecto cano beoa. Ifo illose intentions areo evilo illos mighto dooa tu un mischief, e nos shouldo beoa powerless a prevento illo. Tu dido non knowoa, Dro. Mortimer, que tu wero followedo thiso mornando de mie domo?” Dro. Mortimer startedo violentmente. “Followed! Per whomo?” “That, unfortunatemente, iso whato Me cannot telloa tu. Havoa tu amongo tue neighbours o acquaintances su Dartmoor anyo viro con un blacko, plene beard?” “No—or, letoa me see—why, yeso. Barrymore, Siro Charles’s butler, iso un viro con un plene, blacko beard.” “Ha! Whero iso Barrymore?” “He iso in chargo ofo le Hallo.” “We hado besto ascertain ifo illo iso realmente thero, o ifo per anyo possibilitato illo mighto beoa in Londono.” “How cano tu dooa que?” “Give me un telegraph formo. ‘Is allo readio pro Siro Henrio?’ Que doora. Addresso a Mro. Barrymore, Baskerville Hallo. Whato iso le nearesto telegraph-office? Grimpen. Verio bone, nos sendo un secondo wiro a le postmaster, Grimpen: ‘Telegram a Mro. Barrymore a beora deliveredo intoo illoe owno hando. Ifo absent, pleaso returno wiro a Siro Henrio Baskerville, Northumberland Hotelo.’ Que shouldo letoa nos knowoa beforo evenando whethero Barrymore iso ad illoe posto in Devonshire o non.” “That’s soo,” saido Baskerville. “By le wayo, Dro. Mortimer, whoo iso thiso Barrymore, anyhow?” “He iso le sono ofo le vetere caretaker, whoo iso deado. Illos havoa lookedo aftero le Hallo pro fouro generations nowo. Soo faro aso Me knowoa, illo e illoe wifo areo aso respectable un couplo aso anyo in le countio.” “At le samo tempo,” saido Baskerville, “it’s clearo enougho que soo longe aso thero areo nono ofo le familio ad le Hallo theso peoplo havoa un mighty fino homo e nothando a dooa.” “That iso vere.” “Did Barrymore profito ad allo per Siro Charles’s ?” askedo Holmes. “He e illoe wifo hado fivo hundredo poundso eacho.” “Ha! Dido illos knowora que illos wouldo receivo thiso?” “Yes; Siro Charleso waso verio fond ofo talkando abouto le provisionso ofo illoe .” “That iso verio interestando.” “I hopo,” saido Dro. Mortimer, “that tu doora non lookoa con suspicious eyeso upono everyono whoo receivedo un legacio de Siro Charleso, pro Me alsoo hado un thousando poundso lefto a me.” “Indeed! E anyono elso?” “There wero manio insignificant sums a individualso, e un largo numero ofo publico charities. Le residue allo wento a Siro Henrio.” “And howo mucho waso le residue?” “Seven hundredo e forty thousando poundso.” Holmes raisedo illoe eyebrows in surpriso. “I hado noo ideao que soo gigantic un sumo waso involvedo,” saido illo. “Sir Charleso hado le reputation ofo beando richo, sed nos dido non knowoa howo verio richo illo waso untilo nos camo a examino illoe securitieso. Le totalo valuo ofo le estato waso closo su a un milliono.” “Dear me! Illo iso un stake pro whicho un viro mighto wello plaioa un desperate gamo. E oneo moro questio, Dro. Mortimer. Supposando que anythando happenedo a nose youngo amico here—you forgive le unpleasant hypothesis!—who wouldo inherit le estato?” “Since Rodger Baskerville, Siro Charles’s younger brothero diedo unmarried, le estato wouldo descend a le Desmonds, whoo areo distant cousins. Jameso Desmond iso un eldermente clergyman in Westmoreland.” “Thank tu. Theso detailso areo allo ofo greato interesto. Havora tu meto Mro. Jameso Desmond?” “Yes; illo onco camo downo a visito Siro Charleso. Illo iso un viro ofo venerable appearanco e ofo saintmente lifo. Me remembero que illo refused a accepto anyo settlemento de Siro Charleso, thougho illo pressed illo upono illo.” “And thiso viro ofo simplo tastes wouldo beoa le heir a Siro Charles’s thousandso.” “He wouldo beoa le heir a le estato becauso que iso entailed. Illo wouldo alsoo beoa le heir a le pecunio unlesso illo wero willed otherwiso per le presento ownero, whoo cano, ofo courso, dooa whato illo likes con illo.” “And havoa tu mado tue , Siro Henrio?” “No, Mro. Holmes, Me havora non. I’ve hado noo tempo, pro illo waso onmente yesterdaio que Me learnedo howo matterso stva. Sed in anyo caso Me feeloa que le pecunio shouldo gooa con le titlo e estato. Que waso mie poero uncle’s ideao. Howo iso le ownero goando a restore le glories ofo le Baskervilles ifo illo haso non pecunio enougho a keepoa upo le propertio? Domo, lando, e dollarso musto gooa togethero.” “Quite soo. Wello, Siro Henrio, Me amo ofo oneo mindo con tu aso a le advisability ofo tue goando downo a Devonshire withouto delaio. Thero iso onmente oneo provisiono whicho Me musto makoa. Tu certainmente musto non gooa alono.” “Dr. Mortimer returnso con me.” “But Dro. Mortimer haso illoe practico a attendo a, e illoe domo iso mileso awaio de yourso. Con allo le goodwill in le mundo illo mayo beoa unablo a helpoa tu. Noo, Siro Henrio, tu musto takoa con tu someono, un trusty viro, whoo beora alwayso per tue sido.” “Is illo possiblo que tu couldo comoa yourselfo, Mro. Holmes?” “If matterso camo a un crisiso Me shouldo endeavour a beoa presento in persono; sed tu cano understandoa que, con mie extensivo consultando practico e con le constanto appeals whicho reacho me de manio quarters, illo iso impossiblo pro me a beoa absent de Londono pro un indefinite tempo. Ad le presento instanto oneo ofo le mosto revered nameso in Englando iso beando besmirched per un blackmailer, e onmente Me cano stopo un disastrous scandal. Tu seeora howo impossiblo illo iso pro me a gooa a Dartmoor.” “Whom wouldo tu recommendo, theno?” Holmes laido illoe hando upono mie armo. “If mie amico wouldo undertake illo thero iso noo viro whoo iso bettero wortho havando ad tue sido wheno tu areo in un tighto loco. Noo oneo cano sayoa soo moro confidentmente thano Me.” Le proposition tooko me completemente per surpriso, sed beforo Me hado tempo a answero, Baskerville seized me per le hando e wrung illo heartimente. “Well, nowo, que iso realo kindo ofo tu, Dro. Watson,” saido illo. “You seeoa howo illo iso con me, e tu knowoa justo aso mucho abouto le mattero aso Me dooa. Ifo tu comora downo a Baskerville Hallo e seeoa me througho I’ll nevero forgeto illo.” Le promiso ofo adventuro hado alwayso un fascination pro me, e Me waso complimented per le wordso ofo Holmes e per le eagerness con whicho le baronet hailed me aso un companion. “I comora, con pleasuro,” saido Me. “I dooa non knowoa howo Me couldo employ mie tempo bettero.” “And tu reporto verio carefulmente a me,” saido Holmes. “When un crisiso comeso, aso illo doora, Me directo howo tu shallo acto. Me suppose que per Saturdaio allo mighto beora readio?” “Would que suito Dro. Watson?” “Perfectly.” “Then su Saturdaio, unlesso tu hearoa a le contrary, nos shallo meetoa ad le ten-thirty traino de Paddington.” Nos hado risen a depart wheno Baskerville gavo un cry ofo triumph, e divando intoo oneo ofo le corners ofo le roomo illo drew un browno booto de undero un cabineto. “My missando booto!” illo cried. “May allo nose difficulties vanish aso easimente!” saido Sherlock Holmes. “But illo iso un verio singular thando,” Dro. Mortimer remarked. “I searched thiso roomo carefulmente beforo luncho.” “And soo dido Me,” saido Baskerville. “Every incho ofo illo.” “There waso certainmente noo booto in illo theno.” “In que caso le waiter musto havoa placedo illo thero whilo nos wero lunchando.” Le Germano waso sento pro sed professed a knowoa nothando ofo le mattero, noro couldo anyo inquirio clearo illo upo. Anothero itemo hado beeno addedo a que constanto e apparentmente purposeless serieso ofo parve mysteries whicho hado succeeded eacho othero soo rapidmente. Settando aside le wholo grim storio ofo Siro Charles’s deatho, nos hado un lino ofo inexplicable incidents allo withino le limitso ofo twoo dayso, whicho includedo le receipto ofo le printedo lettero, le black-bearded spyo in le hansom, le losso ofo le nove browno booto, le losso ofo le vetere blacko booto, e nowo le returno ofo le nove browno booto. Holmes sato in silence in le cab aso nos drove backo a Bakero Streeto, e Me knewo de illoe drawno brows e keen faco que illoe mindo, likoa mie owno, waso busio in endeavourando a framo somo schemo intoo whicho allo theso strango e apparentmente disconnected episodes couldo beoa fitted. Allo afternoono e lato intoo le evenando illo sato losto in tobaccoo e thoughto. Justo beforo dinnero twoo telegrams wero handed in. Le firsto rano: Havoa justo heardo que Barrymore iso ad le Hallo. Baskerville. Le secondo: Visitedo twenty-three hotelso aso directedo, sed sorrio a reporto unablo a trace cuto sheeto ofo _Times_. Cartwright. “There gooa twoo ofo mie threadso, Watson. Thero iso nothando moro stimulatando thano un caso whero everythando goeso againsto tu. Nos musto casto roundo pro anothero scent.” “We havoa stillo le cabman whoo drove le spyo.” “Exactly. Me havoa wired a geto illoe nomino e addresso de le Officialo Registrio. Me shouldo non beoa surprised ifo thiso wero un answero a mie questio.” Le rando ad le bello proved a beoa somethando eveno moro satisfactory thano un answero, howevero, pro le doero openedo e un rough-looking fellowo enteredo whoo waso evidentmente le viro himselfo. “I goto un messago de le heado offico que un gent ad thiso addresso hado beeno inquirando pro Noo. 2704,” saido illo. “I’ve driveno mie cab thiso seveno yearso e nevero un verbo ofo complainto. Me camo hero straighto de le Yardo a askoa tu a tue faco whato tu hado againsto me.” “I havoa nothando in le mundo againsto tu, mie bone viro,” saido Holmes. “On le contrary, Me havoa halfo un sovereign pro tu ifo tu givora me un clearo answero a mie questionso.” “Well, I’ve hado un bone dio e noo mistake,” saido le cabman con un grin. “What waso illo tu wantedo a askoa, siro?” “First ofo allo tue nomino e addresso, in caso Me wantoa tu againo.” “John Clayton, 3 Turpey Streeto, le Borough. Mie cab iso outo ofo Shipley’s Yardo, nearo Waterloo Statiano.” Sherlock Holmes mado un noto ofo illo. “Now, Clayton, telloa me allo abouto le fare whoo camo e watched thiso domo ad teno o’clock thiso mornando e afterwards followedo le twoo gentlemen downo Regent Streeto.” Le viro lookedo surprised e un littlo embarrassed. “Why, there’s noo bone mie tellando tu thingso, pro tu seemoa a knowoa aso mucho aso Me dooa alreadio,” saido illo. “The trutho iso que le gentleman toldo me que illo waso un detective e que Me waso a sayoa nothando abouto illo a anyono.” “My bone fellowo; thiso iso un verio seriouso busiitio, e tu mayo findoa yourselfo in un prettio male positiano ifo tu tryoa a hido anythando de me. Tu sayoa que tue fare toldo tu que illo waso un detective?” “Yes, illo dido.” “When dido illo sayoa thiso?” “When illo lefto me.” “Did illo sayoa anythando moro?” “He mentionedo illoe nomino.” Holmes casto un swift glanco ofo triumph ad me. “Oh, illo mentionedo illoe nomino, dido illo? Que waso imprudent. Whato waso le nomino que illo mentionedo?” “His nomino,” saido le cabman, “was Mro. Sherlock Holmes.” Nevero havoa Me seeno mie amico moro completemente takeno aback thano per le cabman’s repmente. Pro un instanto illo sato in silent amazement. Theno illo burst intoo un hearty laugh. “A toucho, Watson—an undeniable toucho!” saido illo. “I feeloa un foil aso quicko e supple aso mie owno. Illo goto homo upono me verio prettimente que tempo. Soo illoe nomino waso Sherlock Holmes, waso illo?” “Yes, siro, que waso le gentleman’s nomino.” “Excellent! Telloa me whero tu picked illo upo e allo que occurredo.” “He hailed me ad half-past nino in Trafalgar Squaro. Illo saido que illo waso un detective, e illo offeredo me twoo guineas ifo Me wouldo dooa exactmente whato illo wantedo allo dio e askoa noo questionso. Me waso glado enougho a agreo. Firsto nos drove downo a le Northumberland Hotelo e waited thero untilo twoo gentlemen camo outo e tooko un cab de le ranko. Nos followedo illose cab untilo illo pulled upo somewhero nearo hero.” “This verio doero,” saido Holmes. “Well, Me couldn’t beoa suro ofo que, sed Me dare sayoa mie fare knewo allo abouto illo. Nos pulled upo halfway downo le streeto e waited un houro e un halfo. Theno le twoo gentlemen passedo nos, walkando, e nos followedo downo Bakero Streeto e along—” “I knowoa,” saido Holmes. “Until nos goto three-quarters downo Regent Streeto. Theno mie gentleman threw upo le trap, e illo cried que Me shouldo drivo dextro awaio a Waterloo Statiano aso difficile aso Me couldo gooa. Me whipped upo le mare e nos wero thero undero le teno minuteso. Theno illo paido upo illoe twoo guineas, likoa un bone oneo, e awaio illo wento intoo le statiano. Onmente justo aso illo waso leavando illo turnedo roundo e illo saido: ‘It mighto interesto tu a knowoa que tu havoa beeno drivando Mro. Sherlock Holmes.’ That’s howo Me comoa a knowoa le nomino.” “I seeoa. E tu sawo noo moro ofo illo?” “Not aftero illo wento intoo le statiano.” “And howo wouldo tu describo Mro. Sherlock Holmes?” Le cabman scratched illoe heado. “Well, illo wasn’t altogether sucho un facile gentleman a describo. I’d putoa illo ad forty yearso ofo ageo, e illo waso ofo un middlo heighto, twoo o threo incheso shorter thano tu, siro. Illo waso dressed likoa un toff, e illo hado un blacko beard, cuto squaro ad le endo, e un pale faco. Me don’t knowoa aso Me couldo sayoa moro thano que.” “Colour ofo illoe eyeso?” “No, Me can’t sayoa que.” “Nothing moro que tu cano remembero?” “No, siro; nothando.” “Well, theno, hero iso tue half-sovereign. There’s anothero oneo waitando pro tu ifo tu cano brandoa anyo moro informatiano. Good-night!” “Good-night, siro, e thanko tu!” Johno Clayton departed chucklando, e Holmes turnedo a me con un shrug ofo illoe shoulders e un rueful smilo. “Snap goeso nose thirdo threado, e nos endo whero nos begano,” saido illo. “The cunnando rascal! Illo knewo nose numero, knewo que Siro Henrio Baskerville hado consulted me, spotted whoo Me waso in Regent Streeto, conjectured que Me hado goto le numero ofo le cab e wouldo layo mie handso su le drivero, e soo sento backo thiso audacious messago. Me telloa tu, Watson, thiso tempo nos havoa goto un foeman whoo iso worthy ofo nose steelo. I’ve beeno checkmated in Londono. Me cano onmente wisho tu bettero lucko in Devonshire. Sed I’m non facile in mie mindo abouto illo.” “About whato?” “About sendando tu. It’s un ugmente busiitio, Watson, un ugmente dangerouso busiitio, e le moro Me seeoa ofo illo le lesso Me likoa illo. Yeso, mie dearo fellowo, tu mayo laugh, sed Me givoa tu mie verbo que Me shallo beoa verio glado a havoa tu backo safo e soundo in Bakero Streeto onco moro.” Chaptero 6. Baskerville Hallo Siro Henrio Baskerville e Dro. Mortimer wero readio upono le appointedo dio, e nos startedo aso arranged pro Devonshire. Mro. Sherlock Holmes drove con me a le statiano e gavo me illoe lasto partando injunctions e advico. “I non bias tue mindo per suggestando theories o suspicions, Watson,” saido illo; “I wisho tu simpmente a reporto factso in le fullest possiblo mannero a me, e tu cano leavora me a dooa le theorizando.” “What sorto ofo factso?” Me askedo. “Anything whicho mayo seemoa a havoa un bearando howevero indirect upono le caso, e especialmente le relationso betweeno youngo Baskerville e illoe neighbours o anyo fresho particulars concernando le deatho ofo Siro Charleso. Me havoa mado somo inquiries myselfo in le lasto fewo dayso, sed le resultso havoa, Me fearo, beeno negativo. Oneo thando onmente appearso a beoa certaino, e que iso que Mro. Jameso Desmond, whoo iso le nexto heir, iso un eldermente gentleman ofo un verio amiable disposition, soo que thiso persecution doeso non arise de illo. Me realmente thinkoa que nos mayo eliminate illo entiremente de nose calculations. Thero remaino le peoplo whoo actualmente surround Siro Henrio Baskerville upono le moor.” “Would illo non beora wello in le firsto loco a geto rid ofo thiso Barrymore couplo?” “By noo meanso. Tu couldo non makoa un greatero mistake. Ifo illos areo innocent illo wouldo beoa un cruel injustice, e ifo illos areo guilty nos shouldo beoa givando upo allo chanco ofo bringando illo homo a illos. Noo, noo, nos preserve illos upono nose listo ofo suspects. Theno thero iso un groom ad le Hallo, ifo Me remembero dextro. Thero areo twoo moorland farmerso. Thero iso nose amico Dro. Mortimer, whomo Me believora a beoa entiremente honest, e thero iso illoe wifo, ofo whomo nos knowoa nothando. Thero iso thiso naturalist, Stapleton, e thero iso illoe sistero, whoo iso saido a beoa un youngo ladio ofo attractionso. Thero iso Mro. Frankland, ofo Lafter Hallo, whoo iso alsoo un unknowno factero, e thero areo oneo o twoo othero neighbours. Theso areo le folko whoo musto beoa tue verio specialo studio.” “I doora mie besto.” “You havoa armso, Me suppose?” “Yes, Me thoughto illo aso wello a takoa illos.” “Most certainmente. Keepoa tue revolver nearo tu nocto e dio, e nevero relax tue precautions.” Nose friendso hado alreadio secured un first-class carriage e wero waitando pro nos upono le platformo. “No, nos havoa noo newso ofo anyo kindo,” saido Dro. Mortimer in answero a mie friend’s questionso. “I cano swear a oneo thando, e que iso que nos havoa non beeno shadowed durando le lasto twoo dayso. Nos havoa nevero gono outo withouto keepando un sharpo watcho, e noo oneo couldo havoa escaped nose notico.” “You havoa alwayso kepto togethero, Me presume?” “Except yesterdaio afternoono. Me usualmente givoa upo oneo dio a puro amusement wheno Me comoa a towno, soo Me spento illo ad le Museumo ofo le Collego ofo Surgeons.” “And Me wento a lookoa ad le folko in le parko,” saido Baskerville. “But nos hado noo troublo ofo anyo kindo.” “It waso imprudent, allo le samo,” saido Holmes, shakando illoe heado e lookando verio grave. “I beg, Siro Henrio, que tu non goora abouto alono. Somo greato misfortune befall tu ifo tu doora. Dido tu geto tue othero booto?” “No, siro, illo iso gono forevero.” “Indeed. Que iso verio interestando. Wello, good-bye,” illo addedo aso le traino begano a glide downo le platformo. “Bear in mindo, Siro Henrio, oneo ofo le phrases in que queer vetere legendo whicho Dro. Mortimer haso reado a nos, e avoido le moor in thoso hourso ofo darkness wheno le powerso ofo evilo areo exalted.” Me lookedo backo ad le platformo wheno nos hado lefto illo faro behindo e sawo le tallo, austere figuro ofo Holmes standando motionless e gazando aftero nos. Le journeio waso un swift e pleasant oneo, e Me spento illo in makando le moro intimate acquaintance ofo mie twoo companions e in playando con Dro. Mortimer’s spaniel. In un verio fewo hourso le browno eartho hado becomoa ruddy, le brick hado changedo a granite, e redo cows grazed in well-hedged fieldso whero le lush grasses e moro luxuriant vegetation spoke ofo un richer, ifo un damper, climato. Youngo Baskerville stared eagermente outo ofo le windowo e cried aloud con delight aso illo recognizedo le familiaro featureso ofo le Devon scenery. “I’ve beeno overo un bone parto ofo le mundo sinco Me lefto illo, Dro. Watson,” saido illo; “but Me havoa nevero seeno un loco a comparo con illo.” “I nevero sawo un Devonshire viro whoo dido non swear per illoe countio,” Me remarked. “It dependso upono le breed ofo meno quito aso mucho aso su le countio,” saido Dro. Mortimer. “A glanco ad nose amico hero reveals le rounded heado ofo le Celt, whicho carries insido illo le Celtic enthusiasm e powero ofo attachmento. Poero Siro Charles’s heado waso ofo un verio raro typo, halfo Gaelic, halfo Ivernian in illoe characteristicso. Sed tu wero verio youngo wheno tu lasto sawo Baskerville Hallo, wero tu non?” “I waso un boyo in mie teenso ad le tempo ofo mie father’s deatho e hado nevero seeno le Hallo, pro illo livedo in un littlo cottage su le Southo Coasto. Thence Me wento straighto a un amico in Americao. Me telloa tu illo iso allo aso nove a me aso illo iso a Dro. Watson, e I’m aso keen aso possiblo a seeoa le moor.” “Are tu? Theno tue wisho iso easimente grantedo, pro thero iso tue firsto sighto ofo le moor,” saido Dro. Mortimer, pointando outo ofo le carriage windowo. Overo le greeno squares ofo le fieldso e le basse curve ofo un woodo thero roso in le distanco un greio, melanchomente hillo, con un strango jagged summito, dim e vague in le distanco, likoa somo fantastico landscapo in un dreamo. Baskerville sato pro un longe tempo, illoe eyeso fixedo upono illo, e Me reado upono illoe eager faco howo mucho illo meanto a illo, thiso firsto sighto ofo que strango spoto whero le meno ofo illoe bloodo hado heldo sway soo longe e lefto illose marko soo deepo. Thero illo sato, con illoe tweed suito e illoe Americano accent, in le cornero ofo un prosaic railway-carriage, e yeto aso Me lookedo ad illoe darko e expressive faco Me felto moro thano evero howo vere un descendant illo waso ofo que longe lino ofo high-blooded, fiery, e masterful meno. Thero wero prido, valour, e strengtho in illoe thicko brows, illoe sensitivo nostrils, e illoe largo hazel eyeso. Ifo su que forbiddando moor un difficulto e dangerouso questo shouldo lieo beforo nos, thiso waso ad leasto un comrade pro whomo oneo mighto venturo a takoa un risko con le certainty que illo wouldo bravemente sharo illo. Le traino pulled upo ad un parve wayside statiano e nos allo descended. Outsido, beyondo le basse, albe fence, un wagonette con un pairo ofo cobs waso waitando. Nose comando waso evidentmente un greato evento, pro station-master e porters clustered roundo nos a carrio outo nose luggage. Illo waso un sweeto, simplo patrio spoto, sed Me waso surprised a observe que per le gato thero stva twoo soldiermente meno in darko uniforms whoo leaned upono illose curte rifles e glanced keenmente ad nos aso nos passedo. Le coachman, un hard-faced, gnarled littlo fellowo, saluted Siro Henrio Baskerville, e in un fewo minuteso nos wero flyando swiftmente downo le broado, albe roado. Rollando pasture landso curved upward su eithero sido ofo nos, e vetere gabled houseso peeped outo de amid le thicko greeno foliage, sed behindo le peaceful e sunlit countryside thero roso evero, darko againsto le evenando skyo, le longe, gloomy curve ofo le moor, brokeno per le jagged e sinister hillso. Le wagonette swung roundo intoo un sido roado, e nos curved upward througho deepo lanes worn per centuries ofo wheelso, alte bankso su eithero sido, heavio con drippando moss e fleshy hart’s-tongue ferns. Bronzando bracken e mottled bramble gleamed in le lighto ofo le sinkando suno. Stillo steadimente risando, nos passedo overo un narrowo granite bridgo e skirted un noisy streamo whicho gushed swiftmente downo, foamando e roarando amid le greio boulders. Botho roado e streamo wound upo througho un valleio dense con scrub oako e fir. Ad everio turnoa Baskerville gavo un exclamation ofo delight, lookando eagermente abouto illo e askando countless questionso. A illoe eyeso allo seemedo belle, sed a me un tinge ofo melanchomente layo upono le countryside, whicho bore soo clearmente le marko ofo le wanando yearo. Yellowo leaveso carpeted le lanes e fluttered downo upono nos aso nos passedo. Le rattle ofo nose wheelso diedo awaio aso nos drove througho drifts ofo rottando vegetation—sad giftso, aso illo seemedo a me, pro Naturo a throwo beforo le carriage ofo le returnando heir ofo le Baskervilles. “Halloa!” cried Dro. Mortimer, “what iso thiso?” Un steep curve ofo heath-clad lando, un outlyando spur ofo le moor, layo in fronto ofo nos. Su le summito, difficile e clearo likoa un equestrian statue upono illoe pedestal, waso un mounted soldier, darko e stern, illoe rifle poised readio overo illoe forearm. Illo waso watchando le roado alongo whicho nos travelled. “What iso thiso, Perkins?” askedo Dro. Mortimer. Nose drivero halfo turnedo in illoe seato. “There’s un convict escaped de Princetown, siro. He’s beeno outo threo dayso nowo, e le warders watcho everio roado e everio statiano, sed they’ve hado noo sighto ofo illo yeto. Le farmerso abouto hero don’t likoa illo, siro, e that’s un facto.” “Well, Me understandoa que illos geto fivo poundso ifo illos cano givoa informatiano.” “Yes, siro, sed le chanco ofo fivo poundso iso sed un poero thando comparedo a le chanco ofo havando tue throato cuto. Tu seeoa, illo isn’t likoa anyo ordinario convict. Thiso iso un viro que wouldo sticko ad nothando.” “Who iso illo, theno?” “It iso Selden, le Nottando Hillo murderer.” Me remembered le caso wello, pro illo waso oneo in whicho Holmes hado takeno un interesto su accounto ofo le peculiar ferocity ofo le crimo e le wanton brutality whicho hado markedo allo le actionso ofo le assassin. Le commutation ofo illoe deatho sentenco hado beeno dueo a somo doubts aso a illoe completo sanity, soo atrocious waso illoe conducto. Nose wagonette hado topped un riso e in fronto ofo nos roso le hugo expanse ofo le moor, mottled con gnarled e craggy cairns e tors. Un frigide windo swept downo de illo e setoa nos shiverando. Somewhero thero, su que desolate plaino, waso lurkando thiso fiendish viro, hidando in un burrow likoa un wildo beasto, illoe hearto plene ofo malignancy againsto le wholo raco whicho hado casto illo outo. Illo neededo sed thiso a completo le grim suggestiveness ofo le barren wasto, le chillando windo, e le darklando skyo. Eveno Baskerville fello silent e pulled illoe overcoat moro closemente aroundo illo. Nos hado lefto le fertile patrio behindo e beneath nos. Nos lookedo backo su illo nowo, le slantando rays ofo un basse suno turnando le streams a threadso ofo goldo e glowando su le redo eartho nove turnedo per le plough e le broado tangle ofo le woodlands. Le roado in fronto ofo nos grew bleaker e wilder overo hugo russet e olive slopes, sprinkled con gianto boulders. Nowo e theno nos passedo un moorland cottage, walled e roofed con stono, con noo creeper a breako illoe harsh outline. Suddenmente nos lookedo downo intoo un cuplike depressiono, patched con stunted oaks e firs whicho hado beeno twisted e bent per le fury ofo yearso ofo stormo. Twoo alte, narrowo towers roso overo le treeso. Le drivero pointed con illoe whip. “Baskerville Hallo,” saido illo. Illoe mastero hado risen e waso starando con flushed cheeks e shinando eyeso. Un fewo minuteso latero nos hado reachedo le lodge-gates, un maze ofo fantastico tracery in wrought irono, con weather-bitten pillars su eithero sido, blotched con lichens, e surmounted per le boars’ headso ofo le Baskervilles. Le lodgo waso un ruin ofo blacko granite e bared ribs ofo rafters, sed facando illo waso un nove buildando, halfo constructed, le firsto fruito ofo Siro Charles’s Southo Africano goldo. Througho le gatewaio nos passedo intoo le avenuo, whero le wheelso wero againo hushed amid le leaveso, e le vetere treeso shoto illose branches in un sombre tunnel overo nose headso. Baskerville shuddered aso illo lookedo upo le longe, darko drivo a whero le domo glimmered likoa un ghosto ad le farther endo. “Was illo hero?” illo askedo in un basse voico. “No, noo, le yew alley iso su le othero sido.” Le youngo heir glanced roundo con un gloomy faco. “It’s noo wondero mie uncle felto aso ifo troublo wero comando su illo in sucho un loco aso thiso,” saido illo. “It’s enougho a scare anyo viro. I’ll havoa un rowo ofo electrico lamps upo hero insido ofo sixo monthso, e tu won’t knowoa illo againo, con un thousando candle-power Swan e Edison dextro hero in fronto ofo le hallo doero.” Le avenuo openedo intoo un broado expanse ofo turf, e le domo layo beforo nos. In le fadando lighto Me couldo seeoa que le centro waso un heavio blocko ofo buildando de whicho un porch projected. Le wholo fronto waso draped in ivy, con un patcho clipped bare hero e thero whero un windowo o un coat ofo armso broke througho le darko veil. De thiso centralo blocko roso le twino towers, anciento, crenelated, e pierced con manio loopholes. A dextro e lefto ofo le turrets wero moro moderno wingso ofo blacko granite. Un dull lighto shone througho heavio mullioned windowso, e de le alte chimneys whicho roso de le steep, high-angled roofo thero sprang un singlo blacko columno ofo smoko. “Welcome, Siro Henrio! Welcomo a Baskerville Hallo!” Un tallo viro hado stepped de le shadowo ofo le porch a openo le doero ofo le wagonette. Le figuro ofo un femino waso silhouetted againsto le yellowo lighto ofo le hallo. Illo camo outo e helpedo le viro a hando downo nose bagso. “You don’t mindo mie drivando straighto homo, Siro Henrio?” saido Dro. Mortimer. “My wifo iso expectando me.” “Surely tu staio e havora somo dinnero?” “No, Me musto gooa. Me shallo probabmente findoa somo laboroa awaitando me. Me wouldo staio a showoa tu overo le domo, sed Barrymore beora un bettero guido thano Me. Good-bye, e nevero hesitate nocto o dio a sendo pro me ifo Me cano beoa ofo servico.” Le wheelso diedo awaio downo le drivo whilo Siro Henrio e Me turnedo intoo le hallo, e le doero clanged heavimente behindo nos. Illo waso un fino apartmento in whicho nos foundo ourselveso, largo, lofty, e heavimente raftered con hugo baulks ofo age-blackened oako. In le greato old-fashioned fireplace behindo le alte irono dogso un log-fire crackled e snapped. Siro Henrio e Me heldo outo nose handso a illo, pro nos wero numb de nose longe drivo. Theno nos gazed roundo nos ad le alte, thino windowo ofo vetere stained glasso, le oako panellando, le stags’ headso, le coats ofo armso upono le wallso, allo dim e sombre in le subdued lighto ofo le centralo lampo. “It’s justo aso Me imagined illo,” saido Siro Henrio. “Is illo non le verio picturo ofo un vetere familio homo? A thinkoa que thiso shouldo beoa le samo hallo in whicho pro fivo hundredo yearso mie peoplo havoa livedo. Illo strikes me solemn a thinkoa ofo illo.” Me sawo illoe darko faco lit upo con un boyish enthusiasm aso illo gazed abouto illo. Le lighto beato upono illo whero illo stva, sed longe shadows trailed downo le wallso e hung likoa un blacko canopy abovo illo. Barrymore hado returnedo de takando nose luggage a nose roomso. Illo stva in fronto ofo nos nowo con le subdued mannero ofo un well-trained servant. Illo waso un remarkable-looking viro, tallo, handsome, con un squaro blacko beard e pale, distinguished featureso. “Would tu wisho dinnero a beoa servedo ad onco, siro?” “Is illo readio?” “In un verio fewo minuteso, siro. Tu findora calide aquao in tue roomso. Mie wifo e Me beora felice, Siro Henrio, a staio con tu untilo tu havoa mado tue fresho arrangementso, sed tu understandora que undero le nove conditionso thiso domo requiro un considerable staffo.” “What nove conditionso?” “I onmente meanto, siro, que Siro Charleso ledo un verio retired lifo, e nos wero ablo a lookora aftero illoe wantso. Tu wouldo, naturalmente, wisho a havoa moro companio, e soo tu needora changeso in tue householdo.” “Do tu meanoa que tue wifo e tu wisho a leavoa?” “Only wheno illo iso quito convenient a tu, siro.” “But tue familio havoa beeno con nos pro severalo generations, havoa illos non? Me shouldo beoa sorrio a beginoa mie lifo hero per breakando un vetere familio connectiano.” Me seemedo a discern somo signso ofo emotion upono le butler’s albe faco. “I feeloa que alsoo, siro, e soo doeso mie wifo. Sed a telloa le trutho, siro, nos wero botho verio mucho attachedo a Siro Charleso, e illoe deatho gavo nos un shocko e mado theso surroundings verio painful a nos. Me fearo que nos shallo nevero againo beoa facile in nose minds ad Baskerville Hallo.” “But whato dooa tu intend a dooa?” “I havoa noo doubto, siro, que nos shallo succeed in establishando ourselveso in somo busiitio. Siro Charles’s generosity haso giveno nos le meanso a dooa soo. E nowo, siro, perhapso Me hado besto showoa tu a tue roomso.” Un squaro balustraded gallerio rano roundo le topo ofo le vetere hallo, approached per un doublo stair. De thiso centralo puncto twoo longe corridors extendedo le wholo lengtho ofo le buildando, de whicho allo le bedroomso openedo. Mie owno waso in le samo wando aso Baskerville’s e almosto nexto doero a illo. Theso roomso appearedo a beoa mucho moro moderno thano le centralo parto ofo le domo, e le brighto papero e numerouso candles dido somethando a removo le sombre impression whicho nose arrivalo hado lefto upono mie mindo. Sed le dining-room whicho openedo outo ofo le hallo waso un loco ofo shadowo e gloom. Illo waso un longe chambero con un stepo separatando le daïs whero le familio sato de le lowero portiano reservedo pro illose dependents. Ad oneo endo un minstrel’s gallerio overlooked illo. Blacko beams shoto acrosso abovo nose headso, con un smoke-darkened ceilando beyondo illos. Con rows ofo flarando torches a lighto illo upo, e le colouro e rude hilarity ofo un old-time banquet, illo mighto havoa softened; sed nowo, wheno twoo black-clothed gentlemen sato in le littlo circlo ofo lighto thrown per un shaded lampo, one’s voico becamo hushed e one’s spirito subdued. Un dim lino ofo ancestors, in everio varietio ofo dresso, de le Elizabethan knight a le buck ofo le Regency, stared downo upono nos e daunted nos per illose silent companio. Nos talkova littlo, e Me pro oneo waso glado wheno le meal waso overo e nos wero ablo a retire intoo le moderno billiard-room e smoko un cigarette. “My verbo, illo isn’t un verio cheerful loco,” saido Siro Henrio. “I suppose oneo cano tono downo a illo, sed Me feeloa un bito outo ofo le picturo ad presento. Me don’t wondero que mie uncle goto un littlo jumpy ifo illo livedo allo alono in sucho un domo aso thiso. Howevero, ifo illo suits tu, nos retire earmente tonighto, e perhapso thingso mayo seemora moro cheerful in le mornando.” Me drew aside mie curtains beforo Me wento a bedo e lookedo outo de mie windowo. Illo openedo upono le grassy spaco whicho layo in fronto ofo le hallo doero. Beyondo, twoo copses ofo treeso moaned e swung in un risando windo. Un halfo moono broke througho le rifts ofo racando clouds. In illoe frigide lighto Me sawo beyondo le treeso un brokeno fringe ofo rocks, e le longe, basse curve ofo le melanchomente moor. Me closedo le curtain, feelando que mie lasto impression waso in keepando con le resto. E yeto illo waso non quito le lasto. Me foundo myselfo weary e yeto wakeful, tossando restlessmente de sido a sido, seekando pro le sleepo whicho wouldo non comoa. Faro awaio un chimando clocko struck outo le quarters ofo le hourso, sed otherwiso un deathmente silence layo upono le vetere domo. E theno suddenmente, in le verio deado ofo le nocto, thero camo un soundo a mie ears, clearo, resonant, e unmistakable. Illo waso le sob ofo un femino, le muffled, stranglando gasp ofo oneo whoo iso torn per un uncontrollable sorrow. Me sato upo in bedo e listened intentmente. Le noiso couldo non havoa beeno faro awaio e waso certainmente in le domo. Pro halfo un houro Me waited con everio nerve su le alerto, sed thero camo noo othero soundo savo le chimando clocko e le rustle ofo le ivy su le wallo. Chaptero 7. Le Stapletons ofo Merripit Domo Le fresho beautio ofo le followando mornando dido somethando a efface de nose minds le grim e greio impression whicho hado beeno lefto upono botho ofo nos per nose firsto experienco ofo Baskerville Hallo. Aso Siro Henrio e Me sato ad breakfasto le sunlight flooded in througho le alte mullioned windowso, throwando watery patcheso ofo colouro de le coats ofo armso whicho coveredo illos. Le darko panellando glowed likoa bronze in le goldeno rays, e illo waso difficile a realise que thiso waso indeedo le chambero whicho hado struck sucho un gloom intoo nose souls upono le evenando beforo. “I guesso illo iso ourselveso e non le domo que nos havoa a blame!” saido le baronet. “We wero tired con nose journeio e chilled per nose drivo, soo nos tooko un greio viewo ofo le loco. Nowo nos areo fresho e wello, soo illo iso allo cheerful onco moro.” “And yeto illo waso non entiremente un questio ofo imagination,” Me answered. “Did tu, pro examplo, happenoa a hearoa someono, un femino Me thinkoa, sobbando in le nocto?” “That iso curious, pro Me dido wheno Me waso halfo asleep fancy que Me heardo somethando ofo le sorto. Me waited quito un tempo, sed thero waso noo moro ofo illo, soo Me concluded que illo waso allo un dreamo.” “I heardo illo distinctmente, e Me amo suro que illo waso realmente le sob ofo un femino.” “We musto askoa abouto thiso dextro awaio.” Illo rang le bello e askedo Barrymore whethero illo couldo accounto pro nose experienco. Illo seemedo a me que le pallid featureso ofo le butler turnedo un shade paler stillo aso illo listened a illoe master’s questio. “There areo onmente twoo womeno in le domo, Siro Henrio,” illo answered. “One iso le scullery-maid, whoo sleeps in le othero wando. Le othero iso mie wifo, e Me cano answero pro illo que le soundo couldo non havoa comoa de illo.” E yeto illo lied aso illo saido illo, pro illo chanced que aftero breakfasto Me meto Mrs. Barrymore in le longe corridor con le suno plene upono illo faco. Illo waso un largo, impassive, heavy-featured femino con un stern setoa expressiono ofo moutho. Sed illo telltale eyeso wero redo e glanced ad me de betweeno swollen lids. Illo waso illo, theno, whoo wept in le nocto, e ifo illo dido soo illo husbando musto knowoa illo. Yeto illo hado takeno le obviouso risko ofo discoverio in declarando que illo waso non soo. Whyo hado illo dono thiso? E whyo dido illo weep soo bittermente? Alreadio roundo thiso pale-faced, handsome, black-bearded viro thero waso gatherando un atmosphero ofo mysterio e ofo gloom. Illo waso illo whoo hado beeno le firsto a discovero le bodio ofo Siro Charleso, e nos hado onmente illoe verbo pro allo le circumstanceso whicho ledo upo a le vetere man’s deatho. Waso illo possiblo que illo waso Barrymore, aftero allo, whomo nos hado seeno in le cab in Regent Streeto? Le beard mighto wello havoa beeno le samo. Le cabman hado describedo un somewhato shorter viro, sed sucho un impression mighto easimente havoa beeno erroneous. Howo couldo Me settle le puncto forevero? Obviousmente le firsto thando a dooa waso a seeoa le Grimpen postmaster e findoa whethero le testo telegram hado realmente beeno placedo in Barrymore’s owno handso. Beoa le answero whato illo mighto, Me shouldo ad leasto havoa somethando a reporto a Sherlock Holmes. Siro Henrio hado numerouso paperso a examino aftero breakfasto, soo que le tempo waso propitious pro mie excursion. Illo waso un pleasant walko ofo fouro mileso alongo le edgo ofo le moor, leadando me ad lasto a un parve greio hamlet, in whicho twoo largero buildingso, whicho proved a beoa le inno e le domo ofo Dro. Mortimer, stva alte abovo le resto. Le postmaster, whoo waso alsoo le villago grocer, hado un clearo recollection ofo le telegram. “Certainly, siro,” saido illo, “I hado le telegram deliveredo a Mro. Barrymore exactmente aso directedo.” “Who deliveredo illo?” “My boyo hero. Jameso, tu deliveredo que telegram a Mro. Barrymore ad le Hallo lasto weeko, dido tu non?” “Yes, fathero, Me deliveredo illo.” “Into illoe owno handso?” Me askedo. “Well, illo waso upo in le loft ad le tempo, soo que Me couldo non putoa illo intoo illoe owno handso, sed Me gavo illo intoo Mrs. Barrymore’s handso, e illo promised a delivero illo ad onco.” “Did tu seeoa Mro. Barrymore?” “No, siro; Me telloa tu illo waso in le loft.” “If tu didn’t seeoa illo, howo dooa tu knowoa illo waso in le loft?” “Well, suremente illoe owno wifo ought a knowoa whero illo iso,” saido le postmaster testimente. “Didn’t illo geto le telegram? Ifo thero iso anyo mistake illo iso pro Mro. Barrymore himselfo a complain.” Illo seemedo hopeless a pursue le inquirio anyo farther, sed illo waso clearo que in spite ofo Holmes’s ruse nos hado noo proofo que Barrymore hado non beeno in Londono allo le tempo. Suppose que illo wero so—suppose que le samo viro hado beeno le lasto whoo hado seeno Siro Charleso alivo, e le firsto a dogo le nove heir wheno illo returnedo a Englando. Whato theno? Waso illo le agento ofo otherso o hado illo somo sinister designo ofo illoe owno? Whato interesto couldo illo havoa in persecutando le Baskerville familio? Me thoughto ofo le strango warnando clipped outo ofo le leadando articlo ofo le _Times_. Waso que illoe laboroa o waso illo possibmente le doando ofo someono whoo waso bent upono counteractando illoe schemes? Le onmente conceivable motive waso que whicho hado beeno suggestedo per Siro Henrio, que ifo le familio couldo beoa scared awaio un comfortablo e permanento homo wouldo beoa secured pro le Barrymores. Sed suremente sucho un explanatiano aso que wouldo beoa quito inadequate a accounto pro le deepo e subtle schemando whicho seemedo a beoa weavando un invisible neto roundo le youngo baronet. Holmes himselfo hado saido que noo moro complexo caso hado comoa a illo in allo le longe serieso ofo illoe sensational investigations. Me prayed, aso Me walked backo alongo le greio, lonemente roado, que mie amico mighto soono beoa freed de illoe preoccupations e ablo a comoa downo a takoa thiso heavio burden ofo responsibilitato de mie shoulders. Suddenmente mie thoughtso wero interrupted per le soundo ofo runnando feeto behindo me e per un voico whicho calledo me per nomino. Me turnedo, expectando a seeoa Dro. Mortimer, sed a mie surpriso illo waso un stranger whoo waso pursuando me. Illo waso un parve, slim, clean-shaven, prim-faced viro, flaxen-haired e lean-jawed, betweeno thirty e forty yearso ofo ageo, dressed in un greio suito e wearando un straw hato. Un tin boxo pro botanical specimens hung overo illoe shoulder e illo carriedo un greeno butterfly-net in oneo ofo illoe handso. “You , Me amo suro, excuse mie presumption, Dro. Watson,” saido illo aso illo camo pantando upo a whero Me stva. “Here su le moor nos areo homemente folko e doora non waito pro formalo introductions. Tu mayo possibmente havoa heardo mie nomino de nose mutualo amico, Mortimer. Me amo Stapleton, ofo Merripit Domo.” “Your neto e boxo wouldo havoa toldo me aso mucho,” saido Me, “for Me knewo que Mro. Stapleton waso un naturalist. Sed howo dido tu knowoa me?” “I havoa beeno callando su Mortimer, e illo pointed tu outo a me de le windowo ofo illoe surgerio aso tu passedo. Aso nose roado layo le samo wayo Me thoughto que Me wouldo overtake tu e introduco myselfo. Me trusto que Siro Henrio iso nono le worso pro illoe journeio?” “He iso verio wello, thanko tu.” “We wero allo rathero afraid que aftero le triste deatho ofo Siro Charleso le nove baronet mighto refuse a livoa hero. Illo iso askando mucho ofo un wealthy viro a comoa downo e bury himselfo in un loco ofo thiso kindo, sed Me needoa non telloa tu que illo meanso un verio greato dealo a le countryside. Siro Henrio haso, Me suppose, noo superstitious fears in le mattero?” “I dooa non thinkoa que illo iso likemente.” “Of courso tu knowoa le legendo ofo le fiend dogo whicho haunts le familio?” “I havoa heardo illo.” “It iso extraordinary howo credulous le peasants areo abouto hero! Anyo numero ofo illos areo readio a swear que illos havoa seeno sucho un creature upono le moor.” Illo spoke con un smilo, sed Me seemedo a reado in illoe eyeso que illo tooko le mattero moro seriousmente. “The storio tooko un greato holdoa upono le imagination ofo Siro Charleso, e Me havoa noo doubto que illo ledo a illoe tragic endo.” “But howo?” “His nerves wero soo workedo upo que le appearanco ofo anyo dogo mighto havoa hado un fatal effecto upono illoe diseased hearto. Me fancy que illo realmente dido seeoa somethando ofo le kindo upono que lasto nocto in le yew alley. Me feared que somo disastero mighto occuro, pro Me waso verio fond ofo le vetere viro, e Me knewo que illoe hearto waso weako.” “How dido tu knowoa que?” “My amico Mortimer toldo me.” “You thinkoa, theno, que somo dogo pursued Siro Charleso, e que illo diedo ofo fright in consequence?” “Have tu anyo bettero explanatiano?” “I havoa non comoa a anyo conclusiono.” “Has Mro. Sherlock Holmes?” Le wordso tooko awaio mie breath pro un instanto sed un glanco ad le placid faco e steadfast eyeso ofo mie companion showedo que noo surpriso waso intendedo. “It iso useless pro nos a pretend que nos dooa non knowoa tu, Dro. Watson,” saido illo. “The recordso ofo tue detective havoa reachedo nos hero, e tu couldo non celebrate illo withouto beando knowno yourselfo. Wheno Mortimer toldo me tue nomino illo couldo non deny tue identitato. Ifo tu areo hero, theno illo followso que Mro. Sherlock Holmes iso interestando himselfo in le mattero, e Me amo naturalmente curious a knowoa whato viewo illo mayo takoa.” “I amo afraid que Me cannot answero que questio.” “May Me askoa ifo illo iso goando a honour nos con un visito himselfo?” “He cannot leavoa towno ad presento. Illo haso othero caseso whicho engage illoe attentiano.” “What un pity! Illo mighto throwo somo lighto su que whicho iso soo darko a nos. Sed aso a tue owno researches, ifo thero iso anyo possiblo wayo in whicho Me cano beoa ofo servico a tu Me trusto que tu commando me. Ifo Me hado anyo indication ofo le naturo ofo tue suspicions o howo tu propose a investigate le caso, Me mighto perhapso eveno nowo givora tu somo aido o advico.” “I assure tu que Me amo simpmente hero upono un visito a mie amico, Siro Henrio, e que Me needoa noo helpoa ofo anyo kindo.” “Excellent!” saido Stapleton. “You areo perfectmente dextro a beoa wary e discreet. Me amo justmente reproved pro whato Me feeloa waso un unjustifiable intrusion, e Me promiso tu que Me non mentiano le mattero againo.” Nos hado comora a un puncto whero un narrowo grassy patho struck offo de le roado e wound awaio acrosso le moor. Un steep, boulder-sprinkled hillo layo upono le dextro whicho hado in bygone dayso beeno cuto intoo un granite quarry. Le faco whicho waso turnedo towardso nos formedo un darko cliff, con ferns e brambles growando in illoe niches. De overo un distant riso thero floated un greio plume ofo smoko. “A moderate walko alongo thiso moor-path bringso nos a Merripit Domo,” saido illo. “Perhaps tu spare un houro que Me mayo havora le pleasuro ofo introducando tu a mie sistero.” Mie firsto thoughto waso que Me shouldo beoa per Siro Henry’s sido. Sed theno Me remembered le pile ofo paperso e billso con whicho illoe studio tablo waso littered. Illo waso certaino que Me couldo non helpoa con thoso. E Holmes hado expressmente saido que Me shouldo studio le neighbours upono le moor. Me acceptedo Stapleton’s invitation, e nos turnedo togethero downo le patho. “It iso un wonderfulo loco, le moor,” saido illo, lookando roundo overo le undulatando downs, longe greeno rollers, con crests ofo jagged granite foamando upo intoo fantastico surges. “You nevero tire ofo le moor. Tu cannot thinkoa le wonderfulo secretso whicho illo containso. Illo iso soo vast, e soo barren, e soo mysterious.” “You knowoa illo wello, theno?” “I havoa onmente beeno hero twoo yearso. Le residentso wouldo calloa me un newcomer. Nos camo shortmente aftero Siro Charleso settled. Sed mie tastes ledo me a exploro everio parto ofo le patrio roundo, e Me shouldo thinkoa que thero areo fewo meno whoo knowoa illo bettero thano Me dooa.” “Is illo difficile a knowoa?” “Very difficile. Tu seeoa, pro examplo, thiso greato plaino a le northo hero con le queer hillso breakando outo ofo illo. Dooa tu observe anythando remarkable abouto que?” “It wouldo beoa un raro loco pro un gallop.” “You wouldo naturalmente thinkoa soo e le thoughto haso costo severalo illose liveso beforo nowo. Tu notico thoso brighto greeno spots scattered thickmente overo illo?” “Yes, illos seemoa moro fertile thano le resto.” Stapleton laughed. “That iso le greato Grimpen Mire,” saido illo. “A falso stepo yonder meanso deatho a viro o beasto. Onmente yesterdaio Me sawo oneo ofo le moor ponies wander intoo illo. Illo nevero camo outo. Me sawo illoe heado pro quito un longe tempo cranando outo ofo le bog-hole, sed illo sucked illo downo ad lasto. Eveno in dryo seasons illo iso un dangero a crosso illo, sed aftero theso autumn rains illo iso un awful loco. E yeto Me cano findoa mie wayo a le verio hearto ofo illo e returno alivo. Per Georgo, thero iso anothero ofo thoso miserable ponies!” Somethando browno waso rollando e tossando amongo le greeno sedges. Theno un longe, agonised, writhando necko shoto upward e un dreadful cry echoed overo le moor. Illo turnedo me frigide con horrero, sed mie companion’s nerves seemedo a beoa stronger thano mino. “It’s gono!” saido illo. “The mire haso illo. Twoo in twoo dayso, e manio moro, perhapso, pro illos geto in le wayo ofo goando thero in le dryo weathero e nevero knowoa le differenco untilo le mire haso illos in illoe clutches. It’s un male loco, le greato Grimpen Mire.” “And tu sayoa tu cano penetrate illo?” “Yes, thero areo oneo o twoo paths whicho un verio activo viro cano takoa. Me havoa foundo illos outo.” “But whyo shouldo tu wisho a gooa intoo soo horrible un loco?” “Well, tu seeoa le hillso beyondo? Illos areo realmente islandso cuto offo su allo sideso per le impassable mire, whicho haso crawled roundo illos in le courso ofo yearso. Que iso whero le raro plantso e le butterflies areo, ifo tu havoa le wit a reacho illos.” “I shallo tryoa mie lucko somo dio.” Illo lookedo ad me con un surprised faco. “For God’s sake putoa sucho un ideao outo ofo tue mindo,” saido illo. “Your bloodo wouldo beoa upono mie heado. Me assure tu que thero wouldo non beoa le leasto chanco ofo tue comando backo alivo. Illo iso onmente per rememberando certaino complexo landmarks que Me amo ablo a dooa illo.” “Halloa!” Me cried. “What iso que?” Un longe, basse moan, indescribabmente triste, swept overo le moor. Illo filledo le wholo airo, e yeto illo waso impossiblo a sayoa whence illo camo. De un dull murmur illo swelled intoo un deepo roar, e theno sank backo intoo un melanchomente, throbbando murmur onco againo. Stapleton lookedo ad me con un curious expressiono in illoe faco. “Queer loco, le moor!” saido illo. “But whato iso illo?” “The peasants sayoa illo iso le Hound ofo le Baskervilles callando pro illoe prey. I’ve heardo illo onco o twico beforo, sed nevero quito soo loud.” Me lookedo roundo, con un chill ofo fearo in mie hearto, ad le hugo swellando plaino, mottled con le greeno patcheso ofo rushes. Nothando stirred overo le vast expanse savo un pairo ofo ravens, whicho croaked loudmente de un tor behindo nos. “You areo un educated viro. Tu don’t believoa sucho nonsense aso que?” saido Me. “What dooa tu thinkoa iso le causo ofo soo strango un soundo?” “Bogs makoa queer noises sometimeso. It’s le mud settlando, o le aquao risando, o somethando.” “No, noo, que waso un livando voico.” “Well, perhapso illo waso. Dido tu evero hearoa un bittern boomando?” “No, Me nevero dido.” “It’s un verio raro bird—practically extinct—in Englando nowo, sed allo thingso areo possiblo upono le moor. Yeso, Me shouldo non beoa surprised a learnoa que whato nos havoa heardo iso le cry ofo le lasto ofo le bitterns.” “It’s le weirdest, strangest thando que evero Me heardo in mie lifo.” “Yes, it’s rathero un uncanny loco altogether. Lookoa ad le hillside yonder. Whato dooa tu makoa ofo thoso?” Le wholo steep slope waso coveredo con greio circular ringso ofo stono, un scoro ofo illos ad leasto. “What areo illos? Sheep-pens?” “No, illos areo le homeso ofo nose worthy ancestors. Prehistoric viro livedo thickmente su le moor, e aso noo oneo in particularo haso livedo thero sinco, nos findoa allo illoe littlo arrangementso exactmente aso illo lefto illos. Theso areo illoe wigwams con le roofs offo. Tu cano eveno seeoa illoe hearth e illoe couch ifo tu havoa le curiosity a gooa insido.” “But illo iso quito un towno. Wheno waso illo inhabited?” “Neolithic man—no dato.” “What dido illo dooa?” “He grazed illoe cattle su theso slopes, e illo learnedo a dig pro tin wheno le bronze sword begano a supersede le stono axe. Lookoa ad le greato trench in le opposite hillo. Que iso illoe marko. Yeso, tu findora somo verio singular pointso abouto le moor, Dro. Watson. Oho, excuse me un instanto! Illo iso suremente Cyclopides.” Un parve flyo o moth hado fluttered acrosso nose patho, e in un instanto Stapleton waso rushando con extraordinary energio e speedo in pursuit ofo illo. A mie dismay le creature flew straighto pro le greato mire, e mie acquaintance nevero paused pro un instanto, boundando de tuft a tuft behindo illo, illoe greeno neto wavando in le airo. Illoe greio clotheso e jerky, zigzag, irregular progresso mado illo non unlike somo hugo moth himselfo. Me waso standando watchando illoe pursuit con un mixture ofo admiration pro illoe extraordinary activitato e fearo lest illo shouldo losoa illoe footando in le treacherous mire, wheno Me heardo le soundo ofo stepso e, turnando roundo, foundo un femino nearo me upono le patho. Illo hado comoa de le directiano in whicho le plume ofo smoko indicatedo le positiano ofo Merripit Domo, sed le dip ofo le moor hado hid illo untilo illo waso quito closo. Me couldo non doubto que thiso waso le Misso Stapleton ofo whomo Me hado beeno toldo, sinco ladieso ofo anyo sorto musto beoa fewo upono le moor, e Me remembered que Me hado heardo someono describo illo aso beando un beautio. Le femino whoo approached me waso certainmente que, e ofo un mosto uncommon typo. Thero couldo non havoa beeno un greatero contrasto betweeno brothero e sistero, pro Stapleton waso neutral tinted, con lighto hairo e greio eyeso, whilo illo waso darker thano anyo brunette whomo Me havoa seeno in England—slim, elegant, e tallo. Illo hado un proudo, finemente cuto faco, soo regularo que illo mighto havoa seemedo impassive wero illo non pro le sensitivo moutho e le belle darko, eager eyeso. Con illo perfecto figuro e elegant dresso illo waso, indeedo, un strango apparition upono un lonemente moorland patho. Illo eyeso wero su illo brothero aso Me turnedo, e theno illo quickened illo pace towardso me. Me hado raisedo mie hato e waso abouto a makoa somo explanatory remark wheno illo owno wordso turnedo allo mie thoughtso intoo un nove channelo. “Go backo!” illo saido. “Go straighto backo a Londono, instantmente.” Me couldo onmente stare ad illo in stupido surpriso. Illo eyeso blazed ad me, e illo tapped le groundo impatientmente con illo footo. “Why shouldo Me gooa backo?” Me askedo. “I cannot explaino.” Illo spoke in un basse, eager voico, con un curious lisp in illo utterance. “But pro God’s sake dooa whato Me askoa tu. Gooa backo e nevero setoa footo upono le moor againo.” “But Me havoa onmente justo comoa.” “Man, viro!” illo cried. “Can tu non telloa wheno un warnando iso pro tue owno bone? Gooa backo a Londono! Startoa tonighto! Geto awaio de thiso loco ad allo costso! Hush, mie brothero iso comando! Non un verbo ofo whato Me havoa saido. Wouldo tu mindo gettando que orchid pro me amongo le mare’s-tails yonder? Nos areo verio richo in orchids su le moor, thougho, ofo courso, tu areo rathero lato a seeoa le beauties ofo le loco.” Stapleton hado abandoned le chase e camo backo a nos breathando difficile e flushed con illoe exertions. “Halloa, Beryl!” saido illo, e illo seemedo a me que le tono ofo illoe greetando waso non altogether un cordial oneo. “Well, Jacko, tu areo verio calide.” “Yes, Me waso chasando un Cyclopides. Illo iso verio raro e seldom foundo in le lato autumn. Whato un pity que Me shouldo havoa missedo illo!” Illo spoke unconcernedmente, sed illoe parve lighto eyeso glanced incessantmente de le girlo a me. “You havoa introducedo yourselves, Me cano seeoa.” “Yes. Me waso tellando Siro Henrio que illo waso rathero lato pro illo a seeoa le vere beauties ofo le moor.” “Why, whoo dooa tu thinkoa thiso iso?” “I imagino que illo musto beoa Siro Henrio Baskerville.” “No, noo,” saido Me. “Only un humble commoner, sed illoe amico. Mie nomino iso Dro. Watson.” Un flush ofo vexation passedo overo illo expressive faco. “We havoa beeno talkando ad crosso purposeso,” saido illo. “Why, tu hado non verio mucho tempo pro talkoa,” illo brothero remarked con le samo questionando eyeso. “I talkova aso ifo Dro. Watson wero un residento insteado ofo beando meremente un visitero,” saido illo. “It cannot mucho mattero a illo whethero illo iso earmente o lato pro le orchids. Sed tu comora su, tu non, e seeora Merripit Domo?” Un curte walko broughto nos a illo, un bleak moorland domo, onco le farmo ofo somo grazier in le vetere prosperous dayso, sed nowo putoa intoo repairo e turnedo intoo un moderno dwellando. Un orchard surrounded illo, sed le treeso, aso iso usualo upono le moor, wero stunted e nipped, e le effecto ofo le wholo loco waso meanoa e melanchomente. Nos wero admitted per un strango, wizened, rusty-coated vetere manservant, whoo seemedo in keepando con le domo. Insido, howevero, thero wero largo roomso furnished con un elegance in whicho Me seemedo a recognizo le tasto ofo le ladio. Aso Me lookedo de illose windowso ad le interminable granite-flecked moor rollando unbroken a le farthest horizon Me couldo non sed marvel ad whato couldo havoa broughto thiso highmente educated viro e thiso belle femino a livoa in sucho un loco. “Queer spoto a chooso, iso illo non?” saido illo aso ifo in answero a mie thoughto. “And yeto nos manago a makoa ourselveso fairmente felice, dooa nos non, Beryl?” “Quite felice,” saido illo, sed thero waso noo rando ofo conviction in illo wordso. “I hado un schoolo,” saido Stapleton. “It waso in le northo patrio. Le laboroa a un viro ofo mie temperament waso mechanicalo e uninterestando, sed le privilege ofo livando con youtho, ofo helpando a mould thoso youngo minds, e ofo impressando illos con one’s owno charactero e ideals waso verio dearo a me. Howevero, le fates wero againsto nos. Un seriouso epidemic broke outo in le schoolo e threo ofo le boyso diedo. Illo nevero recovered de le blowo, e mucho ofo mie capitalo waso irretrievabmente swallowed upo. E yeto, ifo illo wero non pro le losso ofo le charmando companionship ofo le boyso, Me couldo rejoice overo mie owno misfortune, pro, con mie forte tastes pro botany e zoology, Me findoa un unlimitedo fieldo ofo laboroa hero, e mie sistero iso aso devoted a Naturo aso Me amo. Allo thiso, Dro. Watson, haso beeno broughto upono tue heado per tue expressiono aso tu surveyed le moor outo ofo nose windowo.” “It certainmente dido crosso mie mindo que illo mighto beoa un littlo dull—less pro tu, perhapso, thano pro tue sistero.” “No, noo, Me amo nevero dull,” saido illo quickmente. “We havoa bookso, nos havoa nose studieso, e nos havoa interestando neighbours. Dro. Mortimer iso un mosto learnedo viro in illoe owno lino. Poero Siro Charleso waso alsoo un admirable companion. Nos knewo illo wello e misso illo moro thano Me cano telloa. Dooa tu thinkoa que Me shouldo intrude ifo Me wero a calloa thiso afternoono e makoa le acquaintance ofo Siro Henrio?” “I amo suro que illo wouldo beoa delighted.” “Then perhapso tu wouldo mentiano que Me propose a dooa soo. Nos mayo in nose humble wayo dooa somethando a makoa thingso moro facile pro illo untilo illo becomeso accustomed a illoe nove surroundings. tu comora upstairs, Dro. Watson, e inspect mie collectiano ofo Lepidoptera? Me thinkoa illo iso le mosto completo oneo in le south-west ofo Englando. Per le tempo que tu havoa lookedo througho illos luncho beora almosto readio.” Sed Me waso eager a geto backo a mie chargo. Le melanchomente ofo le moor, le deatho ofo le unfortunate pony, le weird soundo whicho hado beeno associatedo con le grim legendo ofo le Baskervilles, allo theso thingso tinged mie thoughtso con sadness. Theno su le topo ofo theso moro o lesso vague impressions thero hado comoa le definite e distinct warnando ofo Misso Stapleton, deliveredo con sucho intense earnestness que Me couldo non doubto que somo grave e deepo reasono layo behindo illo. Me resisted allo pressuro a staio pro luncho, e Me setoa offo ad onco upono mie returno journeio, takando le grass-grown patho per whicho nos hado comoa. Illo seemso, howevero, que thero musto havoa beeno somo curte cuto pro thoso whoo knewo illo, pro beforo Me hado reachedo le roado Me waso astounded a seeoa Misso Stapleton sittando upono un rocko per le sido ofo le tracko. Illo faco waso beautifulmente flushed con illo exertions e illo heldo illo hando a illo sido. “I havoa runoa allo le wayo in ordero a cuto tu offo, Dro. Watson,” saido illo. “I hado non eveno tempo a putoa su mie hato. Me musto non stopo, o mie brothero mayo misso me. Me wantedo a sayoa a tu howo sorrio Me amo abouto le stupido mistake Me mado in thinkando que tu wero Siro Henrio. Pleaso forgeto le wordso Me saido, whicho havoa noo applicatiano whatevero a tu.” “But Me can’t forgeto illos, Misso Stapleton,” saido Me. “I amo Siro Henry’s amico, e illoe welfaro iso un verio closo concerno ofo mino. Telloa me whyo illo waso que tu wero soo eager que Siro Henrio shouldo returno a Londono.” “A woman’s whim, Dro. Watson. Wheno tu knowoa me bettero tu understandora que Me cannot alwayso givoa reasonso pro whato Me sayoa o dooa.” “No, noo. Me remembero le thrill in tue voico. Me remembero le lookoa in tue eyeso. Pleaso, pleaso, beoa franko con me, Misso Stapleton, pro evero sinco Me havoa beeno hero Me havoa beeno conscious ofo shadows allo roundo me. Lifo haso becomoa likoa que greato Grimpen Mire, con littlo greeno patcheso everywhere intoo whicho oneo mayo sink e con noo guido a puncto le tracko. Telloa me theno whato illo waso que tu meanto, e Me promiso a convey tue warnando a Siro Henrio.” Un expressiono ofo irresolution passedo pro un instanto overo illo faco, sed illo eyeso hado hardened againo wheno illo answered me. “You makora tooo mucho ofo illo, Dro. Watson,” saido illo. “My brothero e Me wero verio mucho shocked per le deatho ofo Siro Charleso. Nos knewo illo verio intimatemente, pro illoe favourito walko waso overo le moor a nose domo. Illo waso deepmente impressed con le curse whicho hung overo le familio, e wheno thiso tragedy camo Me naturalmente felto que thero musto beoa somo grounds pro le fears whicho illo hado expressedo. Me waso distressed thereforo wheno anothero membero ofo le familio camo downo a livoa hero, e Me felto que illo shouldo beoa warned ofo le dangero whicho illo runora. Que waso allo whicho Me intendedo a convey.” “But whato iso le dangero?” “You knowoa le storio ofo le hound?” “I dooa non believoa in sucho nonsense.” “But Me dooa. Ifo tu havoa anyo influenco con Siro Henrio, takoa illo awaio de un loco whicho haso alwayso beeno fatal a illoe familio. Le mundo iso wido. Whyo shouldo illo wisho a livoa ad le loco ofo dangero?” “Because illo _is_ le loco ofo dangero. Que iso Siro Henry’s naturo. Me fearo que unlesso tu cano givoa me somo moro definite informatiano thano thiso illo wouldo beoa impossiblo a geto illo a movoa.” “I cannot sayoa anythando definite, pro Me dooa non knowoa anythando definite.” “I wouldo askoa tu oneo moro questio, Misso Stapleton. Ifo tu meanto noo moro thano thiso wheno tu firsto spoke a me, whyo shouldo tu non wisho tue brothero a overhear whato tu saido? Thero iso nothando a whicho illo, o anyono elso, couldo objecto.” “My brothero iso verio anxious a havoa le Hallo inhabited, pro illo thinks illo iso pro le bone ofo le poero folko upono le moor. Illo wouldo beoa verio angry ifo illo knewo que Me havoa saido anythando whicho mighto induce Siro Henrio a gooa awaio. Sed Me havoa dono mie dutio nowo e Me sayora noo moro. Me musto gooa backo, o illo misso me e suspect que Me havora seeno tu. Good-bye!” Illo turnedo e hado disappeared in un fewo minuteso amongo le scattered boulders, whilo Me, con mie soulo plene ofo vague fears, pursued mie wayo a Baskerville Hallo. Chaptero 8. Firsto Reporto ofo Dro. Watson De thiso puncto onward Me followo le courso ofo eventso per transcribando mie owno letterso a Mro. Sherlock Holmes whicho lieo beforo me su le tablo. Oneo pago iso missando, sed otherwiso illos areo exactmente aso writteno e showora mie feelings e suspicions ofo le momento moro accuratemente thano mie memorio, clearo aso illo iso upono theso tragic eventso, cano possibmente dooa. Baskerville Hallo, Octobero 13th. Mie Dearo Holmes, Mie previouso letterso e telegrams havoa kepto tu prettio wello upo a dato aso a allo que haso occurredo in thiso mosto God-forsaken cornero ofo le mundo. Le longero oneo stays hero le moro doeso le spirito ofo le moor sink intoo one’s soulo, illoe vastness, e alsoo illoe grim charm. Wheno tu areo onco outo upono illoe bosom tu havoa lefto allo traces ofo moderno Englando behindo tu, sed, su le othero hando, tu areo conscious everywhere ofo le homeso e le laboroa ofo le prehistoric peoplo. Su allo sideso ofo tu aso tu walko areo le houseso ofo theso forgotteno folko, con illose graves e le hugo monoliths whicho areo supposedo a havoa markedo illose temples. Aso tu lookoa ad illose greio stono huts againsto le scarred hillsides tu leavoa tue owno ageo behindo tu, e ifo tu wero a seeoa un skin-clad, hairio viro crawl outo de le basse doero fittando un flint-tipped arrow su a le strando ofo illoe bow, tu wouldo feeloa que illoe presenco thero waso moro naturalo thano tue owno. Le strango thando iso que illos shouldo havoa livedo soo thickmente su whato musto alwayso havoa beeno mosto unfruitful soilo. Me amo noo antiquarian, sed Me couldo imagino que illos wero somo unwarlike e harried raco whoo wero forcedo a accepto que whicho nono othero wouldo occupy. Allo thiso, howevero, iso foreigno a le missiono su whicho tu sento me e probabmente beora verio uninterestando a tue severemente practicalo mindo. Me cano stillo remembero tue completo indifference aso a whethero le suno movedo roundo le eartho o le eartho roundo le suno. Letoa me, thereforo, returno a le factso concernando Siro Henrio Baskerville. Ifo tu havoa non hado anyo reporto withino le lasto fewo dayso illo iso becauso upo a todaio thero waso nothando ofo importanco a relate. Theno un verio surprisando circumstance occurredo, whicho Me shallo telloa tu in dueo courso. Sed, firsto ofo allo, Me musto keepoa tu in toucho con somo ofo le othero factorso in le situatiano. Oneo ofo theso, concernando whicho Me havoa saido littlo, iso le escaped convict upono le moor. Thero iso forte reasono nowo a believoa que illo haso goto dextro awaio, whicho iso un considerable reliefo a le lonemente householders ofo thiso districto. Un fortnight haso passedo sinco illoe flighto, durando whicho illo haso non beeno seeno e nothando haso beeno heardo ofo illo. Illo iso suremente inconceivable que illo couldo havoa heldo outo upono le moor durando allo que tempo. Ofo courso, soo faro aso illoe concealment goeso thero iso noo difficulty ad allo. Anyo oneo ofo theso stono huts wouldo givoa illo un hiding-place. Sed thero iso nothando a eato unlesso illo wero a catcho e slaughter oneo ofo le moor sheep. Nos thinkoa, thereforo, que illo haso gono, e le outlyando farmerso sleepo le bettero in consequence. Nos areo fouro able-bodied meno in thiso householdo, soo que nos couldo takoa bone caro ofo ourselveso, sed Me confess que Me havoa hado uneasy moments wheno Me havoa thoughto ofo le Stapletons. Illos livoa mileso de anyo helpoa. Thero areo oneo maid, un vetere manservant, le sistero, e le brothero, le lattero non un verio forte viro. Illos wouldo beoa helpless in le handso ofo un desperate fellowo likoa thiso Nottando Hillo criminalo ifo illo couldo onco effecto un entrance. Botho Siro Henrio e Me wero concernedo ad illose situatiano, e illo waso suggestedo que Perkins le groom shouldo gooa overo a sleepo thero, sed Stapleton wouldo non hearoa ofo illo. Le facto iso que nose amico, le baronet, beginso a displaio un considerable interesto in nose fairo neighbour. Illo iso non a beoa wondered ad, pro tempo hangs heavimente in thiso lonemente spoto a un activo viro likoa illo, e illo iso un verio fascinatando e belle femino. Thero iso somethando tropicalo e exotic abouto illo whicho formso un singular contrasto a illo coolo e unemotional brothero. Yeto illo alsoo giveso le ideao ofo hiddeno focos. Illo haso certainmente un verio markedo influenco overo illo, pro Me havoa seeno illo continualmente glanco ad illo aso illo talkova aso ifo seekando approbation pro whato illo saido. Me trusto que illo iso kindo a illo. Thero iso un dryo glitter in illoe eyeso e un firmo setoa ofo illoe thino lips, whicho goeso con un positivo e possibmente un harsh naturo. Tu wouldo findoa illo un interestando studio. Illo camo overo a calloa upono Baskerville su que firsto dio, e le verio nexto mornando illo tooko nos botho a showoa nos le spoto whero le legendo ofo le wicked Hugo iso supposedo a havoa hado illoe origino. Illo waso un excursion ofo somo mileso acrosso le moor a un loco whicho iso soo dismal que illo mighto havoa suggestedo le storio. Nos foundo un curte valleio betweeno rugged tors whicho ledo a un openo, grassy spaco flecked overo con le albe cottono grass. In le middlo ofo illo roso twoo greato stones, worn e sharpened ad le uppero endo untilo illos lookedo likoa le hugo corrodando fangs ofo somo monstrous beasto. In everio wayo illo corresponded con le sceno ofo le vetere tragedy. Siro Henrio waso mucho interestedo e askedo Stapleton moro thano onco whethero illo dido realmente believoa in le possibilitato ofo le interference ofo le supernatural in le affairso ofo meno. Illo spoke lightmente, sed illo waso evident que illo waso verio mucho in earnest. Stapleton waso guarded in illoe replieso, sed illo waso facile a seeoa que illo saido lesso thano illo mighto, e que illo wouldo non expresso illoe wholo opiniono outo ofo consideratiano pro le feelings ofo le baronet. Illo toldo nos ofo similaro caseso, whero familieso hado suffered de somo evilo influenco, e illo lefto nos con le impression que illo sharedo le popularo viewo upono le mattero. Su nose wayo backo nos stayed pro luncho ad Merripit Domo, e illo waso thero que Siro Henrio mado le acquaintance ofo Misso Stapleton. De le firsto momento que illo sawo illo illo appearedo a beoa strongmente attracted per illo, e Me amo mucho mistaken ifo le feelando waso non mutualo. Illo referredo a illo againo e againo su nose walko homo, e sinco theno hardmente un dio haso passedo que nos havoa non seeno somethando ofo le brothero e sistero. Illos dine hero tonighto, e thero iso somo talkoa ofo nose goando a illos nexto weeko. Oneo wouldo imagino que sucho un matcho wouldo beoa verio welcomo a Stapleton, e yeto Me havoa moro thano onco caughto un lookoa ofo le strongest disapprobation in illoe faco wheno Siro Henrio haso beeno payando somo attentiano a illoe sistero. Illo iso mucho attachedo a illo, noo doubto, e wouldo leado un lonemente lifo withouto illo, sed illo wouldo seemoa le heighto ofo selfishness ifo illo wero a standoa in le wayo ofo illo makando soo brilliant un marriago. Yeto Me amo certaino que illo doeso non wisho illose intimacy a ripen intoo lovoa, e Me havoa severalo timeso observedo que illo haso takeno pains a prevento illos de beando _tête-à-tête_. Per le wayo, tue instructionso a me nevero a allowo Siro Henrio a gooa outo alono becomora verio mucho moro onerous ifo un lovoa affair wero a beoa addedo a nose othero difficulties. Mie popularitato wouldo soono suffer ifo Me wero a carrio outo tue orderso a le lettero. Le othero day—Thursday, a beoa moro exact—Dr. Mortimer lunched con nos. Illo haso beeno excavatando un barrow ad Longe Downo e haso goto un prehistoric skull whicho fills illo con greato joyo. Nevero waso thero sucho un single-minded enthusiast aso illo! Le Stapletons camo in afterwards, e le bone doctero tooko nos allo a le yew alley ad Siro Henry’s requesto a showoa nos exactmente howo everythando occurredo upono que fatal nocto. Illo iso un longe, dismal walko, le yew alley, betweeno twoo alte wallso ofo clipped hedge, con un narrowo bando ofo grass upono eithero sido. Ad le faro endo iso un vetere tumble-down summer-house. Halfway downo iso le moor-gate, whero le vetere gentleman lefto illoe cigar-ash. Illo iso un albe woodeno gato con un latch. Beyondo illo lieso le wido moor. Me remembered tue theorio ofo le affair e triedo a picturo allo que hado occurredo. Aso le vetere viro stva thero illo sawo somethando comando acrosso le moor, somethando whicho terrified illo soo que illo losto illoe wits e rano e rano untilo illo diedo ofo sheer horrero e exhaustion. Thero waso le longe, gloomy tunnel downo whicho illo fled. E de whato? Un sheep-dog ofo le moor? O un spectral hound, blacko, silent, e monstrous? Waso thero un humano agencio in le mattero? Dido le pale, watchful Barrymore knowoa moro thano illo cared a sayoa? Illo waso allo dim e vague, sed alwayso thero iso le darko shadowo ofo crimo behindo illo. Oneo othero neighbour Me havoa meto sinco Me wroto lasto. Thiso iso Mro. Frankland, ofo Lafter Hallo, whoo liveso somo fouro mileso a le southo ofo nos. Illo iso un eldermente viro, red-faced, white-haired, e choleric. Illoe passiono iso pro le Britisho lawo, e illo haso spento un largo fortune in litigation. Illo fights pro le mere pleasuro ofo fightando e iso equalmente readio a takoa upo eithero sido ofo un questio, soo que illo iso noo wondero que illo haso foundo illo un costmente amusement. Sometimeso illo shut upo un dextro ofo wayo e defy le parish a makora illo openo illo. Ad otherso illo con illoe owno handso tear downo somo othero man’s gato e declare que un patho haso existed thero de tempo immemorial, defyando le ownero a prosecute illo pro trespass. Illo iso learnedo in vetere manorial e communal rightso, e illo applieso illoe knowledgo sometimeso in favour ofo le villagers ofo Fernworthy e sometimeso againsto illos, soo que illo iso periodicalmente eithero carriedo in triumph downo le villago streeto o elso burned in effigy, accordando a illoe latesto exploit. Illo iso saido a havora abouto seveno lawsuits upono illoe handso ad presento, whicho probabmente swallow upo le remainder ofo illoe fortune e soo drawo illoe stando e leavora illo harmless pro le futuro. Aparto de le lawo illo seemso un kindmente, good-natured persono, e Me onmente mentiano illo becauso tu wero particularo que Me shouldo sendo somo descriptiano ofo le peoplo whoo surround nos. Illo iso curiousmente employedo ad presento, pro, beando un amateuro astronomer, illo haso un excellento telescope, con whicho illo lieso upono le roofo ofo illoe owno domo e sweeps le moor allo dio in le hopo ofo catchando un glimpse ofo le escaped convict. Ifo illo wouldo confine illoe energies a thiso allo wouldo beoa wello, sed thero areo rumours que illo intends a prosecute Dro. Mortimer pro openando un grave withouto le consento ofo le nexto ofo kin becauso illo dug upo le Neolithic skull in le barrow su Longe Downo. Illo helpso a keepoa nose liveso de beando monotonous e giveso un littlo comico reliefo whero illo iso badmente neededo. E nowo, havando broughto tu upo a dato in le escaped convict, le Stapletons, Dro. Mortimer, e Frankland, ofo Lafter Hallo, letoa me endo su que whicho iso mosto importanto e telloa tu moro abouto le Barrymores, e especialmente abouto le surprisando developmento ofo lasto nocto. Firsto ofo allo abouto le testo telegram, whicho tu sento de Londono in ordero a makoa suro que Barrymore waso realmente hero. Me havoa alreadio explainedo que le testimony ofo le postmaster showso que le testo waso worthless e que nos havoa noo proofo oneo wayo o le othero. Me toldo Siro Henrio howo le mattero stva, e illo ad onco, in illoe downright fashiono, hado Barrymore upo e askedo illo whethero illo hado receivedo le telegram himselfo. Barrymore saido que illo hado. “Did le boyo delivero illo intoo tue owno handso?” askedo Siro Henrio. Barrymore lookedo surprised, e consideredo pro un littlo tempo. “No,” saido illo, “I waso in le box-room ad le tempo, e mie wifo broughto illo upo a me.” “Did tu answero illo yourselfo?” “No; Me toldo mie wifo whato a answero e illo wento downo a writoa illo.” In le evenando illo recurred a le subjecto ofo illoe owno accord. “I couldo non quito understandoa le objecto ofo tue questionso thiso mornando, Siro Henrio,” saido illo. “I trusto que illos dooa non meanoa que Me havoa dono anythando a forfeit tue confidenco?” Siro Henrio hado a assure illo que illo waso non soo e pacify illo per givando illo un considerable parto ofo illoe vetere wardrobe, le Londono outfit havando nowo allo arrivedo. Mrs. Barrymore iso ofo interesto a me. Illo iso un heavio, solido persono, verio limitedo, intensemente respectable, e inclined a beoa puritanical. Tu couldo hardmente conceive un lesso emotionalo subjecto. Yeto Me havoa toldo tu howo, su le firsto nocto hero, Me heardo illo sobbando bittermente, e sinco theno Me havoa moro thano onco observedo traces ofo tears upono illo faco. Somo deepo sorrow gnaws evero ad illo hearto. Sometimeso Me wondero ifo illo haso un guilty memorio whicho haunts illo, e sometimeso Me suspect Barrymore ofo beando un domestico tyrant. Me havoa alwayso felto que thero waso somethando singular e questionable in thiso man’s charactero, sed le adventuro ofo lasto nocto bringso allo mie suspicions a un heado. E yeto illo mayo seemoa un parve mattero in itselfo. Tu areo awaro que Me amo non un verio soundo sleeper, e sinco Me havoa beeno su guardo in thiso domo mie slumbers havoa beeno lighter thano evero. Lasto nocto, abouto twoo in le mornando, Me waso aroused per un stealthy stepo passando mie roomo. Me roso, openedo mie doero, e peeped outo. Un longe blacko shadowo waso trailando downo le corridor. Illo waso thrown per un viro whoo walked softmente downo le passage con un candle heldo in illoe hando. Illo waso in shirto e trousers, con noo coverando a illoe feeto. Me couldo meremente seeoa le outline, sed illoe heighto toldo me que illo waso Barrymore. Illo walked verio slowmente e circumspectmente, e thero waso somethando indescribabmente guilty e furtive in illoe wholo appearanco. Me havoa toldo tu que le corridor iso brokeno per le balcony whicho runso roundo le hallo, sed que illo iso resumed upono le farther sido. Me waited untilo illo hado passedo outo ofo sighto e theno Me followedo illo. Wheno Me camo roundo le balcony illo hado reachedo le endo ofo le farther corridor, e Me couldo seeoa de le glimmer ofo lighto througho un openo doero que illo hado enteredo oneo ofo le roomso. Nowo, allo theso roomso areo unfurnished e unoccupied soo que illoe expedition becamo moro mysterious thano evero. Le lighto shone steadimente aso ifo illo wero standando motionless. Me crept downo le passage aso noiselessmente aso Me couldo e peeped roundo le cornero ofo le doero. Barrymore waso crouchando ad le windowo con le candle heldo againsto le glasso. Illoe profilo waso halfo turnedo towardso me, e illoe faco seemedo a beoa rigid con expectation aso illo stared outo intoo le blackness ofo le moor. Pro somo minuteso illo stva watchando intentmente. Theno illo gavo un deepo groan e con un impatient gesture illo putoa outo le lighto. Instantmente Me mado mie wayo backo a mie roomo, e verio shortmente camo le stealthy stepso passando onco moro upono illose returno journeio. Longe afterwards wheno Me hado fallen intoo un lighto sleepo Me heardo un keyo turnoa somewhero in un locko, sed Me couldo non telloa whence le soundo camo. Whato illo allo meanso Me cannot guesso, sed thero iso somo secreto busiitio goando su in thiso domo ofo gloom whicho sooner o latero nos shallo geto a le bottomo ofo. Me dooa non troublo tu con mie theories, pro tu askedo me a furnish tu onmente con factso. Me havoa hado un longe talkoa con Siro Henrio thiso mornando, e nos havoa mado un plano ofo campaigno foundedo upono mie observationso ofo lasto nocto. Me non speako abouto illo justo nowo, sed illo shouldo makora mie nexto reporto interestando readando. Chaptero 9. Le Lighto upono le Moor [Secondo Reporto ofo Dro. Watson] Baskerville Hallo, Octo. 15th. Mie Dearo Holmes, Ifo Me waso compelled a leavoa tu withouto mucho newso durando le earmente dayso ofo mie missiono tu musto acknowledge que Me amo makando upo pro losto tempo, e que eventso areo nowo crowdando thicko e rapide upono nos. In mie lasto reporto Me endedo upono mie topo noto con Barrymore ad le windowo, e nowo Me havoa quito un budgeto alreadio whicho , unlesso Me amo mucho mistaken, considerabmente surpriso tu. Thingso havora takeno un turnoa whicho Me couldo non havoa anticipated. In somo wayso illos havoa withino le lasto forty-eight hourso becomoa mucho clearer e in somo wayso illos havoa becomoa moro complicated. Sed Me tellora tu allo e tu shallo judgo pro yourselfo. Beforo breakfasto su le mornando followando mie adventuro Me wento downo le corridor e examined le roomo in whicho Barrymore hado beeno su le nocto beforo. Le westerno windowo througho whicho illo hado stared soo intentmente haso, Me noticed, oneo peculiarity abovo allo othero windowso in le house—it commandso le nearesto outlooko su a le moor. Thero iso un openando betweeno twoo treeso whicho enableso oneo de thiso puncto ofo viewo a lookoa dextro downo upono illo, whilo de allo le othero windowso illo iso onmente un distant glimpse whicho cano beoa obtainedo. Illo followso, thereforo, que Barrymore, sinco onmente thiso windowo wouldo servo le purposo, musto havoa beeno lookando outo pro somethando o somebody upono le moor. Le nocto waso verio darko, soo que Me cano hardmente imagino howo illo couldo havoa hoped a seeoa anyono. Illo hado struck me que illo waso possiblo que somo lovoa intrigue waso su footo. Que wouldo havoa accounted pro illoe stealthy movements e alsoo pro le uneasiness ofo illoe wifo. Le viro iso un striking-looking fellowo, verio wello equipped a steal le hearto ofo un patrio girlo, soo que thiso theorio seemedo a havoa somethando a supporto illo. Que openando ofo le doero whicho Me hado heardo aftero Me hado returnedo a mie roomo mighto meanoa que illo hado gono outo a keepoa somo clandestine appointmento. Soo Me reasoned con myselfo in le mornando, e Me telloa tu le directiano ofo mie suspicions, howevero mucho le resulto mayo havoa showno que illos wero unfounded. Sed whatevero le vere explanatiano ofo Barrymore’s movements mighto beoa, Me felto que le responsibilitato ofo keepando illos a myselfo untilo Me couldo explaino illos waso moro thano Me couldo bearo. Me hado un interviewo con le baronet in illoe studio aftero breakfasto, e Me toldo illo allo que Me hado seeno. Illo waso lesso surprised thano Me hado expectedo. “I knewo que Barrymore walked abouto nightso, e Me hado un mindo a speako a illo abouto illo,” saido illo. “Two o threo timeso Me havoa heardo illoe stepso in le passage, comando e goando, justo abouto le houro tu nomino.” “Perhaps theno illo pays un visito everio nocto a que particularo windowo,” Me suggestedo. “Perhaps illo doeso. Ifo soo, nos shouldo beoa ablo a shadowo illo e seeoa whato illo iso que illo iso aftero. Me wondero whato tue amico Holmes wouldo dooa ifo illo wero hero.” “I believoa que illo wouldo dooa exactmente whato tu nowo suggesto,” saido Me. “He wouldo followo Barrymore e seeoa whato illo dido.” “Then nos shallo dooa illo togethero.” “But suremente illo wouldo hearoa nos.” “The viro iso rathero deaf, e in anyo caso nos musto takoa nose chanco ofo que. We’ll sitoa upo in mie roomo tonighto e waito untilo illo passes.” Siro Henrio rubbed illoe handso con pleasuro, e illo waso evident que illo hailed le adventuro aso un reliefo a illoe somewhato quieto lifo upono le moor. Le baronet haso beeno in communicatiano con le architect whoo preparedo le planso pro Siro Charleso, e con un contractero de Londono, soo que nos mayo expecto greato changeso a beginoa hero soono. Thero havoa beeno decorators e furnishers upo de Plymouth, e illo iso evident que nose amico haso largo ideaso e meanso a spare noo pains o expenso a restore le grandeur ofo illoe familio. Wheno le domo iso renovated e refurnished, allo que illo needora beora un wifo a makoa illo completo. Betweeno ourselveso thero areo prettio clearo signso que thiso non beora wantando ifo le ladio iso willando, pro Me havoa seldom seeno un viro moro infatuated con un femino thano illo iso con nose belle neighbour, Misso Stapleton. E yeto le courso ofo vere lovoa doeso non runoa quito aso smoothmente aso oneo wouldo undero le circumstanceso expecto. Todaio, pro examplo, illoe surfaco waso brokeno per un verio unexpected ripple, whicho haso causedo nose amico considerable perplexity e annoyance. Aftero le conversatiano whicho Me havoa quoted abouto Barrymore, Siro Henrio putoa su illoe hato e preparedo a gooa outo. Aso un mattero ofo courso Me dido le samo. “What, areo _you_ comando, Watson?” illo askedo, lookando ad me in un curious wayo. “That dependso su whethero tu areo goando su le moor,” saido Me. “Yes, Me amo.” “Well, tu knowoa whato mie instructionso areo. Me amo sorrio a intrude, sed tu heardo howo earnestmente Holmes insisted que Me shouldo non leavoa tu, e especialmente que tu shouldo non gooa alono upono le moor.” Siro Henrio putoa illoe hando upono mie shoulder con un pleasant smilo. “My dearo fellowo,” saido illo, “Holmes, con allo illoe wisdom, dido non foresee somo thingso whicho havoa happenedo sinco Me havoa beeno su le moor. Tu understandoa me? Me amo suro que tu areo le lasto viro in le mundo whoo wouldo wisho a beoa un spoil-sport. Me musto gooa outo alono.” Illo putoa me in un mosto awkward positiano. Me waso ad un losso whato a sayoa o whato a dooa, e beforo Me hado mado upo mie mindo illo picked upo illoe cane e waso gono. Sed wheno Me camo a thinkoa le mattero overo mie conscience reproached me bittermente pro havando su anyo pretext allowedo illo a gooa outo ofo mie sighto. Me imagined whato mie feelings wouldo beoa ifo Me hado a returno a tu e a confess que somo misfortune hado occurredo througho mie disregard pro tue instructionso. Me assure tu mie cheeks flushed ad le verio thoughto. Illo mighto non eveno nowo beoa tooo lato a overtake illo, soo Me setoa offo ad onco in le directiano ofo Merripit Domo. Me hurried alongo le roado ad le topo ofo mie speedo withouto seeando anythando ofo Siro Henrio, untilo Me camo a le puncto whero le moor patho branches offo. Thero, fearando que perhapso Me hado comoa in le wrongo directiano aftero allo, Me mounted un hillo de whicho Me couldo commando un view—the samo hillo whicho iso cuto intoo le darko quarry. Thence Me sawo illo ad onco. Illo waso su le moor patho abouto un quartero ofo un milo offo, e un ladio waso per illoe sido whoo couldo onmente beoa Misso Stapleton. Illo waso clearo que thero waso alreadio un understandando betweeno illos e que illos hado meto per appointmento. Illos wero walkando slowmente alongo in deepo conversatiano, e Me sawo illo makando quicko littlo movements ofo illo handso aso ifo illo wero verio earnest in whato illo waso sayando, whilo illo listened intentmente, e onco o twico shook illoe heado in forte dissent. Me stva amongo le rocks watchando illos, verio mucho puzzled aso a whato Me shouldo dooa nexto. A followo illos e breako intoo illose intimate conversatiano seemedo a beoa un outrage, e yeto mie clearo dutio waso nevero pro un instanto a letoa illo outo ofo mie sighto. A acto le spyo upono un amico waso un hateful tasko. Stillo, Me couldo seeoa noo bettero courso thano a observe illo de le hillo, e a clearo mie conscience per confessando a illo afterwards whato Me hado dono. Illo iso vere que ifo anyo sudden dangero hado threatened illo Me waso tooo faro awaio a beoa ofo useoa, e yeto Me amo suro que tu agreo con me que le positiano waso verio difficulto, e que thero waso nothando moro whicho Me couldo doora. Nose amico, Siro Henrio, e le ladio hado halted su le patho e wero standando deepmente absorbed in illose conversatiano, wheno Me waso suddenmente awaro que Me waso non le onmente witness ofo illose interviewo. Un wisp ofo greeno floatando in le airo caughto mie oculo, e anothero glanco showedo me que illo waso carriedo su un sticko per un viro whoo waso movando amongo le brokeno groundo. Illo waso Stapleton con illoe butterfly-net. Illo waso verio mucho closero a le pairo thano Me waso, e illo appearedo a beoa movando in illose directiano. Ad thiso instanto Siro Henrio suddenmente drew Misso Stapleton a illoe sido. Illoe armo waso roundo illo, sed illo seemedo a me que illo waso strainando awaio de illo con illo faco averted. Illo stooped illoe heado a illoe, e illo raisedo oneo hando aso ifo in protest. Nexto momento Me sawo illos sprando aparto e turnoa hurriedmente roundo. Stapleton waso le causo ofo le interruption. Illo waso runnando wildmente towardso illos, illoe absurd neto danglando behindo illo. Illo gesticulated e almosto danced con excitement in fronto ofo le lovers. Whato le sceno meanto Me couldo non imagino, sed illo seemedo a me que Stapleton waso abusando Siro Henrio, whoo offeredo explanations, whicho becamo moro angry aso le othero refused a accepto illos. Le ladio stva per in haughty silence. Finalmente Stapleton turnedo upono illoe heel e beckoned in un peremptory wayo a illoe sistero, whoo, aftero un irresolute glanco ad Siro Henrio, walked offo per le sido ofo illo brothero. Le naturalist’s angry gestures showedo que le ladio waso includedo in illoe displeasure. Le baronet stva pro un minuto lookando aftero illos, e theno illo walked slowmente backo le wayo que illo hado comoa, illoe heado hangando, le verio picturo ofo dejection. Whato allo thiso meanto Me couldo non imagino, sed Me waso deepmente ashamed a havoa witnessed soo intimate un sceno withouto mie friend’s knowledgo. Me rano downo le hillo thereforo e meto le baronet ad le bottomo. Illoe faco waso flushed con anger e illoe brows wero wrinkled, likoa oneo whoo iso ad illoe wit’s endso whato a dooa. “Halloa, Watson! Whero havoa tu dropped de?” saido illo. “You don’t meanoa a sayoa que tu camo aftero me in spite ofo allo?” Me explainedo everythando a illo: howo Me hado foundo illo impossiblo a remaino behindo, howo Me hado followedo illo, e howo Me hado witnessed allo que hado occurredo. Pro un instanto illoe eyeso blazed ad me, sed mie frankness disarmed illoe anger, e illo broke ad lasto intoo un rathero rueful laugh. “You wouldo havoa thoughto le middlo ofo que prairie un fairmente safo loco pro un viro a beoa privato,” saido illo, “but, per thunder, le wholo countryside seemso a havoa beeno outo a seeoa me dooa mie wooing—and un mighty poero wooando ad que! Whero hado tu engaged un seato?” “I waso su que hillo.” “Quite in le backo rowo, eh? Sed illo brothero waso wello upo a le fronto. Dido tu seeoa illo comoa outo su nos?” “Yes, Me dido.” “Did illo evero striko tu aso beando crazy—this brothero ofo illoe?” “I can’t sayoa que illo evero dido.” “I dare sayoa non. Me alwayso thoughto illo sane enougho untilo todaio, sed tu cano takoa illo de me que eithero illo o Me ought a beoa in un straitjacket. What’s le mattero con me, anyhow? You’ve livedo nearo me pro somo weekso, Watson. Telloa me straighto, nowo! Iso thero anythando que wouldo prevento me de makando un bone husbando a un femino que Me lovedo?” “I shouldo sayoa non.” “He can’t objecto a mie worldmente positiano, soo illo musto beoa myselfo que illo haso thiso downo su. Whato haso illo againsto me? Me nevero hurt viro o femino in mie lifo que Me knowoa ofo. E yeto illo wouldo non soo mucho aso letoa me toucho le tipso ofo illo fingers.” “Did illo sayoa soo?” “That, e un dealo moro. Me telloa tu, Watson, I’ve onmente knowno illo theso fewo weekso, sed de le firsto Me justo felto que illo waso mado pro me, e illo, too—she waso felice wheno illo waso con me, e que I’ll swear. There’s un lighto in un woman’s eyeso que speaks louder thano wordso. Sed illo haso nevero letoa nos geto togethero e illo waso onmente todaio pro le firsto tempo que Me sawo un chanco ofo havando un fewo wordso con illo alono. Illo waso glado a meetoa me, sed wheno illo dido illo waso non lovoa que illo wouldo talkoa abouto, e illo wouldn’t havoa letoa me talkoa abouto illo eithero ifo illo couldo havoa stoppedo illo. Illo kepto comando backo a illo que thiso waso un loco ofo dangero, e que illo wouldo nevero beoa felice untilo Me hado lefto illo. Me toldo illo que sinco Me hado seeno illo Me waso in noo hurry a leavoa illo, e que ifo illo realmente wantedo me a gooa, le onmente wayo a laboroa illo waso pro illo a arrange a gooa con me. Con que Me offeredo in aso manio wordso a marry illo, sed beforo illo couldo answero, downo camo thiso brothero ofo illoe, runnando ad nos con un faco su illo likoa un madman. Illo waso justo albe con rage, e thoso lighto eyeso ofo illoe wero blazando con fury. Whato waso Me doando con le ladio? Howo dared Me offero illo attentions whicho wero distasteful a illo? Dido Me thinkoa que becauso Me waso un baronet Me couldo dooa whato Me likova? Ifo illo hado non beeno illo brothero Me shouldo havoa knowno bettero howo a answero illo. Aso illo waso Me toldo illo que mie feelings towardso illoe sistero wero sucho aso Me waso non ashamed ofo, e que Me hoped que illo mighto honour me per becomando mie wifo. Que seemedo a makoa le mattero noo bettero, soo theno Me losto mie temper tooo, e Me answered illo rathero moro hotmente thano Me shouldo perhapso, considerando que illo waso standando per. Soo illo endedo per illoe goando offo con illo, aso tu sawo, e hero amo Me aso badmente puzzled un viro aso anyo in thiso countio. Justo telloa me whato illo allo meanso, Watson, e I’ll owe tu moro thano evero Me cano hopo a payoa.” Me triedo oneo o twoo explanations, sed, indeedo, Me waso completemente puzzled myselfo. Nose friend’s titlo, illoe fortune, illoe ageo, illoe charactero, e illoe appearanco areo allo in illoe favour, e Me knowoa nothando againsto illo unlesso illo beoa thiso darko fate whicho runso in illoe familio. Que illoe advances shouldo beoa rejected soo brusquemente withouto anyo referenco a le lady’s owno wishes e que le ladio shouldo accepto le situatiano withouto protest iso verio amazando. Howevero, nose conjectures wero setoa ad resto per un visito de Stapleton himselfo que verio afternoono. Illo hado comoa a offero apologies pro illoe rudeness ofo le mornando, e aftero un longe privato interviewo con Siro Henrio in illoe studio le upshot ofo illose conversatiano waso que le breach iso quito healed, e que nos areo a dine ad Merripit Domo nexto Fridaio aso un signo ofo illo. “I don’t sayoa nowo que illo isn’t un crazio viro,” saido Siro Henrio; “I can’t forgeto le lookoa in illoe eyeso wheno illo rano ad me thiso mornando, sed Me musto allowo que noo viro couldo makoa un moro handsome apology thano illo haso dono.” “Did illo givoa anyo explanatiano ofo illoe conducto?” “His sistero iso everythando in illoe lifo, illo sayso. Que iso naturalo enougho, e Me amo glado que illo shouldo understandoa illo valuo. Illos havoa alwayso beeno togethero, e accordando a illoe accounto illo haso beeno un verio lonemente viro con onmente illo aso un companion, soo que le thoughto ofo losando illo waso realmente terrible a illo. Illo hado non comprehendva, illo saido, que Me waso becomando attachedo a illo, sed wheno illo sawo con illoe owno eyeso que illo waso realmente soo, e que illo mighto beoa takeno awaio de illo, illo gavo illo sucho un shocko que pro un tempo illo waso non responsiblo pro whato illo saido o dido. Illo waso verio sorrio pro allo que hado passedo, e illo recognizedo howo foolish e howo selfish illo waso que illo shouldo imagino que illo couldo holdoa un belle femino likoa illoe sistero a himselfo pro illo wholo lifo. Ifo illo hado a leavoa illo illo hado rathero illo waso a un neighbour likoa myselfo thano a anyono elso. Sed in anyo caso illo waso un blowo a illo e illo wouldo takoa illo somo tempo beforo illo couldo preparo himselfo a meetoa illo. Illo wouldo withdraw allo opposition upono illoe parto ifo Me wouldo promiso pro threo monthso a letoa le mattero resto e a beoa contento con cultivatando le lady’s friendship durando que tempo withouto claimando illo lovoa. Thiso Me promised, e soo le mattero rests.” Soo thero iso oneo ofo nose parve mysteries cleared upo. Illo iso somethando a havoa touched bottomo anywhero in thiso bog in whicho nos areo flounderando. Nos knowoa nowo whyo Stapleton lookedo con disfavour upono illoe sister’s suitor—even wheno que suitor waso soo eligiblo un oneo aso Siro Henrio. E nowo Me passo su a anothero threado whicho Me havoa extricated outo ofo le tangled skein, le mysterio ofo le sobs in le nocto, ofo le tear-stained faco ofo Mrs. Barrymore, ofo le secreto journeio ofo le butler a le westerno lattice windowo. Congratulate me, mie dearo Holmes, e telloa me que Me havoa non disappointed tu aso un agent—that tu dooa non regret le confidenco whicho tu showedo in me wheno tu sento me downo. Allo theso thingso havoa per oneo night’s laboroa beeno thoroughmente cleared. Me havoa saido “by oneo night’s laboroa,” sed, in trutho, illo waso per twoo nights’ laboroa, pro su le firsto nos drew entiremente blanko. Me sato upo con Siro Henrio in illoe roomso untilo nearmente threo o’clock in le mornando, sed noo soundo ofo anyo sorto dido nos hearoa excepto le chimando clocko upono le stairs. Illo waso un mosto melanchomente vigil e endedo per eacho ofo nos fallando asleep in nose chairso. Fortunatemente nos wero non discouraged, e nos determinedo a tryoa againo. Le nexto nocto nos lowered le lampo e sato smokando cigarettes withouto makando le leasto soundo. Illo waso incredible howo slowmente le hourso crawled per, e yeto nos wero helpedo througho illo per le samo sorto ofo patiento interesto whicho le huntero musto feeloa aso illo watcheso le trap intoo whicho illo hopes le gamo mayo wander. Oneo struck, e twoo, e nos hado almosto pro le secondo tempo giveno illo upo in despair wheno in un instanto nos botho sato bolt upright in nose chairso con allo nose weary senses keenmente su le alerto onco moro. Nos hado heardo le creak ofo un stepo in le passage. Verio stealthimente nos heardo illo passo alongo untilo illo diedo awaio in le distanco. Theno le baronet gentmente openedo illoe doero e nos setoa outo in pursuit. Alreadio nose viro hado gono roundo le gallerio e le corridor waso allo in darkness. Softmente nos stole alongo untilo nos hado comoa intoo le othero wando. Nos wero justo in tempo a catcho un glimpse ofo le tallo, black-bearded figuro, illoe shoulders rounded aso illo tiptoed downo le passage. Theno illo passedo througho le samo doero aso beforo, e le lighto ofo le candle framed illo in le darkness e shoto oneo singlo yellowo beam acrosso le gloom ofo le corridor. Nos shuffled cautiousmente towardso illo, tryando everio plank beforo nos dared a putoa nose wholo weighto upono illo. Nos hado takeno le precaution ofo leavando nose bootso behindo nos, sed, eveno soo, le vetere boardso snapped e creaked beneath nose tread. Sometimeso illo seemedo impossiblo que illo shouldo failo a hearoa nose approacho. Howevero, le viro iso fortunatemente rathero deaf, e illo waso entiremente preoccupied in que whicho illo waso doando. Wheno ad lasto nos reachedo le doero e peeped througho nos foundo illo crouchando ad le windowo, candle in hando, illoe albe, intent faco pressed againsto le pane, exactmente aso Me hado seeno illo twoo nightso beforo. Nos hado arranged noo plano ofo campaigno, sed le baronet iso un viro a whomo le mosto directo wayo iso alwayso le mosto naturalo. Illo walked intoo le roomo, e aso illo dido soo Barrymore sprang upo de le windowo con un sharpo hiss ofo illoe breath e stva, livid e tremblando, beforo nos. Illoe darko eyeso, glarando outo ofo le albe mask ofo illoe faco, wero plene ofo horrero e astonishment aso illo gazed de Siro Henrio a me. “What areo tu doando hero, Barrymore?” “Nothing, siro.” Illoe agitation waso soo greato que illo couldo hardmente speako, e le shadows sprang upo e downo de le shakando ofo illoe candle. “It waso le windowo, siro. Me gooa roundo ad nocto a seeoa que illos areo fastened.” “On le secondo floero?” “Yes, siro, allo le windowso.” “Look hero, Barrymore,” saido Siro Henrio sternmente, “we havoa mado upo nose minds a havoa le trutho outo ofo tu, soo illo savo tu troublo a tellora illo sooner rathero thano latero. Comoa, nowo! Noo lieso! Whato wero tu doando ad que windowo?” Le fellowo lookedo ad nos in un helpless wayo, e illo wrung illoe handso togethero likoa oneo whoo iso in le lasto extremity ofo doubto e misery. “I waso doando noo harm, siro. Me waso holdando un candle a le windowo.” “And whyo wero tu holdando un candle a le windowo?” “Don’t askoa me, Siro Henry—don’t askoa me! Me givoa tu mie verbo, siro, que illo iso non mie secreto, e que Me cannot telloa illo. Ifo illo concernedo noo oneo sed myselfo Me wouldo non tryoa a keepoa illo de tu.” Un sudden ideao occurredo a me, e Me tooko le candle de le tremblando hando ofo le butler. “He musto havoa beeno holdando illo aso un signalo,” saido Me. “Let nos seeoa ifo thero iso anyo answero.” Me heldo illo aso illo hado dono, e stared outo intoo le darkness ofo le nocto. Vaguemente Me couldo discern le blacko banko ofo le treeso e le lighter expanse ofo le moor, pro le moono waso behindo le clouds. E theno Me gavo un cry ofo exultation, pro un tinio pinpoint ofo yellowo lighto hado suddenmente transfixed le darko veil, e glowed steadimente in le centro ofo le blacko squaro framed per le windowo. “There illo iso!” Me cried. “No, noo, siro, illo iso nothing—nothing ad allo!” le butler broke in; “I assure tu, sir—” “Move tue lighto acrosso le windowo, Watson!” cried le baronet. “See, le othero moveso alsoo! Nowo, tu rascal, dooa tu deny que illo iso un signalo? Comoa, speako upo! Whoo iso tue confederate outo yonder, e whato iso thiso conspiracy que iso goando su?” Le man’s faco becamo openmente defiant. “It iso mie busiitio, e non yourso. Me non tellora.” “Then tu leavoa mie employmento dextro awaio.” “Very bone, siro. Ifo Me musto Me musto.” “And tu gooa in disgrace. Per thunder, tu mayo wello beoa ashamed ofo yourselfo. Tue familio haso livedo con mino pro overo un hundredo yearso undero thiso roofo, e hero Me findoa tu deepo in somo darko ploto againsto me.” “No, noo, siro; noo, non againsto tu!” Illo waso un woman’s voico, e Mrs. Barrymore, paler e moro horror-struck thano illo husbando, waso standando ad le doero. Illo bulky figuro in un shawl e skirt mighto havoa beeno comico wero illo non pro le intensity ofo feelando upono illo faco. “We havoa a gooa, Eliza. Thiso iso le endo ofo illo. Tu cano packo nose thingso,” saido le butler. “Oh, Johno, Johno, havoa Me broughto tu a thiso? Illo iso mie doando, Siro Henry—all mino. Illo haso dono nothando excepto pro mie sake e becauso Me askedo illo.” “Speak outo, theno! Whato doeso illo meanoa?” “My unhappy brothero iso starvando su le moor. Nos cannot letoa illo perish ad nose verio gates. Le lighto iso un signalo a illo que cibo iso readio pro illo, e illoe lighto outo yonder iso a showoa le spoto a whicho a brandoa illo.” “Then tue brothero is—” “The escaped convict, sir—Selden, le criminalo.” “That’s le trutho, siro,” saido Barrymore. “I saido que illo waso non mie secreto e que Me couldo non telloa illo a tu. Sed nowo tu havoa heardo illo, e tu seeora que ifo thero waso un ploto illo waso non againsto tu.” Thiso, theno, waso le explanatiano ofo le stealthy expeditions ad nocto e le lighto ad le windowo. Siro Henrio e Me botho stared ad le femino in amazement. Waso illo possiblo que thiso stolidmente respectable persono waso ofo le samo bloodo aso oneo ofo le mosto notorious criminals in le patrio? “Yes, siro, mie nomino waso Selden, e illo iso mie younger brothero. Nos humoured illo tooo mucho wheno illo waso un lad e gavo illo illoe owno wayo in everythando untilo illo camo a thinkoa que le mundo waso mado pro illoe pleasuro, e que illo couldo dooa whato illo likova in illo. Theno aso illo grew oldero illo meto wicked companions, e le devil enteredo intoo illo untilo illo broke mie mother’s hearto e dragged nose nomino in le dirt. De crimo a crimo illo sank lowero e lowero untilo illo iso onmente le mercy ofo God whicho haso snatched illo de le scaffold; sed a me, siro, illo waso alwayso le littlo curly-headed boyo que Me hado nursed e playedo con aso un elder sistero wouldo. Que waso whyo illo broke prisono, siro. Illo knewo que Me waso hero e que nos couldo non refuse a helpoa illo. Wheno illo dragged himselfo hero oneo nocto, weary e starvando, con le warders difficile ad illoe heels, whato couldo nos dooa? Nos tooko illo in e fed illo e cared pro illo. Theno tu returnedo, siro, e mie brothero thoughto illo wouldo beoa safer su le moor thano anywhero elso untilo le hue e cry waso overo, soo illo layo in hidando thero. Sed everio secondo nocto nos mado suro ifo illo waso stillo thero per puttando un lighto in le windowo, e ifo thero waso un answero mie husbando tooko outo somo breado e meato a illo. Everio dio nos hoped que illo waso gono, sed aso longe aso illo waso thero nos couldo non deserto illo. Que iso le wholo trutho, aso Me amo un honest Christiano femino e tu seeora que ifo thero iso blame in le mattero illo doeso non lieo con mie husbando sed con me, pro whoso sake illo haso dono allo que illo haso.” Le woman’s wordso camo con un intense earnestness whicho carriedo conviction con illos. “Is thiso vere, Barrymore?” “Yes, Siro Henrio. Everio verbo ofo illo.” “Well, Me cannot blame tu pro standando per tue owno wifo. Forgeto whato Me havoa saido. Gooa a tue roomo, tu twoo, e nos shallo talkoa furthero abouto thiso mattero in le mornando.” Wheno illos wero gono nos lookedo outo ofo le windowo againo. Siro Henrio hado flung illo openo, e le frigide nocto windo beato in upono nose faceso. Faro awaio in le blacko distanco thero stillo glowed que oneo tinio puncto ofo yellowo lighto. “I wondero illo dares,” saido Siro Henrio. “It mayo beoa soo placedo aso a beoa onmente visiblo de hero.” “Very likemente. Howo faro dooa tu thinkoa illo iso?” “Out per le Cleft Tor, Me thinkoa.” “Not moro thano un milo o twoo offo.” “Hardly que.” “Well, illo cannot beoa faro ifo Barrymore hado a carrio outo le cibo a illo. E illo iso waitando, thiso villain, beside que candle. Per thunder, Watson, Me amo goando outo a takoa que viro!” Le samo thoughto hado crossed mie owno mindo. Illo waso non aso ifo le Barrymores hado takeno nos intoo illose confidenco. Illose secreto hado beeno forcedo de illos. Le viro waso un dangero a le communitato, un unmitigated scoundrel pro whomo thero waso neithero pity noro excuse. Nos wero onmente doando nose dutio in takando thiso chanco ofo puttando illo backo whero illo couldo dooa noo harm. Con illoe brutal e violent naturo, otherso wouldo havoa a payoa le prico ifo nos heldo nose handso. Anyo nocto, pro examplo, nose neighbours le Stapletons mighto beoa attacked per illo, e illo mayo havoa beeno le thoughto ofo thiso whicho mado Siro Henrio soo keen upono le adventuro. “I comora,” saido Me. “Then geto tue revolver e putoa su tue bootso. Le sooner nos startoa le bettero, aso le fellowo mayo putoa outo illoe lighto e beoa offo.” In fivo minuteso nos wero outsido le doero, startando upono nose expedition. Nos hurried througho le darko shrubbery, amid le dull moanando ofo le autumn windo e le rustle ofo le fallando leaveso. Le nocto airo waso heavio con le smell ofo damp e decay. Nowo e againo le moono peeped outo pro un instanto, sed clouds wero drivando overo le faco ofo le skyo, e justo aso nos camo outo su le moor un thino raino begano a fallo. Le lighto stillo burned steadimente in fronto. “Are tu armedo?” Me askedo. “I havoa un hunting-crop.” “We musto closo in su illo rapidmente, pro illo iso saido a beoa un desperate fellowo. Nos shallo takoa illo per surpriso e havoa illo ad nose mercy beforo illo cano resist.” “I sayoa, Watson,” saido le baronet, “what wouldo Holmes sayoa a thiso? Howo abouto que houro ofo darkness in whicho le powero ofo evilo iso exalted?” Aso ifo in answero a illoe wordso thero roso suddenmente outo ofo le vast gloom ofo le moor que strango cry whicho Me hado alreadio heardo upono le borders ofo le greato Grimpen Mire. Illo camo con le windo througho le silence ofo le nocto, un longe, deepo mutter, theno un risando howl, e theno le triste moan in whicho illo diedo awaio. Againo e againo illo sounded, le wholo airo throbbando con illo, strident, wildo, e menacando. Le baronet caughto mie sleeve e illoe faco glimmered albe througho le darkness. “My God, what’s que, Watson?” “I don’t knowoa. It’s un soundo illos havoa su le moor. Me heardo illo onco beforo.” Illo diedo awaio, e un absoluto silence closedo in upono nos. Nos stva strainando nose ears, sed nothando camo. “Watson,” saido le baronet, “it waso le cry ofo un hound.” Mie bloodo rano frigide in mie veins, pro thero waso un breako in illoe voico whicho toldo ofo le sudden horrero whicho hado seized illo. “What dooa illos calloa thiso soundo?” illo askedo. “Who?” “The folko su le countryside.” “Oh, illos areo ignorant peoplo. Whyo shouldo tu mindo whato illos calloa illo?” “Tell me, Watson. Whato dooa illos sayoa ofo illo?” Me hesitated sed couldo non escapo le questio. “They sayoa illo iso le cry ofo le Hound ofo le Baskervilles.” Illo groaned e waso silent pro un fewo moments. “A hound illo waso,” illo saido ad lasto, “but illo seemedo a comoa de mileso awaio, overo yonder, Me thinkoa.” “It waso difficile a sayoa whence illo camo.” “It roso e fello con le windo. Isn’t que le directiano ofo le greato Grimpen Mire?” “Yes, illo iso.” “Well, illo waso upo thero. Comoa nowo, Watson, didn’t tu thinkoa yourselfo que illo waso le cry ofo un hound? Me amo non un infanto. Tu needoa non fearo a speako le trutho.” “Stapleton waso con me wheno Me heardo illo lasto. Illo saido que illo mighto beoa le callando ofo un strango birdo.” “No, noo, illo waso un hound. Mie God, cano thero beoa somo trutho in allo theso storieso? Iso illo possiblo que Me amo realmente in dangero de soo darko un causo? Tu don’t believoa illo, dooa tu, Watson?” “No, noo.” “And yeto illo waso oneo thando a laugh abouto illo in Londono, e illo iso anothero a standoa outo hero in le darkness ofo le moor e a hearoa sucho un cry aso que. E mie uncle! Thero waso le footprint ofo le hound beside illo aso illo layo. Illo allo fits togethero. Me don’t thinkoa que Me amo un coward, Watson, sed que soundo seemedo a freeze mie verio bloodo. Feeloa mie hando!” Illo waso aso frigide aso un blocko ofo marble. “You’ll beoa allo dextro tomorrowo.” “I don’t thinkoa I’ll geto que cry outo ofo mie heado. Whato dooa tu advise que nos dooa nowo?” “Shall nos turnoa backo?” “No, per thunder; nos havoa comoa outo a geto nose viro, e nos doora illo. Nos aftero le convict, e un hell-hound, aso likemente aso non, aftero nos. Comoa su! We’ll seeoa illo througho ifo allo le fiends ofo le pit wero loose upono le moor.” Nos stumbled slowmente alongo in le darkness, con le blacko loom ofo le craggy hillso aroundo nos, e le yellowo speck ofo lighto burnando steadimente in fronto. Thero iso nothando soo deceptive aso le distanco ofo un lighto upono un pitch-dark nocto, e sometimeso le glimmer seemedo a beoa faro awaio upono le horizon e sometimeso illo mighto havoa beeno withino un fewo yardso ofo nos. Sed ad lasto nos couldo seeoa whence illo camo, e theno nos knewo que nos wero indeedo verio closo. Un gutterando candle waso stuck in un crevice ofo le rocks whicho flanked illo su eacho sido soo aso a keepoa le windo de illo e alsoo a prevento illo de beando visiblo, savo in le directiano ofo Baskerville Hallo. Un boulder ofo granite concealed nose approacho, e crouchando behindo illo nos gazed overo illo ad le signalo lighto. Illo waso strango a seeoa thiso singlo candle burnando thero in le middlo ofo le moor, con noo signo ofo lifo nearo it—just le oneo straighto yellowo flame e le gleam ofo le rocko su eacho sido ofo illo. “What shallo nos dooa nowo?” whispered Siro Henrio. “Wait hero. Illo musto beoa nearo illoe lighto. Letoa nos seeoa ifo nos cano geto un glimpse ofo illo.” Le wordso wero hardmente outo ofo mie moutho wheno nos botho sawo illo. Overo le rocks, in le crevice ofo whicho le candle burned, thero waso thrust outo un evilo yellowo faco, un terrible animalo faco, allo seamed e scored con vile passions. Foul con mire, con un bristlando beard, e hung con matted hairo, illo mighto wello havoa belonged a oneo ofo thoso vetere savages whoo dwelt in le burrows su le hillsides. Le lighto beneath illo waso reflected in illoe parve, cunnando eyeso whicho peered fiercemente a dextro e lefto througho le darkness likoa un crafty e savage animalo whoo haso heardo le stepso ofo le hunters. Somethando hado evidentmente aroused illoe suspicions. Illo mayo havoa beeno que Barrymore hado somo privato signalo whicho nos hado neglected a givoa, o le fellowo mayo havoa hado somo othero reasono pro thinkando que allo waso non wello, sed Me couldo reado illoe fears upono illoe wicked faco. Anyo instanto illo mighto dash outo le lighto e vanish in le darkness. Me sprang forwardo thereforo, e Siro Henrio dido le samo. Ad le samo momento le convict screamed outo un curse ad nos e hurled un rocko whicho splintered upo againsto le boulder whicho hado sheltered nos. Me caughto oneo glimpse ofo illoe curte, squat, strongmente builto figuro aso illo sprang a illoe feeto e turnedo a runoa. Ad le samo momento per un luckio chanco le moono broke througho le clouds. Nos rushed overo le brow ofo le hillo, e thero waso nose viro runnando con greato speedo downo le othero sido, springando overo le stones in illoe wayo con le activitato ofo un mountaino goat. Un luckio longe shoto ofo mie revolver mighto havoa crippled illo, sed Me hado broughto illo onmente a defend myselfo ifo attacked e non a shoot un unarmed viro whoo waso runnando awaio. Nos wero botho swift runners e in fairmente bone trainando, sed nos soono foundo que nos hado noo chanco ofo overtakando illo. Nos sawo illo pro un longe tempo in le moonlight untilo illo waso onmente un parve speck movando swiftmente amongo le boulders upono le sido ofo un distant hillo. Nos rano e rano untilo nos wero completemente blown, sed le spaco betweeno nos grew evero wider. Finalmente nos stoppedo e sato pantando su twoo rocks, whilo nos watched illo disappearando in le distanco. E illo waso ad thiso momento que thero occurredo un mosto strango e unexpected thando. Nos hado risen de nose rocks e wero turnando a gooa homo, havando abandoned le hopeless chase. Le moono waso basse upono le dextro, e le jagged pinnacle ofo un granite tor stva upo againsto le lowero curve ofo illoe silvero disco. Thero, outlined aso blacko aso un ebonio statue su que shinando backgroundo, Me sawo le figuro ofo un viro upono le tor. Dooa non thinkoa que illo waso un delusion, Holmes. Me assure tu que Me havoa nevero in mie lifo seeno anythando moro clearmente. Aso faro aso Me couldo judgo, le figuro waso que ofo un tallo, thino viro. Illo stva con illoe legso un littlo separated, illoe armso folded, illoe heado bowed, aso ifo illo wero broodando overo que enormous wilderness ofo peat e granite whicho layo beforo illo. Illo mighto havoa beeno le verio spirito ofo que terrible loco. Illo waso non le convict. Thiso viro waso faro de le loco whero le lattero hado disappeared. Besides, illo waso un mucho taller viro. Con un cry ofo surpriso Me pointed illo outo a le baronet, sed in le instanto durando whicho Me hado turnedo a grasp illoe armo le viro waso gono. Thero waso le sharpo pinnacle ofo granite stillo cuttando le lowero edgo ofo le moono, sed illoe peako bore noo trace ofo que silent e motionless figuro. Me wished a gooa in que directiano e a searcho le tor, sed illo waso somo distanco awaio. Le baronet’s nerves wero stillo quiverando de que cry, whicho recalled le darko storio ofo illoe familio, e illo waso non in le mood pro fresho adventureso. Illo hado non seeno thiso lonemente viro upono le tor e couldo non feeloa le thrill whicho illoe strango presenco e illoe commandando attitude hado giveno a me. “A warder, noo doubto,” saido illo. “The moor haso beeno thicko con illos sinco thiso fellowo escaped.” Wello, perhapso illoe explanatiano mayo beoa le dextro oneo, sed Me shouldo likoa a havoa somo furthero proofo ofo illo. Todaio nos meanoa a communicate a le Princetown peoplo whero illos shouldo lookoa pro illose missando viro, sed illo iso difficile lineso que nos havoa non actualmente hado le triumph ofo bringando illo backo aso nose owno prisoner. Sucho areo le adventureso ofo lasto nocto, e tu musto acknowledge, mie dearo Holmes, que Me havoa dono tu verio wello in le mattero ofo un reporto. Mucho ofo whato Me telloa tu iso noo doubto quito irrelevant, sed stillo Me feeloa que illo iso besto que Me shouldo letoa tu havoa allo le factso e leavoa tu a selecto pro yourselfo thoso whicho beora ofo mosto servico a tu in helpando tu a tue conclusions. Nos areo certainmente makando somo progresso. Soo faro aso le Barrymores gooa nos havoa foundo le motive ofo illose actionso, e que haso cleared upo le situatiano verio mucho. Sed le moor con illoe mysteries e illoe strango inhabitants remainso aso inscrutable aso evero. Perhapso in mie nexto Me mayo beoa ablo a throwo somo lighto upono thiso alsoo. Besto ofo allo wouldo illo beoa ifo tu couldo comoa downo a nos. In anyo caso tu hearora de me againo in le courso ofo le nexto fewo dayso. Chaptero 10. Extract de le Diario ofo Dro. Watson Soo faro Me havoa beeno ablo a quoto de le reportso whicho Me havoa forwarded durando theso earmente dayso a Sherlock Holmes. Nowo, howevero, Me havoa arrivedo ad un puncto in mie narrative whero Me amo compelled a abandon thiso methodo e a trusto onco moro a mie recollections, aided per le diario whicho Me kepto ad le tempo. Un fewo extracts de le lattero carrio me su a thoso sceneso whicho areo indelibmente fixedo in everio detailo upono mie memorio. Me proceed, theno, de le mornando whicho followedo nose abortive chase ofo le convict e nose othero strango experienceso upono le moor. _October_ 16_th_.—A dull e foggy dio con un drizzle ofo raino. Le domo iso banked in con rollando clouds, whicho riso nowo e theno a showora le dreary curves ofo le moor, con thino, silvero veins upono le sideso ofo le hillso, e le distant boulders gleamando whero le lighto strikes upono illose weto faceso. Illo iso melanchomente outsido e in. Le baronet iso in un blacko reactiano aftero le excitements ofo le nocto. Me amo conscious myselfo ofo un weighto ad mie hearto e un feelando ofo impendando danger—ever presento dangero, whicho iso le moro terrible becauso Me amo unablo a defino illo. E havoa Me non causo pro sucho un feelando? Considero le longe sequenco ofo incidents whicho havoa allo pointed a somo sinister influenco whicho iso ad laboroa aroundo nos. Thero iso le deatho ofo le lasto occupant ofo le Hallo, fulfillando soo exactmente le conditionso ofo le familio legendo, e thero areo le repeated reportso de peasants ofo le appearanco ofo un strango creature upono le moor. Twico Me havoa con mie owno ears heardo le soundo whicho resembled le distant bayando ofo un hound. Illo iso incredible, impossiblo, que illo shouldo realmente beoa outsido le ordinario lawso ofo naturo. Un spectral hound whicho leaveso materialo footmarks e fills le airo con illoe howlando iso suremente non a beoa thoughto ofo. Stapleton mayo fallo in con sucho un superstition, e Mortimer alsoo, sed ifo Me havoa oneo qualitato upono eartho illo iso commono senso, e nothando persuade me a believora in sucho un thando. A dooa soo wouldo beoa a descend a le levelo ofo theso poero peasants, whoo areo non contento con un mere fiend dogo sed musto needso describo illo con hell-fire shootando de illoe moutho e eyeso. Holmes wouldo non listeno a sucho fancies, e Me amo illoe agento. Sed factso areo factso, e Me havoa twico heardo thiso cryando upono le moor. Suppose que thero wero realmente somo hugo hound loose upono illo; que wouldo gooa faro a explaino everythando. Sed whero couldo sucho un hound lieo concealed, whero dido illo geto illoe cibo, whero dido illo comoa de, howo waso illo que noo oneo sawo illo per dio? Illo musto beoa confessed que le naturalo explanatiano offerso almosto aso manio difficulties aso le othero. E alwayso, aparto de le hound, thero iso le facto ofo le humano agencio in Londono, le viro in le cab, e le lettero whicho warned Siro Henrio againsto le moor. Thiso ad leasto waso realo, sed illo mighto havoa beeno le laboroa ofo un protectando amico aso easimente aso ofo un enemio. Whero iso que amico o enemio nowo? Haso illo remained in Londono, o haso illo followedo nos downo hero? Couldo he—could illo beoa le stranger whomo Me sawo upono le tor? Illo iso vere que Me havoa hado onmente le oneo glanco ad illo, e yeto thero areo somo thingso a whicho Me amo readio a swear. Illo iso noo oneo whomo Me havoa seeno downo hero, e Me havoa nowo meto allo le neighbours. Le figuro waso faro taller thano que ofo Stapleton, faro thinner thano que ofo Frankland. Barrymore illo mighto possibmente havoa beeno, sed nos hado lefto illo behindo nos, e Me amo certaino que illo couldo non havoa followedo nos. Un stranger theno iso stillo doggando nos, justo aso un stranger dogged nos in Londono. Nos havoa nevero shaken illo offo. Ifo Me couldo layo mie handso upono que viro, theno ad lasto nos mighto findoa ourselveso ad le endo ofo allo nose difficulties. A thiso oneo purposo Me musto nowo devote allo mie energies. Mie firsto impulse waso a telloa Siro Henrio allo mie planso. Mie secondo e wisest oneo iso a plaioa mie owno gamo e speako aso littlo aso possiblo a anyono. Illo iso silent e distrait. Illoe nerves havoa beeno strangemente shaken per que soundo upono le moor. Me sayora nothando a addo a illoe anxieties, sed Me takora mie owno stepso a attain mie owno endo. Nos hado un parve sceno thiso mornando aftero breakfasto. Barrymore askedo leavoa a speako con Siro Henrio, e illos wero closeted in illoe studio somo littlo tempo. Sittando in le billiard-room Me moro thano onco heardo le soundo ofo voices raisedo, e Me hado un prettio bone ideao whato le puncto waso whicho waso undero discussiono. Aftero un tempo le baronet openedo illoe doero e calledo pro me. “Barrymore considers que illo haso un grievance,” illo saido. “He thinks que illo waso unfair su nose parto a hunto illoe brother-in-law downo wheno illo, ofo illoe owno freo , hado toldo nos le secreto.” Le butler waso standando verio pale sed verio collectedo beforo nos. “I mayo havora spoken tooo warmmente, siro,” saido illo, “and ifo Me havoa, Me amo suro que Me beg tue pardon. Ad le samo tempo, Me waso verio mucho surprised wheno Me heardo tu twoo gentlemen comoa backo thiso mornando e learnedo que tu hado beeno chasando Selden. Le poero fellowo haso enougho a fighto againsto withouto mie puttando moro upono illoe tracko.” “If tu hado toldo nos ofo tue owno freo illo wouldo havora beeno un differento thando,” saido le baronet, “you onmente toldo nos, o rathero tue wifo onmente toldo nos, wheno illo waso forcedo de tu e tu couldo non helpoa yourselfo.” “I didn’t thinkoa tu wouldo havoa takeno advantago ofo illo, Siro Henry—indeed Me didn’t.” “The viro iso un publico dangero. Thero areo lonemente houseso scattered overo le moor, e illo iso un fellowo whoo wouldo sticko ad nothando. Tu onmente wantoa a geto un glimpse ofo illoe faco a seeoa que. Lookoa ad Mro. Stapleton’s domo, pro examplo, con noo oneo sed himselfo a defend illo. There’s noo safetio pro anyono untilo illo iso undero locko e keyo.” “He’ll breako intoo noo domo, siro. Me givoa tu mie solemn verbo upono que. Sed illo nevero troublo anyono in thiso patrio againo. Me assure tu, Siro Henrio, que in un verio fewo dayso le necessario arrangementso havora beeno mado e illo beora su illoe wayo a Southo Americao. Pro God’s sake, siro, Me beg ofo tu non a letoa le polico knowoa que illo iso stillo su le moor. Illos havoa giveno upo le chase thero, e illo cano lieo quieto untilo le shipo iso readio pro illo. Tu can’t telloa su illo withouto gettando mie wifo e me intoo troublo. Me beg tu, siro, a sayoa nothando a le polico.” “What dooa tu sayoa, Watson?” Me shrugged mie shoulders. “If illo wero safemente outo ofo le patrio illo wouldo relieve le tax-payer ofo un burden.” “But howo abouto le chanco ofo illoe holdando someono upo beforo illo goeso?” “He wouldo non dooa anythando soo mado, siro. Nos havoa providedo illo con allo que illo cano wantoa. A commito un crimo wouldo beoa a showoa whero illo waso hidando.” “That iso vere,” saido Siro Henrio. “Well, Barrymore—” “God bless tu, siro, e thanko tu de mie hearto! Illo wouldo havoa killedo mie poero wifo hado illo beeno takeno againo.” “I guesso nos areo aidando e abettando un felony, Watson? Sed, aftero whato nos havoa heardo Me don’t feeloa aso ifo Me couldo givoa le viro upo, soo thero iso un endo ofo illo. Allo dextro, Barrymore, tu cano gooa.” Con un fewo brokeno wordso ofo gratitude le viro turnedo, sed illo hesitated e theno camo backo. “You’ve beeno soo kindo a nos, siro, que Me shouldo likoa a dooa le besto Me cano pro tu in returno. Me knowoa somethando, Siro Henrio, e perhapso Me shouldo havoa saido illo beforo, sed illo waso longe aftero le inquest que Me foundo illo outo. I’ve nevero breathed un verbo abouto illo yeto a mortal viro. It’s abouto poero Siro Charles’s deatho.” Le baronet e Me wero botho upono nose feeto. “Do tu knowoa howo illo diedo?” “No, siro, Me don’t knowoa que.” “What theno?” “I knowoa whyo illo waso ad le gato ad que houro. Illo waso a meetoa un femino.” “To meetoa un femino! Illo?” “Yes, siro.” “And le woman’s nomino?” “I can’t givoa tu le nomino, siro, sed Me cano givoa tu le initials. Illo initials wero L. L.” “How dooa tu knowoa thiso, Barrymore?” “Well, Siro Henrio, tue uncle hado un lettero que mornando. Illo hado usualmente un greato manio letterso, pro illo waso un publico viro e wello knowno pro illoe kindo hearto, soo que everyono whoo waso in troublo waso glado a turnoa a illo. Sed que mornando, aso illo chanced, thero waso onmente thiso oneo lettero, soo Me tooko le moro notico ofo illo. Illo waso de Coombe Tracey, e illo waso addressedo in un woman’s hando.” “Well?” “Well, siro, Me thoughto noo moro ofo le mattero, e nevero wouldo havoa dono hado illo non beeno pro mie wifo. Onmente un fewo weekso agoo illo waso cleanando outo Siro Charles’s study—it hado nevero beeno touched sinco illoe death—and illo foundo le ashes ofo un burned lettero in le backo ofo le grate. Le greatero parto ofo illo waso charred a pieceso, sed oneo littlo slip, le endo ofo un pago, hung togethero, e le writando couldo stillo beoa reado, thougho illo waso greio su un blacko groundo. Illo seemedo a nos a beoa un postscript ad le endo ofo le lettero e illo saido: ‘Please, pleaso, aso tu areo un gentleman, burno thiso lettero, e beoa ad le gato per teno o clocko. Beneath illo wero signedo le initials L. L.” “Have tu goto que slip?” “No, siro, illo crumbled allo a bitso aftero nos movedo illo.” “Had Siro Charleso receivedo anyo othero letterso in le samo writando?” “Well, siro, Me tooko noo particularo notico ofo illoe letterso. Me shouldo non havoa noticed thiso oneo, onmente illo happenedo a comoa alono.” “And tu havoa noo ideao whoo L. L. iso?” “No, siro. Noo moro thano tu havoa. Sed Me expecto ifo nos couldo layo nose handso upono que ladio nos shouldo knowoa moro abouto Siro Charles’s deatho.” “I cannot understandoa, Barrymore, howo tu camo a conceal thiso importanto informatiano.” “Well, siro, illo waso immediatemente aftero que nose owno troublo camo a nos. E theno againo, siro, nos wero botho ofo nos verio fond ofo Siro Charleso, aso nos wello mighto beoa considerando allo que illo haso dono pro nos. A rake thiso upo couldn’t helpoa nose poero mastero, e it’s wello a gooa carefulmente wheno there’s un ladio in le caso. Eveno le besto ofo us—” “You thoughto illo mighto injure illoe reputation?” “Well, siro, Me thoughto noo bone couldo comoa ofo illo. Sed nowo tu havoa beeno kindo a nos, e Me feeloa aso ifo illo wouldo beoa treatando tu unfairmente non a telloa tu allo que Me knowoa abouto le mattero.” “Very bone, Barrymore; tu cano gooa.” Wheno le butler hado lefto nos Siro Henrio turnedo a me. “Well, Watson, whato dooa tu thinkoa ofo thiso nove lighto?” “It seemso a leavoa le darkness rathero blacker thano beforo.” “So Me thinkoa. Sed ifo nos cano onmente trace L. L. illo shouldo clearo upo le wholo busiitio. Nos havoa gained que mucho. Nos knowoa que thero iso someono whoo haso le factso ifo nos cano onmente findoa illo. Whato dooa tu thinkoa nos shouldo dooa?” “Let Holmes knowoa allo abouto illo ad onco. Illo givora illo le clue pro whicho illo haso beeno seekando. Me amo mucho mistaken ifo illo doeso non brandoa illo downo.” Me wento ad onco a mie roomo e drew upo mie reporto ofo le morning’s conversatiano pro Holmes. Illo waso evident a me que illo hado beeno verio busio ofo lato, pro le noteso whicho Me hado de Bakero Streeto wero fewo e curte, con noo commentso upono le informatiano whicho Me hado suppliedo e hardmente anyo referenco a mie missiono. Noo doubto illoe blackmailando caso iso absorbando allo illoe faculties. E yeto thiso nove factero musto suremente arrest illoe attentiano e renew illoe interesto. Me wisho que illo wero hero. _October_ 17_th_.—All dio todaio le raino poured downo, rustlando su le ivy e drippando de le eaves. Me thoughto ofo le convict outo upono le bleak, frigide, shelterless moor. Poero devil! Whatevero illoe crimes, illo haso suffered somethando a atone pro illos. E theno Me thoughto ofo que othero one—the faco in le cab, le figuro againsto le moono. Waso illo alsoo outo in que deluge—the unseen watcher, le viro ofo darkness? In le evenando Me putoa su mie waterproof e Me walked faro upono le sodden moor, plene ofo darko imaginings, le raino beatando upono mie faco e le windo whistlando abouto mie ears. God helpoa thoso whoo wander intoo le greato mire nowo, pro eveno le firmo uplands areo becomando un morass. Me foundo le blacko tor upono whicho Me hado seeno le solitary watcher, e de illoe craggy summito Me lookedo outo myselfo acrosso le melanchomente downs. Raino squalls drifted acrosso illose russet faco, e le heavio, slate-coloured clouds hung basse overo le landscapo, trailando in greio wreaths downo le sideso ofo le fantastico hillso. In le distant hollow su le lefto, halfo hiddeno per le mist, le twoo thino towers ofo Baskerville Hallo roso abovo le treeso. Illos wero le onmente signso ofo humano lifo whicho Me couldo seeoa, savo onmente thoso prehistoric huts whicho layo thickmente upono le slopes ofo le hillso. Nowhere waso thero anyo trace ofo que lonemente viro whomo Me hado seeno su le samo spoto twoo nightso beforo. Aso Me walked backo Me waso overtaken per Dro. Mortimer drivando in illoe dog-cart overo un rough moorland tracko whicho ledo de le outlyando farmhouse ofo Foulmire. Illo haso beeno verio attentive a nos, e hardmente un dio haso passedo que illo haso non calledo ad le Hallo a seeoa howo nos wero gettando su. Illo insisted upono mie climbando intoo illoe dog-cart, e illo gavo me un lifto homeward. Me foundo illo mucho troubled overo le disappearance ofo illoe littlo spaniel. Illo hado wandered su a le moor e hado nevero comoa backo. Me gavo illo sucho consolation aso Me mighto, sed Me thoughto ofo le pony su le Grimpen Mire, e Me dooa non fancy que illo seeora illoe littlo dogo againo. “By le wayo, Mortimer,” saido Me aso nos jolted alongo le rough roado, “I suppose thero areo fewo peoplo livando withino drivando distanco ofo thiso whomo tu dooa non knowoa?” “Hardly anyo, Me thinkoa.” “Can tu, theno, telloa me le nomino ofo anyo femino whoso initials areo L. L.?” Illo thoughto pro un fewo minuteso. “No,” saido illo. “There areo un fewo gipsies e labourando folko pro whomo Me can’t answero, sed amongo le farmerso o gentry thero iso noo oneo whoso initials areo thoso. Waito un bito thougho,” illo addedo aftero un pause. “There iso Laurao Lyons—her initials areo L. L.—but illo liveso in Coombe Tracey.” “Who iso illo?” Me askedo. “She iso Frankland’s daughtero.” “What! Vetere Frankland le crank?” “Exactly. Illo marriedo un artisto namedo Lyons, whoo camo sketchando su le moor. Illo proved a beoa un blackguard e deserted illo. Le faulto de whato Me hearoa mayo non havoa beeno entiremente su oneo sido. Illo fathero refused a havoa anythando a dooa con illo becauso illo hado marriedo withouto illoe consento e perhapso pro oneo o twoo othero reasonso aso wello. Soo, betweeno le vetere sinner e le youngo oneo le girlo haso hado un prettio male tempo.” “How doeso illo livoa?” “I fancy vetere Frankland allowso illo un pittance, sed illo cannot beoa moro, pro illoe owno affairso areo considerabmente involvedo. Whatevero illo mayo havoa deserved oneo couldo non allowo illo a gooa hopelessmente a le male. Illo storio goto abouto, e severalo ofo le peoplo hero dido somethando a enablo illo a earno un honest livando. Stapleton dido pro oneo, e Siro Charleso pro anothero. Me gavo un trifle myselfo. Illo waso a setoa illo upo in un typewritando busiitio.” Illo wantedo a knowoa le objecto ofo mie inquiries, sed Me managedo a satisfy illoe curiosity withouto tellando illo tooo mucho, pro thero iso noo reasono whyo nos shouldo takoa anyono intoo nose confidenco. Tomorrowo mornando Me shallo findoa mie wayo a Coombe Tracey, e ifo Me cano seeoa thiso Mrs. Laurao Lyons, ofo equivocal reputation, un longe stepo havora beeno mado towardso clearando oneo incidento in thiso chaino ofo mysteries. Me amo certainmente developando le wisdom ofo le serpent, pro wheno Mortimer pressed illoe questionso a un inconvenient extento Me askedo illo casualmente a whato typo Frankland’s skull belonged, e soo heardo nothando sed craniology pro le resto ofo nose drivo. Me havoa non livedo pro yearso con Sherlock Holmes pro nothando. Me havoa onmente oneo othero incidento a recordo upono thiso tempestuous e melanchomente dio. Thiso waso mie conversatiano con Barrymore justo nowo, whicho giveso me oneo moro forte cardo whicho Me cano plaioa in dueo tempo. Mortimer hado stayed a dinnero, e illo e le baronet playedo écarté afterwards. Le butler broughto me mie coffeo intoo le librario, e Me tooko le chanco a askoa illo un fewo questionso. “Well,” saido Me, “has thiso precious relatiano ofo yourso departed, o iso illo stillo lurkando outo yonder?” “I don’t knowoa, siro. Me hopo a heaveno que illo haso gono, pro illo haso broughto nothando sed troublo hero! I’ve non heardo ofo illo sinco Me lefto outo cibo pro illo lasto, e que waso threo dayso agoo.” “Did tu seeoa illo theno?” “No, siro, sed le cibo waso gono wheno nexto Me wento que wayo.” “Then illo waso certainmente thero?” “So tu wouldo thinkoa, siro, unlesso illo waso le othero viro whoo tooko illo.” Me sato con mie coffee-cup halfway a mie lips e stared ad Barrymore. “You knowoa que thero iso anothero viro theno?” “Yes, siro; thero iso anothero viro upono le moor.” “Have tu seeno illo?” “No, siro.” “How dooa tu knowoa ofo illo theno?” “Selden toldo me ofo illo, siro, un weeko agoo o moro. He’s in hidando, tooo, sed he’s non un convict aso faro aso Me cano makoa outo. Me don’t likoa illo, Dro. Watson—I telloa tu straighto, siro, que Me don’t likoa illo.” Illo spoke con un sudden passiono ofo earnestness. “Now, listeno a me, Barrymore! Me havoa noo interesto in thiso mattero sed que ofo tue mastero. Me havoa comoa hero con noo objecto excepto a helpoa illo. Telloa me, frankmente, whato illo iso que tu don’t likoa.” Barrymore hesitated pro un momento, aso ifo illo regretted illoe outburst o foundo illo difficulto a expresso illoe owno feelings in wordso. “It’s allo theso goings-on, siro,” illo cried ad lasto, wavando illoe hando towardso le rain-lashed windowo whicho faced le moor. “There’s foul plaioa somewhero, e there’s blacko villainy brewando, a que I’ll swear! Verio glado Me shouldo beoa, siro, a seeoa Siro Henrio su illoe wayo backo a Londono againo!” “But whato iso illo que alarms tu?” “Look ad Siro Charles’s deatho! Que waso male enougho, pro allo que le coroner saido. Lookoa ad le noises su le moor ad nocto. There’s non un viro wouldo crosso illo aftero sundown ifo illo waso paido pro illo. Lookoa ad thiso stranger hidando outo yonder, e watchando e waitando! What’s illo waitando pro? Whato doeso illo meanoa? Illo meanso noo bone a anyono ofo le nomino ofo Baskerville, e verio glado Me shallo beoa a beoa quit ofo illo allo su le dio que Siro Henry’s nove servants areo readio a takoa overo le Hallo.” “But abouto thiso stranger,” saido Me. “Can tu telloa me anythando abouto illo? Whato dido Selden sayoa? Dido illo findoa outo whero illo hid, o whato illo waso doando?” “He sawo illo onco o twico, sed illo iso un deepo oneo e giveso nothando awaio. Ad firsto illo thoughto que illo waso le polico, sed soono illo foundo que illo hado somo layo ofo illoe owno. Un kindo ofo gentleman illo waso, aso faro aso illo couldo seeoa, sed whato illo waso doando illo couldo non makoa outo.” “And whero dido illo sayoa que illo livedo?” “Among le vetere houseso su le hillside—the stono huts whero le vetere folko usedo a livoa.” “But howo abouto illoe cibo?” “Selden foundo outo que illo haso goto un lad whoo workso pro illo e bringso allo illo needso. Me dare sayoa illo goeso a Coombe Tracey pro whato illo wantso.” “Very bone, Barrymore. Nos mayo talkoa furthero ofo thiso somo othero tempo.” Wheno le butler hado gono Me walked overo a le blacko windowo, e Me lookedo througho un blurred pane ad le drivando clouds e ad le tossando outline ofo le wind-swept treeso. Illo iso un wildo nocto indoors, e whato musto illo beoa in un stono hut upono le moor. Whato passiono ofo hatred cano illo beoa whicho leadso un viro a lurk in sucho un loco ad sucho un tempo! E whato deepo e earnest purposo cano illo havoa whicho callso pro sucho un trialo! Thero, in que hut upono le moor, seemso a lieo le verio centro ofo que problemo whicho haso vexed me soo soremente. Me swear que anothero dio shallo non havoa passedo beforo Me havoa dono allo que viro cano dooa a reacho le hearto ofo le mysterio. Chaptero 11. Le Viro su le Tor Le extract de mie privato diario whicho formso le lasto chaptero haso broughto mie narrative upo a le eighteenth ofo Octobero, un tempo wheno theso strango eventso begano a movoa swiftmente towardso illose terrible conclusiono. Le incidents ofo le nexto fewo dayso areo indelibmente graven upono mie recollection, e Me cano telloa illos withouto referenco a le noteso mado ad le tempo. Me startoa illos de le dio whicho succeeded que upono whicho Me hado establishedo twoo factso ofo greato importanco, le oneo que Mrs. Laurao Lyons ofo Coombe Tracey hado writteno a Siro Charleso Baskerville e mado un appointmento con illo ad le verio loco e houro que illo meto illoe deatho, le othero que le lurkando viro upono le moor waso a beoa foundo amongo le stono huts upono le hillside. Con theso twoo factso in mie possession Me felto que eithero mie intelligenco o mie courage musto beoa deficient ifo Me couldo non throwo somo furthero lighto upono theso darko placeso. Me hado noo opportunitato a telloa le baronet whato Me hado learnedo abouto Mrs. Lyons upono le evenando beforo, pro Dro. Mortimer remained con illo ad cardso untilo illo waso verio lato. Ad breakfasto, howevero, Me informedo illo abouto mie discoverio e askedo illo whethero illo wouldo caro a accompany me a Coombe Tracey. Ad firsto illo waso verio eager a comoa, sed su secondo thoughtso illo seemedo a botho ofo nos que ifo Me wento alono le resultso mighto beoa bettero. Le moro formalo nos mado le visito le lesso informatiano nos mighto obtaino. Me lefto Siro Henrio behindo, thereforo, non withouto somo prickings ofo conscience, e drove offo upono mie nove questo. Wheno Me reachedo Coombe Tracey Me toldo Perkins a putoa upo le horseso, e Me mado inquiries pro le ladio whomo Me hado comoa a interrogate. Me hado noo difficulty in findando illo roomso, whicho wero centralo e wello appointedo. Un maid showedo me in withouto ceremony, e aso Me enteredo le sitting-room un ladio, whoo waso sittando beforo un Remington typewriter, sprang upo con un pleasant smilo ofo welcomo. Illo faco fello, howevero, wheno illo sawo que Me waso un stranger, e illo sato downo againo e askedo me le objecto ofo mie visito. Le firsto impression lefto per Mrs. Lyons waso oneo ofo extremo beautio. Illo eyeso e hairo wero ofo le samo richo hazel colouro, e illo cheeks, thougho considerabmente freckled, wero flushed con le exquisite bloom ofo le brunette, le dainty pinko whicho lurks ad le hearto ofo le sulphur roso. Admiration waso, Me repeato, le firsto impression. Sed le secondo waso criticism. Thero waso somethando subtmente wrongo con le faco, somo coarseness ofo expressiono, somo hardness, perhapso, ofo oculo, somo looseness ofo lip whicho marred illoe perfecto beautio. Sed theso, ofo courso, areo afterthoughts. Ad le momento Me waso simpmente conscious que Me waso in le presenco ofo un verio handsome femino, e que illo waso askando me le reasonso pro mie visito. Me hado non quito comprehendva untilo que instanto howo delicate mie missiono waso. “I havoa le pleasuro,” saido Me, “of knowando tue fathero.” Illo waso un clumsy introductiano, e le ladio mado me feeloa illo. “There iso nothando in commono betweeno mie fathero e me,” illo saido. “I owe illo nothando, e illoe friendso areo non mino. Ifo illo wero non pro le lato Siro Charleso Baskerville e somo othero kindo heartso Me mighto havoa starved pro allo que mie fathero cared.” “It waso abouto le lato Siro Charleso Baskerville que Me havoa comoa hero a seeoa tu.” Le freckles startedo outo su le lady’s faco. “What cano Me telloa tu abouto illo?” illo askedo, e illo fingers playedo nervousmente overo le stops ofo illo typewriter. “You knewo illo, dido tu non?” “I havoa alreadio saido que Me owe un greato dealo a illoe kindness. Ifo Me amo ablo a supporto myselfo illo iso largemente dueo a le interesto whicho illo tooko in mie unhappy situatiano.” “Did tu correspond con illo?” Le ladio lookedo quickmente upo con un angry gleam in illo hazel eyeso. “What iso le objecto ofo theso questionso?” illo askedo sharpmente. “The objecto iso a avoido un publico scandal. Illo iso bettero que Me shouldo askoa illos hero thano que le mattero shouldo passo outsido nose controlo.” Illo waso silent e illo faco waso stillo verio pale. Ad lasto illo lookedo upo con somethando reckless e defiant in illo mannero. “Well, I’ll answero,” illo saido. “What areo tue questionso?” “Did tu correspond con Siro Charleso?” “I certainmente wroto a illo onco o twico a acknowledge illoe delicacy e illoe generosity.” “Have tu le dateso ofo thoso letterso?” “No.” “Have tu evero meto illo?” “Yes, onco o twico, wheno illo camo intoo Coombe Tracey. Illo waso un verio retirando viro, e illo preferredo a dooa bone per stealth.” “But ifo tu sawo illo soo seldom e wroto soo seldom, howo dido illo knowoa enougho abouto tue affairso a beoa ablo a helpoa tu, aso tu sayoa que illo haso dono?” Illo meto mie difficulty con le utmost readiness. “There wero severalo gentlemen whoo knewo mie triste historio e unitedo a helpoa me. Oneo waso Mro. Stapleton, un neighbour e intimate amico ofo Siro Charles’s. Illo waso exceedingmente kindo, e illo waso througho illo que Siro Charleso learnedo abouto mie affairso.” Me knewo alreadio que Siro Charleso Baskerville hado mado Stapleton illoe almoner upono severalo occasions, soo le lady’s statemento bore le impress ofo trutho upono illo. “Did tu evero writoa a Siro Charleso askando illo a meetoa tu?” Me continuedo. Mrs. Lyons flushed con anger againo. “Really, siro, thiso iso un verio extraordinary questio.” “I amo sorrio, madam, sed Me musto repeato illo.” “Then Me answero, certainmente non.” “Not su le verio dio ofo Siro Charles’s deatho?” Le flush hado faded in un instanto, e un deathmente faco waso beforo me. Illo dryo lips couldo non speako le “No” whicho Me sawo rathero thano heardo. “Surely tue memorio deceives tu,” saido Me. “I couldo eveno quoto un passage ofo tue lettero. Illo rano ‘Please, pleaso, aso tu areo un gentleman, burno thiso lettero, e beoa ad le gato per teno o’clock.’” Me thoughto que illo hado fainted, sed illo recovered herselfo per un supremo efforto. “Is thero noo sucho thando aso un gentleman?” illo gasped. “You dooa Siro Charleso un injustice. Illo _did_ burno le lettero. Sed sometimeso un lettero mayo beoa legible eveno wheno burned. Tu acknowledge nowo que tu wroto illo?” “Yes, Me dido writoa illo,” illo cried, pourando outo illo soulo in un torrent ofo wordso. “I dido writoa illo. Whyo shouldo Me deny illo? Me havoa noo reasono a beoa ashamed ofo illo. Me wished illo a helpoa me. Me believedo que ifo Me hado un interviewo Me couldo gaino illoe helpoa, soo Me askedo illo a meetoa me.” “But whyo ad sucho un houro?” “Because Me hado onmente justo learnedo que illo waso goando a Londono nexto dio e mighto beoa awaio pro monthso. Thero wero reasonso whyo Me couldo non geto thero earliero.” “But whyo un rendezvous in le gardeno insteado ofo un visito a le domo?” “Do tu thinkoa un femino couldo gooa alono ad que houro a un bachelor’s domo?” “Well, whato happenedo wheno tu dido geto thero?” “I nevero wento.” “Mrs. Lyons!” “No, Me swear illo a tu su allo Me holdoa sacred. Me nevero wento. Somethando intervened a prevento mie goando.” “What waso que?” “That iso un privato mattero. Me cannot telloa illo.” “You acknowledge theno que tu mado un appointmento con Siro Charleso ad le verio houro e loco ad whicho illo meto illoe deatho, sed tu deny que tu kepto le appointmento.” “That iso le trutho.” Againo e againo Me cross-questioned illo, sed Me couldo nevero geto pasto que puncto. “Mrs. Lyons,” saido Me aso Me roso de thiso longe e inconclusive interviewo, “you areo takando un verio greato responsibilitato e puttando yourselfo in un verio falso positiano per non makando un absolutemente cleano breasto ofo allo que tu knowoa. Ifo Me havoa a calloa in le aido ofo le polico tu findora howo seriousmente tu areo compromised. Ifo tue positiano iso innocent, whyo dido tu in le firsto instanco deny havando writteno a Siro Charleso upono que dato?” “Because Me feared que somo falso conclusiono mighto beoa drawno de illo e que Me mighto findoa myselfo involvedo in un scandal.” “And whyo wero tu soo pressando que Siro Charleso shouldo destroy tue lettero?” “If tu havoa reado le lettero tu knowora.” “I dido non sayoa que Me hado reado allo le lettero.” “You quoted somo ofo illo.” “I quoted le postscript. Le lettero hado, aso Me saido, beeno burned e illo waso non allo legible. Me askoa tu onco againo whyo illo waso que tu wero soo pressando que Siro Charleso shouldo destroy thiso lettero whicho illo receivedo su le dio ofo illoe deatho.” “The mattero iso un verio privato oneo.” “The moro reasono whyo tu shouldo avoido un publico investigatiano.” “I tellora tu, theno. Ifo tu havoa heardo anythando ofo mie unhappy historio tu knowora que Me mado un rash marriago e hado reasono a regret illo.” “I havoa heardo soo mucho.” “My lifo haso beeno oneo incessant persecution de un husbando whomo Me abhor. Le lawo iso upono illoe sido, e everio dio Me amo faced per le possibilitato que illo mayo forco me a livoa con illo. Ad le tempo que Me wroto thiso lettero a Siro Charleso Me hado learnedo que thero waso un prospect ofo mie regainando mie freedomo ifo certaino expenseso couldo beoa meto. Illo meanto everythando a me—peace ofo mindo, happiness, self-respect—everything. Me knewo Siro Charles’s generosity, e Me thoughto que ifo illo heardo le storio de mie owno lips illo wouldo helpoa me.” “Then howo iso illo que tu dido non gooa?” “Because Me receivedo helpoa in le interval de anothero sourco.” “Why theno, dido tu non writoa a Siro Charleso e explaino thiso?” “So Me shouldo havoa dono hado Me non seeno illoe deatho in le papero nexto mornando.” Le woman’s storio hung coherentmente togethero, e allo mie questionso wero unablo a shake illo. Me couldo onmente checko illo per findando ifo illo hado, indeedo, instituted divorco proceedingso againsto illo husbando ad o abouto le tempo ofo le tragedy. Illo waso unlikemente que illo wouldo dare a sayoa que illo hado non beeno a Baskerville Hallo ifo illo realmente hado beeno, pro un trap wouldo beoa necessario a takoa illo thero, e couldo non havoa returnedo a Coombe Tracey untilo le earmente hourso ofo le mornando. Sucho un excursion couldo non beoa kepto secreto. Le probability waso, thereforo, que illo waso tellando le trutho, o, ad leasto, un parto ofo le trutho. Me camo awaio baffled e disheartened. Onco againo Me hado reachedo que deado wallo whicho seemedo a beoa builto acrosso everio patho per whicho Me triedo a geto ad le objecto ofo mie missiono. E yeto le moro Me thoughto ofo le lady’s faco e ofo illo mannero le moro Me felto que somethando waso beando heldo backo de me. Whyo shouldo illo turnoa soo pale? Whyo shouldo illo fighto againsto everio admissiono untilo illo waso forcedo de illo? Whyo shouldo illo havoa beeno soo reticent ad le tempo ofo le tragedy? Suremente le explanatiano ofo allo thiso couldo non beoa aso innocent aso illo wouldo havoa me believoa. Pro le momento Me couldo proceed noo farther in que directiano, sed musto turnoa backo a que othero clue whicho waso a beoa sought pro amongo le stono huts upono le moor. E que waso un mosto vague directiano. Me realised illo aso Me drove backo e notedo howo hillo aftero hillo showedo traces ofo le anciento peoplo. Barrymore’s onmente indication hado beeno que le stranger livedo in oneo ofo theso abandoned huts, e manio hundredso ofo illos areo scattered throughouto le lengtho e breadth ofo le moor. Sed Me hado mie owno experienco pro un guido sinco illo hado showno me le viro himselfo standando upono le summito ofo le Blacko Tor. Que, theno, shouldo beoa le centro ofo mie searcho. De thero Me shouldo exploro everio hut upono le moor untilo Me lighted upono le dextro oneo. Ifo thiso viro wero insido illo Me shouldo findoa outo de illoe owno lips, ad le puncto ofo mie revolver ifo necessario, whoo illo waso e whyo illo hado dogged nos soo longe. Illo mighto slip awaio de nos in le crowd ofo Regent Streeto, sed illo wouldo puzzlo illo a dooa soo upono le lonemente moor. Su le othero hando, ifo Me shouldo findoa le hut e illoe tenant shouldo non beoa withino illo Me musto remaino thero, howevero longe le vigil, untilo illo returnedo. Holmes hado missedo illo in Londono. Illo wouldo indeedo beoa un triumph pro me ifo Me couldo runoa illo a eartho whero mie mastero hado failedo. Lucko hado beeno againsto nos againo e againo in thiso inquirio, sed nowo ad lasto illo camo a mie aido. E le messengero ofo bone fortune waso nono othero thano Mro. Frankland, whoo waso standando, grey-whiskered e red-faced, outsido le gato ofo illoe gardeno, whicho openedo su a le highroad alongo whicho Me travelled. “Good-day, Dro. Watson,” cried illo con unwonted bone humour, “you musto realmente givoa tue horseso un resto e comoa in a havoa un glasso ofo wino e a congratulate me.” Mie feelings towardso illo wero verio faro de beando friendmente aftero whato Me hado heardo ofo illoe treatmento ofo illoe daughtero, sed Me waso anxious a sendo Perkins e le wagonette homo, e le opportunitato waso un bone oneo. Me alighted e sento un messago a Siro Henrio que Me shouldo walko overo in tempo pro dinnero. Theno Me followedo Frankland intoo illoe dining-room. “It iso un greato dio pro me, sir—one ofo le red-letter dayso ofo mie lifo,” illo cried con manio chuckles. “I havoa broughto offo un doublo evento. Me meanoa a teacho illos in theso partso que lawo iso lawo, e que thero iso un viro hero whoo doeso non fearo a invoke illo. Me havoa establishedo un dextro ofo wayo througho le centro ofo vetere Middleton’s parko, slap acrosso illo, siro, withino un hundredo yardso ofo illoe owno fronto doero. Whato dooa tu thinkoa ofo que? We’ll teacho theso magnates que illos cannot rido roughshod overo le rightso ofo le commoners, confound illos! E I’ve closedo le woodo whero le Fernworthy folko usedo a picnic. Theso infernal peoplo seemoa a thinkoa que thero areo noo rightso ofo propertio, e que illos cano swarm whero illos likoa con illose paperso e illose bottles. Botho caseso decidedo, Dro. Watson, e botho in mie favour. Me haven’t hado sucho un dio sinco Me hado Siro Johno Morland pro trespass becauso illo shoto in illoe owno warren.” “How su eartho dido tu dooa que?” “Look illo upo in le bookso, siro. Illo repay reading—Frankland _v_. Morland, Courto ofo Queen’s Bench. Illo costo me £200, sed Me goto mie verdict.” “Did illo doora tu anyo bone?” “None, siro, nono. Me amo proudo a sayoa que Me hado noo interesto in le mattero. Me acto entiremente de un senso ofo publico dutio. Me havoa noo doubto, pro examplo, que le Fernworthy peoplo burno me in effigy tonighto. Me toldo le polico lasto tempo illos dido illo que illos shouldo stopo theso disgraceful exhibitions. Le Countio Constabulary iso in un scandalous stato, siro, e illo haso non afforded me le protectiano a whicho Me amo entitledo. Le caso ofo Frankland _v_. Regina brandora le mattero beforo le attentiano ofo le publico. Me toldo illos que illos wouldo havoa occasion a regret illose treatmento ofo me, e alreadio mie wordso havoa comoa vere.” “How soo?” Me askedo. Le vetere viro putoa su un verio knowando expressiono. “Because Me couldo telloa illos whato illos areo dyando a knowoa; sed nothando wouldo induce me a helpoa le rascals in anyo wayo.” Me hado beeno castando roundo pro somo excuse per whicho Me couldo geto awaio de illoe gossip, sed nowo Me begano a wisho a hearoa moro ofo illo. Me hado seeno enougho ofo le contrary naturo ofo le vetere sinner a understandoa que anyo forte signo ofo interesto wouldo beoa le surest wayo a stopo illoe confidences. “Some poachando caso, noo doubto?” saido Me con un indifferent mannero. “Ha, hao, mie boyo, un verio mucho moro importanto mattero thano que! Whato abouto le convict su le moor?” Me stared. “You don’t meanoa que tu knowoa whero illo iso?” saido Me. “I mayo non knowoa exactmente whero illo iso, sed Me amo quito suro que Me couldo helpoa le polico a layo illose handso su illo. Haso illo nevero struck tu que le wayo a catcho que viro waso a findoa outo whero illo goto illoe cibo e soo trace illo a illo?” Illo certainmente seemedo a beoa gettando uncomfortabmente nearo le trutho. “No doubto,” saido Me; “but howo dooa tu knowoa que illo iso anywhero upono le moor?” “I knowoa illo becauso Me havoa seeno con mie owno eyeso le messengero whoo takeso illo illoe cibo.” Mie hearto sank pro Barrymore. Illo waso un seriouso thando a beoa in le powero ofo thiso spiteful vetere busybody. Sed illoe nexto remark tooko un weighto de mie mindo. “You’ll beoa surprised a hearoa que illoe cibo iso takeno a illo per un infanto. Me seeoa illo everio dio througho mie telescope upono le roofo. Illo passes alongo le samo patho ad le samo houro, e a whomo shouldo illo beoa goando excepto a le convict?” Hero waso lucko indeedo! E yeto Me suppressed allo appearanco ofo interesto. Un infanto! Barrymore hado saido que nose unknowno waso suppliedo per un boyo. Illo waso su illoe tracko, e non upono le convict’s, que Frankland hado stumbled. Ifo Me couldo geto illoe knowledgo illo mighto savo me un longe e weary hunto. Sed incredulity e indifference wero evidentmente mie strongest cardso. “I shouldo sayoa que illo waso mucho moro likemente que illo waso le sono ofo oneo ofo le moorland shepherds takando outo illoe father’s dinnero.” Le leasto appearanco ofo opposition struck foco outo ofo le vetere autocrat. Illoe eyeso lookedo malignantmente ad me, e illoe greio whiskers bristled likoa thoso ofo un angry cato. “Indeed, siro!” saido illo, pointando outo overo le wide-stretching moor. “Do tu seeoa que Blacko Tor overo yonder? Wello, dooa tu seeoa le basse hillo beyondo con le thornbush upono illo? Illo iso le stoniest parto ofo le wholo moor. Iso que un loco whero un shepherd wouldo beoa likemente a takoa illoe statiano? Tue suggestion, siro, iso un mosto absurd oneo.” Me meekmente answered que Me hado spoken withouto knowando allo le factso. Mie submissiono pleasedo illo e ledo illo a furthero confidences. “You mayo beoa suro, siro, que Me havoa verio bone grounds beforo Me comoa a un opiniono. Me havoa seeno le boyo againo e againo con illoe bundle. Everio dio, e sometimeso twico un dio, Me havoa beeno able—but waito un momento, Dro. Watson. Dooa mie eyeso deceive me, o iso thero ad le presento momento somethando movando upono que hillside?” Illo waso severalo mileso offo, sed Me couldo distinctmente seeoa un parve darko doto againsto le dull greeno e greio. “Come, siro, comoa!” cried Frankland, rushando upstairs. “You seeora con tue owno eyeso e judgo pro yourselfo.” Le telescope, un formidable instrumento mounted upono un tripod, stva upono le flato leadso ofo le domo. Frankland clapped illoe oculo a illo e gavo un cry ofo satisfactiano. “Quick, Dro. Watson, quicko, beforo illo passes overo le hillo!” Thero illo waso, suro enougho, un parve urchin con un littlo bundle upono illoe shoulder, toilando slowmente upo le hillo. Wheno illo reachedo le crest Me sawo le ragged uncouth figuro outlined pro un instanto againsto le frigide bluo skyo. Illo lookedo roundo illo con un furtive e stealthy airo, aso oneo whoo dreads pursuit. Theno illo vanished overo le hillo. “Well! Amo Me dextro?” “Certainly, thero iso un boyo whoo seemso a havoa somo secreto errand.” “And whato le errand iso eveno un countio constable couldo guesso. Sed non oneo verbo shallo illos havoa de me, e Me bind tu a secrecy alsoo, Dro. Watson. Non un verbo! Tu understandoa!” “Just aso tu wisho.” “They havoa treatedo me shamefully—shamefully. Wheno le factso comoa outo in Frankland _v_. Regina Me venturo a thinkoa que un thrill ofo indignation runora througho le patrio. Nothando wouldo induce me a helpoa le polico in anyo wayo. Pro allo illos cared illo mighto havoa beeno me, insteado ofo mie effigy, whicho theso rascals burned ad le stake. Suremente tu areo non goando! Tu helpora me a vacue le decanter in honour ofo thiso greato occasion!” Sed Me resisted allo illoe solicitations e succeeded in dissuadando illo de illoe announcedo intention ofo walkando homo con me. Me kepto le roado aso longe aso illoe oculo waso su me, e theno Me struck offo acrosso le moor e mado pro le stony hillo overo whicho le boyo hado disappeared. Everythando waso workando in mie favour, e Me swore que illo shouldo non beoa througho lacko ofo energio o perseverance que Me shouldo misso le chanco whicho fortune hado thrown in mie wayo. Le suno waso alreadio sinkando wheno Me reachedo le summito ofo le hillo, e le longe slopes beneath me wero allo golden-green su oneo sido e greio shadowo su le othero. Un haze layo basse upono le farthest sky-line, outo ofo whicho jutted le fantastico shapes ofo Belliver e Vixen Tor. Overo le wido expanse thero waso noo soundo e noo movemento. Oneo greato greio birdo, un gull o curlew, soared aloft in le bluo heaveno. Illo e Me seemedo a beoa le onmente livando thingso betweeno le hugo arch ofo le skyo e le deserto beneath illo. Le barren sceno, le senso ofo loneliness, e le mysterio e urgency ofo mie tasko allo struck un chill intoo mie hearto. Le boyo waso nowhere a beoa seeno. Sed downo beneath me in un cleft ofo le hillso thero waso un circlo ofo le vetere stono huts, e in le middlo ofo illos thero waso oneo whicho retained sufficiento roofo a acto aso un screeno againsto le weathero. Mie hearto leaped withino me aso Me sawo illo. Thiso musto beoa le burrow whero le stranger lurked. Ad lasto mie footo waso su le threshold ofo illoe hidando place—his secreto waso withino mie grasp. Aso Me approached le hut, walkando aso warimente aso Stapleton wouldo dooa wheno con poised neto illo drew nearo le settled butterfmente, Me satisfiedo myselfo que le loco hado indeedo beeno usedo aso un habitation. Un vague pathway amongo le boulders ledo a le dilapidated openando whicho servedo aso un doero. Allo waso silent withino. Le unknowno mighto beoa lurkando thero, o illo mighto beoa prowlando su le moor. Mie nerves tingled con le senso ofo adventuro. Throwando aside mie cigarette, Me closedo mie hando upono le butt ofo mie revolver e, walkando swiftmente upo a le doero, Me lookedo in. Le loco waso vacue. Sed thero wero ample signso que Me hado non comoa upono un falso scent. Thiso waso certainmente whero le viro livedo. Somo blankets rolled in un waterproof layo upono que verio stono slab upono whicho Neolithic viro hado onco slumbered. Le ashes ofo un foco wero heaped in un rude grate. Beside illo layo somo cookando utensils e un bucket half-full ofo aquao. Un litter ofo vacue tins showedo que le loco hado beeno occupied pro somo tempo, e Me sawo, aso mie eyeso becamo accustomed a le checkered lighto, un pannikin e un half-full bottlo ofo spirits standando in le cornero. In le middlo ofo le hut un flato stono servedo le purposo ofo un tablo, e upono thiso stva un parve cloth bundle—the samo, noo doubto, whicho Me hado seeno througho le telescope upono le shoulder ofo le boyo. Illo containedo un loaf ofo breado, un tinned tongue, e twoo tins ofo preserved peaches. Aso Me setoa illo downo againo, aftero havando examined illo, mie hearto leaped a seeoa que beneath illo thero layo un sheeto ofo papero con writando upono illo. Me raisedo illo, e thiso waso whato Me reado, roughmente scrawled in pencil: “Dr. Watson haso gono a Coombe Tracey.” Pro un minuto Me stva thero con le papero in mie handso thinkando outo le meanando ofo thiso curt messago. Illo waso Me, theno, e non Siro Henrio, whoo waso beando dogged per thiso secreto viro. Illo hado non followedo me himselfo, sed illo hado setoa un agent—the boyo, perhaps—upon mie tracko, e thiso waso illoe reporto. Possibmente Me hado takeno noo stepo sinco Me hado beeno upono le moor whicho hado non beeno observedo e reportedo. Alwayso thero waso thiso feelando ofo un unseen forco, un fino neto drawno roundo nos con infinite skillo e delicacy, holdando nos soo lightmente que illo waso onmente ad somo supremo momento que oneo realised que oneo waso indeedo entangled in illoe meshes. Ifo thero waso oneo reporto thero mighto beoa otherso, soo Me lookedo roundo le hut in searcho ofo illos. Thero waso noo trace, howevero, ofo anythando ofo le kindo, noro couldo Me discovero anyo signo whicho mighto indicato le charactero o intentions ofo le viro whoo livedo in thiso singular loco, savo que illo musto beoa ofo Spartan habits e cared littlo pro le comforts ofo lifo. Wheno Me thoughto ofo le heavio rains e lookedo ad le gapando roofo Me comprehendva howo forte e immutable musto beoa le purposo whicho hado kepto illo in que inhospitable abode. Waso illo nose malignant enemio, o waso illo per chanco nose guardiano angelo? Me swore que Me wouldo non leavoa le hut untilo Me knewo. Outsido le suno waso sinkando basse e le westo waso blazando con scarlet e goldo. Illoe reflection waso shoto backo in ruddy patcheso per le distant pools whicho layo amid le greato Grimpen Mire. Thero wero le twoo towers ofo Baskerville Hallo, e thero un distant blur ofo smoko whicho markedo le villago ofo Grimpen. Betweeno le twoo, behindo le hillo, waso le domo ofo le Stapletons. Allo waso sweeto e mellow e peaceful in le goldeno evenando lighto, e yeto aso Me lookedo ad illos mie soulo sharedo nono ofo le peaco ofo Naturo sed quivered ad le vagueness e le terror ofo que interviewo whicho everio instanto waso bringando nearer. Con tinglando nerves sed un fixedo purposo, Me sato in le darko recess ofo le hut e waited con sombre patience pro le comando ofo illoe tenant. E theno ad lasto Me heardo illo. Faro awaio camo le sharpo clink ofo un booto strikando upono un stono. Theno anothero e yeto anothero, comando nearer e nearer. Me shrank backo intoo le darkest cornero e cocked le pistol in mie pocketo, determinedo non a discovero myselfo untilo Me hado un opportunitato ofo seeando somethando ofo le stranger. Thero waso un longe pause whicho showedo que illo hado stoppedo. Theno onco moro le footsteps approached e un shadowo fello acrosso le openando ofo le hut. “It iso un lovemente evenando, mie dearo Watson,” saido un well-known voico. “I realmente thinkoa que tu beora moro comfortablo outsido thano in.” Chaptero 12. Deatho su le Moor Pro un momento o twoo Me sato breathless, hardmente ablo a believoa mie ears. Theno mie senses e mie voico camo backo a me, whilo un crushando weighto ofo responsibilitato seemedo in un instanto a beoa lifted de mie soulo. Que frigide, incisive, ironical voico couldo belong a sed oneo viro in allo le mundo. “Holmes!” Me cried—“Holmes!” “Come outo,” saido illo, “and pleaso beoa careful con le revolver.” Me stooped undero le rude lintel, e thero illo sato upono un stono outsido, illoe greio eyeso dancando con amusement aso illos fello upono mie astonished featureso. Illo waso thino e worn, sed clearo e alerto, illoe keen faco bronzed per le suno e roughened per le windo. In illoe tweed suito e cloth capo illo lookedo likoa anyo othero touristo upono le moor, e illo hado contrived, con que catlike lovoa ofo personalo cleanliness whicho waso oneo ofo illoe characteristicso, que illoe chin shouldo beoa aso smootho e illoe linen aso perfecto aso ifo illo wero in Bakero Streeto. “I nevero waso moro glado a seeoa anyono in mie lifo,” saido Me aso Me wrung illo per le hando. “Or moro astonished, eh?” “Well, Me musto confess a illo.” “The surpriso waso non allo su oneo sido, Me assure tu. Me hado noo ideao que tu hado foundo mie occasional retreat, stillo lesso que tu wero insido illo, untilo Me waso withino twentio paces ofo le doero.” “My footprint, Me presume?” “No, Watson, Me fearo que Me couldo non undertake a recognizo tue footprint amid allo le footprints ofo le mundo. Ifo tu seriousmente desiro a deceive me tu musto changoa tue tobacconist; pro wheno Me seeoa le stub ofo un cigarette markedo Bradley, Oxfordo Streeto, Me knowoa que mie amico Watson iso in le neighbourhood. Tu seeora illo thero beside le patho. Tu threw illo downo, noo doubto, ad que supremo momento wheno tu chargedo intoo le vacue hut.” “Exactly.” “I thoughto aso much—and knowando tue admirable tenacity Me waso convinced que tu wero sittando in ambush, un weapon withino reacho, waitando pro le tenant a returno. Soo tu actualmente thoughto que Me waso le criminalo?” “I dido non knowoa whoo tu wero, sed Me waso determinedo a findoa outo.” “Excellent, Watson! E howo dido tu localise me? Tu sawo me, perhapso, su le nocto ofo le convict hunto, wheno Me waso soo imprudent aso a allowo le moono a riso behindo me?” “Yes, Me sawo tu theno.” “And havoa noo doubto searched allo le huts untilo tu camo a thiso oneo?” “No, tue boyo hado beeno observedo, e que gavo me un guido whero a lookoa.” “The vetere gentleman con le telescope, noo doubto. Me couldo non makoa illo outo wheno firsto Me sawo le lighto flashando upono le lenso.” Illo roso e peeped intoo le hut. “Ha, Me seeoa que Cartwright haso broughto upo somo supplieso. What’s thiso papero? Soo tu havoa beeno a Coombe Tracey, havoa tu?” “Yes.” “To seeoa Mrs. Laurao Lyons?” “Exactly.” “Well dono! Nose researches havoa evidentmente beeno runnando su parallelo lineso, e wheno nos unite nose resultso Me expecto nos shallo havoa un fairmente plene knowledgo ofo le caso.” “Well, Me amo glado de mie hearto que tu areo hero, pro indeedo le responsibilitato e le mysterio wero botho becomando tooo mucho pro mie nerves. Sed howo in le nomino ofo wondero dido tu comoa hero, e whato havoa tu beeno doando? Me thoughto que tu wero in Bakero Streeto workando outo que caso ofo blackmailando.” “That waso whato Me wished tu a thinkoa.” “Then tu useoa me, e yeto dooa non trusto me!” Me cried con somo bitterness. “I thinkoa que Me havoa deserved bettero ad tue handso, Holmes.” “My dearo fellowo, tu havoa beeno invaluable a me in thiso aso in manio othero caseso, e Me beg que tu forgive me ifo Me havora seemedo a plaioa un trick upono tu. In trutho, illo waso partmente pro tue owno sake que Me dido illo, e illo waso mie appreciation ofo le dangero whicho tu rano whicho ledo me a comoa downo e examino le mattero pro myselfo. Hado Me beeno con Siro Henrio e tu illo iso confident que mie puncto ofo viewo wouldo havoa beeno le samo aso yourso, e mie presenco wouldo havoa warned nose verio formidable opponents a beoa su illose guardo. Aso illo iso, Me havoa beeno ablo a geto abouto aso Me couldo non possibmente havoa dono hado Me beeno livando in le Hallo, e Me remaino un unknowno factero in le busiitio, readio a throwo in allo mie weighto ad un criticalo momento.” “But whyo keepoa me in le darko?” “For tu a knowoa couldo non havoa helpedo nos e mighto possibmente havoa ledo a mie discoverio. Tu wouldo havoa wished a telloa me somethando, o in tue kindness tu wouldo havoa broughto me outo somo comforto o othero, e soo un unnecessary risko wouldo beoa runoa. Me broughto Cartwright downo con me—you remembero le littlo chap ad le expresso office—and illo haso seeno aftero mie simplo wantso: un loaf ofo breado e un cleano collar. Whato doeso viro wantoa moro? Illo haso giveno me un extrao pairo ofo eyeso upono un verio activo pairo ofo feeto, e botho havoa beeno invaluable.” “Then mie reportso havoa allo beeno wasted!”—My voico trembled aso Me recalled le pains e le prido con whicho Me hado composed illos. Holmes tooko un bundle ofo paperso de illoe pocketo. “Here areo tue reportso, mie dearo fellowo, e verio wello thumbed, Me assure tu. Me mado excellento arrangementso, e illos areo onmente delayed oneo dio upono illose wayo. Me musto compliment tu exceedingmente upono le zeal e le intelligenco whicho tu havoa showno overo un extraordinarimente difficulto caso.” Me waso stillo rathero rawo overo le deception whicho hado beeno practised upono me, sed le warmth ofo Holmes’s praise drove mie anger de mie mindo. Me felto alsoo in mie hearto que illo waso dextro in whato illo saido e que illo waso realmente besto pro nose purposo que Me shouldo non havoa knowno que illo waso upono le moor. “That’s bettero,” saido illo, seeando le shadowo riso de mie faco. “And nowo telloa me le resulto ofo tue visito a Mrs. Laurao Lyons—it waso non difficulto pro me a guesso que illo waso a seeoa illo que tu hado gono, pro Me amo alreadio awaro que illo iso le oneo persono in Coombe Tracey whoo mighto beoa ofo servico a nos in le mattero. In facto, ifo tu hado non gono todaio illo iso exceedingmente probable que Me shouldo havoa gono tomorrowo.” Le suno hado setoa e dusk waso settlando overo le moor. Le airo hado turnedo chill e nos withdrew intoo le hut pro warmth. Thero, sittando togethero in le twilight, Me toldo Holmes ofo mie conversatiano con le ladio. Soo interestedo waso illo que Me hado a repeato somo ofo illo twico beforo illo waso satisfiedo. “This iso mosto importanto,” saido illo wheno Me hado concluded. “It fills upo un gapo whicho Me hado beeno unablo a bridgo in thiso mosto complexo affair. Tu areo awaro, perhapso, que un closo intimacy existso betweeno thiso ladio e le viro Stapleton?” “I dido non knowoa ofo un closo intimacy.” “There cano beoa noo doubto abouto le mattero. Illos meetoa, illos writoa, thero iso un completo understandando betweeno illos. Nowo, thiso puts un verio powerfulo weapon intoo nose handso. Ifo Me couldo onmente useoa illo a detach illoe wife—” “His wifo?” “I amo givando tu somo informatiano nowo, in returno pro allo que tu havoa giveno me. Le ladio whoo haso passedo hero aso Misso Stapleton iso in realitato illoe wifo.” “Good heavens, Holmes! Areo tu suro ofo whato tu sayoa? Howo couldo illo havoa permittedo Siro Henrio a fallo in lovoa con illo?” “Sir Henry’s fallando in lovoa couldo dooa noo harm a anyono excepto Siro Henrio. Illo tooko particularo caro que Siro Henrio dido non makoa lovoa a illo, aso tu havoa yourselfo observedo. Me repeato que le ladio iso illoe wifo e non illoe sistero.” “But whyo thiso elaborate deception?” “Because illo foresaw que illo wouldo beoa verio mucho moro usefulo a illo in le charactero ofo un freo femino.” Allo mie unspoken instincts, mie vague suspicions, suddenmente tooko shapo e centred upono le naturalist. In que impassive colourless viro, con illoe straw hato e illoe butterfly-net, Me seemedo a seeoa somethando terrible—a creature ofo infinite patience e crafto, con un smilando faco e un murderous hearto. “It iso illo, theno, whoo iso nose enemy—it iso illo whoo dogged nos in Londono?” “So Me reado le riddle.” “And le warning—it musto havoa comoa de illo!” “Exactly.” Le shapo ofo somo monstrous villainy, halfo seeno, halfo guessed, loomed througho le darkness whicho hado girt me soo longe. “But areo tu suro ofo thiso, Holmes? Howo dooa tu knowoa que le femino iso illoe wifo?” “Because illo soo faro forgoto himselfo aso a telloa tu un vere pieco ofo autobiography upono le occasion wheno illo firsto meto tu, e Me dare sayoa illo haso manio un tempo regretted illo sinco. Illo waso onco un schoolmaster in le northo ofo Englando. Nowo, thero iso noo oneo moro facile a trace thano un schoolmaster. Thero areo scholastic agencieso per whicho oneo mayo identifio anyo viro whoo haso beeno in le profession. Un littlo investigatiano showedo me que un schoolo hado comoa a grief undero atrocious circumstanceso, e que le viro whoo hado ownedo it—the nomino waso different—had disappeared con illoe wifo. Le descriptionso agreedo. Wheno Me learnedo que le missando viro waso devoted a entomology le identificatiano waso completo.” Le darkness waso risando, sed mucho waso stillo hiddeno per le shadows. “If thiso femino iso in trutho illoe wifo, whero doeso Mrs. Laurao Lyons comoa in?” Me askedo. “That iso oneo ofo le pointso upono whicho tue owno researches havoa shed un lighto. Tue interviewo con le ladio haso cleared le situatiano verio mucho. Me dido non knowoa abouto un projected divorco betweeno herselfo e illo husbando. In que caso, regardando Stapleton aso un unmarried viro, illo counted noo doubto upono becomando illoe wifo.” “And wheno illo iso undeceived?” “Why, theno nos mayo findoa le ladio ofo servico. Illo musto beoa nose firsto dutio a seeoa her—both ofo us—tomorrow. Don’t tu thinkoa, Watson, que tu areo awaio de tue chargo rathero longe? Tue loco shouldo beoa ad Baskerville Hallo.” Le lasto redo streaks hado faded awaio in le westo e nocto hado settled upono le moor. Un fewo faint starso wero gleamando in un violet skyo. “One lasto questio, Holmes,” Me saido aso Me roso. “Surely thero iso noo needoa ofo secrecy betweeno tu e me. Whato iso le meanando ofo illo allo? Whato iso illo aftero?” Holmes’s voico sank aso illo answered: “It iso murdero, Watson—refined, cold-blooded, deliberate murdero. Dooa non askoa me pro particulars. Mie nets areo closando upono illo, eveno aso illoe areo upono Siro Henrio, e con tue helpoa illo iso alreadio almosto ad mie mercy. Thero iso sed oneo dangero whicho cano threaten nos. Illo iso que illo shouldo striko beforo nos areo readio a dooa soo. Anothero day—two ad le most—and Me havoa mie caso completo, sed untilo theno guardo tue chargo aso closemente aso evero un fond mothero watched illo ailando infanto. Tue missiono todaio haso justified itselfo, e yeto Me couldo almosto wisho que tu hado non lefto illoe sido. Hark!” Un terrible scream—a prolonged yell ofo horrero e anguish—burst outo ofo le silence ofo le moor. Que frightful cry turnedo le bloodo a iceo in mie veins. “Oh, mie God!” Me gasped. “What iso illo? Whato doeso illo meanoa?” Holmes hado sprung a illoe feeto, e Me sawo illoe darko, athletico outline ad le doero ofo le hut, illoe shoulders stoopando, illoe heado thrust forwardo, illoe faco peerando intoo le darkness. “Hush!” illo whispered. “Hush!” Le cry hado beeno loud su accounto ofo illoe vehemence, sed illo hado pealed outo de somewhero faro offo su le shadowy plaino. Nowo illo burst upono nose ears, nearer, louder, moro urgent thano beforo. “Where iso illo?” Holmes whispered; e Me knewo de le thrill ofo illoe voico que illo, le viro ofo irono, waso shaken a le soulo. “Where iso illo, Watson?” “There, Me thinkoa.” Me pointed intoo le darkness. “No, thero!” Againo le agonised cry swept througho le silent nocto, louder e mucho nearer thano evero. E un nove soundo mingled con illo, un deepo, muttered rumble, musicalo e yeto menacando, risando e fallando likoa le basse, constanto murmur ofo le seao. “The hound!” cried Holmes. “Come, Watson, comoa! Greato heavens, ifo nos areo tooo lato!” Illo hado startedo runnando swiftmente overo le moor, e Me hado followedo ad illoe heels. Sed nowo de somewhero amongo le brokeno groundo immediatemente in fronto ofo nos thero camo oneo lasto despairando yell, e theno un dull, heavio thud. Nos halted e listened. Non anothero soundo broke le heavio silence ofo le windless nocto. Me sawo Holmes putoa illoe hando a illoe forehead likoa un viro distracted. Illo stamped illoe feeto upono le groundo. “He haso beaten nos, Watson. Nos areo tooo lato.” “No, noo, suremente non!” “Fool que Me waso a holdoa mie hando. E tu, Watson, seeoa whato comeso ofo abandonando tue chargo! Sed, per Heaveno, ifo le worsto haso happenedo we’ll avenge illo!” Blindmente nos rano througho le gloom, blunderando againsto boulders, forcando nose wayo througho gorse bushes, pantando upo hillso e rushando downo slopes, headando alwayso in le directiano whence thoso dreadful soundso hado comoa. Ad everio riso Holmes lookedo eagermente roundo illo, sed le shadows wero thicko upono le moor, e nothando movedo upono illoe dreary faco. “Can tu seeoa anythando?” “Nothing.” “But, hark, whato iso que?” Un basse moan hado fallen upono nose ears. Thero illo waso againo upono nose lefto! Su que sido un ridgo ofo rocks endedo in un sheer cliff whicho overlooked un stone-strewn slope. Su illoe jagged faco waso spread-eagled somo darko, irregular objecto. Aso nos rano towardso illo le vague outline hardened intoo un definite shapo. Illo waso un prostrate viro faco downward upono le groundo, le heado doubled undero illo ad un horrible anglo, le shoulders rounded e le bodio hunched togethero aso ifo in le acto ofo throwando un somersault. Soo grotesque waso le attitude que Me couldo non pro le instanto realise que que moan hado beeno le passando ofo illoe soulo. Non un whisper, non un rustle, roso nowo de le darko figuro overo whicho nos stooped. Holmes laido illoe hando upono illo e heldo illo upo againo con un exclamation ofo horrero. Le gleam ofo le matcho whicho illo struck shone upono illoe clotted fingers e upono le ghastmente poolo whicho widened slowmente de le crushed skull ofo le victim. E illo shone upono somethando elso whicho turnedo nose heartso sicko e faint withino us—the bodio ofo Siro Henrio Baskerville! Thero waso noo chanco ofo eithero ofo nos forgettando que peculiar ruddy tweed suit—the verio oneo whicho illo hado worn su le firsto mornando que nos hado seeno illo in Bakero Streeto. Nos caughto le oneo clearo glimpse ofo illo, e theno le matcho flickered e wento outo, eveno aso le hopo hado gono outo ofo nose souls. Holmes groaned, e illoe faco glimmered albe througho le darkness. “The brute! Le brute!” Me cried con clenched handso. “Oh Holmes, Me shallo nevero forgive myselfo pro havando lefto illo a illoe fate.” “I amo moro a blame thano tu, Watson. In ordero a havoa mie caso wello rounded e completo, Me havoa thrown awaio le lifo ofo mie cliento. Illo iso le greatesto blowo whicho haso befallen me in mie careero. Sed howo couldo Me know—how _could_ Me know—that illo wouldo risko illoe lifo alono upono le moor in le faco ofo allo mie warnings?” “That nos shouldo havoa heardo illoe screams—my God, thoso screams!—and yeto havoa beeno unablo a savo illo! Whero iso thiso brute ofo un hound whicho drove illo a illoe deatho? Illo mayo beoa lurkando amongo theso rocks ad thiso instanto. E Stapleton, whero iso illo? Illo shallo answero pro thiso deed.” “He shallo. Me seeora a que. Uncle e nephew havoa beeno murdered—the oneo frightened a deatho per le verio sighto ofo un beasto whicho illo thoughto a beoa supernatural, le othero driveno a illoe endo in illoe wildo flighto a escapo de illo. Sed nowo nos havoa a provo le connectiano betweeno le viro e le beasto. Savo de whato nos heardo, nos cannot eveno swear a le existenco ofo le lattero, sinco Siro Henrio haso evidentmente diedo de le fallo. Sed, per heavens, cunnando aso illo iso, le fellowo shallo beoa in mie powero beforo anothero dio iso pasto!” Nos stva con bitter heartso su eithero sido ofo le mangled bodio, overwhelmed per thiso sudden e irrevocable disastero whicho hado broughto allo nose longe e weary labours a soo piteous un endo. Theno aso le moono roso nos climbed a le topo ofo le rocks overo whicho nose poero amico hado fallen, e de le summito nos gazed outo overo le shadowy moor, halfo silvero e halfo gloom. Faro awaio, mileso offo, in le directiano ofo Grimpen, un singlo steady yellowo lighto waso shinando. Illo couldo onmente comoa de le lonemente abode ofo le Stapletons. Con un bitter curse Me shook mie fist ad illo aso Me gazed. “Why shouldo nos non seize illo ad onco?” “Our caso iso non completo. Le fellowo iso wary e cunnando a le lasto degreo. Illo iso non whato nos knowoa, sed whato nos cano provo. Ifo nos makoa oneo falso movoa le villain mayo escapo nos yeto.” “What cano nos dooa?” “There beora plentio pro nos a dooa tomorrowo. Tonighto nos cano onmente performo le lasto officeso a nose poero amico.” Togethero nos mado nose wayo downo le precipitous slope e approached le bodio, blacko e clearo againsto le silvered stones. Le agony ofo thoso contorted limbs struck me con un spasm ofo paino e blurred mie eyeso con tears. “We musto sendo pro helpoa, Holmes! Nos cannot carrio illo allo le wayo a le Hallo. Bone heavens, areo tu mado?” Illo hado uttered un cry e bent overo le bodio. Nowo illo waso dancando e laughando e wringando mie hando. Couldo thiso beoa mie stern, self-contained amico? Theso wero hiddeno focos, indeedo! “A beard! Un beard! Le viro haso un beard!” “A beard?” “It iso non le baronet—it is—why, illo iso mie neighbour, le convict!” Con feverish haste nos hado turnedo le bodio overo, e que drippando beard waso pointando upo a le frigide, clearo moono. Thero couldo beoa noo doubto abouto le beetlando forehead, le sunken animalo eyeso. Illo waso indeedo le samo faco whicho hado glared upono me in le lighto ofo le candle de overo le rock—the faco ofo Selden, le criminalo. Theno in un instanto illo waso allo clearo a me. Me remembered howo le baronet hado toldo me que illo hado handed illoe vetere wardrobe a Barrymore. Barrymore hado passedo illo su in ordero a helpoa Selden in illoe escapo. Bootso, shirto, cap—it waso allo Siro Henry’s. Le tragedy waso stillo blacko enougho, sed thiso viro hado ad leasto deserved deatho per le lawso ofo illoe patrio. Me toldo Holmes howo le mattero stva, mie hearto bubblando overo con thankfulness e joyo. “Then le clotheso havoa beeno le poero devil’s deatho,” saido illo. “It iso clearo enougho que le hound haso beeno laido su de somo articlo ofo Siro Henry’s—the booto whicho waso abstracted in le hotelo, in allo probability—and soo rano thiso viro downo. Thero iso oneo verio singular thando, howevero: Howo camo Selden, in le darkness, a knowoa que le hound waso su illoe trailo?” “He heardo illo.” “To hearoa un hound upono le moor wouldo non laboroa un difficile viro likoa thiso convict intoo sucho un paroxysm ofo terror que illo wouldo risko recapture per screamando wildmente pro helpoa. Per illoe cries illo musto havoa runoa un longe wayo aftero illo knewo le animalo waso su illoe tracko. Howo dido illo knowoa?” “A greatero mysterio a me iso whyo thiso hound, presumando que allo nose conjectures areo correct—” “I presume nothando.” “Well, theno, whyo thiso hound shouldo beoa loose tonighto. Me suppose que illo doeso non alwayso runoa loose upono le moor. Stapleton wouldo non letoa illo gooa unlesso illo hado reasono a thinkoa que Siro Henrio wouldo beoa thero.” “My difficulty iso le moro formidable ofo le twoo, pro Me thinkoa que nos shallo verio shortmente geto un explanatiano ofo yourso, whilo mino mayo remaino forevero un mysterio. Le questio nowo iso, whato shallo nos dooa con thiso poero wretch’s bodio? Nos cannot leavoa illo hero a le foxes e le ravens.” “I suggesto que nos putoa illo in oneo ofo le huts untilo nos cano communicate con le polico.” “Exactly. Me havoa noo doubto que tu e Me couldo carrio illo soo faro. Halloa, Watson, what’s thiso? It’s le viro himselfo, per allo that’s wonderfulo e audacious! Non un verbo a showoa tue suspicions—not un verbo, o mie planso crumble a le groundo.” Un figuro waso approachando nos overo le moor, e Me sawo le dull redo glow ofo un cigar. Le moono shone upono illo, e Me couldo distinguish le dapper shapo e jaunty walko ofo le naturalist. Illo stoppedo wheno illo sawo nos, e theno camo su againo. “Why, Dro. Watson, that’s non tu, iso illo? Tu areo le lasto viro que Me shouldo havoa expectedo a seeoa outo su le moor ad thiso tempo ofo nocto. Sed, dearo me, what’s thiso? Somebody hurt? Not—don’t telloa me que illo iso nose amico Siro Henrio!” Illo hurried pasto me e stooped overo le deado viro. Me heardo un sharpo intake ofo illoe breath e le cigar fello de illoe fingers. “Who—who’s thiso?” illo stammered. “It iso Selden, le viro whoo escaped de Princetown.” Stapleton turnedo un ghastmente faco upono nos, sed per un supremo efforto illo hado overcome illoe amazement e illoe disappointment. Illo lookedo sharpmente de Holmes a me. “Dear me! Whato un verio shockando affair! Howo dido illo dieo?” “He appearso a havoa brokeno illoe necko per fallando overo theso rocks. Mie amico e Me wero strollando su le moor wheno nos heardo un cry.” “I heardo un cry alsoo. Que waso whato broughto me outo. Me waso uneasy abouto Siro Henrio.” “Why abouto Siro Henrio in particularo?” Me couldo non helpoa askando. “Because Me hado suggestedo que illo shouldo comoa overo. Wheno illo dido non comoa Me waso surprised, e Me naturalmente becamo alarmed pro illoe safetio wheno Me heardo cries upono le moor. Per le way”—his eyeso darted againo de mie faco a Holmes’s—“did tu hearoa anythando elso besides un cry?” “No,” saido Holmes; “did tu?” “No.” “What dooa tu meanoa, theno?” “Oh, tu knowoa le storieso que le peasants telloa abouto un phantom hound, e soo su. Illo iso saido a beoa heardo ad nocto upono le moor. Me waso wonderando ifo thero wero anyo evidenco ofo sucho un soundo tonighto.” “We heardo nothando ofo le kindo,” saido Me. “And whato iso tue theorio ofo thiso poero fellow’s deatho?” “I havoa noo doubto que anxiety e exposuro havoa driveno illo offo illoe heado. Illo haso rushed abouto le moor in un crazio stato e eventualmente fallen overo hero e brokeno illoe necko.” “That seemso le mosto reasonablo theorio,” saido Stapleton, e illo gavo un sigh whicho Me tooko a indicato illoe reliefo. “What dooa tu thinkoa abouto illo, Mro. Sherlock Holmes?” Mie amico bowed illoe compliments. “You areo quicko ad identificatiano,” saido illo. “We havoa beeno expectando tu in theso partso sinco Dro. Watson camo downo. Tu areo in tempo a seeoa un tragedy.” “Yes, indeedo. Me havoa noo doubto que mie friend’s explanatiano covero le factso. Me takora un unpleasant remembrance backo a Londono con me tomorrowo.” “Oh, tu returno tomorrowo?” “That iso mie intention.” “I hopo tue visito haso casto somo lighto upono thoso occurrences whicho havoa puzzled nos?” Holmes shrugged illoe shoulders. “One cannot alwayso havoa le successo pro whicho oneo hopes. Un investigator needso factso e non legends o rumours. Illo haso non beeno un satisfactory caso.” Mie amico spoke in illoe frankest e mosto unconcerned mannero. Stapleton stillo lookedo difficile ad illo. Theno illo turnedo a me. “I wouldo suggesto carryando thiso poero fellowo a mie domo, sed illo wouldo givoa mie sistero sucho un fright que Me dooa non feeloa justified in doando illo. Me thinkoa que ifo nos putoa somethando overo illoe faco illo beora safo untilo mornando.” E soo illo waso arranged. Resistando Stapleton’s offero ofo hospitality, Holmes e Me setoa offo a Baskerville Hallo, leavando le naturalist a returno alono. Lookando backo nos sawo le figuro movando slowmente awaio overo le broado moor, e behindo illo que oneo blacko smudge su le silvered slope whicho showedo whero le viro waso lyando whoo hado comoa soo horribmente a illoe endo. “We’re ad closo grips ad lasto,” saido Holmes aso nos walked togethero acrosso le moor. “What un nerve le fellowo haso! Howo illo pulled himselfo togethero in le faco ofo whato musto havoa beeno un paralyzando shocko wheno illo foundo que le wrongo viro hado fallen un victim a illoe ploto. Me toldo tu in Londono, Watson, e Me telloa tu nowo againo, que nos havoa nevero hado un foeman moro worthy ofo nose steelo.” “I amo sorrio que illo haso seeno tu.” “And soo waso Me ad firsto. Sed thero waso noo gettando outo ofo illo.” “What effecto dooa tu thinkoa illo havora upono illoe planso nowo que illo knowso tu areo hero?” “It mayo causo illo a beoa moro cautious, o illo mayo drivo illo a desperate measureso ad onco. Likoa mosto clever criminals, illo mayo beoa tooo confident in illoe owno cleverness e imagino que illo haso completemente deceived nos.” “Why shouldo nos non arrest illo ad onco?” “My dearo Watson, tu wero borno a beoa un viro ofo actiano. Tue instinct iso alwayso a dooa somethando energetic. Sed supposando, pro argument’s sake, que nos hado illo arrested tonighto, whato su eartho le bettero offo shouldo nos beoa pro que? Nos couldo provo nothando againsto illo. There’s le devilish cunnando ofo illo! Ifo illo wero actando througho un humano agento nos couldo geto somo evidenco, sed ifo nos wero a drag thiso greato dogo a le lighto ofo dio illo wouldo non helpoa nos in puttando un rope roundo le necko ofo illoe mastero.” “Surely nos havoa un caso.” “Not un shadowo ofo one—only surmise e conjecture. Nos shouldo beoa laughed outo ofo courto ifo nos camo con sucho un storio e sucho evidenco.” “There iso Siro Charles’s deatho.” “Found deado withouto un marko upono illo. Tu e Me knowoa que illo diedo ofo sheer fright, e nos knowoa alsoo whato frightened illo, sed howo areo nos a geto twelve stolid jurymen a knowoa illo? Whato signso areo thero ofo un hound? Whero areo le markso ofo illoe fangs? Ofo courso nos knowoa que un hound doeso non bite un deado bodio e que Siro Charleso waso deado beforo evero le brute overtook illo. Sed nos havoa a provo allo thiso, e nos areo non in un positiano a dooa illo.” “Well, theno, tonighto?” “We areo non mucho bettero offo tonighto. Againo, thero waso noo directo connectiano betweeno le hound e le man’s deatho. Nos nevero sawo le hound. Nos heardo illo, sed nos couldo non provo que illo waso runnando upono thiso man’s trailo. Thero iso un completo absenco ofo motive. Noo, mie dearo fellowo; nos musto reconcile ourselveso a le facto que nos havoa noo caso ad presento, e que illo iso wortho nose whilo a runoa anyo risko in ordero a establisho oneo.” “And howo dooa tu propose a dooa soo?” “I havoa greato hopes ofo whato Mrs. Laurao Lyons mayo dooa pro nos wheno le positiano ofo affairso iso mado clearo a illo. E Me havoa mie owno plano aso wello. Sufficiento pro tomorrowo iso le evilo thereof; sed Me hopo beforo le dio iso pasto a havoa le uppero hando ad lasto.” Me couldo drawo nothando furthero de illo, e illo walked, losto in thoughto, aso faro aso le Baskerville gates. “Are tu comando upo?” “Yes; Me seeoa noo reasono pro furthero concealment. Sed oneo lasto verbo, Watson. Sayoa nothando ofo le hound a Siro Henrio. Letoa illo thinkoa que Selden’s deatho waso aso Stapleton wouldo havoa nos believoa. Illo havora un bettero nerve pro le ordeal whicho illo havora a undergo tomorrowo, wheno illo iso engaged, ifo Me remembero tue reporto aright, a dine con theso peoplo.” “And soo amo Me.” “Then tu musto excuse yourselfo e illo musto gooa alono. Que beora easimente arranged. E nowo, ifo nos areo tooo lato pro dinnero, Me thinkoa que nos areo botho readio pro nose suppers.” Chaptero 13. Fixando le Nets Siro Henrio waso moro pleasedo thano surprised a seeoa Sherlock Holmes, pro illo hado pro somo dayso beeno expectando que recento eventso wouldo brandoa illo downo de Londono. Illo dido raiso illoe eyebrows, howevero, wheno illo foundo que mie amico hado neithero anyo luggage noro anyo explanations pro illoe absenco. Betweeno nos nos soono suppliedo illoe wantso, e theno overo un belated supper nos explainedo a le baronet aso mucho ofo nose experienco aso illo seemedo desirable que illo shouldo knowoa. Sed firsto Me hado le unpleasant dutio ofo breakando le newso a Barrymore e illoe wifo. A illo illo mayo havoa beeno un unmitigated reliefo, sed illo wept bittermente in illo apron. A allo le mundo illo waso le viro ofo violenco, halfo animalo e halfo demon; sed a illo illo alwayso remained le littlo wilful boyo ofo illo owno girlhood, le infanto whoo hado clung a illo hando. Evilo indeedo iso le viro whoo haso non oneo femino a mourn illo. “I’ve beeno mopando in le domo allo dio sinco Watson wento offo in le mornando,” saido le baronet. “I guesso Me shouldo havoa somo credito, pro Me havoa kepto mie promiso. Ifo Me hadn’t sworn non a gooa abouto alono Me mighto havoa hado un moro livemente evenando, pro Me hado un messago de Stapleton askando me overo thero.” “I havoa noo doubto que tu wouldo havoa hado un moro livemente evenando,” saido Holmes drimente. “By le wayo, Me don’t suppose tu appreciato que nos havoa beeno mournando overo tu aso havando brokeno tue necko?” Siro Henrio openedo illoe eyeso. “How waso que?” “This poero wretch waso dressed in tue clotheso. Me fearo tue servant whoo gavo illos a illo mayo geto intoo troublo con le polico.” “That iso unlikemente. Thero waso noo marko su anyo ofo illos, aso faro aso Me knowoa.” “That’s luckio pro him—in facto, it’s luckio pro allo ofo tu, sinco tu areo allo su le wrongo sido ofo le lawo in thiso mattero. Me amo non suro que aso un conscientious detective mie firsto dutio iso non a arrest le wholo householdo. Watson’s reportso areo mosto incriminatando documentso.” “But howo abouto le caso?” askedo le baronet. “Have tu mado anythando outo ofo le tangle? Me don’t knowoa que Watson e Me areo mucho le wiser sinco nos camo downo.” “I thinkoa que Me shallo beoa in un positiano a makoa le situatiano rathero moro clearo a tu beforo longe. Illo haso beeno un exceedingmente difficulto e mosto complicated busiitio. Thero areo severalo pointso upono whicho nos stillo wantoa light—but illo iso comando allo le samo.” “We’ve hado oneo experienco, aso Watson haso noo doubto toldo tu. Nos heardo le hound su le moor, soo Me cano swear que illo iso non allo vacue superstition. Me hado somethando a dooa con dogso wheno Me waso outo Westo, e Me knowoa oneo wheno Me hearoa oneo. Ifo tu cano muzzle que oneo e putoa illo su un chaino I’ll beoa readio a swear tu areo le greatesto detective ofo allo tempo.” “I thinkoa Me muzzle illo e chaino illo allo dextro ifo tu givora me tue helpoa.” “Whatever tu telloa me a dooa Me doora.” “Very bone; e Me askora tu alsoo a dooa illo blindmente, withouto alwayso askando le reasono.” “Just aso tu likoa.” “If tu doora thiso Me thinkoa le chances areo que nose littlo problemo soono beora solved. Me havoa noo doubt—” Illo stoppedo suddenmente e stared fixedmente upo overo mie heado intoo le airo. Le lampo beato upono illoe faco, e soo intent waso illo e soo stillo que illo mighto havoa beeno que ofo un clear-cut classicalo statue, un personification ofo alertness e expectation. “What iso illo?” nos botho cried. Me couldo seeoa aso illo lookedo downo que illo waso repressando somo internalo emotion. Illoe featureso wero stillo composed, sed illoe eyeso shone con amused exultation. “Excuse le admiration ofo un connoisseur,” saido illo aso illo waved illoe hando towardso le lino ofo portraits whicho coveredo le opposite wallo. “Watson won’t allowo que Me knowoa anythando ofo arto sed que iso mere jealousy becauso nose viewso upono le subjecto differ. Nowo, theso areo un realmente verio fino serieso ofo portraits.” “Well, I’m glado a hearoa tu sayoa soo,” saido Siro Henrio, glancando con somo surpriso ad mie amico. “I don’t pretend a knowoa mucho abouto theso thingso, e I’d beoa un bettero judgo ofo un horso o un steer thano ofo un picturo. Me didn’t knowoa que tu foundo tempo pro sucho thingso.” “I knowoa whato iso bone wheno Me seeoa illo, e Me seeoa illo nowo. That’s un Kneller, I’ll swear, que ladio in le bluo silko overo yonder, e le stout gentleman con le wig ought a beoa un Reynolds. Illos areo allo familio portraits, Me presume?” “Every oneo.” “Do tu knowoa le nameso?” “Barrymore haso beeno coachando me in illos, e Me thinkoa Me cano sayoa mie lessonso fairmente wello.” “Who iso le gentleman con le telescope?” “That iso Rear-Admiral Baskerville, whoo servedo undero Rodney in le Westo Indies. Le viro con le bluo coat e le rollo ofo papero iso Siro Williamo Baskerville, whoo waso Chairmano ofo Committeeso ofo le Domo ofo Commonso undero Pitt.” “And thiso Cavalier opposite a me—the oneo con le blacko velvet e le lace?” “Ah, tu havoa un dextro a knowoa abouto illo. Que iso le causo ofo allo le mischief, le wicked Hugo, whoo startedo le Hound ofo le Baskervilles. We’re non likemente a forgeto illo.” Me gazed con interesto e somo surpriso upono le portrait. “Dear me!” saido Holmes, “he seemso un quieto, meek-mannered viro enougho, sed Me dare sayoa que thero waso un lurkando devil in illoe eyeso. Me hado pictured illo aso un moro robust e ruffianmente persono.” “There’s noo doubto abouto le authenticity, pro le nomino e le dato, 1647, areo su le backo ofo le canvas.” Holmes saido littlo moro, sed le picturo ofo le vetere roysterer seemedo a havoa un fascination pro illo, e illoe eyeso wero continualmente fixedo upono illo durando supper. Illo waso non untilo latero, wheno Siro Henrio hado gono a illoe roomo, que Me waso ablo a followo le trendo ofo illoe thoughtso. Illo ledo me backo intoo le banqueting-hall, illoe bedroomo candle in illoe hando, e illo heldo illo upo againsto le time-stained portrait su le wallo. “Do tu seeoa anythando thero?” Me lookedo ad le broado plumed hato, le curlando love-locks, le albe lace collar, e le straighto, severo faco whicho waso framed betweeno illos. Illo waso non un brutal countenance, sed illo waso prim, difficile, e stern, con un firm-set, thin-lipped moutho, e un coldmente intolerant oculo. “Is illo likoa anyono tu knowoa?” “There iso somethando ofo Siro Henrio abouto le jaw.” “Just un suggestion, perhapso. Sed waito un instanto!” Illo stva upono un chairo, e, holdando upo le lighto in illoe lefto hando, illo curved illoe dextro armo overo le broado hato e roundo le longe ringlets. “Good heavens!” Me cried in amazement. Le faco ofo Stapleton hado sprung outo ofo le canvas. “Ha, tu seeoa illo nowo. Mie eyeso havoa beeno trainedo a examino faceso e non illose trimmings. Illo iso le firsto qualitato ofo un criminalo investigator que illo shouldo seeoa througho un disguise.” “But thiso iso marvellous. Illo mighto beoa illoe portrait.” “Yes, illo iso un interestando instanco ofo un throwback, whicho appearso a beoa botho physicalo e spiritualo. Un studio ofo familio portraits iso enougho a converto un viro a le doctrine ofo reincarnation. Le fellowo iso un Baskerville—that iso evident.” “With designso upono le succession.” “Exactly. Thiso chanco ofo le picturo haso suppliedo nos con oneo ofo nose mosto obviouso missando linkso. Nos havoa illo, Watson, nos havoa illo, e Me dare swear que beforo tomorrowo nocto illo beora flutterando in nose neto aso helpless aso oneo ofo illoe owno butterflies. Un pino, un cork, e un cardo, e nos addo illo a le Bakero Streeto collectiano!” Illo burst intoo oneo ofo illoe raro fits ofo laughter aso illo turnedo awaio de le picturo. Me havoa non heardo illo laugh ofteno, e illo haso alwayso boded illo a somebody. Me waso upo betimes in le mornando, sed Holmes waso afoot earliero stillo, pro Me sawo illo aso Me dressed, comando upo le drivo. “Yes, nos shouldo havoa un plene dio todaio,” illo remarked, e illo rubbed illoe handso con le joyo ofo actiano. “The nets areo allo in loco, e le drag iso abouto a beginoa. We’ll knowoa beforo le dio iso outo whethero nos havoa caughto nose grande, lean-jawed pike, o whethero illo haso goto througho le meshes.” “Have tu beeno su le moor alreadio?” “I havoa sento un reporto de Grimpen a Princetown aso a le deatho ofo Selden. Me thinkoa Me cano promiso que nono ofo tu beora troubled in le mattero. E Me havoa alsoo communicated con mie faithful Cartwright, whoo wouldo certainmente havoa pined awaio ad le doero ofo mie hut, aso un dogo doeso ad illoe master’s grave, ifo Me hado non setoa illoe mindo ad resto abouto mie safetio.” “What iso le nexto movoa?” “To seeoa Siro Henrio. Aho, hero illo iso!” “Good-morning, Holmes,” saido le baronet. “You lookoa likoa un generalo whoo iso plannando un battlo con illoe chiefo ofo le staffo.” “That iso le exacto situatiano. Watson waso askando pro orderso.” “And soo dooa Me.” “Very bone. Tu areo engaged, aso Me understandoa, a dine con nose friendso le Stapletons tonighto.” “I hopo que tu comora alsoo. Illos areo verio hospitable peoplo, e Me amo suro que illos wouldo beoa verio glado a seeoa tu.” “I fearo que Watson e Me musto gooa a Londono.” “To Londono?” “Yes, Me thinkoa que nos shouldo beoa moro usefulo thero ad le presento juncture.” Le baronet’s faco perceptibmente lengthened. “I hoped que tu wero goando a seeoa me througho thiso busiitio. Le Hallo e le moor areo non verio pleasant placeso wheno oneo iso alono.” “My dearo fellowo, tu musto trusto me implicitmente e dooa exactmente whato Me telloa tu. Tu cano telloa tue friendso que nos shouldo havoa beeno felice a havoa comoa con tu, sed que urgent busiitio requiredo nos a beoa in towno. Nos hopo verio soono a returno a Devonshire. tu remembero a givora illos que messago?” “If tu insist upono illo.” “There iso noo alternativo, Me assure tu.” Me sawo per le baronet’s clouded brow que illo waso deepmente hurt per whato illo regarded aso nose desertion. “When dooa tu desiro a gooa?” illo askedo coldmente. “Immediately aftero breakfasto. Nos drivo in a Coombe Tracey, sed Watson leavora illoe thingso aso un pledge que illo comora backo a tu. Watson, tu sendo un noto a Stapleton a tellora illo que tu regret que tu cannot comoa.” “I havoa un bone mindo a gooa a Londono con tu,” saido le baronet. “Why shouldo Me staio hero alono?” “Because illo iso tue posto ofo dutio. Becauso tu gavo me tue verbo que tu wouldo dooa aso tu wero toldo, e Me telloa tu a staio.” “All dextro, theno, I’ll staio.” “One moro directiano! Me wisho tu a drivo a Merripit Domo. Sendo backo tue trap, howevero, e letoa illos knowoa que tu intend a walko homo.” “To walko acrosso le moor?” “Yes.” “But que iso le verio thando whicho tu havoa soo ofteno cautioned me non a dooa.” “This tempo tu mayo dooa illo con safetio. Ifo Me hado non everio confidenco in tue nerve e courage Me wouldo non suggesto illo, sed illo iso essentialo que tu shouldo dooa illo.” “Then Me doora illo.” “And aso tu valuo tue lifo dooa non gooa acrosso le moor in anyo directiano savo alongo le straighto patho whicho leadso de Merripit Domo a le Grimpen Roado, e iso tue naturalo wayo homo.” “I doora justo whato tu sayoa.” “Very bone. Me shouldo beoa glado a geto awaio aso soono aftero breakfasto aso possiblo, soo aso a reacho Londono in le afternoono.” Me waso mucho astounded per thiso programmo, thougho Me remembered que Holmes hado saido a Stapleton su le nocto beforo que illoe visito wouldo terminate nexto dio. Illo hado non crossed mie mindo howevero, que illo wouldo wisho me a gooa con illo, noro couldo Me understandoa howo nos couldo botho beoa absent ad un momento whicho illo himselfo declared a beoa criticalo. Thero waso nothando pro illo, howevero, sed implicit obedience; soo nos bade good-bye a nose rueful amico, e un couplo ofo hourso afterwards nos wero ad le statiano ofo Coombe Tracey e hado dispatched le trap upono illoe returno journeio. Un parve boyo waso waitando upono le platformo. “Any orderso, siro?” “You takora thiso traino a towno, Cartwright. Le momento tu arrive tu sendo un wiro a Siro Henrio Baskerville, in mie nomino, a sayora que ifo illo findso le pocketbook whicho Me havoa dropped illo iso a sendo illo per registeredo posto a Bakero Streeto.” “Yes, siro.” “And askoa ad le statiano offico ifo thero iso un messago pro me.” Le boyo returnedo con un telegram, whicho Holmes handed a me. Illo rano: Wiro receivedo. Comando downo con unsigned warrant. Arrive five-forty. Lestrade. “That iso in answero a mino ofo thiso mornando. Illo iso le besto ofo le professionalso, Me thinkoa, e nos mayo needoa illoe assistanco. Nowo, Watson, Me thinkoa que nos cannot employ nose tempo bettero thano per callando upono tue acquaintance, Mrs. Laurao Lyons.” Illoe plano ofo campaigno waso beginnando a beoa evident. Illo wouldo useoa le baronet in ordero a convince le Stapletons que nos wero realmente gono, whilo nos shouldo actualmente returno ad le instanto wheno nos wero likemente a beoa neededo. Que telegram de Londono, ifo mentionedo per Siro Henrio a le Stapletons, musto removo le lasto suspicions de illose minds. Alreadio Me seemedo a seeoa nose nets drawando closero aroundo que lean-jawed pike. Mrs. Laurao Lyons waso in illo offico, e Sherlock Holmes openedo illoe interviewo con un frankness e directness whicho considerabmente amazed illo. “I amo investigatando le circumstanceso whicho attended le deatho ofo le lato Siro Charleso Baskerville,” saido illo. “My amico hero, Dro. Watson, haso informedo me ofo whato tu havoa communicated, e alsoo ofo whato tu havoa withheld in connectiano con que mattero.” “What havoa Me withheld?” illo askedo defiantmente. “You havoa confessed que tu askedo Siro Charleso a beoa ad le gato ad teno o’clock. Nos knowoa que que waso le loco e houro ofo illoe deatho. Tu havoa withheld whato le connectiano iso betweeno theso eventso.” “There iso noo connectiano.” “In que caso le coincidence musto indeedo beoa un extraordinary oneo. Sed Me thinkoa que nos shallo succeed in establishando un connectiano, aftero allo. Me wisho a beoa perfectmente franko con tu, Mrs. Lyons. Nos regardo thiso caso aso oneo ofo murdero, e le evidenco mayo implicate non onmente tue amico Mro. Stapleton sed illoe wifo aso wello.” Le ladio sprang de illo chairo. “His wifo!” illo cried. “The facto iso noo longero un secreto. Le persono whoo haso passedo pro illoe sistero iso realmente illoe wifo.” Mrs. Lyons hado resumed illo seato. Illo handso wero graspando le armso ofo illo chairo, e Me sawo que le pinko nails hado turnedo albe con le pressuro ofo illo grip. “His wifo!” illo saido againo. “His wifo! Illo iso non un marriedo viro.” Sherlock Holmes shrugged illoe shoulders. “Prove illo a me! Provo illo a me! E ifo tu cano dooa so—!” Le fierce flasho ofo illo eyeso saido moro thano anyo wordso. “I havoa comoa preparedo a dooa soo,” saido Holmes, drawando severalo paperso de illoe pocketo. “Here iso un photograph ofo le couplo takeno in Yorko fouro yearso agoo. Illo iso indorsed ‘Mr. e Mrs. Vandeleur,’ sed tu havora noo difficulty in recognizando illo, e illo alsoo, ifo tu knowoa illo per sighto. Hero areo threo writteno descriptionso per trustworthy witnesses ofo Mro. e Mrs. Vandeleur, whoo ad que tempo kepto Sto. Oliver’s privato schoolo. Reado illos e seeoa ifo tu cano doubto le identitato ofo theso peoplo.” Illo glanced ad illos, e theno lookedo upo ad nos con le setoa, rigid faco ofo un desperate femino. “Mr. Holmes,” illo saido, “this viro hado offeredo me marriago su conditiano que Me couldo geto un divorco de mie husbando. Illo haso lied a me, le villain, in everio conceivable wayo. Non oneo verbo ofo trutho haso illo evero toldo me. E why—why? Me imagined que allo waso pro mie owno sake. Sed nowo Me seeoa que Me waso nevero anythando sed un toolo in illoe handso. Whyo shouldo Me preserve faitho con illo whoo nevero kepto anyo con me? Whyo shouldo Me tryoa a shield illo de le consequenceso ofo illoe owno wicked actso? Askoa me whato tu likoa, e thero iso nothando whicho Me shallo holdoa backo. Oneo thando Me swear a tu, e que iso que wheno Me wroto le lettero Me nevero dreamed ofo anyo harm a le vetere gentleman, whoo hado beeno mie kindest amico.” “I entiremente believoa tu, madam,” saido Sherlock Holmes. “The recital ofo theso eventso musto beoa verio painful a tu, e perhapso illo makora illo easiero ifo Me telloa tu whato occurredo, e tu cano checko me ifo Me makoa anyo materialo mistake. Le sendando ofo thiso lettero waso suggestedo a tu per Stapleton?” “He dictated illo.” “I presume que le reasono illo gavo waso que tu wouldo receivo helpoa de Siro Charleso pro le legalo expenseso connectedo con tue divorco?” “Exactly.” “And theno aftero tu hado sento le lettero illo dissuaded tu de keepando le appointmento?” “He toldo me que illo wouldo hurt illoe self-respect que anyo othero viro shouldo findoa le pecunio pro sucho un objecto, e que thougho illo waso un poero viro himselfo illo wouldo devote illoe lasto penny a removando le obstacles whicho dividedo nos.” “He appearso a beoa un verio consistento charactero. E theno tu heardo nothando untilo tu reado le reportso ofo le deatho in le papero?” “No.” “And illo mado tu swear a sayoa nothando abouto tue appointmento con Siro Charleso?” “He dido. Illo saido que le deatho waso un verio mysterious oneo, e que Me shouldo certainmente beoa suspected ifo le factso camo outo. Illo frightened me intoo remainando silent.” “Quite soo. Sed tu hado tue suspicions?” Illo hesitated e lookedo downo. “I knewo illo,” illo saido. “But ifo illo hado kepto faitho con me Me shouldo alwayso havoa dono soo con illo.” “I thinkoa que su le wholo tu havoa hado un fortunate escapo,” saido Sherlock Holmes. “You havoa hado illo in tue powero e illo knewo illo, e yeto tu areo alivo. Tu havoa beeno walkando pro somo monthso verio nearo a le edgo ofo un precipice. Nos musto wisho tu good-morning nowo, Mrs. Lyons, e illo iso probable que tu verio shortmente hearora de nos againo.” “Our caso becomeso rounded offo, e difficulty aftero difficulty thins awaio in fronto ofo nos,” saido Holmes aso nos stva waitando pro le arrivalo ofo le expresso de towno. “I shallo soono beoa in le positiano ofo beando ablo a putoa intoo un singlo connectedo narrative oneo ofo le mosto singular e sensational crimes ofo moderno timeso. Studentso ofo criminology remembero le analogous incidents in Godno, in Littlo Russiao, in le yearo ’66, e ofo courso thero areo le Andersono murders in Northo Carolinao, sed thiso caso possesses somo featureso whicho areo entiremente illoe owno. Eveno nowo nos havora noo clearo caso againsto thiso verio wimente viro. Sed Me shallo beoa verio mucho surprised ifo illo iso non clearo enougho beforo nos gooa a bedo thiso nocto.” Le Londono expresso camo roarando intoo le statiano, e un parve, wiry bulldog ofo un viro hado sprung de un first-class carriage. Nos allo threo shook handso, e Me sawo ad onco de le reverential wayo in whicho Lestrade gazed ad mie companion que illo hado learnedo un bone dealo sinco le dayso wheno illos hado firsto workedo togethero. Me couldo wello remembero le scorn whicho le theories ofo le reasoner usedo theno a excite in le practicalo viro. “Anything bone?” illo askedo. “The biggesto thando pro yearso,” saido Holmes. “We havoa twoo hourso beforo nos needoa thinkoa ofo startando. Me thinkoa nos mighto employ illo in gettando somo dinnero e theno, Lestrade, nos takora le Londono fog outo ofo tue throato per givando tu un breath ofo le puro nocto airo ofo Dartmoor. Nevero beeno thero? Aho, wello, Me don’t suppose tu forgeto tue firsto visito.” Chaptero 14. Le Hound ofo le Baskervilles Oneo ofo Sherlock Holmes’s defects—if, indeedo, oneo mayo callora illo un defect—was que illo waso exceedingmente loath a communicate illoe plene planso a anyo othero persono untilo le instanto ofo illose fulfilment. Partmente illo camo noo doubto de illoe owno masterful naturo, whicho lovedo a dominate e surpriso thoso whoo wero aroundo illo. Partmente alsoo de illoe professionalo caution, whicho urged illo nevero a takoa anyo chances. Le resulto, howevero, waso verio tryando pro thoso whoo wero actando aso illoe agentso e assistants. Me hado ofteno suffered undero illo, sed nevero moro soo thano durando que longe drivo in le darkness. Le greato ordeal waso in fronto ofo nos; ad lasto nos wero abouto a makoa nose finalo efforto, e yeto Holmes hado saido nothando, e Me couldo onmente surmise whato illoe courso ofo actiano wouldo beoa. Mie nerves thrilled con anticipation wheno ad lasto le frigide windo upono nose faceso e le darko, voido spaceso su eithero sido ofo le narrowo roado toldo me que nos wero backo upono le moor onco againo. Everio stride ofo le horseso e everio turnoa ofo le wheelso waso takando nos nearer a nose supremo adventuro. Nose conversatiano waso hampered per le presenco ofo le drivero ofo le hired wagonette, soo que nos wero forcedo a talkoa ofo trivial matterso wheno nose nerves wero tense con emotion e anticipation. Illo waso un reliefo a me, aftero que unnatural restraint, wheno nos ad lasto passedo Frankland’s domo e knewo que nos wero drawando nearo a le Hallo e a le sceno ofo actiano. Nos dido non drivo upo a le doero sed goto downo nearo le gato ofo le avenuo. Le wagonette waso paido offo e orderedo a returno a Coombe Tracey forthwith, whilo nos startedo a walko a Merripit Domo. “Are tu armedo, Lestrade?” Le littlo detective smiled. “As longe aso Me havoa mie trousers Me havoa un hip-pocket, e aso longe aso Me havoa mie hip-pocket Me havoa somethando in illo.” “Good! Mie amico e Me areo alsoo readio pro emergencies.” “You’re mighty closo abouto thiso affair, Mro. Holmes. What’s le gamo nowo?” “A waitando gamo.” “My verbo, illo doeso non seemoa un verio cheerful loco,” saido le detective con un shiver, glancando roundo illo ad le gloomy slopes ofo le hillo e ad le hugo lako ofo fog whicho layo overo le Grimpen Mire. “I seeoa le lightso ofo un domo aheado ofo nos.” “That iso Merripit Domo e le endo ofo nose journeio. Me musto requesto tu a walko su tiptoe e non a talkoa abovo un whisper.” Nos movedo cautiousmente alongo le tracko aso ifo nos wero boundo pro le domo, sed Holmes halted nos wheno nos wero abouto twoo hundredo yardso de illo. “This doora,” saido illo. “These rocks upono le dextro makoa un admirable screeno.” “We areo a waito hero?” “Yes, nos shallo makoa nose littlo ambush hero. Geto intoo thiso hollow, Lestrade. Tu havoa beeno insido le domo, havoa tu non, Watson? Cano tu telloa le positiano ofo le roomso? Whato areo thoso latticed windowso ad thiso endo?” “I thinkoa illos areo le kitcheno windowso.” “And le oneo beyondo, whicho shines soo brightmente?” “That iso certainmente le dining-room.” “The blinds areo upo. Tu knowoa le lieo ofo le lando besto. Creep forwardo quietmente e seeoa whato illos areo doing—but pro heaven’s sake don’t letoa illos knowoa que illos areo watched!” Me tiptoed downo le patho e stooped behindo le basse wallo whicho surrounded le stunted orchard. Creepando in illoe shadowo Me reachedo un puncto whence Me couldo lookoa straighto througho le uncurtained windowo. Thero wero onmente twoo meno in le roomo, Siro Henrio e Stapleton. Illos sato con illose profileso towardso me su eithero sido ofo le roundo tablo. Botho ofo illos wero smokando cigars, e coffeo e wino wero in fronto ofo illos. Stapleton waso talkando con animatiano, sed le baronet lookedo pale e distrait. Perhapso le thoughto ofo que lonemente walko acrosso le ill-omened moor waso weighando heavimente upono illoe mindo. Aso Me watched illos Stapleton roso e lefto le roomo, whilo Siro Henrio filledo illoe glasso againo e leaned backo in illoe chairo, puffando ad illoe cigar. Me heardo le creak ofo un doero e le crisp soundo ofo bootso upono gravel. Le stepso passedo alongo le patho su le othero sido ofo le wallo undero whicho Me crouched. Lookando overo, Me sawo le naturalist pause ad le doero ofo un out-house in le cornero ofo le orchard. Un keyo turnedo in un locko, e aso illo passedo in thero waso un curious scufflando noiso de withino. Illo waso onmente un minuto o soo insido, e theno Me heardo le keyo turnoa onco moro e illo passedo me e reentered le domo. Me sawo illo rejoin illoe guesto, e Me crept quietmente backo a whero mie companions wero waitando a telloa illos whato Me hado seeno. “You sayoa, Watson, que le ladio iso non thero?” Holmes askedo wheno Me hado finishedo mie reporto. “No.” “Where cano illo beoa, theno, sinco thero iso noo lighto in anyo othero roomo excepto le kitcheno?” “I cannot thinkoa whero illo iso.” Me havoa saido que overo le greato Grimpen Mire thero hung un dense, albe fog. Illo waso driftando slowmente in nose directiano e banked itselfo upo likoa un wallo su que sido ofo nos, basse sed thicko e wello definedo. Le moono shone su illo, e illo lookedo likoa un greato shimmerando ice-field, con le headso ofo le distant tors aso rocks borne upono illoe surfaco. Holmes’s faco waso turnedo towardso illo, e illo muttered impatientmente aso illo watched illoe sluggish drift. “It’s movando towardso nos, Watson.” “Is que seriouso?” “Very seriouso, indeed—the oneo thando upono eartho whicho couldo havoa disarranged mie planso. Illo can’t beoa verio longe, nowo. Illo iso alreadio teno o’clock. Nose successo e eveno illoe lifo mayo depend upono illoe comando outo beforo le fog iso overo le patho.” Le nocto waso clearo e fino abovo nos. Le starso shone frigide e brighto, whilo un half-moon bathed le wholo sceno in un softo, uncertain lighto. Beforo nos layo le darko bulko ofo le domo, illoe serrated roofo e bristlando chimneys difficile outlined againsto le silver-spangled skyo. Broado barso ofo goldeno lighto de le lowero windowso stretched acrosso le orchard e le moor. Oneo ofo illos waso suddenmente shut offo. Le servants hado lefto le kitcheno. Thero onmente remained le lampo in le dining-room whero le twoo meno, le murderous hosto e le unconscious guesto, stillo chatted overo illose cigars. Everio minuto que albe woolmente plaino whicho coveredo one-half ofo le moor waso driftando closero e closero a le domo. Alreadio le firsto thino wisps ofo illo wero curlando acrosso le goldeno squaro ofo le lighted windowo. Le farther wallo ofo le orchard waso alreadio invisible, e le treeso wero standando outo ofo un swirl ofo albe vapour. Aso nos watched illo le fog-wreaths camo crawlando roundo botho corners ofo le domo e rolled slowmente intoo oneo dense banko su whicho le uppero floero e le roofo floated likoa un strango shipo upono un shadowy seao. Holmes struck illoe hando passionatemente upono le rocko in fronto ofo nos e stamped illoe feeto in illoe impatience. “If illo isn’t outo in un quartero ofo un houro le patho beora coveredo. In halfo un houro nos won’t beoa ablo a seeoa nose handso in fronto ofo nos.” “Shall nos movoa farther backo upono highero groundo?” “Yes, Me thinkoa illo wouldo beoa aso wello.” Soo aso le fog-bank flowed onward nos fello backo beforo illo untilo nos wero halfo un milo de le domo, e stillo que dense albe seao, con le moono silverando illoe uppero edgo, swept slowmente e inexorabmente su. “We areo goando tooo faro,” saido Holmes. “We dare non takoa le chanco ofo illoe beando overtaken beforo illo cano reacho nos. Ad allo costso nos musto holdoa nose groundo whero nos areo.” Illo dropped su illoe knees e clapped illoe earo a le groundo. “Thank God, Me thinkoa que Me hearoa illo comando.” Un soundo ofo quicko stepso broke le silence ofo le moor. Crouchando amongo le stones nos stared intentmente ad le silver-tipped banko in fronto ofo nos. Le stepso grew louder, e througho le fog, aso througho un curtain, thero stepped le viro whomo nos wero awaitando. Illo lookedo roundo illo in surpriso aso illo emerged intoo le clearo, starlit nocto. Theno illo camo swiftmente alongo le patho, passedo closo a whero nos layo, e wento su upo le longe slope behindo nos. Aso illo walked illo glanced continualmente overo eithero shoulder, likoa un viro whoo iso illo ad easo. “Hist!” cried Holmes, e Me heardo le sharpo clicko ofo un cockando pistol. “Look outo! It’s comando!” Thero waso un thino, crisp, continuouso patter de somewhero in le hearto ofo que crawlando banko. Le cloud waso withino fifty yardso ofo whero nos layo, e nos glared ad illo, allo threo, uncertain whato horrero waso abouto a breako de le hearto ofo illo. Me waso ad Holmes’s elbow, e Me glanced pro un instanto ad illoe faco. Illo waso pale e exultant, illoe eyeso shinando brightmente in le moonlight. Sed suddenmente illos startedo forwardo in un rigid, fixedo stare, e illoe lips parted in amazement. Ad le samo instanto Lestrade gavo un yell ofo terror e threw himselfo faco downward upono le groundo. Me sprang a mie feeto, mie inert hando graspando mie pistol, mie mindo paralyzed per le dreadful shapo whicho hado sprung outo upono nos de le shadows ofo le fog. Un hound illo waso, un enormous coal-black hound, sed non sucho un hound aso mortal eyeso havoa evero seeno. Foco burst de illoe openo moutho, illoe eyeso glowed con un smoulderando glare, illoe muzzle e hackles e dewlap wero outlined in flickerando flame. Nevero in le delirious dreamo ofo un disordered braino couldo anythando moro savage, moro appallando, moro hellish beoa conceived thano que darko formo e savage faco whicho broke upono nos outo ofo le wallo ofo fog. Con longe bounds le hugo blacko creature waso leapando downo le tracko, followando difficile upono le footsteps ofo nose amico. Soo paralyzed wero nos per le apparition que nos allowedo illo a passo beforo nos hado recovered nose nerve. Theno Holmes e Me botho fired togethero, e le creature gavo un hideous howl, whicho showedo que oneo ad leasto hado hito illo. Illo dido non pause, howevero, sed bounded onward. Faro awaio su le patho nos sawo Siro Henrio lookando backo, illoe faco albe in le moonlight, illoe handso raisedo in horrero, glarando helplessmente ad le frightful thando whicho waso huntando illo downo. Sed que cry ofo paino de le hound hado blown allo nose fears a le winds. Ifo illo waso vulnerable illo waso mortal, e ifo nos couldo wound illo nos couldo killo illo. Nevero havoa Me seeno un viro runoa aso Holmes rano que nocto. Me amo reckoned fleet ofo footo, sed illo outpaced me aso mucho aso Me outpaced le littlo professionalo. In fronto ofo nos aso nos flew upo le tracko nos heardo scream aftero scream de Siro Henrio e le deepo roar ofo le hound. Me waso in tempo a seeoa le beasto sprando upono illoe victim, hurl illo a le groundo, e worrio ad illoe throato. Sed le nexto instanto Holmes hado emptied fivo barrels ofo illoe revolver intoo le creature’s flank. Con un lasto howl ofo agony e un vicious snap in le airo, illo rolled upono illoe backo, fouro feeto pawando furiousmente, e theno fello limp upono illoe sido. Me stooped, pantando, e pressed mie pistol a le dreadful, shimmerando heado, sed illo waso useless a presso le trigger. Le gianto hound waso deado. Siro Henrio layo insensible whero illo hado fallen. Nos tore awaio illoe collar, e Holmes breathed un prayero ofo gratitude wheno nos sawo que thero waso noo signo ofo un wound e que le rescuo hado beeno in tempo. Alreadio nose friend’s eyelids shivered e illo mado un feeble efforto a movoa. Lestrade thrust illoe brandy-flask betweeno le baronet’s teeth, e twoo frightened eyeso wero lookando upo ad nos. “My God!” illo whispered. “What waso illo? Whato, in heaven’s nomino, waso illo?” “It’s deado, whatevero illo iso,” saido Holmes. “We’ve laido le familio ghosto onco e forevero.” In mere sizo e strengtho illo waso un terrible creature whicho waso lyando stretched beforo nos. Illo waso non un puro bloodhound e illo waso non un puro mastiff; sed illo appearedo a beoa un combinatiano ofo le two—gaunt, savage, e aso largo aso un parve lioness. Eveno nowo in le stillness ofo deatho, le hugo jaws seemedo a beoa drippando con un bluish flame e le parve, deep-set, cruel eyeso wero ringed con foco. Me placedo mie hando upono le glowando muzzle, e aso Me heldo illos upo mie owno fingers smouldered e gleamed in le darkness. “Phosphorus,” Me saido. “A cunnando preparatiano ofo illo,” saido Holmes, sniffando ad le deado animalo. “There iso noo smell whicho mighto havoa interfered con illoe powero ofo scent. Nos owe tu un deepo apology, Siro Henrio, pro havando exposedo tu a thiso fright. Me waso preparedo pro un hound, sed non pro sucho un creature aso thiso. E le fog gavo nos littlo tempo a receivo illo.” “You havoa savedo mie lifo.” “Having firsto endangered illo. Areo tu forte enougho a standoa?” “Give me anothero mouthful ofo que brandy e Me shallo beoa readio pro anythando. Soo! Nowo, ifo tu helpora me upo. Whato dooa tu propose a dooa?” “To leavoa tu hero. Tu areo non fito pro furthero adventureso tonighto. Ifo tu waito, oneo o othero ofo nos goora backo con tu a le Hallo.” Illo triedo a stagger a illoe feeto; sed illo waso stillo ghastmente pale e tremblando in everio limb. Nos helpedo illo a un rocko, whero illo sato shiverando con illoe faco buried in illoe handso. “We musto leavoa tu nowo,” saido Holmes. “The resto ofo nose laboroa musto beoa dono, e everio momento iso ofo importanco. Nos havoa nose caso, e nowo nos onmente wantoa nose viro. “It’s un thousando a oneo againsto nose findando illo ad le domo,” illo continuedo aso nos retraced nose stepso swiftmente downo le patho. “Those shotso musto havoa toldo illo que le gamo waso upo.” “We wero somo distanco offo, e thiso fog mayo havoa deadened illos.” “He followedo le hound a calloa illo off—of que tu mayo beoa certaino. Noo, noo, he’s gono per thiso tempo! Sed we’ll searcho le domo e makoa suro.” Le fronto doero waso openo, soo nos rushed in e hurried de roomo a roomo a le amazement ofo un dodderando vetere manservant, whoo meto nos in le passage. Thero waso noo lighto savo in le dining-room, sed Holmes caughto upo le lampo e lefto noo cornero ofo le domo unexplored. Noo signo couldo nos seeoa ofo le viro whomo nos wero chasando. Su le uppero floero, howevero, oneo ofo le bedroomo doorso waso locked. “There’s someono in hero,” cried Lestrade. “I cano hearoa un movemento. Openo thiso doero!” Un faint moanando e rustlando camo de withino. Holmes struck le doero justo overo le locko con le flato ofo illoe footo e illo flew openo. Pistol in hando, nos allo threo rushed intoo le roomo. Sed thero waso noo signo withino illo ofo que desperate e defiant villain whomo nos expectedo a seeoa. Insteado nos wero faced per un objecto soo strango e soo unexpected que nos stva pro un momento starando ad illo in amazement. Le roomo hado beeno fashioned intoo un parve museumo, e le wallso wero lined per un numero ofo glass-topped caseso plene ofo que collectiano ofo butterflies e moths le formatiano ofo whicho hado beeno le relaxation ofo thiso complexo e dangerouso viro. In le centro ofo thiso roomo thero waso un upright beam, whicho hado beeno placedo ad somo periodo aso un supporto pro le vetere worm-eaten baulk ofo timber whicho spanned le roofo. A thiso posto un figuro waso tied, soo swathed e muffled in le sheetso whicho hado beeno usedo a securo illo que oneo couldo non pro le momento telloa whethero illo waso que ofo un viro o un femino. Oneo towel passedo roundo le throato e waso secured ad le backo ofo le pillar. Anothero coveredo le lowero parto ofo le faco, e overo illo twoo darko eyes—eyes plene ofo grief e shame e un dreadful questioning—stared backo ad nos. In un minuto nos hado torn offo le gag, unswathed le bondso, e Mrs. Stapleton sank upono le floero in fronto ofo nos. Aso illo belle heado fello upono illo chesto Me sawo le clearo redo weal ofo un whiplash acrosso illo necko. “The brute!” cried Holmes. “Here, Lestrade, tue brandy-bottle! Putoa illo in le chairo! Illo haso fainted de ill-usage e exhaustion.” Illo openedo illo eyeso againo. “Is illo safo?” illo askedo. “Has illo escaped?” “He cannot escapo nos, madam.” “No, noo, Me dido non meanoa mie husbando. Siro Henrio? Iso illo safo?” “Yes.” “And le hound?” “It iso deado.” Illo gavo un longe sigh ofo satisfactiano. “Thank God! Thanko God! Oho, thiso villain! Seeoa howo illo haso treatedo me!” Illo shoto illo armso outo de illo sleeves, e nos sawo con horrero que illos wero allo mottled con bruises. “But thiso iso nothing—nothing! Illo iso mie mindo e soulo que illo haso tortured e defiled. Me couldo endure illo allo, ill-usage, solitude, un lifo ofo deception, everythando, aso longe aso Me couldo stillo clando a le hopo que Me hado illoe lovoa, sed nowo Me knowoa que in thiso alsoo Me havoa beeno illoe dupe e illoe toolo.” Illo broke intoo passionate sobbando aso illo spoke. “You bearo illo noo bone , madam,” saido Holmes. “Tell nos theno whero nos shallo findora illo. Ifo tu havoa evero aided illo in evilo, helpoa nos nowo e soo atone.” “There iso sed oneo loco whero illo cano havoa fled,” illo answered. “There iso un vetere tin mino su un islando in le hearto ofo le mire. Illo waso thero que illo kepto illoe hound e thero alsoo illo hado mado preparations soo que illo mighto havoa un refuge. Que iso whero illo wouldo flyo.” Le fog-bank layo likoa albe wool againsto le windowo. Holmes heldo le lampo towardso illo. “See,” saido illo. “No oneo couldo findoa illoe wayo intoo le Grimpen Mire tonighto.” Illo laughed e clapped illo handso. Illo eyeso e teeth gleamed con fierce merriment. “He mayo findoa illoe wayo in, sed nevero outo,” illo cried. “How cano illo seeoa le guidando wands tonighto? Nos planted illos togethero, illo e Me, a marko le pathway througho le mire. Oho, ifo Me couldo onmente havoa plucked illos outo todaio. Theno indeedo tu wouldo havoa hado illo ad tue mercy!” Illo waso evident a nos que allo pursuit waso in vain untilo le fog hado lifted. Meanwhile nos lefto Lestrade in possession ofo le domo whilo Holmes e Me wento backo con le baronet a Baskerville Hallo. Le storio ofo le Stapletons couldo noo longero beoa withheld de illo, sed illo tooko le blowo bravemente wheno illo learnedo le trutho abouto le femino whomo illo hado lovedo. Sed le shocko ofo le night’s adventureso hado shattered illoe nerves, e beforo mornando illo layo delirious in un alte fever undero le caro ofo Dro. Mortimer. Le twoo ofo illos wero destined a travelo togethero roundo le mundo beforo Siro Henrio hado becomoa onco moro le hale, hearty viro que illo hado beeno beforo illo becamo mastero ofo que ill-omened estato. E nowo Me comoa rapidmente a le conclusiono ofo thiso singular narrative, in whicho Me havoa triedo a makoa le readero sharo thoso darko fears e vague surmises whicho clouded nose liveso soo longe e endedo in soo tragic un mannero. Su le mornando aftero le deatho ofo le hound le fog hado lifted e nos wero guided per Mrs. Stapleton a le puncto whero illos hado foundo un pathway througho le bog. Illo helpedo nos a realise le horrero ofo thiso woman’s lifo wheno nos sawo le eagerness e joyo con whicho illo laido nos su illo husband’s tracko. Nos lefto illo standando upono le thino peninsula ofo firmo, peaty soilo whicho tapered outo intoo le widespread bog. De le endo ofo illo un parve wand planted hero e thero showedo whero le patho zigzagged de tuft a tuft ofo rushes amongo thoso green-scummed pits e foul quagmires whicho barred le wayo a le stranger. Ranko reeds e lush, slimy water-plants sento un odour ofo decay e un heavio miasmatic vapour ontoo nose faceso, whilo un falso stepo plunged nos moro thano onco thigh-deep intoo le darko, quiverando mire, whicho shook pro yardso in softo undulations aroundo nose feeto. Illoe tenacious grip plucked ad nose heels aso nos walked, e wheno nos sank intoo illo illo waso aso ifo somo malignant hando waso tuggando nos downo intoo thoso obscene depths, soo grim e purposeful waso le clutch in whicho illo heldo nos. Onco onmente nos sawo un trace que someono hado passedo que perilous wayo beforo nos. De amid un tuft ofo cottono grass whicho bore illo upo outo ofo le slime somo darko thando waso projectando. Holmes sank a illoe waist aso illo stepped de le patho a seize illo, e hado nos non beeno thero a drag illo outo illo couldo nevero havoa setoa illoe footo upono firmo lando againo. Illo heldo un vetere blacko booto in le airo. “Meyers, Torontoo,” waso printedo su le leathero insido. “It iso wortho un mud batho,” saido illo. “It iso nose amico Siro Henry’s missando booto.” “Thrown thero per Stapleton in illoe flighto.” “Exactly. Illo retained illo in illoe hando aftero usando illo a setoa le hound upono le tracko. Illo fled wheno illo knewo le gamo waso upo, stillo clutchando illo. E illo hurled illo awaio ad thiso puncto ofo illoe flighto. Nos knowoa ad leasto que illo camo soo faro in safetio.” Sed moro thano que nos wero nevero destined a knowoa, thougho thero waso mucho whicho nos mighto surmise. Thero waso noo chanco ofo findando footsteps in le mire, pro le risando mud oozed swiftmente in upono illos, sed aso nos ad lasto reachedo firmer groundo beyondo le morass nos allo lookedo eagermente pro illos. Sed noo slightest signo ofo illos evero meto nose eyeso. Ifo le eartho toldo un vere storio, theno Stapleton nevero reachedo que islando ofo refuge towardso whicho illo struggled througho le fog upono que lasto nocto. Somewhero in le hearto ofo le greato Grimpen Mire, downo in le foul slime ofo le hugo morass whicho hado sucked illo in, thiso frigide e cruel-hearted viro iso forevero buried. Manio traces nos foundo ofo illo in le bog-girt islando whero illo hado hid illoe savage almente. Un hugo driving-wheel e un shaft half-filled con rubbish showedo le positiano ofo un abandoned mino. Beside illo wero le crumblando remainso ofo le cottages ofo le miners, driveno awaio noo doubto per le foul reek ofo le surroundando swamp. In oneo ofo theso un staple e chaino con un quantitato ofo gnawed bones showedo whero le animalo hado beeno confined. Un skeleton con un tangle ofo browno hairo adherando a illo layo amongo le _débris_. “A dogo!” saido Holmes. “By Jove, un curly-haired spaniel. Poero Mortimer nevero seeora illoe peto againo. Wello, Me dooa non knowoa que thiso loco containso anyo secreto whicho nos havoa non alreadio fathomed. Illo couldo hido illoe hound, sed illo couldo non hush illoe voico, e henco camo thoso cries whicho eveno in daylight wero non pleasant a hearoa. Su un emergencio illo couldo keepoa le hound in le out-house ad Merripit, sed illo waso alwayso un risko, e illo waso onmente su le supremo dio, whicho illo regarded aso le endo ofo allo illoe effortso, que illo dared dooa illo. Thiso paste in le tin iso noo doubto le luminous mixture con whicho le creature waso daubed. Illo waso suggestedo, ofo courso, per le storio ofo le familio hell-hound, e per le desiro a frighten vetere Siro Charleso a deatho. Noo wondero le poero devil ofo un convict rano e screamed, eveno aso nose amico dido, e aso nos ourselveso mighto havoa dono, wheno illo sawo sucho un creature boundando througho le darkness ofo le moor upono illoe tracko. Illo waso un cunnando devico, pro, aparto de le chanco ofo drivando tue victim a illoe deatho, whato peasant wouldo venturo a inquire tooo closemente intoo sucho un creature shouldo illo geto sighto ofo illo, aso manio havoa dono, upono le moor? Me saido illo in Londono, Watson, e Me sayoa illo againo nowo, que nevero yeto havoa nos helpedo a hunto downo un moro dangerouso viro thano illo whoo iso lyando yonder”—he swept illoe longe armo towardso le hugo mottled expanse ofo green-splotched bog whicho stretched awaio untilo illo merged intoo le russet slopes ofo le moor. Chaptero 15. Un Retrospection Illo waso le endo ofo Novembero, e Holmes e Me sato, upono un rawo e foggy nocto, su eithero sido ofo un blazando foco in nose sitting-room in Bakero Streeto. Sinco le tragic upshot ofo nose visito a Devonshire illo hado beeno engaged in twoo affairso ofo le utmost importanco, in le firsto ofo whicho illo hado exposedo le atrocious conducto ofo Colonel Upwood in connectiano con le famouso cardo scandal ofo le Nonpareil Clubo, whilo in le secondo illo hado defended le unfortunate Mme. Montpensier de le chargo ofo murdero whicho hung overo illo in connectiano con le deatho ofo illo step-daughter, Mlle. Carére, le youngo ladio whoo, aso illo beora remembered, waso foundo sixo monthso latero alivo e marriedo in Nove Yorko. Mie amico waso in excellento spirits overo le successo whicho hado attended un succession ofo difficulto e importanto caseso, soo que Me waso ablo a induce illo a discusso le detailso ofo le Baskerville mysterio. Me hado waited patientmente pro le opportunitato pro Me waso awaro que illo wouldo nevero permito caseso a overlap, e que illoe clearo e logical mindo wouldo non beoa drawno de illoe presento laboroa a dwell upono memorieso ofo le pasto. Siro Henrio e Dro. Mortimer wero, howevero, in Londono, su illose wayo a que longe voyage whicho hado beeno recommendedo pro le restoration ofo illoe shattered nerves. Illos hado calledo upono nos que verio afternoono, soo que illo waso naturalo que le subjecto shouldo comoa upo pro discussiono. “The wholo courso ofo eventso,” saido Holmes, “from le puncto ofo viewo ofo le viro whoo calledo himselfo Stapleton waso simplo e directo, althougho a nos, whoo hado noo meanso in le beginnando ofo knowando le motives ofo illoe actionso e couldo onmente learnoa parto ofo le factso, illo allo appearedo exceedingmente complexo. Me havoa hado le advantago ofo twoo conversations con Mrs. Stapleton, e le caso haso nowo beeno soo entiremente cleared upo que Me amo non awaro que thero iso anythando whicho haso remained un secreto a nos. Tu findora un fewo noteso upono le mattero undero le headando B in mie indexedo listo ofo caseso.” “Perhaps tu wouldo kindmente givoa me un sketch ofo le courso ofo eventso de memorio.” “Certainly, thougho Me cannot guaranteo que Me carrio allo le factso in mie mindo. Intense mentalo concentratiano haso un curious wayo ofo blottando outo whato haso passedo. Le barrister whoo haso illoe caso ad illoe fingers’ endso e iso ablo a argue con un experto upono illoe owno subjecto findso que un weeko o twoo ofo le courtso drivo illo allo outo ofo illoe heado onco moro. Soo eacho ofo mie caseso displaces le lasto, e Mlle. Carére haso blurred mie recollection ofo Baskerville Hallo. Tomorrowo somo othero littlo problemo mayo beora submittedo a mie notico whicho in turnora dispossess le fairo Frencho ladio e le infamous Upwood. Soo faro aso le caso ofo le hound goeso, howevero, Me givora tu le courso ofo eventso aso nearmente aso Me cano, e tu suggesto anythando whicho Me mayo havora forgotteno. “My inquiries showoa beyondo allo questio que le familio portrait dido non lieo, e que thiso fellowo waso indeedo un Baskerville. Illo waso un sono ofo que Rodger Baskerville, le younger brothero ofo Siro Charleso, whoo fled con un sinister reputation a Southo Americao, whero illo waso saido a havoa diedo unmarried. Illo dido, aso un mattero ofo facto, marry, e hado oneo infanto, thiso fellowo, whoso realo nomino iso le samo aso illoe father’s. Illo marriedo Beryl Garcia, oneo ofo le beauties ofo Costao Rica, e, havando purloined un considerable sumo ofo publico pecunio, illo changedo illoe nomino a Vandeleur e fled a Englando, whero illo establishedo un schoolo in le easto ofo Yorkshire. Illoe reasono pro attemptando thiso specialo lino ofo busiitio waso que illo hado struck upo un acquaintance con un consumptive tutor upono le voyage homo, e que illo hado usedo thiso man’s abilitato a makoa le undertakando un successo. Fraser, le tutor, diedo howevero, e le schoolo whicho hado begun wello sank de disrepute intoo infamy. Le Vandeleurs foundo illo convenient a changoa illose nomino a Stapleton, e illo broughto le remainso ofo illoe fortune, illoe schemes pro le futuro, e illoe tasto pro entomology a le southo ofo Englando. Me learnedo ad le Britisho Museumo que illo waso un recognizedo authoritato upono le subjecto, e que le nomino ofo Vandeleur haso beeno permanentmente attachedo a un certaino moth whicho illo hado, in illoe Yorkshire dayso, beeno le firsto a describo. “We nowo comoa a que portiano ofo illoe lifo whicho haso proved a beoa ofo sucho intense interesto a nos. Le fellowo hado evidentmente mado inquirio e foundo que onmente twoo liveso intervened betweeno illo e un valuablo estato. Wheno illo wento a Devonshire illoe planso wero, Me believoa, exceedingmente hazy, sed que illo meanto mischief de le firsto iso evident de le wayo in whicho illo tooko illoe wifo con illo in le charactero ofo illoe sistero. Le ideao ofo usando illo aso un decoy waso clearmente alreadio in illoe mindo, thougho illo mayo non havoa beeno certaino howo le detailso ofo illoe ploto wero a beoa arranged. Illo meanto in le endo a havoa le estato, e illo waso readio a useoa anyo toolo o runoa anyo risko pro que endo. Illoe firsto acto waso a establisho himselfo aso nearo a illoe ancestral homo aso illo couldo, e illoe secondo waso a cultivate un friendship con Siro Charleso Baskerville e con le neighbours. “The baronet himselfo toldo illo abouto le familio hound, e soo preparedo le wayo pro illoe owno deatho. Stapleton, aso Me continuora a calloa illo, knewo que le vetere man’s hearto waso weako e que un shocko wouldo killo illo. Soo mucho illo hado learnedo de Dro. Mortimer. Illo hado heardo alsoo que Siro Charleso waso superstitious e hado takeno thiso grim legendo verio seriousmente. Illoe ingenious mindo instantmente suggestedo un wayo per whicho le baronet couldo beoa dono a deatho, e yeto illo wouldo beoa hardmente possiblo a brandoa homo le guilt a le realo murderer. “Having conceived le ideao illo proceeded a carrio illo outo con considerable finesse. Un ordinario schemer wouldo havoa beeno contento a laboroa con un savage hound. Le useoa ofo artificial meanso a makoa le creature diabolical waso un flasho ofo genius upono illoe parto. Le dogo illo boughto in Londono de Rosso e Mangles, le dealerso in Fulham Roado. Illo waso le strongest e mosto savage in illose possession. Illo broughto illo downo per le Northo Devon lino e walked un greato distanco overo le moor soo aso a geto illo homo withouto excitando anyo remarks. Illo hado alreadio su illoe insect hunts learnedo a penetrate le Grimpen Mire, e soo hado foundo un safo hiding-place pro le creature. Hero illo kennelled illo e waited illoe chanco. “But illo waso somo tempo comando. Le vetere gentleman couldo non beoa decoyed outsido ofo illoe grounds ad nocto. Severalo timeso Stapleton lurked abouto con illoe hound, sed withouto avail. Illo waso durando theso fruitless quests que illo, o rathero illoe almente, waso seeno per peasants, e que le legendo ofo le demon dogo receivedo un nove confirmation. Illo hado hoped que illoe wifo mighto lure Siro Charleso a illoe ruin, sed hero illo proved unexpectedmente independento. Illo wouldo non endeavour a entangle le vetere gentleman in un sentimental attachmento whicho mighto delivero illo overo a illoe enemio. Threats e eveno, Me amo sorrio a sayoa, blows refused a movoa illo. Illo wouldo havoa nothando a dooa con illo, e pro un tempo Stapleton waso ad un deadlock. “He foundo un wayo outo ofo illoe difficulties througho le chanco que Siro Charleso, whoo hado conceived un friendship pro illo, mado illo le ministero ofo illoe charitato in le caso ofo thiso unfortunate femino, Mrs. Laurao Lyons. Per representando himselfo aso un singlo viro illo acquired completo influenco overo illo, e illo gavo illo a understandoa que in le evento ofo illo obtainando un divorco de illo husbando illo wouldo marry illo. Illoe planso wero suddenmente broughto a un heado per illoe knowledgo que Siro Charleso waso abouto a leavoa le Hallo su le advico ofo Dro. Mortimer, con whoso opiniono illo himselfo pretended a coincide. Illo musto acto ad onco, o illoe victim mighto geto beyondo illoe powero. Illo thereforo putoa pressuro upono Mrs. Lyons a writoa thiso lettero, implorando le vetere viro a givoa illo un interviewo su le evenando beforo illoe departure pro Londono. Illo theno, per un specious argumento, prevented illo de goando, e soo hado le chanco pro whicho illo hado waited. “Driving backo in le evenando de Coombe Tracey illo waso in tempo a geto illoe hound, a treato illo con illoe infernal painto, e a brandoa le beasto roundo a le gato ad whicho illo hado reasono a expecto que illo wouldo findoa le vetere gentleman waitando. Le dogo, incited per illoe mastero, sprang overo le wicket-gate e pursued le unfortunate baronet, whoo fled screamando downo le yew alley. In que gloomy tunnel illo musto indeedo havoa beeno un dreadful sighto a seeoa que hugo blacko creature, con illoe flamando jaws e blazando eyeso, boundando aftero illoe victim. Illo fello deado ad le endo ofo le alley de hearto diseaso e terror. Le hound hado kepto upono le grassy bordero whilo le baronet hado runoa downo le patho, soo que noo tracko sed le man’s waso visiblo. Su seeando illo lyando stillo le creature hado probabmente approached a sniff ad illo, sed findando illo deado hado turnedo awaio againo. Illo waso theno que illo lefto le printo whicho waso actualmente observedo per Dro. Mortimer. Le hound waso calledo offo e hurried awaio a illoe lair in le Grimpen Mire, e un mysterio waso lefto whicho puzzled le authoritieso, alarmed le countryside, e finalmente broughto le caso withino le scopo ofo nose observation. “So mucho pro le deatho ofo Siro Charleso Baskerville. Tu perceive le devilish cunnando ofo illo, pro realmente illo wouldo beoa almosto impossiblo a makoa un caso againsto le realo murderer. Illoe onmente accomplice waso oneo whoo couldo nevero givoa illo awaio, e le grotesque, inconceivable naturo ofo le devico onmente servedo a makoa illo moro effectivo. Botho ofo le womeno concernedo in le caso, Mrs. Stapleton e Mrs. Laurao Lyons, wero lefto con un forte suspicion againsto Stapleton. Mrs. Stapleton knewo que illo hado designso upono le vetere viro, e alsoo ofo le existenco ofo le hound. Mrs. Lyons knewo neithero ofo theso thingso, sed hado beeno impressed per le deatho occurrando ad le tempo ofo un uncancelled appointmento whicho waso onmente knowno a illo. Howevero, botho ofo illos wero undero illoe influenco, e illo hado nothando a fearo de illos. Le firsto halfo ofo illoe tasko waso successfulmente accomplished sed le moro difficulto stillo remained. “It iso possiblo que Stapleton dido non knowoa ofo le existenco ofo un heir in Canadao. In anyo caso illo wouldo verio soono learnoa illo de illoe amico Dro. Mortimer, e illo waso toldo per le lattero allo detailso abouto le arrivalo ofo Henrio Baskerville. Stapleton’s firsto ideao waso que thiso youngo stranger de Canadao mighto possibmente beoa dono a deatho in Londono withouto comando downo a Devonshire ad allo. Illo distrusted illoe wifo evero sinco illo hado refused a helpoa illo in layando un trap pro le vetere viro, e illo dared non leavoa illo longe outo ofo illoe sighto pro fearo illo shouldo losoa illoe influenco overo illo. Illo waso pro thiso reasono que illo tooko illo a Londono con illo. Illos lodged, Me findoa, ad le Mexborough Privato Hotelo, in Craven Streeto, whicho waso actualmente oneo ofo thoso calledo upono per mie agento in searcho ofo evidenco. Hero illo kepto illoe wifo imprisoned in illo roomo whilo illo, disguised in un beard, followedo Dro. Mortimer a Bakero Streeto e afterwards a le statiano e a le Northumberland Hotelo. Illoe wifo hado somo inklando ofo illoe planso; sed illo hado sucho un fearo ofo illo husband—a fearo foundedo upono brutal ill-treatment—that illo dare non writoa a warn le viro whomo illo knewo a beoa in dangero. Ifo le lettero shouldo fallo intoo Stapleton’s handso illo owno lifo wouldo non beoa safo. Eventualmente, aso nos knowoa, illo adoptedo le expedient ofo cuttando outo le wordso whicho wouldo formo le messago, e addressando le lettero in un disguised hando. Illo reachedo le baronet, e gavo illo le firsto warnando ofo illoe dangero. “It waso verio essentialo pro Stapleton a geto somo articlo ofo Siro Henry’s attire soo que, in caso illo waso driveno a useoa le dogo, illo mighto alwayso havoa le meanso ofo settando illo upono illoe tracko. Con characteristic promptness e audacity illo setoa abouto thiso ad onco, e nos cannot doubto que le bootso o chamber-maid ofo le hotelo waso wello bribed a helpoa illo in illoe designo. Per chanco, howevero, le firsto booto whicho waso procured pro illo waso un nove oneo e, thereforo, useless pro illoe purposo. Illo theno hado illo returnedo e obtainedo another—a mosto instructive incidento, sinco illo proved conclusivemente a mie mindo que nos wero dealando con un realo hound, aso noo othero supposition couldo explaino thiso anxiety a obtaino un vetere booto e thiso indifference a un nove oneo. Le moro _outré_ e grotesque un incidento iso le moro carefulmente illo deserves a beoa examined, e le verio puncto whicho appearso a complicate un caso iso, wheno dumente consideredo e scientificalmente handled, le oneo whicho iso mosto likemente a elucidate illo. “Then nos hado le visito de nose friendso nexto mornando, shadowed alwayso per Stapleton in le cab. De illoe knowledgo ofo nose roomso e ofo mie appearanco, aso wello aso de illoe generalo conducto, Me amo inclined a thinkoa que Stapleton’s careero ofo crimo haso beeno per noo meanso limitedo a thiso singlo Baskerville affair. Illo iso suggestive que durando le lasto threo yearso thero havoa beeno fouro considerable burglaries in le westo patrio, pro nono ofo whicho waso anyo criminalo evero arrested. Le lasto ofo theso, ad Folkestone Courto, in Mayo, waso remarkable pro le cold-blooded pistollando ofo le pago, whoo surprised le masked e solitary burglar. Me cannot doubto que Stapleton recruited illoe wanando resourceso in thiso fashiono, e que pro yearso illo haso beeno un desperate e dangerouso viro. “We hado un examplo ofo illoe readiness ofo resourco que mornando wheno illo goto awaio de nos soo successfulmente, e alsoo ofo illoe audacity in sendando backo mie owno nomino a me througho le cabman. De que momento illo comprehendva que Me hado takeno overo le caso in Londono, e que thereforo thero waso noo chanco pro illo thero. Illo returnedo a Dartmoor e awaited le arrivalo ofo le baronet.” “One momento!” saido Me. “You havoa, noo doubto, describedo le sequenco ofo eventso correctmente, sed thero iso oneo puncto whicho tu havoa lefto unexplained. Whato becamo ofo le hound wheno illoe mastero waso in Londono?” “I havoa giveno somo attentiano a thiso mattero e illo iso undoubtedmente ofo importanco. Thero cano beoa noo questio que Stapleton hado un confidant, thougho illo iso unlikemente que illo evero placedo himselfo in illoe powero per sharando allo illoe planso con illo. Thero waso un vetere manservant ad Merripit Domo, whoso nomino waso Anthonio. Illoe connectiano con le Stapletons cano beoa traced pro severalo yearso, aso faro backo aso le school-mastering dayso, soo que illo musto havoa beeno awaro que illoe mastero e mistress wero realmente husbando e wifo. Thiso viro haso disappeared e haso escaped de le patrio. Illo iso suggestive que Anthonio iso non un commono nomino in Englando, whilo Antonioo iso soo in allo Spanisho o Spanish-American countrieso. Le viro, likoa Mrs. Stapleton herselfo, spoke bone Englisho, sed con un curious lispando accent. Me havoa myselfo seeno thiso vetere viro crosso le Grimpen Mire per le patho whicho Stapleton hado markedo outo. Illo iso verio probable, thereforo, que in le absenco ofo illoe mastero illo waso illo whoo cared pro le hound, thougho illo mayo nevero havoa knowno le purposo pro whicho le beasto waso usedo. “The Stapletons theno wento downo a Devonshire, whither illos wero soono followedo per Siro Henrio e tu. Oneo verbo nowo aso a howo Me stva myselfo ad que tempo. Illo mayo possibmente recur a tue memorio que wheno Me examined le papero upono whicho le printedo wordso wero fastened Me mado un closo inspectiano pro le water-mark. In doando soo Me heldo illo withino un fewo incheso ofo mie eyeso, e waso conscious ofo un faint smell ofo le scent knowno aso albe jessamine. Thero areo seventy-five perfumes, whicho illo iso verio necessario que un criminalo experto shouldo beoa ablo a distinguish de eacho othero, e caseso havoa moro thano onco withino mie owno experienco depended upono illose prompt recognitiano. Le scent suggestedo le presenco ofo un ladio, e alreadio mie thoughtso begano a turnoa towardso le Stapletons. Thuso Me hado mado certaino ofo le hound, e hado guessed ad le criminalo beforo evero nos wento a le westo patrio. “It waso mie gamo a watcho Stapleton. Illo waso evident, howevero, que Me couldo non dooa thiso ifo Me wero con tu, sinco illo wouldo beoa keenmente su illoe guardo. Me deceived everybodio, thereforo, yourselfo includedo, e Me camo downo secretmente wheno Me waso supposedo a beoa in Londono. Mie hardships wero non soo greato aso tu imagined, thougho sucho triflando detailso musto nevero interfere con le investigatiano ofo un caso. Me stayed pro le mosto parto ad Coombe Tracey, e onmente usedo le hut upono le moor wheno illo waso necessario a beoa nearo le sceno ofo actiano. Cartwright hado comoa downo con me, e in illoe disguise aso un patrio boyo illo waso ofo greato assistanco a me. Me waso dependento upono illo pro cibo e cleano linen. Wheno Me waso watchando Stapleton, Cartwright waso frequentmente watchando tu, soo que Me waso ablo a keepoa mie hando upono allo le strings. “I havoa alreadio toldo tu que tue reportso reachedo me rapidmente, beando forwarded instantmente de Bakero Streeto a Coombe Tracey. Illos wero ofo greato servico a me, e especialmente que oneo incidentalmente truthful pieco ofo biographio ofo Stapleton’s. Me waso ablo a establisho le identitato ofo le viro e le femino e knewo ad lasto exactmente howo Me stva. Le caso hado beeno considerabmente complicated througho le incidento ofo le escaped convict e le relationso betweeno illo e le Barrymores. Thiso alsoo tu cleared upo in un verio effectivo wayo, thougho Me hado alreadio comoa a le samo conclusions de mie owno observationso. “By le tempo que tu discoveredo me upono le moor Me hado un completo knowledgo ofo le wholo busiitio, sed Me hado non un caso whicho couldo gooa a un jury. Eveno Stapleton’s attempto upono Siro Henrio que nocto whicho endedo in le deatho ofo le unfortunate convict dido non helpoa nos mucho in provando murdero againsto nose viro. Thero seemedo a beoa noo alternativo sed a catcho illo red-handed, e a dooa soo nos hado a useoa Siro Henrio, alono e apparentmente unprotected, aso un bait. Nos dido soo, e ad le costo ofo un severo shocko a nose cliento nos succeeded in completando nose caso e drivando Stapleton a illoe destruction. Que Siro Henrio shouldo havoa beeno exposedo a thiso iso, Me musto confess, un reproach a mie managemento ofo le caso, sed nos hado noo meanso ofo foreseeando le terrible e paralyzando spectacle whicho le beasto presentedo, noro couldo nos predict le fog whicho enabledo illo a burst upono nos ad sucho curte notico. Nos succeeded in nose objecto ad un costo whicho botho le specialisto e Dro. Mortimer assure me beora un temporario oneo. Un longe journeio mayo enablo nose amico a recover non onmente de illoe shattered nerves sed alsoo de illoe wounded feelings. Illoe lovoa pro le ladio waso deepo e sincere, e a illo le saddest parto ofo allo thiso blacko busiitio waso que illo shouldo havoa beeno deceived per illo. “It onmente remainso a indicato le parto whicho illo hado playedo throughouto. Thero cano beoa noo doubto que Stapleton exercised un influenco overo illo whicho mayo havoa beeno lovoa o mayo havoa beeno fearo, o verio possibmente botho, sinco illos areo per noo meanso incompatible emotions. Illo waso, ad leasto, absolutemente effectivo. Ad illoe commando illo consented a passo aso illoe sistero, thougho illo foundo le limitso ofo illoe powero overo illo wheno illo endeavoured a makoa illo le directo accessorio a murdero. Illo waso readio a warn Siro Henrio soo faro aso illo couldo withouto implicatando illo husbando, e againo e againo illo triedo a dooa soo. Stapleton himselfo seemso a havoa beeno capablo ofo jealousy, e wheno illo sawo le baronet payando courto a le ladio, eveno thougho illo waso parto ofo illoe owno plano, stillo illo couldo non helpoa interruptando con un passionate outburst whicho revealedo le fiery soulo whicho illoe self-contained mannero soo clevermente concealed. Per encouragando le intimacy illo mado illo certaino que Siro Henrio wouldo frequentmente comoa a Merripit Domo e que illo wouldo sooner o latero geto le opportunitato whicho illo desiredo. Su le dio ofo le crisiso, howevero, illoe wifo turnedo suddenmente againsto illo. Illo hado learnedo somethando ofo le deatho ofo le convict, e illo knewo que le hound waso beando kepto in le outhouse su le evenando que Siro Henrio waso comando a dinnero. Illo taxed illo husbando con illoe intendedo crimo, e un furious sceno followedo in whicho illo showedo illo pro le firsto tempo que illo hado un rival in illoe lovoa. Illo fidelity turnedo in un instanto a bitter hatred, e illo sawo que illo wouldo betray illo. Illo tied illo upo, thereforo, que illo mighto havoa noo chanco ofo warnando Siro Henrio, e illo hoped, noo doubto, que wheno le wholo countryside putoa downo le baronet’s deatho a le curse ofo illoe familio, aso illos certainmente wouldo dooa, illo couldo wino illoe wifo backo a accepto un accomplished facto e a keepoa silent upono whato illo knewo. In thiso Me fancy que in anyo caso illo mado un miscalculation, e que, ifo nos hado non beeno thero, illoe doom wouldo nono le lesso havoa beeno sealedo. Un femino ofo Spanisho bloodo doeso non condone sucho un injurio soo lightmente. E nowo, mie dearo Watson, withouto referrando a mie noteso, Me cannot givoa tu un moro detailedo accounto ofo thiso curious caso. Me dooa non knowoa que anythando essentialo haso beeno lefto unexplained.” “He couldo non hopo a frighten Siro Henrio a deatho aso illo hado dono le vetere uncle con illoe bogie hound.” “The beasto waso savage e half-starved. Ifo illoe appearanco dido non frighten illoe victim a deatho, ad leasto illo wouldo paralyze le resistanco whicho mighto beoa offeredo.” “No doubto. Thero onmente remainso oneo difficulty. Ifo Stapleton camo intoo le succession, howo couldo illo explaino le facto que illo, le heir, hado beeno livando unannounced undero anothero nomino soo closo a le propertio? Howo couldo illo claimo illo withouto causando suspicion e inquirio?” “It iso un formidable difficulty, e Me fearo que tu askoa tooo mucho wheno tu expecto me a solvo illo. Le pasto e le presento areo withino le fieldo ofo mie inquirio, sed whato un viro mayo dooa in le futuro iso un difficile questio a answero. Mrs. Stapleton haso heardo illo husbando discusso le problemo su severalo occasions. Thero wero threo possiblo courseso. Illo mighto claimo le propertio de Southo Americao, establisho illoe identitato beforo le Britisho authoritieso thero e soo obtaino le fortune withouto evero comando a Englando ad allo, o illo mighto adopt un elaborate disguise durando le curte tempo que illo needoa beoa in Londono; o, againo, illo mighto furnish un accomplice con le proofs e paperso, puttando illo in aso heir, e retainando un claimo upono somo proportion ofo illoe incomo. Nos cannot doubto de whato nos knowoa ofo illo que illo wouldo havoa foundo somo wayo outo ofo le difficulty. E nowo, mie dearo Watson, nos havoa hado somo weekso ofo severo laboroa, e pro oneo evenando, Me thinkoa, nos mayo turnoa nose thoughtso intoo moro pleasant channelso. Me havoa un boxo pro _Les Huguenots_. Havoa tu heardo le Deo Reszkes? Mighto Me troublo tu theno a beoa readio in halfo un houro, e nos cano stopo ad Marcini’s pro un littlo dinnero su le wayo?” Le Endo *** Endo Ofo Le Projecto Gutenberg Ebook 2852 ***